s 


mm 


.  m 


Our  Free  Delivery  Offer 


/ 


EVERY  article  in  this  catalog  that  bears  the  A.  &  F.  Company  trade-mark 
just  before  the  price,  will  be  delivered  to  you  free  anywhere  in  the  Unite 
States.   On  articles  that  can  be  delivered  by  Parcel-Post  this  offer  is  als 
extended  to  Alaska,  Panama  Canal  Zone,  Guam,  Philippine  Islands,  Porto  Ric< 
Dominion  of  Canada,  and  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain. 

While  the  goods  thus  marked  are  chiefly  of  the  character  that  will  be  delivere 
by  Parcel-Post,  we  reserve  the  right  to  ship  by  other  means. 

Free  Delivery  on  Bulk  Purchases 

On  articles  not  marked  to  be  delivered  Free,  we  will,  however,  make  Fre 
Delivery  in  the  United  States  if  the  distance  from  New  York  is  not  too  great  c 
the  amount  of  your  purchase  is  large  enough  to  warrant.  On  all  such  purchases  ov 
Free  Delivery  Offer  is  as  follows : — 

Within       50  miles  of  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to 
150  miles  of  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to 
300  miles  of  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to 
600  miles  of  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to 
Within  1,000  miles  of  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to 
Within  1,400  miles  of  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to 
Within  1,800  miles  of  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to 
More  than  1,800  miles  from  New  York,  purchases  amounting  to  100.00 
We  do  not  deliver  free,  canoes,  stoves,  Winchester  arms,  animal  traps,  cla 
pigeons,  portable  houses  or  articles  of  great  bulk. 


Within 
Within 
Within 


$5.00 
8.00 
10.00 
20.00 
30.00 
50.00 
75.00 


Our  Guarantee 


We  guarantee  our  goods.       We  guarantee  their  safe  arrival.      We  guarantee  your  satisfactior 

These  guarantees  are  made  broad  and  intended  to  positively  assure  your  satisfaction. 

It  is  a  simple  matter  to  guarantee  the  goods — most  reputable  houses  will  stand  back  of  thei 
merchandise.  This  means  that  the  goods  are  exactly  as  represented  and  that  the  description 
given  are  accurate  and  true.  But  beyond  that  is  a  question  of  your  SATISFACTION 
You  might  buy  a  garment  and  upon  its  arrival  find  it  lighter  or  heavier  than  you  expected 
you  should,  or  if  you  ever  receive  anything  from  this  house  that  does  not  meet  the  prope 
requirements  you  have  in  mind,  or  does  not  suit  you  in  every  particular,  it  may  be  returne 
without  apology,  and  we  will  gladly  refund  its  purchase  price  and  transportation  charges.  I 
you  ever  find  it  necessary  to  return  anything,  see  directions  regarding  return  shipments  on  in 
side  back  cover  of  this  catalog. 

Our  guarantee  of  safe  arrival  insures  the  goods  reaching  your  hands  in  perfect  condi 
tion.  We  ask  you  to  accept  nothing  damaged  or  broken.  We  save  you  the  annoyance  of  ma 
king  claims  against  the  transportation  companies  and  the  lengthy  and  annoying  adjustment 
which  follow.  We  ask  you  to  simply  write  upon  your  receipts  to  the  express  or  freight  com 
panies  that  the  goods  were  received  in  damaged  condition  and  notify  us  at  once.  We  wil 
replace  the  goods  without  delay,  for  we  do  not  consider  our  responsibility  ended  until  th 
goods  have  reached  you  safely  and  you  are  satisfied.. 

Perfect  Store  Service  at  Your  Home 

It  is  our  aim  to  place  before  you  all  the  goods  that  an  outdoor  man  or  woman  can  possibl: 
need;  to  describe  and  illustrate  these  fully  so  that  in  the  quietness  of  your  home,  where  you  cai 
leisurely  make  comparisons,  you  will  have  spread  before  you  the  greatest  assortment  of  sportinj 
goods  in  the  world ;  and  to  so  arrange  our  business  methods  that  you  may  write  an  order,  mai 
it,  and  in  a  few  days  receive  the  goods  as  satisfactorily  as  though  you  visited  our  store. 


Complete  instructions  How  to  Order,  How  to  Send  Money,  and  How  to  Returi 
Goods,  will  be  found  on  inside  back  cover.  Order  blanks  will  also  be  founc 
the  back  of  the  book. 


in 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  West  36th  St.,  New  Yorl 


Copyright,  1916,  by  Aberorombie  &  Fitch  Co.,  N.  Y. 



The  Peace  of  the  Woods 


AWAY  from  strife — away  from  the  city's  nervous  activities — away 
in  the  woods  where  Nature  uses  the  trees  and  the  lakes  to  pro- 
vide us  with  the  great  lessons  of  the  Universe,  there  is  a  restful 
sojourn  awaiting  you. 

The  annual  invitation  that  comes  down  from  Maine  and  New  Bruns- 
wick, from  the  big  Northwestern  woods,  from  the  trails  in  Wyoming  and 
the  canebrakes  of  the  South,  this  year  will  find  many  a  tired  business  man 
unusually  ready  to  hear  the  call. 

If  you  want  to  take  a  peek  through  the  window,  out  into  the  great 
health-building,  nerve-restoring  woods  where  sportsmen  learn  to  value 
the  friendship  of  sportsmen,  look  through  the  pages  of  this  catalogue.  It 
will  remind  you  of  the  days  to  come  filled  with  the  greatest  enjoyment 
you  know. 

We  have  collected  in  this  catalogue,  incompletely  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
•    goods  which  bear  a  peculiar  message  to  those  of  us  whose  hobbies  run 
to  the  wild  spots  in  the  world. 

Our  object  in  issuing  this  Outfitters'  Catalogue  is  to  enable  the  customer 
living  at  a  distance  to  make  the  selections  and  purchases  with  just  as  much 
confidence  in  the  result  as  the  resident  of  New  York,  who  comes  into  the 
store  and  personally  examines  and  selects. 

As  the  executive  head  of  this  business,  I  ask  you  to  write  me  personally 
if  you  should  ever  feel  dissatisfied  in  any  respect.  If  the  service  is  not 
what  you,  as  a  sportsman,  think  it  should  be ;  if  the  quality  or  wear  of  goods 
does  not  fully  meet  your  expectation,  or  if  you  find  that  what  you  get  is 
not  what  you  thought  it  would  be,  write  me  and  I  will  see  that  you  are 
satisfied. 

Please  feel  that  you  are  dealing  with  sportsmen  who  fully  appreciate 
your  point  of  view.  These  goods  have  all  been  made  for  you  with  your 
point  of  view  in  mind.  That  is  the  quality  that  makes  them  the  recognized, 
thoroughbred  sporting  goods  of  the  world. 

I  personally  know  every  piece  of  merchandise  in  these  pages — it  couldn't 
get  in  if  I  did  not.  And  every  single  article  has  my  personal  endorsement, 
plus  the  Abercrombie  &  Fitch  guarantee ;  which  means  your  money  back 
willingly  for  anything  that  is  not  satisfactory  for  any  reason  whatsoever. 

This  business  has  grown  to  such  proportions  that  it  is  impossible  to 
include  every  article  in  the  Abercrombie  &  Fitch  stock  in  one  catalogue  as 
formerly.  We  issue  at  seasonable  times  other  catalogues  on  sporting  sub- 
jects and  we  shall  be  glad  to  supply  you  with  such  of  these  as  may  in- 
terest you. 

53-55-57  West  36th  St.,  New  York. 

ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO. 


Reserving  the  Right 
to  Revise  Prices 

THE  prices  quoted  in  this  catalogue  are  given 
with  the  good  faith  which  always  has  governed 
the  transactions  of  this  house.    They  are  cor- 
rect at  the  time  of  going  to  press. 

Owing  to  conditions  created  by  the  European  War, 
the  costs  of  materials  are  changing  with  unusual  rap- 
idity, and  we  must  protect  ourselves  and  you  by 
reserving  the  right  to  change  these  prices  at  any  time 
without  notice,  to  conform  to  any  increase  in  cost. 

Wherever  prices  are  thus  necessarily  changed,  it 
will  be  done  with  the  moderation  required  by  our 
interest  in  our  customers. 

ABERCROMBTE  &  FITCH  CO., 


President. 


CAMPING 


3 


CAMPING 

Through  all  the  great  range  of  sport  with  rod  or  gun,  the  pursuit  of  fur,  feather  or  fin,  there  is  a 
kindred  note — a  basic  principle — which  underlies  the  specific  purpose  the  sportsman  has  in  mind.  Camp- 
ing out  is  the  thing  after  all.  Whether  a  man  be  after  a  bird  or  bear,  trout  or  caribou;  whether  his 
weapon  be  rifle,  shotgun  or  jointed  rod,  the  cool,  clean  four  walls  of  his  nomadic  habitation  embrace  all 
the  best  moments  of  his  playtime  days.  The  camp,  the  tent,  the  bit  of  shelter  in  the  middle  of  a  great 
silence,  with  the  ocean-wide  possibilities  of  the  wilderness  all  around  it — that  is  where  the  plans  are 
made,  the  quarry  gloated  over,  the  day's  sport  re-lived,  the  stories  told,  the  friendship  cemented.  That 
is  where  the  real  big  blissful  moments  of  the  truant-time  freedom  are  drunk  into  the  very  soul.  Camper, 
hunter,  fisherman,  canoeist,  all  are  tent  dwellers — all  are  campers  first — all  follow  their  chosen  sport 
as  an  incident.  First  of  all  they  camp  out,  live — really  live — in  the  clean,  wide,  free  sweep  of  an  unbounded 
horizon,  breathe  an  untainted  air,  limitless  as  the  sky  itself,  and  revel  in  a  freedom  that  nothing  else  can 
give — a  keen,  stimulating,  uncloying  pleasure  that  thrills  to  the  bone,  and  then  builds  bone,  sinew  and 
muscle,  and  makes  blood,  strength  and  fire,  repairing  the  waste  of  months  and  years  of  toil  and  worry. 
That  is  why  the  most  famous  physicians  use  the  tent  and  camp  life  as  their  favorite  prescription,  giving 
happiness  and  lengthening  life  thereby. 

Get  out  in  the  open — live  in  a  tent  and  save  your  life — take  the  tonic  that  Nature  put  for  you  into 
the  wind,  the  sky,  the  sunshine,  the  smell  of  the  earth,  the  rain,  the  spices  of  the  pine  and  hemlock  odors, 
the  salt  of  the  sea,  the  ozone  of  the  great  out  of  doors,  which  no  contrivance  of  man  can  duplicate,  or 
even  imitate. 

Take  it — it's  yours — a  king  can  have  no  more. 

There's  a  bit  of  Paradise,  only  one  mile,  or  five  miles,  or  ten  miles  at  the  most  from  the  cramped 
little  spot  where  you  sit  at  this  moment  breathing  an  air  tainted  and  burdened  with  the  worries,  fears 
and  bitternesses  of  the  past  few  years.  Your  trials,  your  sorrows  and  disappointments  are  ground  into  the 
walls  around  you,  stamped  into  the  floors  you  walk  on,  woven  into  all  the  too  familiar  things  you  see 
every  day. 

Run  away  to  this  bit  of  Paradise,  pitch  your  tent  there — and  live.  The  soft,  warm  air  from  woods 
and  fields  will  soak  into  the  kernels  of  your  being  as  you  loaf  before  your  tent  door  and  watch  the  little 
forest  creatures  which  come  to  the  edge  of  the  clearing  to  investigate  your  camp.  A  steady  flow  of 
strength,  of  warm,  pulsing,  revivifying,  fluidic  electrons  will  rise  from  the  warm  earth  beneath  you  and 
give  you  a  new  vitality.  You,  who  sleep  badly  now,  will  drowse  even  in  the  daytime.  When  it  rains 
you  will  nestle  dry  and  warm  in  your  blankets,  hearing  the  quick  patter  on  your  canvas  walls,  on  the 
leaves  outside,  and  feel  the  added  freshness,  the  sweet,  wild  unrest  in  the  air  that  makes  you  years 
younger  as  it  makes  the  growing  things  younger  and  more  vigorous  and  more  beautiful. 

And  when  the  soft  black  night  comes,  you  sit  outside  your  tent  and  smoke  an  old  pipe,  while  the 
shadows  melt  together  through  the  lofty  arches  of  the  trees  and  form  a  dusky,  protecting  curtain  which 
rests  your  eyes  and  brain  and  soul. 

Then  some  one  lights  a  big,  yellow  moon  for  you  and  it  sails  grandly  up  the  sky  over  the  tree  tops. 
The  little  stars  peep  out  and  twinkle  funny,  friendly  eyes  at  you,  and  all  the  little  night  noises  begin 
soft  and  confidential,  and  whisper  of  a  peaceful  world  that  has  been  for  years  just  waiting  for  you  to 
take  your  proper  place  in  it.  The  crickets  sing,  the  big  pines  croon  an  anthem — away  off  yonder  a  hound 
dog  sends  a  note  ringing  like  a  bell  across  a  valley  for  you  to  hear  and  revel  in.  A  night  bird  adds  a 
minor  note  that  brings  up  all  the  clean,  foolish,  almost  painful  thoughts  that  you  used  to  tingle  with 
when  you  were  twenty  and  when  you  knew  that  you  would  reach  out  next  year  and  take  your  heart's 
desire.  You  are  cleansed  down  to  simple,  uncomplicated  manhood  in  an  hour,  and  there  are  no  prob- 
lems, no  questions,  no  doubts.  You  have  absorbed  the  mighty,  irresistible  Peace  of  Outdoors,  the  most 
splendid  thing  in  the  world,  and  you  crawl  into  your  sleeping  bag,  soft  as  a  feather  bed,  and  sleep  as 
you  were  meant  to  sleep,  all  in  a  childlike,  untroubled  happiness. 

You  don't  have  to  shoot  or  fish.  The  camp,  the  tent,  the  big  rim  of  the  horizon,  the  trees,  the  grass 
and  the  open  air,  that's  all  you  want. 

If  you  don't  know  quite  what  to  select,  write  and  ask  us.  Tell  us  just  where  you  want  to  go  and 
when — we  will  suggest  a  suitable  and  inexpensive  equipment.  We  will  tell  you  what  clothing,  what 
foods,  v/hat  cooking  utensils  to  take,  and  explain  their  use. 

Your  bit  of  Paradise  is  always  within  reach  if  you  only  knew  it. 

The  best  part  of  it  is  that  it  is  less  expensive  than  staying  at  home.  You  can  get  a  tent  complete  for 
$10.00,  and  if  your  tastes  are  simple  you  can  outfit  yourself  cap-a-pie  with  a  cooking  outfit  and  good 
supply  for  less  than  $20.00.  Or  you  can  be  as  sinfully  luxurious  as  you  like.  The  main  thing  is  to  go — 
go  out  into  the  big  air  spaces — wrap  your  lungs  about  the  life-giving  gusts  of  sun-flavored  ozone,  which 
the  sky  pours  down  for  you — drink  it  in  through  the  little  capillary  lungs  of  your  skin,  seize  on  your 
birthright  of  earth  contact — strip  the  rags  of  custom  from  your  soul  and  take  time  for  once  to  know 
yourself  as  you  really  are.  r~ 

There  are  six  varieties  of  camping  which  we  divide  into  the  Permanent  Camp  and  five  varieties  of 
the  Nomadic  or  Traveling  Camp.  We  classify  the  five  latter  varieties  as  CANOE,  PACK  HORSE, 
TRAMPING,  FOREST  CRUISING  AND  AUTOMOBILE  CAMPING.  Each  of  these  five  varieties 
of  the  movable  camp  call  for  a  somewhat  different  equipment,  particularly  as  regards  tents.  We  make 
these  divisions  according  to  the  means  of  travel  which  the  camper  intends  to  employ,  because  they  are 
the  most  commonly  in  use  in  this  country.  We  might  add  two  other  divisions  such  as  WAGON  TREK- 
KING IN  SOUTH  AFRICA  and  TRAVELING  BY  DOG  SLED  IN  THE  FAR  NORTH.  The  char- 
acter of  equipment  of  these  two  latter  divisions  varies  so  widely,  according  to  the  purpose  the  sports- 
man has  in  mind,  that  it  is  difficult  to  name  a  special  outfit  to  fit  all  purposes.  We  have  a  fund  of  in- 
formation in  reference  to  these  sports  and  will  be  glad  to  give  the  benefit  of  our  experience  in  the  prep.- 
aration  of  these  outfits  to  any  one  interested  upon  request. 

The  PERMANENT  CAMP  may  be  as  simple  or  as  elaborate  as  the  campers  wish.^  Whole  families 
often  live  in  the  open  in  perfect  comfort,  large  parties,  including  ladies  and  children,  being  easily  accom- 
modated with  all  the  little  accessories  to  comfort  and  individual  taste  to  which  they  are  accustomed. 
Those  seeking  health  or  rest  can  find  no  sounder  foundation  than  camp  life.    The  style  of  tent  usually 


4 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


selected  for  permanent  camps,  is  the  Wall  Tent  or  Family  Compartment  Tent,  the  size  and  materials  of 
this  shelter  being  determined  by  the  distance  of  the  camp  from  the  highway,  the  character  of  transporta- 
tion necessary,  the  number  in  the  party,  the  sort  of  country,  the  climate  and  the  time  of  year.  A  camp 
may  be  made  almost  a  permanent  home,  all  sorts  of  camp  furniture,  chairs,  hammocks,  etc.,  being  readily 
obtainable.  The  bulk  of  the  outfit  need  not  be  seriously  restricted  by  transportation  reasons  since  only 
two  trips  have  to  be  made,  one  in  and  the  return  trip  out.  Whether  the  camp  be  permanent  or  nomadic, 
the  first  thing  to  be  considered  is  the  Tent,  the  house,  then  food  to  be  carried  or  taken  along,  the  sleep- 
ing bags,  fourth  the  cooking  outfit,  camp  furniture,  axes  and  other  simple  camp  accessories.  '  These  we 
catalog  in  all  their  various  forms  under  the  proper  headings. 

CANOE 

In  canoe  transportation  the  choice  of  the  outfit  must  be  determined  by,  first  of  all,  the  kind  of  water- 
way to  be,  traversed.  The  second  consideration  is  the  length  and  number  of  the  portages  or  carries  over 
land  between  passable  waterways.  Third  comes  the  amount  of  duffle,  or  camp  and  personal  equipment — 
this  dependent  again  on  the  objective  and  the  duration  of  the  trip.  The  first  essential  is  the  selection  of 
the  right  canoe.  Lake  travel  calls  for  one  model,  river  work  another,  both  must  be  modified  by  the 
amount  of  equipment  to  be  carried.  On  getting  exactly  the  right  canoe  largely  depends  the  success  or 
failure  of  the  trip  from  the  standpoint  of  pleasure.  We  particularly  pride  ourselves  on  being  specialists 
in  this  branch  of  sport. 

Our  canoes  are  comprehensive  of  all  types  and  models  which  have  proven  best  in  the  various  locali- 
ties where  the  paddle  reigns  supreme.  There  is  a  specific  model  for  each  purpose  and  there  are  sound, 
absolute,  definite  reasons  why  that  sort  of  canoe  and  no  other  must  be  used,  for  that  purpose.  This  is 
not  the  result  of  guess-work,  but  the  experience  of  the  best-known  canoeists  and  guides.  The  locality 
for  a  canoe  trip  may  be  easily  selected.  Maps  of  such  localities  and  information  concerning  them  are 
furnished  by  Passenger  Agents  of  Railroads  and  Steamship  Companies.  We  have  ourselves  a  vast  fund 
of  data  on  trips  over  the  well-known  waterways  and  the  little  frequented  lake  and  river  trails.  Our  cus- 
tomers are  constantly  adding  to  this  new  and  most  interesting  matter,  which  we  will  gladly  furnish 
you  on  request. 

PACK-HORSE 

Invading  the  wilderness  by  pack-horse  is  a  method  employed  by  thousands  yearly  and  its  range  is 
so  wide  as  to  prevent  discussion  here  through  lack  of  space.  Practically  the  entire  continent  is  open  to 
this  form  of  adventure  and  its  variations  are  wide  in  the  extreme.  For  admirable,  complete  and  de- 
lightful information  we  refer  you  to  "CAMP  AND  TRAIL,"  by  Stewart  Edward  White,  a  master  of 
the  subject,  whose  personal  experiences  are  most  valuable  and  instructive.  His  data  on  the  various  oufits 
and  what  Not  to  take  is  most  ample.  We  will  send  you  this  volume,  postpaid,  for  $1.25,  or  you  may  get 
it  through  your  own  book  dealer  for  the  same  price. 

Our  pack-horse  outfits  are  famous  among  Forest  Travelers.  Mr.  White  himself,  and  the  most  noted 
hunters  and  explorers,  all  have  visited  us  for  supplies,  and  have  themselves  contributed  to  the  extent 
and  perfections  of  the  articles  and  accessories  made  exclusively  by  us  for  this  purpose.  These  are  de- 
scribed and  illustrated  in  subsequent  pages. 

TRAMPING 

Tramping  may  be  placed  in  two  divisions— ROAD  TRAMPING  and  FOREST  CRUISING.  The 
former  comprehends  walking  tours  through  foreign  countries  as  well  as  in  this  country,  the  traveler 
carrying  all  his  baggage  on  his  back,  but  stopping  at  the  nearest  hotel  or  inn  wherever  night  overtakes 
him.  This  recreation  is  in  itself  a  splendid  sport  and  opens  vistas  of  wide  possibilities  to  those  who 
wish  to  cover  a  country  thoroughly,  becoming  intimately  acquainted  with  its  physical  details,  the  habits 
and  characteristics  of  its  people.  It  is  particularly  popular  with  clergymen  and  college  professors  of 
whom  we  outfit  hundreds  every  year  for  tramping  tours  through  our  own  and  other  countries,  and  the 
pedestrian  needs  but  his  walking  suit,  which,  however,  must  be  carefully  chosen  for  the  purpose,  a  change 
of  underwear,  a  few  toilet  accessories  and  a  waterproof  garment  all  carried  in  a  ruck  sack,  which  he 
packs  on  his  back.  These  we  catalog  elsewhere  as  well  as  a  wide  choice  of  garments  made  especially 
for  this  purpose. 

FOREST  CRUISING 

He  who  adventures  into  the  big  timber  must  look  well  to  his  choice  of  an  outfit.  Tent,  food,  sleep- 
ing bag,  cooking  outfit,  axe  and  camp  conveniences  must  be  carried  on  his  back  and  as  an  added  weight 
comes  the  gun  of  his  choice  with  ammunition.  This  weight  he  must  bear  day  after  day,  often 
through  almost  impassable  country  where  the  effort  necessary  to  going  forward  alone  is  a  quite  sufficient 
strain  without  that  of  a  single  unnecessary  ounce  on  his  shoulders.  His  tent,  his  home,  must  be  chosen 
with  scrupulous  care.  It  must  be  exactly  right,  the  tent  for  the  country  he  will  visit ;  a  mistake  may 
mean  sickness,  surely  discomfort  and  a  trip  spoiled.  His  clothes  must  be  the  right  weight  and  texture, 
depending  on  the  climate.  The  selection  of  food  is  a  serious  problem.  Too  much  means  discomfort  and 
fatigue — too  little  means  hunger,  perhaps  privation.  We  solicit  correspondence  on  this  subject.  The 
fisherman  has  similar  problems  which  interest  us  equally  as  much.  We  catalog  light,  convenient  and 
easily  carried  articles  of  camp  equipment,  for  one  or  more  persons  for  various  lengths  of  time,  and  the 
best  forms  of  clothing  for  forest  travel. 

AUTOMOBILE  CAMPING 

This  is  the  very  newest  out-of-door  sport  and  the  complete  outfits  of  its  originators  were  designed 
and  built  by  us.  We  catalog  automobile  tents,  sleeping  bags,  cooking  outfits,  food  outfits,  in  a  word, 
complete  automobile  camping  outfits  which  will  enable  the  owner  of  a  touring  car  to  take  a  party  for  a 
trip  completely  across  the  continent  without  being  dependent  on  hotels  or  even  stores  for  accommodation 
or  food  supply.  It  is  a  splendid  sport  and  the  mobility  of  the  motor  car  gives  a  marvelous  travel  range 
to  those  who  engage  in  it. 

We  will  mail,  upon  request,  a  catalogue,  "Automobile  Trekking  and  Camping,"  which  will  give  you 
a  comprehensive  idea  of  the  necessary  equipment. 


CAMPING 


6 


TENT  MATERIALS  AND  CONSTRUCTION 


TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE 

The  best  materials  for  light-weight  waterproof 
tents.  These  two  materials  are  exactly  alike,  except 
that  one  is  dyed  a  khaki  color  and  the  other  a  deep 
emerald  green. 

Tanalite  and  Emeralite  are  exclusively  our  own, 
sold  by  no  one  else,  made  by  us  and  subjected  for 
the  past  few  years  to  the  most  severe  tests  that  can 
be  devised.  The  dyeing  process  is  the  same  as  used 
by  the  government  in  making  their  khaki  and  colors 
are  guaranteed  to  stand  the  regular  government 
tests  as  to  fastness.  Both  colors  are  absolutely 
waterproof,  very  light  in  texture,  will  fold  perfectly 
and  have  great  tensile  strength. 

Tanalite  and  Emeralite  are  made  of  extra  long 
staple  sea  island  cotton.  This  strength  makes  heavy 
weights  of  material  unnecessary. 

BALLOON  SILK 

We  consider  this  the  second  best  tent  material — it 
is  only  excelled  by  Tanalite.  Balloon  Silk  is  not  a 
genuine  silk.  The  name  given  this  material  is  a 
trade  name,  due  to  the  silky  appearance  of  the 
material  after  it  is  made  up.  The  yarn  used  in 
weaving  it  is  made  of  long  staple  sea  island  cotton. 
After  it  is  waterproofed,  the  pores  are  thoroughly 
filled  and  we  guarantee  it  absolutely  water-tight.  It 
is  particularly  adapted  for  small  and  extra  light 
weight  tents. 

VERDALITE 

This  is  the  same  material  as  Balloon  Silk  but 
treated  by  an  entirely  different  process. 

The  treatment  does  not  include  any  paraffine  or 
wax  used  in  Balloon  Silk,  and  while  it  is  not  as 
waterproof  as  Balloon  Silk,  it  is  much  softer  and 
more  durable  and  is  not  affected  by  heat  or  cold. 

VERDALITE  is  light  green  in  color,  rot,  mildew 
and  waterproof,  and  vermin  will  not  attack  it. 

We  recommend  its  use  in  extra  hot  or  cold  coun- 
tries. 

Price  same  as  Balloon  Silk. 

DEFENDO  DUCK 

This  duck  is  specially  woven  for  us,  white  in 
color,  the  yarn  being  double  and  twisted  both  ways 
—made  to  conform  to  the  United  States  Army 
Standard  and  pass  all  government  tests  for  tensile 
strength,  etc. 

We  treat  the  duck  by  a  special  process  which 
makes  it  mildew  and  vermin  and  waterproof,  in- 
creases its  tensile  strength  and  makes  it  last  very 
much  longer  than  the  plain  army  duck. 

We  carry  DEFENDO  DUCK  in  three  weights— 
8,  10  and  12  ounce. 

When  flies  are  required  for  hot  climate  we  recom- 
mend the  fly  made  of  our  PROTECTO  DUCK 
which  is  khaki  in  color,  being  a  great  protection 
against  the  rays  of  the  sun.  We  recommend 
DEFENDO  DUCK  tents  as  being  the  strongest  and 
most  durable  white  tents  on  the  market. 

PROTECTO  DUCK 

This  material  is  khaki  in  color.  The  yarn  is 
iouble  and  twisted  both  ways,  as  in  the  Defendo 


Duck.  It  is  the  very  highest  and  best  grade  of  duck 
on  the  market.  It  is  dyed  khaki  color  to  conform 
to  United  States  Government  standard  and  is  then 
treated  with  a  special  treatment  which  makes  PRO- 
TECTO DUCK  waterproof,  sunproof,  mildew,  rot 
and  vermin  proof  and  if  one  is  not  considering 
weight,  we  recommend  it  as  the  best,  most  service- 
able and  satisfactory  tent  material  made. 

SPECIAL  WATERPROOF 

Our  special  waterproof  is  lighter  in  weight  than 
the  Army  Duck.  It  is  made  with  twill  weave  which 
is  tighter  than  the  regular  duck  weave.  The  ma- 
terial is  then  waterproofed  so  that  it  can  be  used 
without  a  fly.  This  material  will  give  a  greater  pro- 
tection than  regular  Army  Duck  with  much  less 
weight.  You  will  note,  however,  by  comparison  of 
the  weights  of  the  finished  tents,  that  it  is  the  inter- 
mediate weight  between  army  duck  and  balloon  duck 
— our  Tanalite  being  lighter  than  any  other  material. 

To  those  interested  we  will  be  pleased  to  forward 
samples  and  prices  of  these,  together  with  any  of 
our  other  materials. 

We  will  gladly  furnish  estimate  on  any  style  tent 
built  on  specifications  and  designs  furnished  by 
customer. 

HOW  WE  MAKE  OUR  TENTS 

SEAMS. — On  all  our  light-weight  tents  we  re- 
inforce every  seam  with  strong  tape  stitched  in  the 
seam.  This  not  only  makes  a  perfect  seam,  but 
selieves  a  great  part  of  the  strain  from  the  cloth 
itself,  consequently  making  the  tent  much  stronger. 
For  the  same  reason  we  use  narrow  widths  or 
breadths  of  cloth  which  also  serve  to  hold  the  tent 
from  sagging  and  stretching  out  of  shape. 

REINFORCEMENT.— All  our  tents  are  strongly 
reinforced  with  extra  material  at  the  eaves,  along 
the  bottom,  across  the  ridge  and  at  all  corners. 

EYELETS. — In  none  of  our  regular  tents  do  we 
use  grommets  or  any  form  of  machine  clamped 
eyelets  as  is  customary  with  most  makes.  For  the 
eyes  on  ridge  and  for  all  stops,  beckets  and  guys 
we  use  only  steel  rings,  galvanized  to  prevent  rust, 
set  in  and  sewed  by  hand  with  waxed  thread. 

SLIDES. — The  old  style  wooden  slides,  usually 
seen  on  tents  other  than  our  make,  were  always 
causing  continued  trouble  and  annoyance  by  split- 
ting from  the  weather  or  breaking  from  strain.  We 
have  discarded  them  entirely  and  use  our  patented 
metal  slide,  rustproof  and  unbreakable  (see  page 
113)  except  on  "Tanalite"  and  Balloon  Silk  Tents, 
on  which  we  omit  them  and  save  weight.  We  will, 
however,  include  them  if  desired  without  charge. 

FINISHING.— Every  tent  after  it  leaves  the  ma- 
chines goes  to  a  separate  department  for  finishing. 
Here  the  rings  and  eyelets  are  worked  in,  the  beckets 
adjusted,  guys  attached  and  stops  put  in — all  by 
hand  and  by  the  most  expert  workmen. 

INSPECTION.— Before  each  tent  leaves  the  shop 
it  is  carefully  gone  over  and  thoroughly  inspected 
for  possible  flaws  or  faulty  work,  measured  and 
checked  for  size  and  material  and  our  tag,  the  guar- 
antee of  quality,  attached. 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


WATERPROOF  WALL  TENTS 


DUCK  WALL  TENTS 


All  our  waterproof  wall  tents  are  furnished  with 
tape  ridge  and  extra  tape  loops  sewed  on  top  of  the 
tent  at  each  seam  so  that  when  desired  ridge  poles 
may  be  dispensed  with  and  the  tent  suspended  on  a 
rope,  tied  between  trees. 

TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE 
WATERPROOF 

Khaki  and  deep  Emerald  Green  color;  see  page  5 
for  full  description  of  this  material. 


Size 
A 

o. 

<y 

Q 


4A2000 
4A2001 
4A2002 
4A2003 
4A2004 
4A2005 
4A2006 


7x7 
7    x  84 

8y2x  sy2 

8i4xl0 

84x114 

10  xlO 
10  xllj^ 


Height 
U 

Lbs.  W'ght 
of  Tent 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes 
Needed 

Extra  for 
Poles  and 
Stakes 

7  2 

10 

$26.50 

33 

$1.50 

7y2  3 

13 

30.25 

37 

1.60 

7/2  3 

14 

33.85 

39 

1.60 

7/2  3 

16 

36.75 

43 

1.90 

74  3 

17 

39.75 

47 

2.05 

s/2  34 

19 

43.85 

45 

2.00 

8/2  3/2 

21 

47.35 

47 

2.15 

Price  includes  khaki  tent 
ridge. 


bag,  sod  cloth  and  tape 


VERDALITE  AND  WATERPROOF 
BALLOON  SILK 

For  description  of  material,  see  page  5. 


Size 


Height 


5° 


"1? 


^2 


O  C  B 


4A3000 
4A3001 
4A3002 
4A3003 
4A3004 
4A3005 
4A3006 


74x  7/3 
7/3x  834 
834x  834 

834x104 
834x1134 
10  4xl0'4 
104xll?4 


7 

7S 

<  ^2 
7/2 
7/2 

8  y2 
8/2 


104 

1334 

1434 

16  4 

1734 

20 

224 


$19.30 
22.10 
24.50 
26.65 
28.80 
31.65 
34.15 


$1.50 
1.60 
1.60 
1.90 
2.05 
2.00 
2.15 


Price  includes 
tape  ridge. 


standard  tent  bag,  sod  cloth  and 


SPECIAL  WATERPROOF 

For  description  of  material,  see  page  5. 


Order  No. 

Size 

rs  a. 

£  S 

Height 

u 

c  « 
U  > 

Lbs.  W'ght 
of  Tent 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes  I 
Needed 

Extra  for 
Poles  and 
Stakes 

4A4000 

7  4*  7  4 

74 

3 

17  4 

$10.15 

22 

$1.40 

4A4001 

74x  94 

74 

3 

21 

11.95 

26 

1.60 

4A4002 

9  4xllH 

8  4 

34 

29  y2 

16.10 

31 

2.00 

4A4003 

9V2xl4  4 

84 

3  4 

34 

18.25 

35 

2.25 

4A4004 

1154x1154 

94 

4 

364 

19.80 

34 

2.10 

4A4005 

1154x144 

94 

4 

40 

21.95 

38 

2.35 

4A4006 

1154x16/3 

9/2 

4 

46 

24.15 

42 

2.75 

Price  includes  standard  tent  bag  and  tape  ridge. 


Afade  of  Defendo  and  Protecto  Duck  in  8,  10  and 
12  oz.  weights.  This  duck  is  the  grade  used  by  the 
government— the  best  made  and  water,  mildew,  rot 
and  vermin  proof — and  should  not  be  compared  with 
any  cheaper  grade.  For  full  description  jf  these 
ducks  see  page  5. 

The  Protecto  Duck  is  particularly  comforting  to 
the  eyes  where  the  tent  is  erected  in  sunnv  locations. 
As  you  will  notice  by  the  illustration,  the  "fly  extends 
a  liberal  distance  over  the  eaves  which  gives  pro- 
tection to  the  side  walls  in  a  driving  rain.  Color  is 
guaranteed  fast  in  all  our  Protecto  Duck  tents. 

PROTECTO  DUCK  TENTS 
_  For  full  description  of  Protecto  Duck  see  page  5. 


Size 

Height 

u  . 

ii 

$i 

Wid 
Dept 

Cent 

Wal 

•c  0 

Ph  *> 

£2 

74 
74 

3 

$16.40 

$18.50 

$20.60 

7    x  94 

3 

19.60 

22.15 

24.75 

9/2x  94 

84 

34 

23.95 

26.60 

30.45 

94x12 

8/2 

34 

26.95 

30.60 

34.25 

9/xl4 

84 

34 

31.25 

35.50 

39.75 

12  xl2 

94 

4 

32.95 

37.65 

42.30 

12  xl4 

94 

4 

36.50 

41.65 

46.80 

12  xl6 

94 

4 

39.95 

45.70 

51.40 

14  xl4 

10  4 

44 

42.75 

48.90 

55.05 

14  xl6 

104 

44 

47.00 

53.80 

60.55 

14  xl8 

104 

44 

50.95 

58.30 

G5.65 

For 


DEFENDO  DUCK  TENTS 


Size 

Height 

v  . 

St 

v  *i 

.2  0 

£  Q 

Cent 
Wal 

•CO 

Ph  00 

1  S  7 

7  x  94 
94x  94 
94x12 

2  xl2 
2  xl4 


14  xl4 

14  xl6 

14  xl8 

14  x21 


x21 
x24 


$12.40 
14.55 
17.95 
20.50 
24.90 
27.65 
32.35 
36.00 
39.50 
42.90 
47.25 
50.55 


$13.85 
16.25 
20.15 
23.00 
28.00 
31.15 
36.50 
40.70 
44.65 
48.55 
53.40 
57.20 


$15.10 
17.75 
22.05 
25.25 
30.80 
34.25 
40.25 
44.90 
49.25 
53.55 
58.90 
62.95 


The  above  prices  include  poles,  stakes,  ropes  and 
slides,  complete,  ready  to  set  up,  but  do  not  include 
flies. 

Flies  made  of.  same  material  as  tent,  extending 
well  over  eaves  furnished  for  one  half  the  price  of 
tent 

Price  for  extra  width  or  extra  length  flies  fur- 
nished on  application.    Openings  put  in  tents  14  feet] 
deep  or  over  at  both  ends  without  extra  cost. 

If  higher  walls  than  those  listed  are  wanted,  ad< 

5  per  cent,  to  the  price  quoted,  for  each  additional 

6  inches  of  wall. 
For  tent  windows,  sod  cloth  or  ground  cloth,  etc., 

see  page  14. 


CAMPING 


7 


WATERPROOF  BAKER  TENTS 


WATERPROOF   "AMAZON"  TENTS 


This  type  of  tent  is  very  popular  with  all  sports- 
men. The  angle  of  the  roof  is  such  that  it  reflects 
the  heat  from  the  open  camp  fire  downward.  It  is 
an  ideal  tent  for  timber  country.  Many  sportsmen 
use  this  tent  with  a  mosquito  front  during  the  time 
insect  pests  are  troublesome — taking  out  the  netting 
in  cold  weather  and  enjoying  the  open  view  of  the 
camp  fire  blaze. 

% 

TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE— Waterproof 

Khaki  and  deep  Emerald  Green  colors.  See  page 
5  for  full  description  of  this  lightest  tent  material 
made. 


d 

Size 

Height 

Ridge,  Four 

Uprights 
and  Stakes 
Extra 

Order 

Width 
Depth 

Front 

Back 

Lbs.  W 
of  Te 

Fric 
of  Te 

4A2009 

3x7 

4 

1 

5/ 

$13.50 

18 

$1.70 

4A2010 

4/x  7 

5 

7/ 

17.75 

20 

1.70 

4A2011 

55/6x  7 

5 

i/ 
1% 

8 

21.00 

22 

1.80 

4A2012 

7x7 

5 

10 

23.70 

24 

1.80 

4A2013 

7x7 

7 

2/ 

12^ 

28.40 

24 

2.00 

4A2014 

7x7 

8 

3/ 

14 

31.65 

24 

2.10 

4A2015 

8/x  7 

7 

2/ 

14/ 

31.60 

26 

2.20 

4A2017 

8/x  sy2 

7Y2 

3 

16/ 

36.55 

28 

2.25 

4A2019 

10  x  8y2 

7/ 

3 

18 

40.05 

30 

2.40 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  tape  ridge  and  khaki  bag. 


VERDALITE  AND  BALLOON  SILK 

For  description  of  material  see  page  5. 


d 

Size 

Height 

v  a 

■  fJ 

Ridge,  Four 

Uprights 
and  Stakes 
Extra  1 

Order 

Width 
Depth 

Front 
Back 

Lbs.  W 
of  Te 

Pric 
of  Te 

4A3009  3    x  7l/3 

4A3010  4/x  7/ 

4A3011  55/6X  7V3 

4A3012  7Hx  7y3 

4A3013  7y3x  7y3 

4A3014  7y3x  7y3 

4A3015  sy4x  7y3 

IA3017  8y4x  8V4 

IA3019  10 /x  8y4 

Price  includes  sod  cloth, 
bag. 


4 

5 
5 
5 
7 

8 
7 

7y2 
7y2 


1 

154 

3/2 
2/ 

3 
3 


8/ 
10/ 
13 

14/ 

wy4 

18H 


$9.85 
13.25 
15.20 
17.05 
20.40 
22.80 
22.80 
26.35 
29.00 


$1.70 
1.70 
1.80 
1.80 
2.00 
2.10 
2.20 
2.25 
2.40 


tape  ridge  and  standard 


SPECIAL  WATERPROOF 

For  description  of  material  see  page  5. 


No.  J 

Size 

Height 

J3  fj 

be  a 

m  "2 

u  _ 

3    tf}  Q. 

•5  -13 

ront 

ack 

en 

Pric 
f  Te 

^2 

O 

£  Q 

fa  pq 

O 

►4 

0 

A4009  4}4x  7/ 

1A4010  7/x  7/ 

:A4011  9/x  7% 

A4012  9/x  9/ 


2/ 
3/ 


10 

15 
18 
25 


$7.40  14  $1.70 

10.15  16  2.00 

11.65  18  2.25 

15.05  20  2.30 


Price  includes  standard  bag  and  tape  ridge. 


The  general  shape  and  size  of  this  tent  is  exactly 
the  same  as  the  Baker  tent,  but  it  has  a  front  wall, 
which  hinges  at  the  two  front  corners  and  is  caught 
in  with  snaps  and  galvanized  steel  rings  along  the 
ridge  where  it  joins  the  fly.  With  this  method  of 
construction,  the  entire  front  can  be  unsnapped,  and 
opened  out,  and  snapped  into  rings  along  the  outer 
edges  of  the  fly — thus  increasing  the  depth  of  the 
tent  about  one-half.  In  hot  climates  where  insect 
pests  are  constant,  part  of  the  front  can  be  left  open 
and  mosquito  netting  or  bobbinet  inserted  in  the 
door.  We  will  attach  the  front  permanently  to  the 
tent,  if  so  desired,  without  extra  charge. 

TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE— Waterproof 

Khaki  and  deep  Emerald  Green  colors.  See  page 
5  for  full  description  of  this  lightest  tent  material 
made. 


Size 

Height 

*>« 

idth 
:pth 

iter 
all 

>h 

Prici 
Te 

Stake 
Need* 

£  O 

U 

en  <*h 
^3  O 

0 

3  f)  V 


4A2020 
4A2021 
4  A  2022 
4  A  2024 
4A2025 
4A2026 


8/x  7 
10    x  7 
11/x  8/ 
122^x  8V2 
14    x  8/ 


bag. 


Price  includes 


3  4 

:  4 

1  4 

>  4 

I  4 

l  4 

sod  cloth 


16 

17/ 
19 

26/ 
29 

31/ 

,  tape 


$36.10 
40.55 
45.15 
59.05 
65.40 
69.50 
ridge 


30 
32 
34 
41 
44 
47 

and 


$2.15 
2.30 
2.45 
2.80 
3.00 
3.25 
khaki 


VERDALITE  AND  BALLOON  SILK 

For  description  of  material,  see  page  5. 


Order  No. 

Width 
Depth  ^ 

Height 

<3  * 

Lbs.  W'ght 
of  Tent 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes 
Needed 

Ridge,  Four 

Uprights 
and  Stakes 
Extra 

4A3020 

7/x 

7/ 

8 

4 

iey4 

$26. 2( 

) 

30 

$2.20 

4A3021 

sy4x 

7/ 

8 

4 

17M 

29.40 

32 

2.35 

4A3022 

10  y4x 

7/ 

8 

4 

20 

33.95 

34 

2.55 

4A3024 

n*4x 

9 

4 

27H 

42.40 

41 

2.80 

4A3025 

13  Zx 

M 

9 

4 

30/ 

46.50 

44 

2.90 

4A3026 

ny4x 

8y4 

9 

4 

32H 

50.00 

47 

3.25 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  tape  ridge  and  standard 
bag. 


SPECIAL  WATERPROOF 

For  description  of  material,  see  page  5. 


Order  No. 

Width 
Depth  n 

Height 

u 

C  « 

U 

Lbs.  W'ght 
of  Tent 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes 
Needed 

Ridge,  Four 

Uprights 
and  Stakes 
Extra 

1A4020 

7/x  7/ 

8  4 

24 

$13.75 

16 

$2.05 

4A4021 

9/x  7% 

8  4 

27 

16.40  18 

2.25 

4A4022 

ll^x  7/ 

8  4 

34 

19.40  20 

2.50 

4A4023 

9/x  9/ 

9  4 

34/ 

19.40  20 

2.35 

4A4024 

11! %x  9/ 

9  4 

40 

22. 6C 

22 

2.60 

4A4025 

14/x  9/ 

9  4 

45/ 

25. 6( 

24 

2.80 

Price  includes 

tape  ridge  and  standard  bag. 

s 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


WATERPROOF  "A"  TENTS 


WATERPROOF  MASTIGOUCHE  TRAP- 
.    PERS'  TENTS 


,  j  This  type  of  tent  is  particularly  adapted  for  easy 
shifting;  the  absence  of  side  wall  does  away  with 
the  staking  out  of  guy  ropes  and  when  the  floor  is 
pegged  down,  and  poles  are  inserted,  the  tent  is 
ready  for  occupancy.  All  tents  of  this  style  are 
equipped  with  tape  ridge,  making  it  possible  to  erect 
the  tent  without  poles  by  attaching  a  piece  of  rope 
to  the  tape  loops  at  the  end  of  ridge  and  stretching 
tight  between  trees.  This  style  of  erection  is  shown 
in  our  picture  of  Baker  tents. 

TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE— Waterproof 

Khaki  and  deep  Emerald  Green  colors.  See  page 
5  for  full  description  of  this  lightest  tent  material 


made. 

V  tn 

o 

Size 

!*  a 

v  c 

u  <u 

O  _ 

»  u 

V 

•5  S 

bo 

£h 

u  <u 
•CH 

rt  u 

*0 
u 

o 

%  ~ 

.C  O 
►J 

o 

4  A  2034 

3x7 

4 

44 
6 

$12.90 

15 

$1.15 

4A2035 

4^x  7 

5 

15.50 

17 

1.15 

4A2036 

7x7 

7 

8 

22.10 

22 

1.30 

4A2037 

7    x  84 

7 

9H 

24.50 

24 

1.45 

4A  2038 

8Hx  84 

8 

124 

29.40 

24 

1.60 

4A2039 

84x10 

8 

32.20 

26 

1.75 

4A2040 

10  xlO 

9 

15 

33.75 

29 

1.85 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  tape  ridge  and  khaki  bag. 


VERDALITE  AND  BALLOON  SILK 

For  description  of  material,  see  page  5. 


Order  No. 

Width 

zn 

Depth 

Height  | 

Lbs.  W'ght 
of  Tent 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes 
Needed 

Ridge  Pole 
Uprights  | 
and  Stakes 
I     Extra  1 

4A3034 

3    x  74 

4 

5 

$9.30 

15 

$1.15 

4A3035 

-   4^x  74 

5 

64 

9 

11.15 

17 

1.15 

4  A3036 

74x  74 

7 

15.50 

22 

1.30 

4A3037 

7 

10 

17.60 

24 

1.45 

4 \3038 

8^x  834 

8 

1234 

21.10 

24 

1.60 

4 \3039 

834x104 

8 

14  4- 

23.10 

26 

1.75 

4  A3040 

104x104 

9 

164 

25.75 

29 

1.85 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  tape  ridge  and  standard 
bag. 


SPECIAL  WATERPROOF 

For  description  of  material,  see  page  5. 


Order  No. 

Size 

•5  S 

H3  & 

Hi 

£  P 

Height 

Lbs.  W'ght 
of  Tent 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes 
Needed 

V  0) 

2 

4A4034 

4J4x  74 

7 

10-4 

$7.00 

11 

$1.20 

4  A  4035 

74x  74 

7  4 

144 

8.35 

13 

1.30 

4A4036 

74x  94 

74 

16  4 

9.80 

15 

1.50 

4A  4037 

94x  94 

84 

21 

11.60 

17 

1.65 

4A4038 

*  94x11% 

84 

234 

13.65 

19 

1.85 

Price  includes  standard  bag  and  tape  ridge. 


Is  designed  for  Trappers  and  fire  rangers  who 

move  camp  constantly,  and  must  carry  light  shelter. 
Every  well  managed  lumber  company  now  appreci- 
ates the  necessity  of  having  their  limits  patrolled 
during  the  summer  and  fall  by  a  well  organized 
corps  of  fire  rangers.  This  tent  is  preferably 
adapted  for  this  work  as  rangers  can  travel  in  pairs 
and  use  the  tent  assembled  in  two  sections,  as  illus- 
trated below.  When  two*of  the  tents  are  jointed 
with  ridge  and  end  they  cover  an  area  of  6^  ft. 
wide  and  7  ft.  long.  Each  ranger  can  carry  his  own 
tent.  In  case  of  separation  each  man  will  be  pro- 
vided with  his  own  shelter.  The  flap  shown  on  the 
single  tent  is  used  for  a  hood  to  make  the  peak 
water-tight  and  wind-proof. 

IMPROVED  MASTIGOUCHE  TENT 

We  are  now  adding  to  the  Mastigouche  tent  a 
reinforcing  tape  and  4  tape  loops  about  2  feet  from 
the  bottom  on  the  roof  seams ;  this  allows  the  roof 
to  be  guyed  out,  and  forms  a  small  wall  giving  more 
room  in  the  tent. 

Improvement  put  on  either  style,  $1.00  each. 
TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE— Waterproof 

Khaki  and  deep  Emerald  Green  colors.  See  page 
5  for  full  description  of  this  lightest  tent  material 
made.    4A2050  Size,  7  1-3x3)4  ft.;  height, 

4l4  ft.;  weight,  3^  lbs  %  $10.40 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  tape  ridge  and  khaki  bag. 
VERDALITE  AND  BALLOON  SILK 

Same  as  the  single  tent  shown  above.    For  de- 
scription of  material,  see  page  5. 
4A3050    Size,  7  1-3x3)4  ft;  height,  4%  ft.; 

weight,        lbs  $7.70 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  tape  ridge  and  standard 
bag. 

DOUBLE  MASTIGOUCHE  TRAPPERS' 
TENTS 

This  illustration  shows  two  of  the  single  tents  set 
up  in  combination  with  ridge  joined.  The  cost  of 
this  outfit  is  double  the  cost  of  the  single  tent. 


CAMPING 


9 


WATERPROOF  CANOE  TENTS 


A  very  convenient  tent  for  traveling  camp.  The 
single  pole  is  erected  well  forward  leaving  the  floor 
space  entirely  clear  or  the  "ridge"  type  can  be  used 
without  a  pole.  The  rounded  front  need  not  be 
pegged  out  in  clear  weather,  in  which  case  a  guy 
rope  should  be  thrown  over  the  pole  peak  to  hold 
the  tent.    Prices  are  the  same  for  either  style. 

TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE 


No. 

o  bo 

u 

<u 

2 

bp 

o 

«T3 
u  v 

T3 

C  «> 

Ih 

D  5 

C 

rt  <u 

1  Ord 

B3« 

V 

U 

^£ 

Ph 

4A2073  7x4^  6         1J4      1lA    $19.45      20    $  .60 

4A2074  7    x  6  7         2         9         23.50      22  .65 

4A2075  7V3x  7V3  7         2       10*4      25.50      31  .70 

1A2076  834x  7V3  7]/2      3       \2Y2      29.70      34  .75 

4A2077  834x  834  7^      3       13J4      33.55      36  .75 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  and  khaki  tent  bag. 


VERDALITE  AND  BALLOON  SILK 


Order  No. 

Size  of 
Rect'gle 

Center 

Wall 

Weight 

Price 

Stakes 
Needed 

Pole  and 
Stakes 

4A3073 

7x4^ 

6 

I/; 
2 

$14.35 

20 

$  .60 

4A3074 

7x6 

7 

9*A 

17.05 

22 

.65 

4A3075 

7V3x  7V3 

7 

2 

10/2 

19.10 

31 

.70 

4A3076 

834x  7V3 

7^4 

3 

1234 

21.65 

34 

.75 

Price  includes  sod  cloth  and  standard  tent  bag. 
SPECIAL  WATERPROOF 


Order  No. 

Size  of 
Rect'gle 

Center 

Wall 

Weight 

Price 

Stakes 
Needed 

Pole  and 
Stakes 

4A4073 

7x5 

7 

2 

12 

$9.05 

18 

$  .55 
.60 

4A4074 

7x7 

7 

2 

17 

10.95 

20 

4A4075 

9V2x  7% 

7*S 

3 

21J4 

13.10 

22 

.65 

Price  includes  standard  tent  bag. 


CANOE  TENT— RIDGE  STYLE 


WATERPROOF  AUTOMOBILE  TENTS 


The  center  of  the  rear  wall  is  made  to  guy  to 
steering  wheel  of  the  car,  the  two  corners  of  rear 
wall  to  guy  to  wheels  of  the  car.  Each  tent  fur- 
nished with  the  necessary  guy  lines  and  equipped 
with  waterproof  ground  cloth  sewed  to  tent,  with 
9-inch  sill  in  front,  ventilated  at  peak  with  small 
window  covered  with  bobbinet,  with  outside  hood. 
Tents  are  equipped  with  necessary  steel  tent  pins  and 
Noepel  telescopic  tubular  tent  pole.  Packed  in 
brown  waterproof  tent  bag,  the  poles  and  pins  being 
in  separate  bag. 

Entire  outfit  packs  in  a  bag  28  inches  long  by  10l/2 
inches  in  diameter,  and  can  be  carried  on  the  run- 
ning board  of  a  car. 


TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE 
WATERPROOF 


Khaki  and  deep  Emerald  Green 

colors. 

Order  No. 

Size 

■5 

-a  0. 
£  p 

Height 

u 

4)                  S  Ih 

C            •>  u 
O  ^ 

Weight 

Price  of  tent 
complete  with 
steel  stakes 
and  Xoepel 
Telescopic 
Tent  Pole 

4A2C91 
4  A  2092 

834x7^ 
10^x834 

8  iy2 

8  V/2 

21 

261/ 

$34.10 
2  43.45 

WATERPROOF  FRAZER  CANOE  TENTS 


Tent  is  S$4  ft.  square  and  height  to  peak  is  854 
feet.  Furnished  with  a  brown  waterproof  ground 
cloth,  a  telescope  steel  pole  and  window  in  rear  with 
outside  waterproof  covering.  We  call  special  at- 
tention to  guy  ropes  which  are  fastened  to  the  tent 
at  the  point  where  the  fly  hinges.  The  strain  of 
staking  out  the  front  flap  has  caused  these  tents  to 
tear  at  that  point,  and  we  have  added  guy  ropes  to 
obviate  this  trouble. 

4A2085    Made  of  Tanalite  or  Emeralite.  Weight 
complete,    30    lbs.    Price    including  stakes 

and  khaki  bag   $36.45 

4A3085    Made  of  Waterproof  Balloon  Silk  or  Ver- 
dalite.    Weight  complete,  30^  lbs.  Price 
including  stakes  and  standard  bag.  .  $27.60 


10 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


WATERPROOF  LEAN-TO  TENTS 


This  is  a  mere  shelter  which  has  the  heating  fea- 
ture of  the  Baker  Tent.  The  slant  of  the  roof  throws 
the  heat  of  the  camp  fire  directly  down  upon  the 
sleeper.  It  is  a  tent  used  for  night  shelter  only,  and 
has  its  greatest  advantage  in  lightness,  for,  without 
exception,  it's  the  lightest  shelter  made.  Hunters 
carry  this  tent,  which  weighs  only  3  pounds,  in  case 
they  are  caught  out  overnight.  Regularly  made  with 
sod  cloth  and  tape  ridge. 

4A2048  Tanalite,  khaki  color,  or  Emeral- 
ite,  green;  Size,  3^x7^4  ft; 
height,  4%  ft. ;  weight,  3  lbs. ;  with 
khaki  bag    $8.00 

4A3048  Verdalite,  or  Waterproof  balloon 
silk;  Size,  3^x7^  ft.;  height,  ±y2 
ft ;  weight,  3*4  lbs. ;  with  khaki  bag  5.65 

4A4048  Special  waterproof;  Size,  3^x7^$ 
ft;  height,  4%  ft;  weight,  4%  lbs.; 
with  standard  bag   2.80 


WATERPROOF  FORESTERS'  TENTS 


WATERPROOF  "TARPAULIN"  TENT 


This  waterproofed  Tarpaulin  is  reinforced  with 
tapes  and  supplied  with  peg  loops  so  it  can  be  erected 
in  the  shape  of  a  pyramid  or  Miners'  tent  with  a 
vertical  front. 

Size  of  Tarpaulin,  8  x  12^4  feet.  Makes  a  tent 
5x71/2x6%  feet  high. 


Order 
No. 

Material 

Size 
Width 
Depth 

Feet 
High 

Size  of 
Tarp. 

Rolled:Weight 

Price 

4A2049 

Tanalite  or 

Emeralite 

7^x5 

ey4 

8  xl2y3 

5x18    5Va  $13.25 

4A2055 

Tanalite  or 

Emeralite    .  .  .  . 

7  x7 

7 

95^x14 

6x22  7 

17.50 

IA3049 

Balloon  Silk 

or 

Verdalite  . . 

7^x5 

*A 

8  xl2}4 

5x18  5% 

9.60 

4A3055 

Balloon  Silk 

or 

Verdalite. . 

7  x7 

7 

9^x14 

6x22    7  A 

12.75 

4A4049  Special 

Waterproof 

7V2x5 

8  xl2/2 

6x18  8r/2 

5.75 

4A4055  Special 

Waterproof 

7  x7 

7 

9S/6xU 

7x22  10 

6.45 

WATERPROOF  HUDSON  BAY  TENT 


The  features  of  the  Baker  and  Lean-to  are  com- 
bined in  this  tent  with  greater  depth  and  the  fact  that 
it  can  be  erected  with  a  tripod  of  poles.  The  slant 
of  the  roof  reflects  camp  fire  heat  into  the  back 
point  of  the  tent,  while  the  greatest  amount  of  head 
room  is  in  the  front,  where  the  greatest  width  is 
available.  The  weight  of  tent,  compared  to  its  size, 
will  recommend  it  to  many  sportsmen.  Made  in  all 
of  our  waterproof  materials. 


Order 
No. 


Material 


Size 
Width 
Depth 


Feet 
High 


WlSihtk*e 


$11.50 
15.90 


4A2088   Tanalite  or  Emeralite.  .  7x7  6]/2  4 

4A2089  Tanalite  or  Emeralite.  .  8/2x  8/2  7>S  6 
4A3088   Waterproof     Silk  or 

Verdalite    7^x  7*/3  6*/3  VA  8.55 

4A3089   Waterproof     Silk     or  . 

Verdalite    8^x  8&  7%  V/2  11.65 

4A4088  Special    Waterproof...  7x7  6j/3  5lA  5.20 

4A4089  Special    Waterproof...  9x9  8  10lA  7.15 


The  "Hudson  Bay"  is  a  modified  form  of  the  "A" 
tent,  the  modification  being  made  particularly  to  save 
weight.  The  ridge  is  shortened  to  three  feet  in  all 
sizes  and  the  ends  rounded  out  to  give  floor  space. 
There  is  considerably  less  material  used  in  this  style 
than  in  the  "A"  tent,  and  therefore  a  noted  saving  in 
the  pack  burden.  This  is  an  excellent  type  of  tent 
for  one  or  two  men  "going  light."  Made  in  Tanalite 
and  Emeralite  only. 


Order  No. 

Extreme 
Size  of 
Ground 

Height 
Feet 

Weight 
Lbs. 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes 
Required 

Ridge  Pole 
Uprights 
and  Stakes 
Extra 

4  A  2042 

3x6 

4 

*A 

$8.85. 

12 

|  .90 

4  A  2043 

4x7 

5 

4 

11.60 

12 

.90 

4A2044 

5x8 

6 

5V2 

14.65 

14 

1.00 

4A  2045 

6x9 

7 

7 

18.15 

16 

1.10 

4A2046 

7  xlO 

7V2 

9 

21.50 

20 

1.15 

4A2047 

8  xll 

8 

10 

24.95 

22 

1.25 

Price  includes  sod  cloth,  tape  ridge  and  khaki  bag. 


CAMPING 


11 


WATERPROOF  MINERS'  TENTS 


The  special  design  of  this  tent  gives  a  great 
imount  of  ground  space  with  easy  erection;  when 
:he  bottom  is  pegged  down  the  insertion  of  a  single 
)ole  completes  the  work.  Telescope  or  jointed  pole 
nay  be  carried  or  one  cut  en  route.  The  pyramid 
>hape  of  this  tent  has  its  advantage  in  the  small 
imount  of  material  used  in  its  making,  which  counts 
[or  lightness.  This  miners'  type  of  tent  has  always 
:>een  used  and  considered  more  adaptable  to  open 
:ountry  than  for  use  in  the  woods. 

TANALITE  AND  EMERALITE 
WATERPROOF 


Khaki  and  deep  Emerald  Green  colors.  See  page 
5  for  full  description  of  this  lightest  tent  material 
nade. 


6 

Size 

A 

« 

bp 

O 

S-s 

Ordei 

Widt 
Dept 

s 

'55 

U 

Ph 

Stal 
Nee 

Pole 
Sta 

A2051 

7% 

$18.85 

54 

$  .60 

A2053 

8 

103/4 

23.90 

24 

.65 

A.2054 

10  xlO 

9 

30.00 

32 

.80 

Price  includes  sod 

cloth  an 

d  khaki  tent  bag. 

f 

VERDALITE  AND  WATERPROOF 

BALLOON  SILK 

For  description  of  material, 

see  page  5. 

o 

Size 

A 

V 

*o 

<«  5 

"J 

Order 

Width 
Depth 

Ileig 

'S 

o 

u 

Stake 
Need 

iA3051  7V3x  1V3  7  734      $13.85       24      $  .60 

:A3053  834x  8H  8  11           17.40       2*  .b5 

:A3054  10^x10^  9  13           21.25       32  .80 

Price  includes  sod  cloth  and  standard  tent  bag. 


SPECIAL  WATERPROOF 

For  description  of  material,  see  page  5. 


Order  No. 

Size 

■5 

X)  Q. 

^  p 

Height 

Weight 

Price 

Stakes 
Needed 

Pole  and 
Stakes 

A4051 

7^x  7^ 

10 

$7.20 

16 

$  .55 
.60 

A4053 

15 

9.50 

16 

A4054 

115/6x115^ 

20^ 

12.10 

24 

.75 

Price  includes  standard  tent  bag.  ' 

Any  of  the  above  Miners'  tents  made  with  2-foot 
tall,  add  30  per  cent,  to  prices  quoted  above. 


"RATLIFF"  TENT 


This  tent  is  specially  designed  for  the  use  of  the 
camper,  canoeist,  hiker  or  motorcyclist  who  wishes 
a  complete  light  tent  for  one  night  camp.  It  is 
the  lightest  and  most  compact  tent  made  and  sim- 
ple and  quick  to  set  up. 

It  is  made  with  ground  cloth  sewed  in  the  tent — 
also  has  a  bobinet  front  and  a  window  on  each  side — 
in  warm  weather  there  is  plenty  of  ventilation  and 
in  cold  weather  the  windows  and  front  can  be  closed 
for  protection. 

The  ground  cloth  is  made  of  our  famous  Emeral- 
ite  and  the  top  of  Verdalite.  The  windows  are  8 
inches  square  and  covered  with  bobinet. 

The  floor  plan  is  triangular,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
use  3  stakes  in  setting  this  tent  up.  Dimensions 
8x4  feet  and  4^2  feet  high. 

There  is  plenty  of  room  for  one  man  to  get  a 
good  comfortable  night's  sleep. 

When  rolled  up  it  makes  a  roll  5  inches  in  diam- 
eter and  12  inches  long.    Weight  3^4  lbs. 
Price,  each    $12.00 


"TOOMAN"  TENT 


Our  new  tent  for  two  people. 

Its  special  features  are  its  extreme  lightness,  com- 
pactness and  simplicity  in  erecting.  Can  be  set  up 
anywhere  in  two  minutes  and  it  only  requires  4 
stakes  to  peg  it  down — a  rope  attached  to  the  peak 
and  thrown  over  a  limb  of  a  tree  and  the  tent  can 
be  pulled  up  to  the  desired  height. 

Tent  is  complete  with  ground  cloth  sewed  in — 
bobinet  front  and  2  windows,  giving  perfect  ven- 
tilation. The  ground  cloth  is  made  01  our  famous 
Emeralite  and  the  top  is  of  Verdalite.  When  rolled 
up  it  occupies  a  space  18  inches  long  x  6  inches  in 
diameter.  The  size  is  8  feet  deep,  30  inches  across 
the  back,  5r/2  feet  across  the  front  and  bl/2  feet 
high  at  the  front.  Weight,  5>2  pounds. 
'Price   $17.50 


12 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


PALMETTO  CANOE  TENTS 


_  There  is  more  head  room  in  one  of  these  tents, 
size  7x7,  than  in  a  Frazer  model,  8^4x8^4. 
4A2030   Tanalite,  khaki  color,  or  Emeralite,  dark 
green;  7r/3  feet  square,  8J/2  feet  high  at  center;  6 
feet  high  at  eaves ;  weight,  11  lbs. ;  price,  including 

sod  cloth  and  khaki  tent  bag   $26.20 

Extra  for  center  pole,  spreaders  and  stakes..  1.70 
4A3080  Waterproof  Balloon  Silk,  or  Verdalite; 
V/i  feet  square;  Sl/2  feet  high  at  center;  6  feet  high 
at  eaves;  weight,  12  lbs.;  requires  24  stakes;  price, 
including  sod,  cloth  and  standard  tent  bag...  $19.35 
Extra  for  center  pole,  spreaders  and  stakes..  1.70 

TOILET  TENTS 


TENT  AND  WATERPROOF  MATERIALS 


We  are  now  making  these  tents  on  an  entirely  new 
model,  which  will  be  found  most  convenient  and 
serviceable.  One  side  is  made  so  as  to  continue  out 
beyond  and  around  the  front,  lapping  over  the  oppo- 
site side  as  shown  in  the  illustration.  This  form  al- 
lows of  perfect'  privacy  and  ingress  and  egress  is 
effected  without  the  bother  of  flaps  or  curtains.  The 
walls  are  made  five  feet  high  on  all  sides  and  the 
roof  is  raised  in  front  for  ventilation. 

Prices  include  Standard  tent  bag. 

KHAKI  TOILET  TENT 


SIZE 

■5  — 
-a  a 

:~  v 
£  G 

HEIGHT 

a  c 
3  2 
pq  £ 

Weight 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes 
Needed 

Seven 
Uprights 
and  Stakes 
Extra  | 

5x5 

5  ft.    7  ft. 

10  lbs. 

$8.90 

13 

$1.95 

STANDARD  TOILET  TENT 

SIZE 

•2  •c 

a 

:-  v 

£  q 

HEIGHT 
^  c 

a  £ 
«  & 

Weight 

Price 
of  Tent 

Stakes  i 
Needed 

Seven 
Uprights 
and  Stakes 
Extra 

5x5 

5  ft.  7  ft. 

7J4  lbs. 

|6.00 

13 

$1.95 

6 

73 

Si 
V 

V 

Materials 

Color 

Width 
Inches 

Ozs. 
er  Yar 

Price 
er  Yar 

6 

4A2C93  Tanalite  Waterproof  Khaki 

4  A2094  Emeralite  Waterproof  Green 

4A3093  Balloon  Silk  Waterproof  White 

4A3094  Verdalite  Waterproof  Green 

4A4093  Special  Waterproof  White 

4A4094  8  oz.  Defendo   Duck  White 

4  A4095  10  oz.   Defendo  Duck  White 

4A4096  12   oz.   Defendo   Duck  White 

4A8093  8   oz.   Protecto   Duck  Khaki 

4A1093  10   oz.   Protecto   Duck  Khaki 

4A1290  12   oz.   Protecto   Duck  Khaki 

4A1380  Waterproof   Drill  Brown 

4  U381  Waterproof  Duck  Brown 

4A1382  English  Bobbinet  White 
Samples  of  materials  mailed  promptly 

BOBBINET  MOSQUITO-PROOF  FRONTS 


37 

5Vs 

$  .75 

37 

5H 

.75 

38 

52A 

.55 

38 

.55 

29 

sy» 

.25 

285^ 

8+ 

.35 

28y2 

10+ 

.40 

28]/2 

12  + 

.45 

2sy2 

8  + 

.45 

28]/2 

10  + 

.50 

28y2 

12  + 

.55 

36 

11 

.45 

36 

16 

.65 

72 

3/2 

.85 

upon 

request. 

Toilet  seat 


Style  A 

Two  methods  of  making  Bobbinet  Mosquito-Proof 
Fronts  are  shown  in  these  illustrations.  Style  A 
shows  front  attached  to  the  sides  and  walls,  made 
extra  long  and  full,  equipped  with  adjustable  rope 
Which  raises  and  lowers  the  mosquito-proof  curtain. 


Style  B 

Style  B  shows  Bobbinet  Mosquito  Front  with  cir- 
cular  opening  in  centre.  This  opening  is  made  extra 
full  with  a  pucker  string.  This  makes  an  absolutely 
tight  insect  front  that  is  always  permanently  in  posi- 
tion, and  is  advisable  in  tropical  countries  or  where 
the  pests  are  beyond  any  other  method  of  control. 

Can  be  supplied  sewed  in  or  made  detachable  and 
prices  are  figured  on  the  number  of  square  feet  in 
the  front  of  the  tent. 

4A1408  Either  style  sewed  in,  per  sq.  foot.  12c 
4A1409    Either  style  made  detachable,  per  sq.  ft.  14c. 

ROPE 


Order  No. 

Diameter 

Ft.  to 
Pound 

Per 
Pound 

4  A 1431 

Cotton 

^-inch 

175 

$  .42 

4A1432 

Cotton 

s^-inch 

125 

.42 

4A1433 

Cotton 

iVinch 

100 

.42 

4A1434 

Cotton 

^-inch 

53 

.40 

4A1435 

6  thread  Manila 

% -inch 

60 

.38 

4A1436 

9  thread  Manila 

t^-inch 

45 

.38 

4A1437 

12  thread  Manila 

f^-inch 

25 

.37 

4A1438 

15  thread  Manila 

iVinch 

19 

.36 

CAMPING 


13 


TENT  WINDOWS 

1 


These  are  most  desirable,  especially  in  large  tents, 
for  comfort  and  for  proper  ventilation.  Unless  oth- 
erwise ordered  they  are  placed  in  rear  wall  of  tent 
and  are  made  as  follows :  An  opening  of  the  proper 
size,  varying  somewhat  according  to  the  size  and 
style  of  tent,  is  cut  out  and  strongly  reinforced 
around  the  edges  with  tape.  The  opening  thus 
formed  is  then  filled  with  fine  mesh  English  bobbi- 
net,  which  is  strong  and  durable,  and  this  is  also  re- 
inforced across  both  ways  with  tape  as  shown  in  the 
illustration.  Above  the  opening  is  placed  a  wide  flap, 
of  same  material  as  the  tent,  and  so  arranged  that 
it  may  be  either  raised  or  lowered  from  the  inside  by 
simply  pulling  a  cord.  The  curtain  is  perfectly  wa- 
tertight. 

3A1401    Put  in,  complete,  curtain  and  cord..  ^$2.50 
GROUND  CLOTH 


In  certain  localities  a  ground  cloth  is  an  absolute 
necessity  in  the  way  of  keeping  out  snakes,  insects, 
vermin,  etc.  It  is  also  valuable  in  cold  weather  as  a 
preventer  of  draughts  and  a  great  aid  in  keeping 
the  tent  warm.  Recommended  for  a  traveling  or 
cruising  trip  where  the  tent  must  often  be  pitched 
hastily  and  perhaps  on  wet  ground,  in  which  case  it 
assures  a  dry  floor  and  clean  bed,  and  is,  besides,  a 
protection  to  the  tent  when  rolled  up. 

We  supply  them  either  sewed  permanently  to  the 
tent  or  separate,  and  in  the  latter  case  the  tent 
should  have  a  sod  cloth  to  insure  perfect  protection 
Made  of  heavy  brown  canvas,  tough,  durable  and 
perfectly  waterproof. 

Separate  ground  cloths  have  rope  loops  for  corner 
stakes. 

4A1402    When  separate,  per  square  foot          $  .10 

4A1403    When  sewed  to  tent,  per  square  foot  .11 

"WINDTITE"  TENT  DOOR 

A  Wind  and  Rain-tight  closing  flap,  which  will 
close  the  front  of  a  tent  as  tight  as  though  sewed 
together,  is  a  special  device  of  our  own  invention, 
which  can  be  added  to  any  of  our  tents  at  very  mod- 
erate cost.  No  storm  could  possibly  get  through 
this  roll  of  canvas  when  it  is  well  rolled  and  tied. 
Can  be  worked  from  either  outside  or  inside. 
3A1406    Fitted  to  any  stock  tent  $1.50 


TENT  STOVE-PIPE  HOLE 

In  cold  weather,  a 
stove  in  a  tent  is  al- 
ways an  appreciated 
luxury  and  many 
times  a  positive  ne- 
cessity when  the  tent 
is  of  a  style  which 
cannot  be  heated  from 
a  fire  in  front.  Such 
a  stove  is  also  very 
handy  for  use  in  bad 
weather  for  the  prep- 
a  ration  of  simple 
meals,  drying  out 
clothes,  etc.  We  place 
stove-pipe  holes  in 
any  tent  as  follows : 
An  extra  piece  of  the 
material  is  sewed  to 
the  tent  as  a  rein- 
forcement, in  which  is  inserted  a  specially  made 
wide  stove-pipe  collar  of  asbestos.  This  thoroughly 
protects  the  tent  from  scorching  or  burning,  and  as 
it  is  quite  flexible  will  roll  up  snugly  with  the  tent. 
At  the  opening  is  placed  a  wide  flap,  of  the  same 
material  as  the  tent,  which  is  rolled  up  and  tied  with 
tapes  when  pipe  is  in  use.  When  pipe  is  not  used, 
the  flap  is  lowered  and  tied  in  place  with  tapes,  ef- 
fectually closing  the  opening  and  making  it  thor- 
oughly watertight.  Always  placed  at  right  side 
(looking  in)  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
4A1400  Asbestos  ring  placed  in  tent,  com- 
plete with  flap   $3.00 

CHEESECLOTH  INSECT-PROOF  TENT 
LINING 


Insect-proof  Lining  is  suspended  from  the  ridge 
and  tied  out  to  the  four  corners ;  the  front  must  be 
lifted  to  give  entrance.  This  lining  is  a  separate 
piece  and  can  be  used  apart  from  the  tent  if  desired. 


Size 
Of  Tent 
(about) 

Price 

Size 
Of  Tent 
(about) 

Price 

Size 
Of  Tent 
(about) 

Price 

4x7 

$2.75 

9x  9 

$4.55 

10x10 

$5.75 

7x7 

3.45 

9x10 

4.95 

10x12 

6.25 

7x9 

4.00 

9x12 

5.50 

12x12 

6.60 

METAL  TENT  SLIDE 


This  patent  slide,  made  exclusively  by  us,  is  the 
same  as  we  use  on  all  our  tents. 


Order  No. 


Weight 
Per  Doz. 


Per  Doz. 


3A1424  Galvanized  Steel 
3A1425  Brass 


4^  oz. 
5  oz. 


$  .25 
.50 


14 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


KHAKI  WICKI-UP 


The  above  cut  shows  detail  construction  of  the  frame  of 
the  KHAKI  WICKI-UP. 

The  problem  of  a  portable  canvas  house  combining  strength,  simplicity  and  durability  is  solved  in  the 
KHAKI  WICKI-UP,  which  makes  a  handsome,  attractive  house,  easily  erected  by  anyone  without  the 
use  of  any  tools,  nails,  bolts,  screws  or  tacks. 

All  openings  in  the  house  are  screened — only  the  best  material  is  used. 

Frame  is  made  of  well-seasoned  clear-selected  Pacific  Fir,  stained  khaki  to  match  canvas  cover. 
The  different  parts  of  the  frame  are  fitted  with  rustless  castings  which  slide  or  hook  together  by  unique 
interlocking  device,  the  last  piece  locking  the  whole  frame.  After  the  sills  are  leveled  the  entire 
frame  can  be  erected  by  one  man  within  30  minutes,  without  the  use  of  any  tools  whatever. 

Floor:  The  10xl5-foot  KHAKI  WICKI-UP  is  in  six  sections,  28  inches  wide,  10  feet  long,  made 
of  narrow  matched  hardwood  boards,  securely  nailed  to  cleats.    Each  section  can  be  easily  car- 
ried and  placed  by  one  man.    The  entire  frame  of  a  10xl5-foot  KHAKI  WICKI-UP,  including 
floor,  knocked  down,  makes  a  package  10  feet  long,  28  inches  wide,  and  18  inches  high. 

Roof  is  made  of  12-ounce  Protecto  Duck,  U.  S.  Army  standard,  khaki  color,  waterproof,  mildew 
and  verminproof.  In  erecting  the  roof  is  unfolded  over  the  ridge,  the  eave  poles  are  slipped  through 
the  side  pockets,  eye  bolts  are  placed  through  the  opening  in  the  canvas  and  through  the  holes  in  the  eave 
pole.  The  spring  and  turn  buckle  furnished  are  attached  and  the  turn  buckle  taken  up  gives  the  desired 
tension.    This  makes  a  roof  that  is  always  taut  and  requires  no  further  adjusting. 

Side  Walls  are  made  of  10-ounce  Protecto  Duck,  U.  S.  Army  standard  khaki  color,  waterproof, 
mildew  and  verminproof.  All  window  openings  are  covered  with  rustproof  mosquito  wire  and  adjustable 
khaki  curtain.  To  place  on  the  house,  the  canvas  is  opened  up  and  laid  on  the  side  of  the  house,  starting 
on  the  hinged  side  of  the  door.  The  canvas  at  the  top  is  furnished  with  a  small  pocket  into  which  a 
strip  of  wood  Hx§^  inches  is  slipped.  This  is  pressed  into  a  groove  in  the  frame,  a  wooden  button 
turned,  and  the  top  of  the  canvas  is  securely  in  place.  After  the  top  edge  is  placed  around  the  entire 
house,  the  bottom  edge  is  placed  by  pressing  the  canvas  into  groove  with  wood  strip,  which  is  held  in 
place  by  button,  and  a  small  strip  of  canvas  which  acts  as  water  table  covers  up  the  lower  series  of  buttons. 


7^x10    $116.00 

8^x12    150.00 

10    xl5    160.00 

12    xl7    195.00 

10  x22^   325.Q0 


14   Xl9    250.00 

12    x25    270.00 

14    X28^   325.00 

All  prices  F.  0.  B.  New  York. 


STEEL  TENT  PINS 


The  simplest  and  lightest  style  of  steel  pin  made. 
Nest  closely  in  packing. 

4A1428  9-inch  "        2J/2  ounces  $  .06 

4A1429  12-inch  5SA  ounces  .07 

4A1430  15-inch  9     ounces  .08 

NOEPEL'S  STEEL  TENT  POLES- 
TELESCOPING 

The  lightest 
tent  pole  made. 
Weighs  less  than 
wooden  pole  of 
the  same  diam- 
eter and  is  stronger;  made  of  the  best  grade  of 
seamless  drawn  steel  tubing — all  joints  brazed  and 
reinforced  with  electric  galvanized  satin  finish  to 
prevent  rust.    Telescopes  to  29J/2  inches  in  length. 

Telescoping  Upright  Poles 
3 A 1413       up  to  8  ft.       lVi-inch       3Vo  lbs.  $2.50 
3A1414        8  to  9  ft.       1%-inch       3T/s  lbs.  3.00 

Telescoping  Ridge  Poles 
3A1417       up  to  8  ft.       lMHnch       37/s  lbs.  $3.00 
3A1418         8  to  9  ft.       l}6-inch       V/s  lbs.  3.50 


JOINTED  TENT  POLES— WOOD 

Strongly  made  of 
selected  ash  iy2 
inches  in  diameter, 
fitted  with  male  and 
female  hard  brass 
ferrules. 


3A1421 
3A1422 
3A1423 


up  to 
6  to 


8  to  10  ft. 


3Vs  lbs. 
4?4  ^s. 
6  lbs. 


$1.00 
1.70 
1.95 


HOLD  FAST  STEEL  TENT  PINS 


Made  from  strong,  machine  angle  steel,  which 
c1  rives  easily  and  holds  securely.  Made  in  two  styles 
for  guy  ropes  and  for  beckets. 

4A1426    Guy  Ring  Top  13-in.    6     oz.    $  .11 

4A1427    Becket  Hook  Top         9-in.    3J/2  oz.  .08 


CAMPING 


15 


THE  NEW  FITCH  SLEEPING  BAG 


This  sleeping  bag  embodies  many  improvements 
over  any  sleeping  bag  heretofore  made. 

Its  one  principal  advantage  is  that  while  the  bag, 
when  made  up,  is  absolutely  tight,  wind  and  water- 
proof, it  can  be  easily  and  quickly  opened  up  the 
full  width  of  the  blankets,  and  aired.  The  whole 
bag  can  be  taken  apart  for  cleaning  and  put  together 
again  more  quickly  and  with  far  less  effort  than 
found  in  any  other  bag  in  the  market. 

The  blankets  are  so  arranged  as  to  prevent  them 
getting  bunched  up  around  the  limbs  when  the  sleeper 
twists  or  turns.  The  cover  can  be  quickly  untied  and 
thrown  off,  thus  preventing  condensation  when  the 
bag  is  used  under  cover,  and  when  in  the  open  the 
cover  is  arranged  to  close  and  make  bag  absolutely 
tight  and  waterproof. 

The  sides  and  bottom  of  the  cover  are  brown  wa- 
terproof canvas.  The  top  is  made  very  full  of 
Tanalite. 

The  Fitch  bag  comes  equipped  with  headflap  or 
hood  which  can  be  used  in  the  open  for  shelter.  At 
each  corner  of  the  cover  is  a  sleeve  loop  through 
which  stakes  may  be  driven  to  hold  the  sides  taut, 
and  prevent  the  bag  shifting  or  slipping.  Blankets 
can  be  quickly  added  if  increased  warmth  is  re- 
quired, or  detached  if  a  lighter  weight  bag  is  desired. 
4A1449  Fitted  with  16  thicknesses  of  blan- 
ket.   Weight  26  lbs.    Price   $40.50 

4A1450    Fitted  with  12  thicknesses  of  blan- 
ket.   Weight,  21  lbs   32.50 

4A1451    Fitted  with  8  thicknesses  of  blanket. 

Weight,  15l/2  lbs   24.50 

4A1452    Fitted  with  4  thicknesses  of  blanket. 

Weight,  10  lbs   16.60 

4A1453    Cover  only.    Weight,  5  lbs   8.00 

3A1456    One  down  quilt.    Weight,  4^4  lbs. 

Fitted  to  any  of  the  above  bags. . . .  10.00 
3A1457    One    eiderdown    quilt.    Weight,  7 

lbs.  Fitted  to  any  of  the  above  bags  22.00 
4A1459    One  wool  blanket  bag.    Weight,  3^ 

lbs.   Fitted  to  any  of  the  above  bags  18.50 
All  the  blankets   used  in   our  Fitch  bags  are 
specially  woven  for  us,  are  absolutely  pure  all  wool, 
color  Dark  Fawn  Brown  with  brown  trimming. 

These  bags  are  made  on  the  principle  that  a  num- 
ber of  layers  of  thin  all  wool  blankets  give  more 
warmth  than  the  same  weight  in  heavy  blankets,  the 
air  spaces  between  the  blankets  acting  as  a  non- 
conductor. 

THE  "PUSSY  FOOT"  SLEEPING  BAG 


This  is  a  new  style  of  sleeping  bag  which  we 
recommend  as  being  the  most  practical  one  made. 


The  special  features  are  its  extreme  lightness  for 
the  amount  of  warmth  procured — perfect  comfort 
for  the  sleeper  as  there  is  ample  room  which  is  prop- 
erly distributed. 

The  bottom  of  the  cover  is  made  of  brown  water- 
proof material  which  keeps  all  dampness  or  draught 
from  reaching  the  inside  of  the  bag.  The  top  of  the 
cover  is  made  of  Cravenetted  Tanalite.  This  mate- 
rial is  not  absolutely  waterproof  but  is  as  much  so 
as  any  cover  for  a  sleeping  bag  should  be  made — it 
allows  the  moisture  which  the  body  throws  off  during 
the  night  to  escape. 

We  use  special  quilts  in  these  bags  which  are  lined 
with  lambs'  wool  and  covered  with  a  woolen  material 
— these  quilts  are  strong  and  give  the  maximum 
amount  of  warmth  with  the  minimum  weight.  These 
quilts  are  much  warmer  in  proportion  to  their  weight 
than  the  very  best  grade  of  woolen  blanket. 

It  is  a  very  simple  matter  to  take  this  bag  apart  for 
airing  purposes  and  it  is  also  easy  to  put  it  together 
again. 

There  are  a  series  of  buttons  and  buttonholes 
down  the  side  and  bottom  of  the  cover  and  each 
quilt,  and  to  take  the  bag  apart  all  you  have  to  do 
is  to  undo  the  buttons — the  quilts  and  cover  each 
have  the  tapes  placed  at  intervals  around  the  bag 
and  when  these  are  tied  to  one  another  it  keeps  the 
quilts  in  perfect  position  so  that  they  cannot  become 
disarranged  during  the  night. 

This  bag  has  been  used  and  approved  by  several 
of  the  leading  sportsmen  and  physicians. 

An  ideal  bag  for  use  on  the  sleeping  porch  as 
well  as  camp  use. 

Bag  with  one  quilt  is  sufficient  for  a  temperature 
as  low  as  40  degrees,  2  quilts  is  enough  down  to 
25  degrees,  3  quilts  is  enough  down  to  10  degrees. 
Extra  quilts  should  be  added  where  necessary. 

Price  of  cover   $6.00 

Price  with  one  quilt   18.00 

Price  with  two  quilts   30.00 

Price  with  three  quilts   42.00 

Prices  on  special  bags  on  application. 
The  cover  of  this  bag  weighs  4  pounds  and  each 
quilt  weighs  5  pounds. 

DOUBLE  "FITCH"  SLEEPING  BAGS 
For  use  when  two  persons  desire  to  sleep  together. 
Made  to  order  only  at  price  equal  to  cost  of  two  bags. 

To  supply  any  of  our  covers  with  the  necessary 
grommets,  etc.,  to  make  it  attachable  to  covered  air 
bed  or  mattress  will  cost  50c.  additional. 

SLEEPING  SUITS 
For  Men  or  Women 

A  one-piece  suit  cut  amply  full 
so  as  to  give  perfect  freedom. 
Opens  down  the  front  and  about  18 
V'  '  inches  up  the  back.     The  hood  is 

-^X       attached  to  the  suit  by  buttons  and 
can  be  easily  taken  off  if  desired. 
t  \     A  shirr  string  in  the  front  of  the 
hood  for  adjusting  the  size  of  the 
opening. 

t    /       Made  of  the  celebrated  Peruvian 
/  /     Llama  wool,   which  is  the  lightest 
/   /      and  warmest  material  made.  The 
1   v  suit  covers  the  body  entirely,  leaving 

only  a  portion  of  the  face  exposed. 
The  socks,  mitts  and  hood  are  "all  a 
V  wk       part  °^        garment-    Color:  pearl 
B    W  grey. 

I  6  to  12  year,  children's  $10.00 

I       30  to  34  chest  sizes   16.00 

H       36  to  38  chest  sizes   18.00 

40  and  up   20.00 

(In  ordering  give  your  height  and  chest 
measure.) 


1G 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  IMPROVED  "JOHNSON"  WATER- 
PROOF SLEEPING  BAG 


An  entirely  new  model  which  we  recommend  as 
the  best  for  general  use,  especially  in  the  open  with- 
out other  cover. 

It  is  far  warmer  than  the  old  Johnson  blanket 
bag  and  so  constructed  as  to  be  absolutely  wind  and 
waterproof.  The  special  grade  all  wool  blankets  are 
made  up  in  bag  forms,  which  are  made  to  fit  snugly 
within  each  other.  The  inner  section  is  furnished 
with  two  long  cords  at  the  bottom  corners.  These 
cords  are  run  through  grommets  of  as  many  sections 
as  are  required,  then  through  the  cover  and  held 
taut.  This  holds  the  bag  in  place  at  the  bottom  and 
makes  it  very  easy  to  assemble  and  open.  Where 
the  grommets  come  through  the  cover  a  flap  is  at- 
tached, which  makes  the  bag  waterproof. 

This  method  affords  an  equal  covering  of  blankets 
all  around,  and  is  very  warm  and  comfortable. 
Cover  made  of  close  woven  brown  waterproof 
canvas.  Has  large  flap  to  be  used  for  head  covering 
when  sleeping  in  the  open.  Size  of  bag,  7  feet  long, 
3  feet  wide.  We  recommend  4  thicknesses  of  blanket 
for  summer,  8  thicknesses  for  spring  and  fall  and  12 


or  16  thicknesses  for  winter. 
4A1460    Fitted  with  16  thicknesses  of  blanket, 

weight  26  lbs   $31.50 

4A1461    Fitted  with  12  thicknesses  of  blanket, 

weight  21  lbs   24.75 

4A1462    Fitted  with  10  thicknesses  of  blanket, 

weight  18  lbs  .   21.35 

4A1463    Fitted  with  8  thicknesses  of  blanket, 

weight  16  lbs   18.00 

4A1464    Fitted  with  6  thicknesses  of  blanket, 

weight  14  lbs   14.60 

4A1465    Fitted  with  4  thicknesses  of  blanket, 

weight  11  lbs   11.25 

4A1466    Fitted  with  2  thicknesses  of  blanket, 

weight  9  lbs   7.90 

3A1467    Cover,  weight  6  lbs.  to  fit  any  of  the 

above   blankets   4.50 

To  fit  cover  of  this  bag  with  the  necessary  grom- 


mets. etc.,  to  make  it  attachable  to  covered  air  bed  or 
mattress  will  cost  50c.  additional. 

We  will  make  up  blanket  bags  from  blankets  fur- 
nished by  purchaser  at  a  cost  of  50c.  for  each  pair  of 
blankets. 

DOUBLE  JOHNSON  SLEEPING  BAGS 

For  use  where  two  persons  desire  to  sleep  together 
for  the  sake  of  warmth.  Made  to  order  only,  price 
equal  to  cost  of  two  bags. 

"COMFORT"  SLEEPING  POCKET 

A  combination  of  air  bed  and  sleeping  pocket. 
Outside  case  made  of  "Wearproof"  duck  and  lined 
with  felt.  Cover  fastens  with  snap  buttons  and  has 
hood  or  head  cover  for  use  in  the  open.  Air  bed 
covered  with  felt.  Has  an  air  pillow,  size  11x16, 
covered  with  felt  and  attached  to  bed  with  snap 
buttons.  Pump  for  inflating  sent  with  each  bed. 
No.  1,  size  25x75  in. ;  weight,  18  lbs.  Price  $25.00 
No.  2,  size  30x75  in. ;  weight,  22  lbs.  Price  30.00 
Mosquito  netting  attachment,  extra   2.50 


KNITTED  SLEEPING  BAG 


Recommended  for  their  light  weight  and  great 
warmth.  These  bags  are  not  as  comfortable  or 
practical  as  the  Fitch  or  Johnson  bags,  but  where 
weight  is  the  first  consideration  they  afford  warmth 
and  protection,  and  are  practical  for  ordinary  tem- 
perature down  to  freezing. 

4A1470.  .Made  of  long  Australian  wool,  color 

Heather  Mixture.  Wgt.,  Al/2  lbs.  Price  $17.50 

4A1472    Cover  for  either  of  the  above  bags, 

light  Khaki.  Weight,  2l/2  lbs.  Price  3.50 

4A1473  Cover  for  either  of  the  above,  water- 
proof Tanalite.   Wgt.,  2l/2  lbs.  Price  6.00 

4A1474  Small  size  Australian  wool,  color 
Brown  Heather  Mixture.  Weight, 
3^4  lbs.    Suitable  for  person  up  to 

5'  3"  in  height.    Price   16.00 


KENWOOD  SLEEPING  BAGS 


The  inside  blanket  bags  are  open  down  only  as  far 
as  the  outside  bag,  as  shown  in  illustration.  The 
outside  bag  is  made  on  the  closed  cover  principle, 
having  no  opening  other  than  a  short  top  opening 
where  the  sleeper  enters.  We  do  not  consider  this 
bag  quite  so  handy  and  convenient  as  our  Fitch  and 
Johnson  models,  but  it  is  warm  and  serviceable,  and 
the  simplicity  of  its  design  makes  it  moderate  in 
price.  Cover  made  of  heavy  duck  fitted  with  pro- 
tective flap  for  head  covering  at  top. 
4A1475   Regular  bag,  complete,  weighs  16  lbs.  $19.00 


Separate  Parts: 

4A1477    Cover  only — no  blankets   4.00 

4A1478    Heavy  inside  blanket  bag   8.00 

4A1479    Light  inside  blanket  bag   7.00 


"FEATHERWEIGHT"  SLEEPING  POCKET 

Made  similar  in  style  and  design  to  "Comfort,"  but 
of  finer  and  lighter  material.  Outside  case  made 
of  balloon  silk,  coated  with  rubber  compound.  Lined 
with  wool  felt  and  fastened  with  snap  buttons.  Air 
bed  made  of  special  fabric,  coated  with  pure  Para 
rubber.  Covered  with  fine  wool  felt.  Has  "pillow- 
stool,"  size  5x12x18,  used  either  as  a  stool  or  pillow. 
No.  3,  size  25x75  in. ;  weight,  10^4  lbs.  Price . .  $50.00 
No.  4,  size  30x75  in. ;  weight,  13  lbs.  Price..  60.00 
Mosquito  netting  attachment,  extra   2.50 


CAMPING 


i? 


BLANKETS 


The  very  best  selection  of  blankets  for  camping 
and  outdoor  use.  Made  expressly  for  us  and  of 
proper  sizes. 

Hudson  Bay 

3A1495  4  point  Hudson  Bay  blanket,  Khaki 
color,  extra  heavy  weight.  They  are, 
in  fact,  the  heaviest  blankets  made, 
all  wool,  closely  woven  and  recom- 
mended to  those  who  desire  a  blanket 
of  great  warmth  and  able  to  stand 
hard  usage.  Size,  72x90;  weight, 
12  lbs  %  $16.50 

Huron  Blankets 
4A1496  Our  own  new  special  double  blanket 
which  we  use  in  the  Fitch  sleeping 
bags,  and  recommend  very  highly. 
Absolutely  pure  wool  and  beautifully 
made.  Color  Dark  Fawn,  brown 
trimming.  Very  soft  and  pleasant 
to  the  touch.  Size,  70x80;  weight, 
5  lbs  $8.00 

U.  S.  Army  Blankets 
3A1497    This  blanket  is  at  present  used  by 
the  U.  S.  Army.  Olive  Drab.  Guar- 
anteed all  wool.  Size,  66x84 ;  weight, 
5  lbs  7.50 

Double  Khaki  Blankets 
4A1498   A  fine  double  camp  blanket.  All 

wool.  Excellent  for  general  use. 
Color,  Khaki.  Size,  70x80;  weight, 
5H  lbs   7.00 

New  U.  S.  A.  Light  Weight  Blanket 
4A1502    This  is  a  new  blanket  adopted  by  the 
Government  as  the  "light  weight" 
standard.    Made  in  Olive  Drab  onlv.  * 
Size,  66x84;  weight,  3  lbs  5.75 

U.  S.  Forestry  Blanket 
4A1501    Used  as  the  standard  blanket  in  the 
Forestry  division  of  the  Government. 
Made  of  guaranteed  all  wool  in  Olive 
Drab.  66x84  ins.;  weight,  5  lbs.  6.00 

Army  Blankets 
4A1499    This  blanket  is  the  famous  army 
blanket   used   by   the  Government 
for  years.    Single,  color  Blue-grey, 
trimmed  with  black.     Size,  66x84 ; 

weight,  5  lbs  3g  5.50 

3A1504  Cotton  Army  Blankets.— Made  of 
all-cotton  with  a  wool  finish  similar 
to  cotton  eiderdowri.  A  good  blanket 
for  summer  Use.  Color,  Khaki  Mix- 
ture with  dark  Khaki  border.  Siz,e,  L 
60x84  in.;  weight,  4  lbs  %  3.50 

Camp  Blankets 
3A1500  A  strong,  heavy  double  blanket  for 
roUgh  use.  Excellent  as  a  "bottom 
blanket"  or  "bed  roll."  Color,  Dark 
Blue,  fancv  trimmed.  Size,  60x72 : 
weight,  5*4  lbs  3.25 


THE    AYENFCO    AIR  MATTRESS 


An  unusually  light,  strong  and  compact  air  mat- 
tress. Only  the  very  finest  materials  enters  into  the 
construction  of  this  mattress — strictly  hand  made 
throughout.  With  proper  care  one  of  these  beds 
should  last  for  years.  Covered  with  Khaki  Jeans. 
Coated  with  the  best  quality  of  live  rubber.  Stays 
are  of  strong  heavy  tape  and  they  will  not  break. 

25x45    Price    $17.50 

25x75    Price    20.00 

32x75    Price    24.00 

36x75    Price    28.00 

AIR  MATTRESSES 


They  are  especially  desirable  for  use  on  automo- 
bile tours,  either  when  camping  in  the  open  or  for 
use  in  wayside  hotels  where  the  beds  are  ofttimes 
"rocky."  Used  in  connection  with  our  sleeping  bags 
in  "combination"  form,  they  make  the  ideal  bed  for 
campers,  and  we  recommend  the  latter  form  as  the 
very  best  portable  bed  to  be  had.  They  are  very 
carefully  made  from  a  high  grade  of  rubber, 
strongly  stayed  and  reinforced,  and  covered  with  a 
removable  and  washable  Khaki  slip. 


Order  No. 


Long 


Wide 


Weight 


Each 


3A1549  6  ft.  3-in.       2  ft.  1-in.       11  lbs. 

3A1550  6  ft.  3-in.       2  ft.  8-in.       12  lbs. 

3A1551  6  ft.  3-in.       3  ft.  15  lbs. 

3A1552  With  air  pillow  attached  to  innate 

separately,  extra   2.00 

4A1553  Brass  pump,  automobile  style,   2.25 

4A1554  Foot  bellows  pump,  very  powerful. 


$19.00 
22.00 
27.00 


6.00 


INVINCIBLE  AIR  MATTRESS 


It  is  superior  to  any  other  mattress  made  and  will 
last  for  years  without  deterioration. 

A  Khaki  cover  is  vulcanized  to  the  rubber — only 
the  best  grade  of  materials  being  used — strongly 
stayed  and  reinforced. 

3A1592  6  ft.  4  in.  long,  30  in.  wide,  6  in.  thick  $30.00 
3A1593    6  ft.  4  in.  long,  36  in.  wide,  6  in.  thick  35.00 

AIR  CUSHIONS 

Best  rubber  fabric  covered  with  Khaki. 


Order  No. 


Size 


Weight 


3A1733 
3A1734 
3A1737 
3A1738 

3A1546 

3A1547 
3  A 1548 


12xl2-in. 
12xl4-in. 
12xl5-in. 
15xl5-in. 
AIR 
Air  pillow  size, 


v/2  lbs. 
iy8  lbs. 
\yA  lbs. 

1%  lbs. 
PILLOWS 

11x16,  Khaki 


3§ 


Each 

$3.00 
3.50 
3.75 
4.00 


ered,  weight,  YA  lb  3£  $2.75 

Air  pillow,  size,  16x21 ;  wgt,  ll4  lbs.^g  3.50 
Air  pillow,  size,  17x26  ;  wgt.,  lYA  lbs  4.00 


18 


AGERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


SHATTUCK  STEAMER  AND  CAMP  ROLL 


*i»i*i*r 


For  carrying  blankets 
and  personal  duffle,  in- 
cluding shoes,  extra 
clothing,  underwear  and 
toilet  articles.  When 
opened  flat  everything  is 
accessible  and  rolls  up 
like  a  steamer  roll.  For 
steamer  use  steamer 
blankets  can  be  placed  inside — for  camp  use  camping 
blankets.  At  night,  by  untying  8  tapes,  the  center 
wail  pocket  can  be  taken  out,  blankets  spread  and 
cover  can  be  used  as  outside  sleeping  bag  cover. 
The  outside  straps  and  handle  make  it  easy  to  pack 
and  carry  as  hand  luggage. 

The  center  wall  pocket  has  three  tiers  of  pockets 
of  different  sizes,  each  with  flap  and  tie  tapes  to  pre- 
vent articles  from  falling  out. 

At  the  top  are  loops  for  inserting  tooth  brush, 
combs,  etc. ;  on  the  bottom  of  the  roll  are  two  large 
pockets  with  flap  and  tie  tapes  into  which  large  ar- 
ticles can  be  stored,  such  as  shoes,  etc.,  and  at  night 
the  pockets  can  be  stuffed  and  used  as  a  pillow. 

Made  of  brown  waterproof  canvas,  bound  through- 
out, wall  pocket  and  pockets  made  of  Khaki. 

Size,  28  in.  wide  by  6^4  ft.  long;  weight,  5  lbs. 
14  oz. 

4A1878   3g  $10.00 

NEWSOM  COMBINATION  HAMMOCK 


Made  of  heavy  tan  canvas.  Size  overall  7x3  feet. 
Has  five-inch  loops  or  sleeves  at  each  end  and  on 
each  side,  with  two  eyelets  at  corner  of  each  loop. 
Triple  sewn  seams  and  extra  reinforced  corners. 
By  cutting  four  poles  and  running  them  through  the 
sleeves  and  lashing,  a  frame  is  made  which  may  be 
set  up  on  forked  sticks  driven  into  the  ground.  This 
arrangement  makes  an  excellent  cot.  Canvas  may 
also  be  suspended  by  the  end  poles  between  two 
trees,  making  a  very  good  hammock.  It  is  the  right 
size  to  use  as  a  pack  cloth  or  a  one-man  ground 
cloth. 

On  account  of  its  many  uses  and  light  weight,  we 
strongly  recommend  it  as  a  great  improvement  on 
the  ordinary  stretcher  bed.    Weight,  3%  lbs. 
4A1488    Price   %  $3.60 


PENNSYLVANIA  CAMP  ROLL 


r-1  1 


This  roll  consists  of  a  body  piece  of  brown  water- 
proof duck,  7  feet  long  by  3  feet  wide,  to  which  is 
attached  side  wings  of  lighter  waterproof  material 
the  full  length  of  the  roll  and  18  inches  wide,  made 
to  fold  in  and  close  with  straps  and  buckles.  At  the 
foot  is  a  long  light  waterproof  sheet,  which  when 
folded  in,  is  the  same  size  as  the  body  of  the  roll. 
At  the  head  is  a  wing  the  full  width  of  the  roll,  into 
which  is  fitted  two  bellows  pockets.  The  center,  or 
main  body  of  the  roll,  has  laced  to  it  a  sheet  of 
white  drill.  This  sheet  can  be  taken  off  for  launder- 
ing and  can  be  unlaced  at  the  corner  and  stuffed  to 
make  a  mattress  when  desired.  To  pack  the  roll, 
clothing  and  blankets  are  placed  upon  the  white 
sheet  and  the  side  flaps  turned  in  and  buckled.  The 
long  end  piece  is  then  folded  over  the  top  and  but- 
toned to  the  sides  to  prevent  water  from  entering 
when  packed  for  shipment.  It  is  then  rolled  up 
from  the  foot  and  the  head  piece  containing  the 
bellows  pockets  is  the  last  thing  to  roll  over  the 
outside.  Leather  straps,  brass  buckles. 
4A1341    Roll  complete  with  carrying  straps, 

weight,  10  lbs  $12.00 

CARRY-ALL  BED 


A  sleeping  bag,  camp  bed  with  mattress,  hammock 
and  canvas  carry-all  combined  in  one.  The  bottom 
and  flaps  are  made  of  heavy  12-oz.  Army  Duck, 
bottom  doubled,  like  the  Triton  Stretcher  bed,  so 
that  it  can  be  stuffed  to  form  a  mattress  and  length- 
wise poles  inserted  to  raise  it  from  the  ground. 
Crosswise  and  lengthwise  poles  may  be  inserted  to 
make  a  flat  hammock — ropes  being  attached  to  the 
crosswise  poles  head  and  foot.  Clothing,  blankets, 
etc.,  can  be  laid  in  flat  before  rolling  and  when 
strapped  it  is  a  carry-all  ready  for  the  trail. 

4A1490    Unlined  Canvas  Cover  3g  $5.25 

4A1491    Lined  with  Wool  Blanket  8.00 

HOT  WATER  BOTTLE 

There  are  many  times  and  places 
when  a  good  hot  water  bottle  is  better 
than  medicine,  and  in  the  Case  of  pain, 
cramps,  etc.,  it  is  invaluable.  On  a  cold 
night  it  is  equal  to  an  extra  blanket  and 
its  grateful  warmth  at  the  bottom  of  a 
sleeping  bag  is  heartily  appreciated  by 
all  those  wise  ones  who  have  tried 
it.  Our  bags  are  selected  for  the  pur- 
pose and  made  of  the  best  grade  of  red 
Para  rubber, 
'apacity,  4  quarts ;  weight,  12  oz.  $1.75 


4A1788 


CAMPING 


19 


TRITON"  STRETCHER  BEDS 


Made  of  heavy  tan  canvas.  Size,  6x3  feet.  Easily 
erected  by  running  poles  through  sleeves  at  side, 
which  rest  on  crotched  supports  driven  into  the 
ground.    Weight,  3  lbs. 

IA1487    $2.50 

AUTOMOBILE  AND  STEAMER  BAG 

Used  also  as  camp 
blankets.  Made  of  fine 
wool,  very  light  and  warm. 
Made  in  one  piece  and 
laces  up  for  about  two 
feet  from  bottom,  fasten- 
ing with  snap  buttons  the 
rest  of  the  way.  Excel- 
lent for  tourists  and  inva- 
lids. Color,  brown  with 
dark  red  lining.  Size,  66x 
72  inches.  Weight,  6^ 
lbs. 

3  A 1480  Without 

Hood   $10.00 

 11.00 


JA1481  With  Hood 


BLANKET  PINS 


Made  of  heavy  spring  wire,  nickel  plated,  well 
empered ;  will  not  break. 

A1786    4  inches  long.    Per  dozen  %    $  .40 

A1787    3  inches  long.    Per  dozen  <f  .35 

QUILTS 

IA1543    Best  grade  eiderdown.    Size  70x80 

weight,  7  lbs  $22.00 

1A1544    Down.    Size,  70x78;  weight,  4  lbs., 

6    oz  3£  10,00 

PILLOWS  AND  PILLOW  COVERS 

For  Sleeping  Bags,  Air  Bed  and  Camp  Cots. 

A.1545    Best   goose    feathers,    size,  17x26, 

khaki  covered,  weight,  2^  lbs...qg  $4.00 

A1546  Air  pillow,  size,  11x16,  Khaki  cov- 
ered, VA  lbs  %  2.75 

A1547    Air  pillow,  size,  16x2jL ;  weight,  1*4 

lbs   3.50 

A1548    Air  pillow,  size,  17x26;  weight,  lVA 

lbs.   %  4.00 

A1358    Soft  white  drill  pillow  covers,  20-in. 

sq.   40 

A1359    Soft  khaki  drill  pillow  covers,  20-in. 

sq   ,50 

WATERPROOF  CAMP  BLANKETS 

These  are  an  absolute  necessity  in  camp,  except 
^here  ground  cloths  or  sleeping  bags  are  used, 
^nchos  are  much  used  for  the  purpose  but  some 
objection  is  made  to  the  slit  in  the  poncho. 

,rder  No]  |      Size       |   Weight     |  Each 

A1540    Rubber  45x72-in.        23/6  lbs.  $2.00 

A1541    Black  oilskin  45x72-in.        154  lbs.  1-50 

A1542    Rubber  lined,  white      63x78-in.        i%  lbs.  425 


"PICOT"  PORTABLE  STEEL  COT 
(Convertible  Into  a  Chair) 


This  Cot  is  used  in  the  French  Army.  Serves  as 
cot,  ordinary  chair,  or  reclining  Morris  chair.  Made 
entirely  by  hand  of  steel  and  linen.  Extended, 
measures  2%  by  6%  feet.  Folds  compactly  into  a 
space  8  by  3  by  30  inches;  weighs  only  24^  pounds. 
An  ingenious  arrangement  of  straps  takes  up  all 
slack,  making  cot  at  all  times  taut  and  comfortable. 

3A936   $10.00 

FOLDING  CAMP  BEDS 
The  Best  Camp  Bed  Made 

4A50  Wide  cot 
bed  is  a  luxury.  The 
frame  is  of  rock  elm 
and  the  joints  of 
steel,  covered  with 
extra  heavy  canvas. 
Opened  it  is  a  full 
length,  easy,  elastic  and  comfortable  bed,  6^  ft. 
long,  3  ft.  wide  and  ll/2  ft.  high,  and  can  be  folded 
in  a  few  seconds  to  a  compact  package  6x6  inches 
by  3  ft.  2  inches  long;  weight,  20  lbs.  Price.. $4.50 
4Al  is  made  after  the  manner  of  above.  Strong 
and  serviceable,  but  smaller  and  lighter.  When  open 
it  is  6  ft.  6  inches  long,  2  ft.  3  inches  wide  and  1  ft. 
high,  and  when  closed,  4x5  inches  by  3  ft.;  weight, 

16  lbs.    Price   $2.50 

4A3  "The  Handy" 
cot  bed  differs  in  con- 
struction from  the 
above  beds  as  cut 
will  show.  The  frame 
is  open  like  a  "lazy  tongs"  and  the  canvas  top  hooked 
on.  When  opened  the  length  is  6  ft.  4  in.,  the  width 
is  2  ft.  6  in.  and  the  height,  1  ft.  8  in.  Closed, 
5x7x34  in.;  weight,  15  lbs.    Price  $2.75 

THE  "WESTGARD"  COT 

Made  on  the  same  principle  as  the  model  listed 
above  but  it  is  smaller  and  very  much  lighter.  Only 
the  very  finest  lumber  and  steel  enters  into  the  con- 
struction of  this  cot.  It  is  the  lightest  one  made- 
makes  a  fine  bed  for  the  canoeist,  camper  or  autoist 
— size  open  25  inches  x  6  feet,  size  folded  28x5x6. 


Weight  11 


Price. 


$3.00 

STEEL  FOLDING  CAMP 
STOOLS 

This  stool  is  made  of 
steel  bands  and  wire  with 
canvas  seat.  When  open 
it  stands  8x12x18  inches, 
and  folded  8x11x1 
inches.     Weighs  2]/2  lb* 

4A9  $100 

FOLDING  CAMP  STOOL 
This  is  a  strong,  neat  stool 
at  a  low  price.  It  folds  so 
compactly  that  a  large  number 
can  be  put  in  a  small  space. 
Weighs  3  lbs. 

4A8   ,,...$  .45  "^P 


20 


ABERCROMB1E  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


MOSQUITO  BARS 


The  cot-beds  we  carry  can  be  fitted  with  a  frame 
at  head  and  foot  to  support  a  mosquito  bar. 
4A1555    Frames  for  No.  3A50  weigh  3  lbs..  $1.10 
4A1556    Frames  for  No.  3A1  weigh  2^  lbs.  .85 
4A1557    Frames  for  No.  3 A3  "Handy"  weigh 

2%  lbs   1.00 

4A1558    Covering  of  mosquito  netting  for  any 

of  above  frames  1.50 

4A1559    Covering  of  cheese  cloth  for  any  of 

above  frames   %  2.00 

4A1560    Covering   of   bobbinet    for   any  of 

above  frames   %  5.25 

FOLDING  CAMP  CHAIRS 

Chair  may  be  folded 
and  carried  as  easily  as 
an  umbrella.  It  is  strong 
enough  for  the  heaviest 
man,  and  comfortable  for 
all,  adjusting  itself  per- 
fectly to  the  body  and 
affording  a  better  rest 
than  any  other  chair  made. 
Size,  folded,  3  ft.  long  by 
3  in.  square 

4A4    Weighs  4^  pounds 

1  Price   $1.40 

4A5  The  same  as  No. 
4A4,  with  extra  high 
back,  weight,  6%  lbs. 
Price   $1.65 

FOLDING  ARM  CHAIR 

This  folding  arm  chair  is 
adapted  for  permanent  camps 
and  other  places  where  an  easy 
chair  is  wanted,  and  weight  is 
not  such  a  great  consideration. 
Strong  and  substantial  canvas 
seat  and  canvas  back.  Weight, 
14  lbs. 

4A12   $2.50 

FOLDING  LAWN  STOOL 

This  stool  is  similar  to  our 
Camp  Stool,  with  the  addition 
of  a  comfortable  back.  It  also 
folds  into  a  small  space  and 
for  numerous  uses  is  un- 
equalled.   Weighs  V/2  lbs. 

%      4A7   $  .70 

4A8  Same  stool  without  back 
weight  3  lbs  $  .45 


"TRIPOD"  STOOL 

Comfortable  shaped  seat. 
Will  support  300  lbs.  Made 
of  heavy  brown  duck,  re- 
inforced and  tucked  at  cor- 
ners. Legs  fastened  to  a 
center  piece  with  rivets. 
Folds  2  feet  long  and  2l/2 
inches  square. 
4A10   $  .30 


THE  "HANDY"  FOLDING  STOOL 

An  entirely  new  style 
of  stool  which  is  light  in 
weight,  very  compact  and 
unusually  strong.  Can  be 
opened  up  for  use  in  a  sec- 
ond and  folded  up  in  a 
jiffy  for  putting  away 
when  not  ,  in  use.  The 
wood  and  workmanship 
in  this  stool  is  very  good. 

Made  up  in  two  sizes. 

Small  size,  open  10x12 
in.  high,  closed  17x2  in. 

Price   50c 

Large  size,  open  12x19  in,  high,  closed  24x2*4  in. 
Price    $  .70 


FOLDING  CAMP  TABLE 

This  table  is  made  of  oil 
finished  hardwood,  with 
top  2  feet  3.  inches  wide 
and  3  feet  2  inches  long. 
Will  comfortably  seat  four 
persons.  In  use  it  is  very 
strong  and  rieid. 

Size,    folded,    3    feet  2 
inches  long  by  5x7  inches. 
Weight,  16  pounds. 

4A13    Without   Shelf   $2.75 

4A14    With  Shelf    3.25 


ROLLING  TABLE  TOP  AND  FOLDING  \ 

LEGS 

This  article  is  made 
of  Pantasote  leather, 
stiffened  by  hard  maple 
slats,  slipped  into  pock- 
ets on  the  underneath 
side.  The  table  can  be 
set  up  by  driving  a  stake 
into  the  ground'  at  each 
corner,  connected  by 
pieces  on  which  the  top 
rests,  or  one  can  carry  a 
set  of  folding  legs.  The 
top  when  open  is  2x3  ft.  and  when  folded  is  2  ft.  by  j 
9x1  in.  and  only  weighs  3  lbs. 

4A17    Top  onlv   $3.00 

4A18    Folding  Legs  only   1.5 


r.   OPEN  t(A  USE 


FOLDING  SHELVES 

Made  of  strong,  dyed 
canvas,  the  shelves  are 
stiffened  by  using  hard 
maple  slats  slipped  into 
pockets  on  the  under- 
neath side.  In  use  thes 
shelves  can  be  hung.  Size, 
open,  18x24x9  inches. 

Folded,  18x9x1  inches 
Weight,  3  lbs.  Pat.  ir 
U.  S.  Pat.  Office. 


4  A 19 


,$4.7; 


CAMPING 


21 


'COLDSTREAM"  COMBINATION  BASIN 
AND  TUB 


FOLDING  RUBBER  BATHTUB 


Coldstream  is  a  combination 
wash  basin  and  bathtub — the  most 
practical  and  serviceable  outfit  for 
the  army  officer,  camper  and  auto- 
mobile tourist.  The  above  cuts 
show  its  use  both  as  bathtub  and  as  wash  basin.  To 
convert  from  wash  basin  to  bathtub  simply  lift  off 
the  top  canvas  and  spread  the  legs.  The  outfit  folds 
up  flat  into  a  space  33x5x4  inches.  The  bathtub  and 
basin  are  made  of  heavy  brown  waterproof  duck 
and  the  basin  is  equipped  on  side  with  canvas  soap 
dish.  Legs  fold  up  like  "lazy  tongs,"  thoroughly 
strong  and  practical. 

4A1569    Weight,  complete,  7  lbs.    Price   $4.25 

COLLAPSIBLE  WASH  BASIN 

Made  of  brown  canvas 
with  supporting  rings  in 
top  and  bottom  to  hold 
its  shape.  Collapses  flat. 
Diameter,  12x3  in.  deep. 
Capacity,  one  gallon 
Weight,  7  ounces. 
4A1563   %  $  .60 

RUBBER  WASH  BASIN 

Made  of  white  rubber  drill  with  folding  steel  ribs 
to  hold  it  upright.    Rubber  surface  of  the  material 
makes  this  basin  very  clean  and  sanitary.  Diameter, 
15  in.  at  top  and  12  in.  at  bottom.    Collapses  flat. 
4A1564   %  $1.75 


"TRIPOD"  WASH  STAND 

This   stand   is   built   on  the 
same  principle   as   the  Tripod 
Stool  and  folds  perfectly  tight. 
The  basin  is  collapsible,  but  is  ; 
held  in  rigid  shape  by  the  stand 
when  opened.    Fills  a  long- felt  I 
want  in  camp  and  summer  cot- 
tage.    Folds  3  feet  long  and  2 
inches  square.     Bowl  is  heavy 
rubber   'duck,    guaranteed,     1 1 
inches  square,  weight,  2  lbs. 
4A11    $  .85 

FOLDING  CAMP  BATHTUB 


These  bathtubs  are  the  old  English  model  that 
have  been  used  for  years.  Circular  and  fold  up  in 
very  compact  space  and  fit  in  khaki  bag  as  shown 


in  cut. 

4A1594 

4A1595 

4A1596 

4A1597 


Size 
16-inch 
25-inch 
28-inch 
32-inch 


Weight 
2*4  lbs. 
3^  lbs. 
4  lbs. 
4}4  lbs. 


Price 
$5.50 
8.75 
11.00 
16.50 


The  frame  is  of  hard  wood,  nicely  finished,  and  so 
constructed  as  to  stand  firmly  and  is  kept  in  the  same 
position,  no  matter  what  weight  the  tub  contains. 
Tub  made  of  very  closely  woven  duck,  rubber 
coated.  The  tub  is  not  suspended,  but  rests  on  the 
ground  its  entire  length.  Top  is  5  feet  long,  27 
inches  wide,  16  inches  deep ;  5  feet  long  by  5  inches 
square  when  folded;  weight,  16  lbs. 
4A1568    $10.00 


COLLAPSIBLE  WATER 
BUCKET 
Rope  Handle 

The  canvas  bucket  is  almost  in- 
dispensable on  the  trail  where  pails 
and  other  buckets  cannot  easily  be 
toted.  They  can  be  flattened  down 
to  practically  nothing.  Brown 
waterproof  canvas,  weight  8  oz., 
capacity,  3  gallons.  9  in.  diameter, 
12  in.  high. 

4A1561   $  .70 


CANOE  AND  AUTO  BUCKET 

Made  of  brown  canvas  with 
spout  for  autoists  to  facilitate 
pouring  and  without  spout  for 
canoeists.  Both  tie  at  top  to 
prevent  slopping.  Capacity,  2J/j 
gallons.  Weight,  12  oz. 
4 A 1565    Auto  bucket  with 

spout    $1.00 

4 A 1566    Canoe  bucket,  no  spout, 

Weight,  10  oz.  .  .$  .85 

RUBBER  CHAMBER 

Light,  clean  and  sanitary. 
Made  of  best  quality  red  rub- 
ber with  stiff  rim  and  ring 
handle.  Folds  up  perfectly 
flat.  Sl/>  in.  wide,  3  in.  deep. 
Weight,  7  oz.  Packed  in  cloth  case. 
3A1567   $1.50 

KHAKI  WALL  POCKET 

For  holding  the 
"little  things"  in 
camp.  When  mov- 
ing camp  it  can  be 
folded  together  and 
rolled  up  with  con- 
tents. Can  be  hung 
up  most  anywhere 
in  the  tent  or  on 
forked  stakes,  and 
is  a  great  conveni- 
ence. 

Twelve  Full  Box 
Pockets,  3,  9x8  in., 
4,     6^x7     in.,  5, 
5^2x4^2  in.,  and  fifteen  loops  at  top  to  hold  small' 
articles.    Weight,  1  lb. 

4A920    $2  00 


22 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


WATERPROOF  MATCH  BOX 

Made  of  hard  rubber  with 
a  screw  top.  Absolutely 
waterproof  and  will  float  if 
dropped  overboard.  With 
each  box  is  supplied  a  per- 
forated cap  which  screws 
inside  the  top  so  box  can  be 
used  as  a  pepper,  salt  or  spice  sprinkler. 
3A1781    Size,.  1^4x3  inches;  weight,  1  oz   $.40 


D-LITE  LANTERN 

The  one  we  recommend  above 
all  other  kerosene  lamps  for 
camp  use.  Will  not  blow  out, 
easy  to  fill,  guarded  globe, 
hinged  at  bottom,  very  strong 
and  durable. 

10  candle-power. 

011  capacity,  24  hours. 
Bright  tin  finish. 
Height,  13  inches. 
Weight,  37  ozs. 

3A1570    $1.25 


CAMP  LANTERN 

A  most  excellent  model  for 
camp,  boat  and  general  use. 
Adopted  by  the  United  States 
Army.  Made  with  tubular  frame 
and  skeleton  bottom.  Guarded 
globe.  Hinged  top.  Strong  and 
durable.  Fount  locks  with  bayo- 
net catch.  Burns  kerosene.  Oil" 
capacity,  16  hours.  Four  candle- 
power  light.  Bright  tin  finish. 
Height  11  inches  ;  weight,  41  ozs. 
3A1582    $1.25 


DRIVING  LANTERN 

Made  especially  for  driving 
and  the  most  popular  "dash" 
lamp  in  the  market.  A  very  good 
camp  lantern  also.  Has  corru- 
gated reflector  and  bull's-eye 
lens.  Fitted  with  spring  clip  and 
handle  and  has  side  lever  for 
raising  globe.  Burns  kerosene. 
Twelve  candle-power  light.  Oil 
capacity,  19  hours.  Blue  Japan 
finish.  Height,  13  ins. ;  weight, 
19  ozs. 

3A1583   $  .75 


COMBINATION  LANTERN 

Burns  Kerosene,  Signal  Oil  or 
Candles 

A  satisfactory  all-around  lan- 
tern. Double-guarded  globe,  bail 
handle,  spring  top.  Spring-clip 
oil  fount;  capacity,  15  hours. 
Fitted  with  extra  burner  for  sig- 
nal oil  and  candle  holder.  Two 
candle-power  light.  Bright  tin 
finish.  Height,  10)4  inches; 
weight,  31  ozs. 

3A1584   $  .75 


THE  "DRESSEL"  LANTERN 

A  lantern  that  has 
been  made  after  consid- 
erable experimenting  and 
we  consider  this  lamp  a 
most  perfect  model  for 
camping  purposes.  The 
frame  work  is  of  gal- 
vanized steel  and  will 
not  rust  and  the  patent 
burner  gives  an  excellent 
light.  Will  stay  lit  in  the 
strongest  wind  and  the 
globe  is  protected  so 
that  it  is  almost  impossi- 
ble to  break  it.  This  is 
the  strongest  lantern  of 
its  kind  made. 
Height,  11  inches  weight,  2^4  pounds.    Price.. $1.25 

ARMY  CANDLE  STICKS 


When  these  two  candle  sticks  are  screwed  together 
and  the  two  cups  for  holding  candles  laid  flat  inside 
they  make  a  round  pocket  piece  l^x3^-inch  diame- 
ter and  weigh  5  ozs.    Made  of  polished  brass. 
3A1372   %  $1.25 

FOLDING  CANDLE  LANTERN- 
AUTOMATIC 


A 


n 


An  ideal  lantern  for 
campers.  Simple,  light 
and  compact.  Folds  flat 
and  carries  in  the  pack 
or  pocket.  All  parts  con- 
nected —  nothing  to  get 
lost  or  mislaid.  Set  up, 
ready  for  use  in  a  mo- 
ment. Size,  open,  lOx 
4*4x4  inches.  Size,  fold- 
_ed,  7^x4^x24  inches. 
Made  with  reflecting 
back  and  slot  for  hang- 
ing. Adopted  by  United 
States  Army. 

4A1585    Aluminum,  weight,  9  ozs. 

3A1586   Brass,  weight,  19  ozs  

3A1587   Tin,  weight,  16  ozs  

4A1588    Extra  Mica  Slides.  Each, 

Lantern  Cases 

Very  convenient  for  use  with  the  folding  lanterns 
shown  above.  Protects  the  lantern  from  injury  and 
the  pack  or  pocket  from  soiling.  Made  of  fine  russet 
leather,  hand  sewed,  fastening  with  strong,  snap-but- 
ton. Size,  9^x5^.  Weight,  4Y4  ozs. 
4A1589    $1.25 

CANDLES 

Special  hydraulic  pressed — will  not  soften  from 
heat,  are  odorless  and  will  not  drip. 
4A1590    Length,  4  inches.    Diameter,  %  inch. 

Trice,  per  dozen   $  .25 

4A1591    Length,    4    inches.     Diameter,  V/% 

inches.    Price,  per  dozen  40 


CAMPING 


>3 


ELECTRIC  LAMPS 


Watchman's  Lantern.  This 
is  the  safest,  cleanest  and 
handiest  lantern  made.  The 
light  is  switched  on  or  off  with 
the  same  hand  that  carries  it. 
It  contains  a  powerful  battery 
and  will  give  fourteen  hours 
continuous  service  or  twenty- 
eight  hours  intermittent  ser- 
vice. The  lantern  can  be  used 
when  surrounded  by  the  most 
explosive  gases. 

3K6056  Complete   $5.50 

3K6052  Renewal  Tung- 
sten  battery...  .75 
3K5978  Renewal  Mazda 

bulb   20 


Vest  Pocket 

Torpedo  hunting  case  flash 
light,  rounded  corners,  no 
projections.  Fresh  battery 
can  be  instantly  inserted. 
Contacts  positive.  Nickel 
cases. 

3K6011  54xl^x3K  com- 
plete  $1.00 

Renewal  Tungsten  Bat 
tery  No.  750.. 

Mazda  bulb   

3K6012  }ix2V4x3]4  com 
plete   

Renewal  Tungsten  Bat- 
tery  4 

Mazda  bulb  J 

Vest  Pocket  Flash  Light 
3K6081  54x1^x2%  com- 
plete  J 

Renewal  Tungsten  Bat- 
tery  '< 

Mazda  bulb  i 

3K6082  24x2x2^  com 
plete   

Renewal  Tungsten  Bat 
tery   

Mazda  bulb  20 


.30 


1.25 


1.10 
.40 


Nickel  plated  Tubular  Tungsten  Flash  Lights—cases  pure 
brass  heavily  nickel  plated,  thoroughly  insulated,  no  possibility 
to  short  circuit,  side  switch.  Burns  continuously  8  hours, 
intermittently  16  hours. 

3K6013  1^x6^4   complete    $1.50 

Renewal  Tungsten  Battery  30 

Mazda    Bulb   .20 

3K6014  Same   as   above    excepting   larger    battery  with 
extra  large  lens  and  reflector,  complete. 

Iiy2x8y2    $2.40 

Renewal  Tungsten 

Battery  40 

Mazda  Bulb  20 


Cap  and  Lapel  Lights.  Two  pins 
are  located  at  the  Lack  of  this  lamp 
that  it  can  be  fastened  in  the 
cap.  The  battery  case  is  carried  in 
the  pocket  and  on  it  is  a  switch  by 
which  the  light  can  be  turned  on  and 
(Off.  With  the  lamp  mounted  on  the 
cap,  the  light  is  always  projected  in 
he  direction  the  head  is  turned. 
IK6053  Cap     lantern  (5-cell, 

complete)   $5.50 

3K6050  Renewal  Tungsten  bat- 
tery  75 

3K5978  Renewal  Mazda  bulb..  .20 

Cap  and  Lapel  Light.  Same  as 
ibove  except  smaller,  has  no  leather 
ase  for  the  battery  and  no  mag- 
lifying  lens  over  the  light. 
K6055  Lapel  light  (complete)  $2.00 
&K6051  Renewal  Tungsten  bat- 
tery  45 

JK4959  Renewal  Mazda  bulb..  .20 


Electric  Tungsten 
Candles.  Electric 
candles  are  the  most 
attractive  .  decorations 
used.  Candles  are 
self-contained,  carrying 
their  own  battery,  pro- 
ducing their  own  cur- 
rent. Can  be  carried 
as  easily  as  wax  can- 
dles, but  have  the  ad- 
vantage of  being  abso- 
lutely safe,  giving  a 
steady  light.  Burns 
from  3  to  5  hours. 
3K6010  Enameled  candle 
and  nickel  base.. $3. 50 
.3K6005  Renewal  bat- 
tery  $  .40 

3K5979  Renewal  Mazda 
bulb   $  .45 


THE    "HANDY"    ELECTRIC  HAND 
LANTERN 

A  new  model  which  is  very 
compact  and  gives  an  unusually- 
good  light.  Makes  an  ideal  lamp 
for  the  camper,  canoeist  or  tour- 
ist, also  a  very  handy  article  to 
have  around  the  home.  Made 
very  strong  throughout  so  that 
it  will  stand  hard  usage.  The 
light  is  turned  on  or  off  by  mere- 
m  ly  pressing  a  button  on  the  top 
of  the  lantern.  The  battery  will 
give  14  hours  of  continuous 
light.  Has  a  very  powerful  lens 
which  magnifies  the  light  won- 
derfully. 

Lamp  with  battery   $3.50 

Extra  batteries    .45 

Extra  bulbs    .20 

IMPROVED  "MADACO"  SCALE 


We  consider  this  scale  the  best  one  of  its  kind 
ever  made.  It  is  very  strong,  unusually  well  made 
and  very  accurate.  An  elegant  addition  to  the 
bathroom  or  training  quarters.  You  simply  step  on 
the  platform  and  your  exact  weight  is  ascertained 
in  a  second.  The  finish  is  a  pure  white  enamel, 
thoroughly  baked  on;  the  dial  operates  on  the  same 
order  as  a  speedometer— the  weight  showing  through 
the  aperture  in  the  top  of  circular  plate  in  front, 

The  platform  is  inlaid  with  best  cork. 
Capacity  of  scale  250  lbs. 
Height  8  inches. 
Platform  8  inches  x  10  inches. 
Weight  of  scale  25  lbs. 

Price   $10.00 


FERROSTAT  VACUUM 
BOTTLE 

We  consider  this  bottle  one  of  the 
greatest  inventions  of  modern  times;  it 
is  far  superior  to  the  old  type  of  vacuum 
bottles — its  great  feature  being  that  it 
is  unbreakable. 

The  container  is  all  made  of  steel 
and  after  considerable  experimenting 
the  bottle  is  now  made  so  that  it  is  al- 
most a  perfect  vacuum.  It  will  keep 
any  liquid  cold  for  24  hours  and  hot  for 
72  hours.  The  outside  casing  is  very 
strong  steel,  highly  nickel  plated  and 
has  a  cup  which  is  screwed  on  the  top 
for  drinking  purposes. 

1  quart  size   $5.50 


24 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


HUDSON  BAY"  AXE 


A  special  design  with  rounded  bit  and 
wide  heel.  Hand-made  throughout  of 
very  best  materials  and  warranted  perfect. 
Solid  steel  heads,  finely  tempered.  Best  hickory 
handles. 

4A1613    23-inch  handle;  weight,  V/2.  lbs.  Price  $  .90 
4A1614    27-inch  handle;  weight,  2  lbs.   Price  1.00 
4A1615   Axe  sheaths  for  above,  weight,  5  oz.  1.50 
FITCH  BELT  AXE 

Built  on  the 
Hudson  Bay  pat- 
tern. Best  effect- 
ive light  axe  made. 

Best  grade  of  steel  throughout.  Handle 
16-in.  long,  weight,  1  lb.  2  oz. 

4A1619   With  sheath    $2.00 

NESSMUK  AXE  Double  blade, 

finely  tempered, 
best  steel 
throughout. 
Handle  second 
growth  hickory. 
Length  of  han- 
dle, 16-in..  width  of  head,  -iVin.,  cutting  face,  25^- 
in.,  weight,  1  lb.  2  oz. 

4A1620'  With  sheath    $2.50 

t"A.  &  F."  AXES 


TREKKING  SHOVEL 


A  crood  axe  is  one  of  the  main  requi- 
sites of  a  good  camp  and  care  should  be 
exercised  in  its  selection.  We  have  given  a  great 
deal  of  attention  to  our  axes,  and  those  we  offer 
cannot  be  improved  upon  for  quality  and  general 
utility.  They  are  made  expressly  for  us,  on  patterns 
devised  by  ourselves,  and  of  the  very  best  materials. 
.Ebonite  finish. 

4A1600    Quarter  axe,  19-inch  handle ;  weight, 

2  lbs   $  .75 

4A1601    Half  axe,  24-inch  handle;  weight, 

2^4  lbs  85 

4A1602    Three-quarter  axe,  28-inch  handle; 

weight,  3  lbs  85 

4A1603    Full   axe,    36-inch  handle;  weight, 

5  lbs   1.15 

Sheath  for  *4  axe    1.20 

Sheath  for  y2  axe    1.35 

Sheath  for  34  axe    1.40 

3A1605    Leather  sheaths  for  full  axe;  weight, 

8  oz.,  with  sling  strap   1.50 

BOY  SCOUT  HATCHET 

The    head  is 
made  of  chrome 
nickel  steel,  and 
in  one  solid  piece 
of  steel,  and  not  welded  as  other  makes 
of  hatchets  are  usually  made.  The  handle 
is  of  selected  second  growth  "hickory,  furnished  with 
j_Tood  leather  sheath. 
Weight  complete  with  the  sheath  \l/2  lbs. 

Price,  complete   head,   black   finished   $1.00 

Same  as  above  but  with  full  polished  head. . .  1.20 
NEW  TRAPPER'S  AXE 
Made  the  same  shape  and  the  same  high  grade 
of  steel  being  used  as  in  the  Boy  Scout  hatchet 
listed  above — has  a  16-inch  handle  and  weighs  2 
pounds  complete  with  leather  sheath. 

Price,  complete  head,  black  finished   $1.25 

Same  as  above  but  with  full  polished  head..  1.50 


Take-down  shovel  for  automobile  and  camp  use. 
Can  be  taken  down  by  unscrewing  wing  nut  and 
put  in  tool  box  of  car.  The  knocked  down  length 
overall  16^  inches,  put  together  29^  inches,  blade 
6l/2  inches  wide,  9]/2  inches  long.  Very  best  steel, 
strong  and  durable.    Weight,  3  lbs.  9  oz. 

4A886    $1.00 

INTRENCHING  SHOVEL 

Designed  and  used  by  the  U.  S.  Government.  The 
handiest  little  shovel  made  for  trench  digging  or 
any  other  use  where  a  small  shovel  is  required.  Very 
strongly  made.  Length  overall  22  inches.  Size  of 
blade  Sx6l/2. 

Price    $1.00 

POCKET  AXE  STONES 

3A1621  Carborundum, 

2y2x2y2x]/2  in.;  weight, 
3y2  oz.  Price. . .  $  .25 
3A1622  Carborundum 
Combination,  4xlxJ/2  in. ; 
weight,  2  oz.  One  side 
smooth,  the  other  rough, 

in  leather  case  75 

3A1623    India,  3x1^x^4 

in.;  weight,  3y2  oz  25 

3A1624    India    Combination,    3xl3/£xi7(r  in.; 

weight,  3  oz.    One  side  rough,  the 

other  smooth.    In  leather  case  50 

COMBINATION  AXE  AND  KNIFE  STONE 

A  good  stone  for  all-round 
sharpening — one  that  will  do 
heavy  axe  work,  as  well  as 
sharpen  the  finest  knife — this 
round  India  Stone  should  be 
in  your  outfit.  Has  two  faces 
— a  coarse  carborundum  side 
for  rough  cutting  and  a  fine 
India  side  for  finishing.  Three 
inches  diameter;  weight,  6^ 
oz. 

3A1628   

3A1629    Leather  Case  which  has  a  loop  on 
the  back  for  attaching  to  belt...^§ 

PIKE  SHARPENING  STONE 


.15 


A  small  vest  pocket 
size  stone  with  coarse 
and  fine  sides.  Size, 
1%&    x  inch  thick. 

Weight,  2iy2  oz.  Leather 
case  supplied  with  each 
stone. 

3A1627   %  $  .75 


MARBLE'S  SAFETY  POCKET  AXES 
With  Folding  Spring  Guard 

3A1609  12-inch  hickory  handle,  steel  head, 
with  welded  steel  bit;  weight,  20 
oz.    Price    $1.35 

3A1610  Metal  ■  handle,  hard  rubber  side- 
plates,  solid  steel  head;  weight,  21 
oz.    Price    2.25 

3 A 1611    Same  as  No.  3 A 1610.    Fitted  with 

folding  pick    3.50 

3 A 1612    Same  as  No.  3 A 1610.    Fitted  with 

folding  nail  claw   2.50 


CAMPING 


25 


HUNTING  AND  SKINNING  KNIVES 

The  selection  of  a  hunting  knife  should  be  made 
with  great  care  as  to  quality,  size,  shape  and  balance. 
Our  own  knives  are  each  designed  for  a  particular 
purpose.  We  use  a  special  grade  of  knife  steel 
which,  in  addition  to  taking  a  very  keen  edge,  is 
very  tough. 

FITCH   HUNTING  KNIFE 


Made  of  best-grade  butcher's  steel,  hand-forged 
and  hand-ground,  handles  selected  genuine  stag,  3^ 
inches  long,  blade  4^  inches  long,  1  in.  wide.  Saw- 
tooth back  to  prevent  slipping.  An  excellent  skin- 
ning knife.  Weight,  ll/2  oz.  Complete  with  best 
quality  sheath   $2.75 

"A.  &  F.  SPECIAL"  HUNTING  KNIFE 


BOWIE  KNIVES 


Special  steel,  solid  ebony  handle,  with  hand  checked 
grasp  and  "Thistle"  butt.  Fitted  with  long,  snug- 
fitting  sheath,  which  prevents  the  knife  from  work- 
ing loose  from  the  sheath. 

4F1644    4^-inch  blade;  weight,  5  oz  %  $2.25 

4F1645    6-inch  blade;  weight,  6  oz  %  2.50 

"CHASSEUR"  SKINNING  KNIFE 


A  favorite  pattern  for  general  skinning  and  butch- 
ery work.  Made  of  best  steel  with  solid  tang  entire 
length  of  handle  and  strongly  riveted.  Scored  ebony 
handle. 

4F1651    5-inch    blade,    leather    slip  sheath, 


weight,  ±l/2  oz. 
'HUDSON  BAY" 


....    $  .55 
SKINNING  KNIFE 


Made  of  very  fine  steel  on  the  original  Bowie 
pattern.  Tang  runs  entire  length  of  handle.  Fine 
imported  staghorn  handles  with  cross-guard.  A 
strong,  heavy  knife  for  rough  work.  Fitted  with 
flat  scabbard  sheath  of  very  handsomely  embossed 
leather. 

7H  oz   $2.25 

9 


4F1646 
4F1647 
4F1648 
4F1649 
4F1650 


5-inch  blade; 

5-inch  blade; 

7-  inch  blade ; 

8-  inch  blade ; 

9-  inch  blade ; 


For  fine  and  difficult  skinning  work,  where  nicety 
of  manipulation  is  necessary,  this  knife  has  no  equal. 
4F1652    5-inch  blade;  weight,  with  sheath, 

3^4  ounces    $  .65 

"ROCKY  MOUNTAIN"  SKINNING  SET 

Many  expert  trappers  and  hunt- 
ers prefer  a  knife-steel  to  a  sharp- 
ening stone  for  keeping  a  keen 
edge  on  a  skinning  knife.  The 
skinning  of  heavy  hides  of  all  kinds 
requires  frequent  whetting  of  the 
knife  and  we  know  of  no  more 
handy  and  convenient  means  than 
this  set.  Knife  is  our  famous 
"Chasseur"  and  the  steel  is  special- 
ly made  for  the  purpose  and  has  a 
good  "bite."  Sheath  hand  made  of 
best  heavy  oak  leather  with  wide 
belt  loop.  Weight,  complete,  12 
oz. 

4F1653    Knife,     steel  and 

sheath.    Complete.  $3.75 


oz   2.50 

9J/2  oz   3.00 

10      oz   3.25 

10y2  oz   3.75 

BRUSH  KNIFE 


An   excellent  camp  implement.     Used  in  same 
manner  as  a  small  hatchet,  for  clearing  out  trails, 
traveling  through  swamps,  canebrakes,  etc. 
4F1674    10-in.  blade;  weight,  22  oz.  With 

sheath    $3.25 

MACHETES 


The  very  best  implement  for  clearing  up  around 
camp  and  cutting  out  brush  and  small  stuff.  Un- 
eoualed  as  a  general  utilitv  tool. 

4F1673    28-in.  long,  weight  V/2  lbs   $1.10 

4F1672    Leather  sheath    1.00 

MARBLE  "Ideal"  Hunting  Knife 


' ..... _____    , 

r 

1 

i 

I 

lit: 

Hollow  ground  blade.  Chisel  back  for  chopping 
bones,  etc.  Laminated  leather  handle  with  stag 
tip.  Fitted  with  tube  sheath  and  point  protector. 
4F1658  5-in.  blade ;  wgt.,  with  sheath,  8  oz.^g  $2.00 
4F1659  8-in.  blade;  wgt.,  with  sheath,  8  oz.*j£  2.25 
4F1660    7-in.  blade ;  wgt.,  with  sheath,  10  oz.*f  2.50 

"EXPERT"  HUNTING  KNIFE 


Similar  in  general  design  to  the  "Ideal"  but  blade 
is  flatter  and  sharper  and  knife  is  lighter. 
4F1661    5-in.  blade;  wgt.,  with  sheath,  5  oz.f  $2.00 
4F1662    6-in.  blade;  wgt,  with  sheath,  6  oz.rfjg  2.25 

"CANOE"  KNIFE 


A  short,  heavy  knife  designed  for  rough  use. 
Laminated  leather  handle. 

4F1664    4^-ih.  blade ;  wgt,  with  sheath,  5  oz .  *g  $2.00 
"SKINNING  KNIFE" 
Thin  bladed  and  made  similar  to  our  "Gloucester." 
Staghorn  handle  with  finger-slot. 
4F1667    5-in.  blade;  wgt.,  with  sheath,  5  oz.^g  $2.25 


26 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


3K5253  Finest  Imported  Kit 
Knife.  Very  best  steel;  fine  stag- 
horn  handles  with  heavy  bolsters; 
very  strongly  made  and  fitted  with 
most  practical  tools;  has  2^2 -inch 
blade,  1^-inch  blade,  powerful 
screw-driver,  nail  puller,  can  open- 
er, reamer  and  fine  cork-screw;  a 
good  serviceable  knife  in  every 
way  and  recommended  for  every 
sportsman's  kit.    Weight,  4  oz. 

$4.00 

3K5496  Army  &  Navy  Knife 
same  as  above  with  Indestructo 
handle  magnetic  steel.  $2.00 


3K5246  American  "Brush"  Knife. 

Fine  steel  with  curved  hook  blade 
tor  pruning;  wood  handle  with 
bolster  and  hole  for  cord;  3-inch 
blade;  weight,  4  oz  $  .50 


3K5255  One  of  the  famous  old  "Barlow"' 
Knives.  American  make;  good  steel;  "easv 
opener";  bone  handle  with  steel  bolster;  has 
4-inch  blade;  weight,  4J4  oz  $  .50 


4K5250  Fine  Imported  Clasp 
Knife.  Hunting  Pattern.  Lock 
back;  very  best  steel  with  fine  stag- 
horn  handles  and  bolster;  a  very 
light  but  powerful  knife  and  suitable 
for  most  hunting  purposes;  3^2-inch 
blade;  weight,  3  oz  $2.25 


4K5248     "Snap     Open"    or  One-Arm 

Knife.  American  make;  best  steel;  imita- 
tion stag  handle  with  bolster;  a  most  handy 
clasp  knife;  blade  flies  open  and  locks  when 
spring  is  touched;  3^2-inch  blade;  weight, 
4^  oz   $1.25 


BOY  SCOUT  KNIFE 
4K5225  Best  grade  American 
steel,  with  horn  handle.  Contains 
can  opener,  reamer,  strong  whittling 
blade,  screw-driver,  bottle  opener. 
Shackle  attached  at  end  so  knife  can 
be  carried  on  chain  $1.25 


4K5240  Imported 
Jack-knife.  Finest  steel; 
horn  handles  with  bol- 
sters; 1  large  and  2 
small  blades;  weight, 
2V2  oz  $2.00 


4K5227  Imported 
Pocket  Knife.  Very 
powerful  blades;  1  large 
and  1  small;  fine  stag- 
horn  handles;  weight, 
\l/2  oz  $1.25 


4K5252  The  "Handy"  Pocket 
Knife.  Made  by  the  famous 
English  cutlery  manufacturer, 
George  Wostenholm,  of  Shef- 
field; handsome  knife  in  ap- 
pearance; contains  the  follow- 
ing: 1  large  blade,  1  small 
blade,  1  nail  file;  pearl  handle. 
Weight  3  oz.;  length  over  all. 
3^2  inches  $3.25 


4K5497  Tool-Kit, 

can  be  carried  in  pock- 
et. Made  of  brown 
cowhide  grain  contain- 
ing saw,  file,'  chisel, 
reamer,  large  and 
small,  screw-driver  and 
knife,  all  of  which  fit 
in  one  handle.  Made 
up  of  good  steel. $3.00 


4K5237  "Cattlemen's" 
Knife.  Best  imported  steel, 
staghorn  handles,  with  bol- 
sters; has  1  large,  1  medium, 
1  small  and  1  spaying 
blade;  weight,  3  oz...$2.50 


4K5254  Swedish  Pocket  Knife. 

Unusually  thin  model;  best  qual- 
ity of  Swedish  steel  blades;  hand- 
somely decorated  handle.  The 
most  up  to  date  pocket  knife  ob- 
tainable. Contains  3  blades  and 
a  nail  file;  weight  2  oz.;  3T/1 
inches  over  all  $3.50 


4K5233  Best  American 
Jack-knife.  Very  strong 
blades;  best  staghorn 
handles  with  heavy  bolsters; 
2  blades;  weight  3  pz. $1.76 


4  K  5235    Best  Imported 

Jack-Knife,  very  powerful 
blades,  1  large  and  2  small; 
best  staghorn  handles  with 
bolsters;  weight,  2  oz.$2.00 


4K5234  Imported  Pocket 

Knife.  Product  of  Geo.  Wosten- 
holm, Sheffield,  England.  The 
steel  in  the  blades  will  not  rust 
or  stain — has  1  large  and  1  small 
blade;  white  celluloid  handle 
with  plate  in  handle  for  name  to 
be  engraved  on;  weight  2  oz. ; 
length  over  all,  3^4  inches.  . $2.00 


4K5243   "Cattlemen's"  Knife. 

Best  imported  steel;  fine  wood 
handle  with  bolsters;  1  large;  1 
medium  and  1  spaying  blade; 
weight,  3  ounces  $2.00 


4K5945   American  "Lanyard"  Knife. 

Fine  steel  and  very  strong;  wood  handle 
with  holster  and  hole  for  cord;  3-inch 
blade;  weight,  6}4  oz  $  .50 


3K5236  American  "Easy- 
Opener"  Jack-knife.  Very 
strongly  made  and  good  steel; 
1  large  and  1  small  blade; 
ebonv   handles   with  bolster: 


ight,  4 


$  .75 


2K5160  English  Com- 
bination Knife.  The  fa- 
mous Geo.  Wostenholm  & 
Son  material  and  make  of 
the  finest  throughout:  a 
very  handy  little  pocket 
knife;  !  large,  1  small 
blade;  pair  of  scissors,  nail 
file;  weight  3  oz.;  length 
2)4  inches   $5.00 


CAMPING 


2? 


FOLDING  CAMP  STOVE 

This  stove  is  most  use- 
ful and  convenient  where 
space  has  to  be  consid- 
ered in  packing.  Folds 
up  1  inch  thick.  It  is 
made  of  sheet  steel,  all 
edges  wired  and  thor- 
oughly braced.  The  lids 
are  sheet  steel  with  rim 
wired  so  that  a  handle 
is  formed,  which  makes 
the  stove  lighter  than  with  cast  iron  lids.  Each 
stove  supplied  with  five  lengths  of  two-foot  tele- 
scopic pipe,  with  adjustable  spring  damper  and  sli- 
ding draught  door.  For  oven  we  supply  aluminum 
bakers  (see  page  33),  which  bake  and  roast  perfectly 
against  the  side  of  stove. 

Stoves  are  regularly  made  without  Dotiom,  Dtit  we 
furnish  a  bottom  with  legs  if  desired  at  extra  cost  of 


$2.50. 

Order  No. 

Size 

|  Holes 

|    Weight  | 

Each 

4A1681 

10x12x18 

1 

16  lbs. 

$5.75 

4A1682 

10x12x26 

2 

isy2  lbs. 

6.25 

4  A 1683 

10x12x31 

2 

20  lbs. 

6.75 

4A1684 

10x12x36 

3 

22  lbs. 

8.00 

4A1685 

Canvas  case 

for  stove 

and  pipe. . 

1.50 

BOX  CAMP  STOVES 

Made  of  same  material 
as  folding  stoves  and 
strongly  reinforced,  but  is 
not  collapsible.  The  round 
ends  add  stiffness  and  sta- 
bility and  this  stove  will 
stand  very  rough  usage. 
Much  superior  to  sheet- 
iron  stoves  in  every  way. 
In  packing,  the  cooking 
outfit,  etc.,  goes  inside  the 
stove.  Fitted  with  five 
lengths  telescopic  pipe,  adjustable  damper,  lids 
sliding  draught  door.    Regular  stove  has  no  bott 


and 
om. 


Order  No. 


Size 


Holes        Weight  Each 


4A1686 
4A1687 
4A1688 
4  A 1689 
4A1690 


10x12x18 
10x12x26 
10x12x31 
10x12x36 


15 

19 
21 


lbs. 
lbs. 
lbs. 
lbs. 


$5.00 
5.50 
6.00 
7.00 


Any  of  the  above  sizes  fitted  with 
bottom  and  legs,  making  7  to  12  lbs. 

additional  weight,  extra   3.00 

4A1691    Canvas  case  for  stove  and  pipe   1.50 


TENT  STOVE 

A  bully  little  stove  which 
makes  a  most  satisfactory  tent 
heater.  Will  heat  a  large  tent 
comfortably  in  the  coldest 
weather.  Fire  can  be  kept  all 
night.  Made  of  a  size  to  fit  over 
our  cooking  outfits  in  packing. 
Made  of  heavy  sheet  steel,  12 
inches  in  diameter,  12  inches 
high.  Fitted  with  four  lengths 
of  two-foot  telescopic  pipe,  ad- 
justable damper,  lid  and  sliding 
draught.  Can  be  used  as  a  one- 
hole  cook  stove. 


4A1721    Weight,  complete,  11  pounds   $3.00 

4A1722    Canvas  case  for  same,  extra   1.00 


THE  "AYANEFCO"  ALCOHOL  GAS  STOVE 


\3 

These  stoves  are  made  of  hard  brass  throughout, 
which  will  not  rust  or  break,  and  beautifully  fin- 
ished in  bright  nickel  plate.  For  convenience  in 
transportation  they  are  made  very  light,  and  reservoir 
and  handle  unscrew  for  packing.  They  are  fitted 
with  a  new  and  much  improved  form  of  burner  and 
vaporizer,  which  gives,  under  absolute  control,  a 
very  powerful 'flame. 

Its  operation  is  simplicity  itself.  The  valve  is 
opened  and  a  small  amount  of  alcohol  allowed  to 
run  into  the  burner  pan.  Valve  is  then  closed  and 
alcohol  ignited.  In  a  moment  the  vaporizer  is  heat- 
ed sufficiently  to  generate  gas,  when  the  valve  is  re- 
opened and  the  flame  adjusted  at  pleasure. 
4A1694    Single  burner,  weight,  2%  lbs  *®  $5.75 

ALCOHOL  YACHT  STOVE 


A  perfect  stove  for  permanent  camps  or  general 
household  use.  The  frame  is  made  of  galvanized 
steel  and  legs  have  holes  for  screwing  down,  so  that 
it  can  be  permanently  fastened.  All  nuts,  reservoir 
and  fittings  are  of  brass — nothing  to  rust.  The 
burner  is  of  liberal  size,  giving  a  large,  hot  flame. 
The  rail  is  not  high  enough  to  interfere  with  fry- 
pan  handle. 


Order  No. 


Weight 


Tank 


Each 


4A1699    Double  burner,  13J4  lbs.    2  quarts  $11.50 
TRAVELERS'  COMPANION 


Travelers'  Companion,  made  of  stamped  steel 
tinned,  folding  handles ;  can  of  solid  alcohol  and 
stand  pack  inside  of  pot.  Weight,  14  ozs.  Diam- 
eter, 5  inches ;  height,  2^4  inches. 
Price,  complete  with  can  of  solid  alcohol..  $  .75 
Refillers  of  solid  alcohol,  height  2  inches,  diam- 
eter 2l/2  inches,  weight  4  ozs.,  burn  2^2  hours 
Price    $  .10 


28 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


KEROSENE  OIL  STOVE 

Recommended  for  use  in 

 .  the  arctic  regions  and  above 

timber  line,  and  where  fire- 
wood is  scarce. 

The  most  satisfactory 
kerosene  oil  gas  stove  in 
the  market.  Its  particular 
merit  is  simplicity  of  de- 
sign and  operation,  in  which 
the  faults  common  to  other 
types  of  kerosene  stoves 
have  been  obviated. 

Reservoir  has  a  capacity 
of  three  pints,  and  will  burn 
9  hours;  explosion  is  impossible.     Combustion  is 
perfect,  resulting  in  an  intense,  blue  flame  with  no 
odor,  smoke  or  soot. 

4A1712    Brass  burner  and  stand,  weight,  3^4 

lbs   $4.25 

Radiating  drum,  weight,  1;^  lbs...  1.00 

Canvas  drum,  weight,       lb   1.00 

Double  Burner  Yacht  Stove  with  frame  and 

rail    $13.00 


"ARIZONA"  CAMP  GRATE 


3A1713 
4A1715 


STOVE  IN  CASE 

For  convenience  in 
carrying,  we  have  de- 
signed a  metal  case, 
nicely  japanned,  in  which 
the  single-burner  stove 
may  be  compactly  fitted. 
The  burner  is  removed 
from  reservoir  and  a 
brass  plug  substituted, 
allowing  the  stove  to  be 
transported  w  i  t  h  o  u  t 
emptying  the  oil.  A  can 
for  alcohol  is  carried  in 
the  case,  and  spaces  are 
arranged  for  the  uprights  and  extra  parts. 

4A1718    Case  complete,  with  stove,  size,  9x9x 

5l/2  inches;  weight,  bl/>  lbs   $5.50 


THE  ADIRONDACK  CAMP  GRATE 


We  consider  this  grate  the  most  satisfactory7  one 
that  has  ever  been  devised — it  is  very  compact,  strong 
and  practical. 

You  have  perfect  control  of  the  heat — the  draft  at 
back  controls  fire  and  the  shields  around  grate  retain 
the  heat. 

It  can  be  set  up  anywhere  in  5  seconds — very  cool 
to  work  at  as  the  back  and  sides  protect  you  from 
direct  heat  of  fire  while  you  are  cooking. 

Size,  folded,  19  inches  x  10  inches  x  1  inch. 

Size  of  grate,  18  inches  x  10  inches. 

Weight,  5)4  lbs.    Trice   $2.50 

Canvas  case  to  hold  above   1.00 


A  most  serviceable  article  for  camp  cooking  of  all 
kinds,  and  especially  for  broiling.  The  frame  is  very 
rigid  and,  next  to  a  stove,  is  the  best  portable  sup- 
port for  pots,  pans,  etc.  Folds  up  perfectly  flat  when 
not  in  use,  and  carries  with  the  folding  baker. 


Order  No, 


Size 


4A1707 
4A1708 


14^x10^  inches 
24^x12^4  inches 


Weight  Each 


2Y2  lbs.  $  .75 
4  lbs.  6  oz.  1.00 


SACKETT'S  CAMP  GRATE 

A  handy  little  stand- 
ard for  camp  or  picnic 
use.  Light,  strong,  and 
compact,  folds  perfectly 
flat  and  carries  handily 
with  folding  baker. 
3A1709  Size,  9x14  ins. 
Weight,  26  ozs.  .  $  .50 
FOLDING  CAMP  GRATE 

Made  on 
the  principle 
of  a  'lazy 
tongs''  and 
requires  no 
side  logs  for 
support.  The 
height  from 
the  fire  may 
be  reduced 

by  driving  legs  into  the  ground. 
Strongly  made,  of  machine 
steel,  well  riveted  and  folds 
up  snugly.  Several  pots  and 
pans  may  rest  securely  upon  it. 
Size  extended,  24  in.  x  16  in.  x  10  in.  high ;  folded, 
15  in.  x  1  in.    Weight,  2l/2  lbs. 

4A1705    $2.00 

4A1706    Canvas  Bag  60 

POTHOOKS  OR  HANGERS 

Even-  camp  cook  will  at  once 
appreciate  the  usefulness  of  this 
most  handy  little  article.  No 
more  upset  pots,  spilled  dinners 
or  burned  fingers. 

Made  of  heavy  steel  wire,  gal- 
vanized to  prevent  rust,  in  sets  of 
six  assorted  sizes  in  carrvinc:  case. 
3A107    Per  Set  $  .25 

V  WIRE  BROILER 

Made  of  heavily  tinned  steel  wire 
in  the  regular  manner  with  strongly 
reinforced  edges.  Ring  jointed,  but 
is  a  special  size  made  expressly  to 
fit  our  folding  bakers  and  packs  flat 
in  the  earning  case. 
4A104    7^4x18^  in.;  weight, 

11  oz.    $  .20 

4A105    10-34x18^  in.;  weight, 

16   oz  25 

xl8J/2  in. ;  weight,  18  oz  30 


4  A 106 


CAMPIXG 


29 


'ALUMINOL"  COOKING  OUTFITS 

These  splendid  outfits 
have  made  famous  the 
name  of  Abercrombie  & 
Fitch  in  all  the  far  corners 
of  the  earth.  Campers  and 
explorers,  canoeists  and 
prospectors,  engineers  and 
army  officers,  yachtsmen 
and  motorists  have  all 
tried,  tested  and  praised 
their  merit. 

Constant  experiment  and 
steady  improvement  in  the 
material  and  design,  year 
after  year,  have  brought 
them  to  a  state  of  perfec- 
tion which  allows  no  com- 
parison. 

With  the  exception  of 
the  frying  pans,  all  pieces  in 

the  "Aluminol"  sets  are  made  of  extra  hard,  thick  aluminum,  practically  indestructible  and  will  endure  all 
manner  of  hard  usage  without  serious  damage. 

This  metal  is  non-poisonous,  will  not  rust  or  corrode  and  is  extremely  light  in  weight. 

There  are  other  aluminum  sets  on  the  market  but  they  are  made  of  thin,  soft  aluminum,  which  is 
utterly  worthless — being  made  of  an  inferior  alloy,  which  is  too  brittle  or  burns  out  readily. 

Beware  of  such  outfits  as  claim  to  have  a  tensile  strength  nearly  equal  to  steel — we  have  been 
through  all  that  in  the  past  and  our  experiments  have  proven  that  the  alloys  were  not  practical. 

_  With  the  "Aluminol"  set  we  are  now  supplying  steel  frying  pans,  of  the  Very  best  grade,  highly 
polished,  and  fitted  with  Miller's  patent  folding  handle,  an  entirely  new  pattern  and  absolutely  perfect. 

All  parts  are  stamped  in  one  piece,  beautifully  finished,  and  so  designed  as  to  nest  perfectly.  We  offer 
these  new  "Aluminol"  sets  as  the  very  best  that  can  be  procured  for  lightness,  quality  and  durability,  and 
we  guarantee  each  and  every  part  perfect. 

We  have  here  in  detail  the  more  important  pieces 
of  the  outfit,  prices  of  which  are  given  on  page  31. 
The  styles  and  patterns  of  the  new  "Armorsteel" 
outfits  shown  on  page  32  are  also  very  similar,  the 
sizes  being  only  slightly  different. 

Cooking     Pots.— All 

have  permanently  at- 
tached bail  handles 
which  cannot  slip  out  or 
become  lost.  Made  in 
five  sizes — A,  B,  C,  D, 
E.  Each  nests  within 
the  next  larger  pot  and 
all  fit  into  the  largest 
pot,  E,  except  when  the 
large  coffee  pot  is  used 
and  then  the  A  pot  is 
omitted.  The  A  pot  has 
tight-fitting  cover  and  makes  a  most  excellent  "bean 
pot."    All  made  with  inset  covers. 

Coffee  and  Tea  Pots.— Made 
in  two  sizes  and  on  a  very 
unique  pattern.  Body  and  spout 
jmade  in  one  piece,  and  there  are 
no  seams  or  solder  to  give 
jtrouble.  Spout  fitted  with  per- 
forated strainer.  Has  folding 
bail  and  side  handles  and  inset 
hinged  lid.  The  small  size  nests 
in  the^  A  pot,  the  large  size  in 
the  B  pot,  and  the  small  size  fits 
within  the  larger. 

Cups.— Made  in  a  generally  ap- 
proved shape  and  with  specially  de- 
signed open  handles  which  enable 
them  to  nest  perfectly  and  fit  within 
either  the  large  or  small  coffee  pot. 


Patent  applied  for. 

Miller  Frying  Pan. — Made  of  steel.  We  rec- 
ommend the  steel  pans,  which  are  made  of  the 
finest  steel  and  very  highly  polished.  Has  patent 
handle,  light,  strong  and  simple.  When  same  is  not 
in  use  it  can  be  folded  back  so  that  it  fits  flat  on 
the  bottom  of  the  pan.  For  use  in  cooking  over  a 
camp  fire,  where  long  handles  are  required,  a  stick 
of  the  desired  length  is  inserted  in  the  rings  on  the 
handles.  The  small  size  fits  in  the  D  pot  and  the 
large  size  carries  on  top  of  the  outfit. 

Plates. — Made  of  a 
favorite  camp  pattern, 
light,  strong  and  hand- 
some, with  turned  edges. 
Sides  nearlv  straight  and 
deep  enough  for  stews, 

porridge,  etc.  Xest  perfectly  flat  and  fit  inside  the 
D  pot.  / 


Bowls. — A  practical  and  conven- 
ient size  for  soup,  cereals,  fruits, 
puddings,  etc.  Nest  snugly  and,  to- 
gether with  the  cups,  fit  within  either 
the  large  or  small  coffee  pots. 


.  mr. 


30 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-5?  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


ALUMINOL  COOKING  OUTFITS— Continued 


Pans. — These  han- 
dy utensils  are  used 
in  many  ways,  as 
mixing  and  serving 
pans,  vegetable 
dishes,  baking,  etc. 
Sizes  B,  C  and  D 
are  fitted  with  folding  side  handles  for  use  as  stew 
pans.  All  nest  in  cooking  pots  as  follows:  No.  B 
into  B,  No.  C  into  C,  No.  D  into  D,  No.  E  into  E 
and  No.  F  carries  on  bottom  of  outfit  which  sets 
within  it. 


REGULAR  "ALUMINOL"  SETS 

For  convenience  in  ordering  we  have  made  up  sets 
for  2,  3,  4,  6  and  8  persons.  By  making  up  the  sets 
we  save  you  the  trouble  of  figuring  out  the  "nesting" 
features  of  each  piece  and  furnish  you  the  correct 
size  cooking  pots,  coffee  pots,  fry  pan,  etc.,  to  nest 
completely  inside  of  the  largest  pot.  In  each  case 
the  price  of  the  set  includes  carrying  case  of  canvas, 
but  where  shipments  of  the  outfit  are  to  be  made  by 
freight  or  express  we  strongly  recommend  the  use  of 
the  more  substantial  fibre  case. 

Equipped  for  Two  Persons 

1  A  cooking  pot;  1  B  cooking  pot;  1  coffee  pot, 
small <  1  frying  pan,  small;  2  plates,  2  cups,  2  soup 
bowls,  2  knives,  2  forks,  2  dessert  spoons,  2  tea- 
spoons. 

4A22  Size,  when  nested,  9l/2x$}4  inches; 
weight,  6  lbs.  6  oz.  Price,  including 
canvas  case    $12.65 

Equipped  for  Three  Persons 

1  A  cooking  pot ;  1  B  cooking  pot ;  1  coffee  pot, 
small ;  1  frying  pan,  medium ;  3  plates,  3  cups,  3 
Soup  bowls,  3  knives,  3  forks,  3  dessert  spoons,  3 
teaspoons. 

4A33  Size,  when  nested,  10x10  inches; 
weight,  lYz  lbs.  Price,  including  can- 
vas case    $14.00 

Equipped  for  Four  Persons 

1  A  cooking  pot;  1  B  cooking  pot;  1  C  cooking 
pot ;  1  coffee  pot,  small ;  1  f rying  pan,  large ;  1  fry- 
ing pan,  small;  4  plates,  4  cups,  4  soup  bowls,  4 
knives,  4  forks,  4  dessert  spoons,  4  teaspoons. 
4A44    Size,   when   nested,   10x11^4  inches; 
weight,  10  lbs.  14  oz.    Price,  including 
canvas  case    $20.65 

Equipped  for  Six  Persons 

1  B  cooking  pot;  1  C  cooking  pot;  1  D  cooking 
pot;  1  E  cooking  pot;  1  coffee  pot,  large;  2  frying 
pans,  large;  6  plates,  6  cups,  6  soup  bowls,  6  knives, 
6  forks,  6  dessert  spoons,  6  teaspoons. 
4A66    Size,   when   nested,   11x12^  inches; 
weight,  17J4  lbs.  Price,  including  can- 
vas case    $31.35 

Equipped  for  Eight  Persons 

1  B  cooking  pot;  1  C  cooking  pot;  1  D  cooking 
pot;  1  E  cooking  pot;  1  coffee  pot,  large;  2  frying 
pans,  large ;  8  plates,  8  cups,  8  soup  bowls,  8  knives, 
8  forks,  8  dessert  spoons,  8  teaspoons. 
4A88    Size,  when   nested,   11x12%$  inches; 
weight,  18^4  lbs.  Price,  including  can- 
vas case    $35.35 


Separate  Pieces  for  "Aluminol"  Cooking  Outfits 

Sizes  given  below  allow  for  all  lugs,  handles  and 
projections. 


c5 

Size 

53 

over  all 

>» 

der 

Article 

V)  (/) 

'ints 

Ounce 
Weigh 

rice 

O 

U 

JA2«  Cooking  pot  A  and  cover. 
JAW  Cooking  pot  B  and  cover. 
Ino2  ^00kmg  pot  C  and  cover., 
a  ^oo^ng  Pot  D  and  cover.  , 
4A25  Cooking  pot  E  and  cover. 


4A27  Coffee  pot,  small  

4A30  Fry  pans,  special  steel,  l'ge 

*A81  Fry  pans,  spec,  steel,  med. 

a  ,  o?  Pans»  sPec-  steel»  smah 

4A35  Plates   


*4A38  Pan  B,  folding  handles 
*4A40  Pan  C,  folding  handles... 
*4A41  Pan  D,  folding  handles...  9 

*4A42  Pan  E,  no  handles   10 

*4A43  Pan  F,  no  handles   11$ 

4A45  Table  knives,  steel.... 

4A46  Table  forks   

4A47  Dessert  spoons    7 

4A48  Tea  spoons   

*4A49  Carving  knife,  steei  

*4A51  Carving  fork,  steel  

*4A52  Cooking  spoon,  'Aluminol" 

*4A53  Cake  turner,  steel  

*4A55  Salt  ana  pepper  boxes,  tin 


mops 


7 

61 

H 

n 

9i 

7i 

10* 

8* 

Hg 

Hi 

7* 

ei 

6 

n 

11 

2 

2 

8J 

11 

8i 

I 

4i 

4| 

2i 

7 

2| 

8 

21 

9 

3 

10 

3* 

u* 

,  4* 

8| 

long 

6* 

long 

7 

long 

5f 

long 

125 

long 

13 

long 

Hi 

long 

Hi 

long 

2 

ll 

5* 

5 

12i 

long 

24 

17 

*4A58  Dish 
*4A59  Dish 

4A60  Canvas  bags  for  sets  

Pieces  marked  *  are  not  included  in  regular  outfits 


6rV 

15 

$2.20 

9  it 

20 

2.75 

13| 

24 

3.25 

18* 

30 

4.00 

47 

5.75 

6| 

16 

3.50 

4i 

12 

3.00 

.... 

30 
24 

.65 

20 

.60 
.55 

I* 

.40 

.30 

2i 

•  30 

3 

81 

120 

*& 

8J 

1.40 

6& 

10 

1.65 

»« 

11 

1.85 

12ft 

IS 

2.20 

li 

.30 

f 

.15 

i 

.15 

i 

.10 

5 

.50 

4 

.30 

2 

.45 

3i 

.10 

1 

.05 

2 

.15 

2* 

.10 

2* 

.10 

1.00 

COOKING  OUTFIT  CASES 


Fibre  Cooking  Outfit  Case 

The  only  safe  and  really  practical  case  for  carry- 
ing a  cooking  set.  Light  in  weight,  but  absolutely 
unbreakable.  Fitted  with  strong  strap  and  lock 
buckle.  Outfit  may  be  shipped  or  checked  as  bag 
gage  with  perfect  safety.  No.  4A83  takes  our  regu 
lar  4A66  outfit  with  space  at  top  for  towels,  basins 
etc.  No.  4A84  takes  cooking  outfit  and  pot  stove, 
See  page  28. 


Order 
No. 


High 


Diameter  Weight 


Price 


4A83 
4A84 


15JA  in. 
16]/2  in. 


12}$  in. 
14  in. 


*y4  lbs. 

4V2  lbs 


$4.00 
4.50 


Wicker  Cooking  Outfit  Case 

Made  by  hand  from  best  quality  French  willow 
with  pin  and  loop  fastener. 


Order 
No. 

|  Height 

I  Diameter 

Weight  1 

Price! 

4A85 

11  in. 

11^4  in. 

V-A  lbs. 

$3.00 

4A86 

12H  in. 

123/g  in. 

1%  lbs. 

3.25 

4A87 

l5l/2  in. 

13J4  in. 

2%  lbs. 

4.00 

CAMPING 


31 


ARMORSTEEL"  COOKING  OUTFITS 

This  outfit,  which  takes 
the  place  of  our  old  "Re- 
tinned  Steel  Outfit,"  is,  with 
the  exception  of  our  "Alu- 
minol"  sets,  the  very  best 
cooking  outfit  to  be  had. 
The  different  pieces  all  cor- 
respond in  shape  and  style 
to  those  in  the  "Aluminol" 
sets,  varying  only  slightly 
in  size.  The  weight,  of 
course,  is  greater,  but  when 
this  is  not  considered  the 
outfit  leaves  nothing  to  be 
desired.  All  the  pots  are 
made  of  high-grade  pressed 
"Armorsteel"  and  stamped 
in  one  solid  piece  —  no 
joints,  seams  or  solder. 
Handles  are  all  perma- 
nently attached  with  riveted 

lugs.  All  covers  are  inset  and  close  fitting.  The  frying  pans,  which  are  made  from  special  steel,  are  all 
fitted  with  Miller's  Patent  folding  handle.  This  handle  is  attached  to  the  pan — cannot  work  loose,  and  is 
a  tremendous  improvement'  over  any  other  style  of  handle  in  the  market. 

With  the  exception  of  the  frying  pans,  all  pieces  are  double  tinned  and  finely  finished,  and  there  is 
no  other  outfit  of  the  kind  made  which  can  approach  it  for  quality,  service  or  price.  These  sets  must 
not  be  confounded  with  the  cheap  retinned  and  tin-plated  outfits  on  the  market,  to  which  it  is  superior  in 
every  way,  and  it  is  only  necessary  to  compare  them  with  those  offered  by  other  dealers  for  one  to 
realize  the  vast  difference  in  quality,  design  and  compactness.  "Armorsteel"  is  our  own  special 
make,  sold  by  us  exclusively,  guaranteed  absolutely,  and  cannot  be  obtained  elsewhere. 


"ARMORSTEEL"  COOKING  OUTFITS 

Solid  Seamless  Steel.      Double  Tinned. 
COMPLETE  OUTFITS 

The  number  of  pieces  in  these  outfits  is  the  same 
as  the  "Aluminol"  sets  on  page  31.  They  nest  in 
precisely  the  same  manner,  but  are  not  interchange- 
able with  the  "Aluminol,"  as  the  sizes  vary  slightly. 

The  sets  listed  below  are  carried  regularly  in  stock, 
but  will  be  made  up  in  any  manner  to  suit  and  pieces 
will  be  omitted  or  extra  pieces  added  as  desired. 
Prices  quoted  include  carrying  case. 
4A222    Set  complete  for  two  persons. 

Weight,  6^4  lbs   $4.40 

4A333    Set  complete  for  three  persons. 

Weight,  l]/2  lbs   4.85 

4A444    Set  complete  for  four  persons. 

Weight,  12  lbs   6.90 

4A666    Set  complete  for  six  persons, 

Weight,  liy2  lbs   9.35 

4A888    Set  complete  for  eight  persons. 

Weight,  19^4  lbs   9.90 

"FLAPO-O"  CAKE  TURNER 


One  of  the  niftiest  little  tricks  for  the  camper  we 
have  ever  seen.  Made  of  flexible  steel,  highly  pol 
ished.  Slips  on  and  fits  securely  any  ordinary  table 
knife  and  makes  the  best  cake  turner  to  be  had. 
Makes  the  best  sort  of  a  scraper  for  bread  board, 
table  or  kettles  and  is  handy  as  a  fish-scaler.  Size, 
3x45^2  inches. 

J-i  4A103   |  .10 


SEPARATE  PIECES  OF  "ARMORSTEEL" 

Sold  singly  or  included  in  sets  at  the  following 
prices : 


6 

Size  Over 

>, 

All 

."t!  in 

.£  . 

M 

V 

•V 

Article 

«  a 

►r  v 

go 

rt 
W 

u 

o 

>  Q 

O 

4A61 
4  A  62 
4A63 
4A64 
4A65 
4A67 
4A68 
4  A  69 
4A70 
4A71 
4A72 
4A73 
4A74 
4A75 
4A76 
4  A  77 
4A78 
4A79 


Cooking  pot 
Cooking  pot 
Cooking  pot 


9H 


Cooking  pot    10^4 


Coffee  pot 
Frying  pan  with  handle 
Frying  pan  with  handle 
Frying  pan  with  handle 

Soup  bowls  

Cups   

Plates   

Forks   

Knives   

Teaspoons  

Dessert  Spoons   

Cooking  spoons   

Carving  knife   

Carving  fork   


6  3/8 

4  3/6 
4 


0/4 
634 

9 

5% 

ltf 

2 
2 

2  y3 
1 

754 

8?4 

534 

14 

io>4 

15 


6?4 

14J4 
22 
4 


34 


18 
22 
34 
44 
17 
20 
24 
30 

3 

2! 

4 

1 

2 


?4 

7 


}  .75 

.85 
.95 
1.55 
1.10 
.55 
.60 
.65 
.09 
.09 
.05 
.04 
.10 
.03 
.04 
.10 
.20 
.15 


WHITE  ENAMELED  WARE 

These  are  of  the  very  highest  grade  enamel,  made 
of  special  steel,  nickeled  and  covered  with  best  en- 
amel, carefully  baked  to  insure  toughness.  Will  not 
chip,  crack  or  break  unless  subjected  to  a  tremendous 
blow  or  strain.  When  weight  is  not  considered  in 
the  outfit  these  pieces  will  be  found  most  satisfac- 
tory in  every  way,  and  they  have  the  advantage  of  a 
handsome  appearance  and  great  ease  in  cleaning. 
Finished  in  pure  white,  inside  and  out,  with  neat  blue 
borders.  Cups,  bowls  and  plates  nest  with  our  "Alu- 
minol" ware,  and  are  the  same  sizes,  except  the  cups, 
which  are  a  trifle  larger. 


Order  No. 


Diameter 


Depth 


Weight 


4A109 
3A110 
4A111 
4A112 


Plates,  9V2 
Saucers,  5' 
Cups.  4$ 


1-in. 
74-in. 


Soup  Bowls,  4J^-in.  2'^-in. 


9  ozs. 
3l/2  ozs. 

zy2  ozs. 

4^  ozs. 


$.35 
.15 
.30 
.30 


32 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


BOY  SCOUT  COOKING  OUTFIT 


'PRESTON"  MESS  KIT 


This  outfit  is  not  a  boy's  toy.  The  Boy  Scouts 
created  a  large  demand  for  a  light,  small  cooking  kit 
that  could  be  used  for  day  trips,  so  we  prepared  the 
dies  and  carefully  worked  out  a  nesting  scheme  to 
supply  fry  pan,  stew  pan,  covered  pot,  cup,  fork  and 
spoon  in  small  space.  Our  famous  "Miller"  folding 
handle  is  used  on  the  fry  pan.  The  material  is  the 
same  as  used  in  our  large  outfits,  and  when  nested 
the  whole  kit  fits  inside  of  a  khaki  carrying  case,  3^4 
inches  deep  and  7  inches  in  diameter  with  shoulder 
strap.  Weight  of  complete  outfit  is  \Y\  pounds. 
3A89    Complete,  with  case   $1.50 

ALUMINUM  BOY  SCOUT  COOK  OUTFIT 


Makes  a  most  excellent  outfit  for  the  canoeist  or 
hiker  going  off  on  one-day  trips.  Consists  of  the 
following  items :  Fry  pan,  stew  pan,  cup,  cook- 
ing pot,  fork  and  spoon  (the  stew  pan  can  also 
be  used  for  a  plate).  All  of  the  outfit  is  con- 
tained in  a  perfect-fitting  khaki  bag  with  shoulder 
straps.     Weight,  lbs.     Size  packed,  7x8x3*/£ 

inches. 

Price  complete    $2.50 

POCKET  KOOK  KIT 


When  packed  this  entire  outfit  measures  2x3^x8^4 
inches  and  weighs  only  31  ozs.  The  Outfit  consists 
of  a  folding  broiler,  racks  which  thrust  into  the 
ground,  a  pair  of  frying  pans  with  detachable 
handles  (pans  fit  together  and  form  an  airtight  roast- 
ing or  baking  pan),  a  narrow  pot  and  two  drinking 
cups  with  detachable  handles.  All  fold  and  nest 
together,  and  there  is  room  for  forks,  knives  and 
spoons,  as  well  as  for  small  portions  of  salt,  pepper, 
tea,  coffee  or  sugar.  Made  to  easily  carry  in  the 
pocket.    A  most  compact  small  kit. 

4A1365    $2.00 

Canvas  carrying  case  with  shoulder  strap  75 


7.50 


A  splendid  little  outfit  for  individual  service  afield. 
Consists  of  canteen,  frying  pan,  stew  pan,  plate, 
knife,  fork  and  spoon.  When  desired,  plate  locks 
over  frying  pan  and  makes  an  excellent  baker. 

Canteen  has  removable  felt  jacket  for  keeping 
water  cool,  and  entire  outfit  nests  compactly  and  car- 
ries in  canvas  case,  size,  9^x6x4  inches,  with  shoul- 
der straps.  Canteen  is  of  tin  with  attached  stopper. 
Fry  pan,  stew  pan  and  plate  of  aluminum.  Plated 
knife,  fork  and  spoon.  Used  extensively  by  the 
U.  S.  Army  for  foreign  service  and  highly  recom- 
mended. 

4A91  Full  -size  Canteen.  Weight,  2]4  lbs.  $7.00 
4A92    Half-size  Canteen.    (Space  for  food.) 

Weight,  2  lbs  

ALUMINUM  FOLDING  BAKERS 

Probably  no 
one  article  ever 
invented  has 
done  so  much  to- 
ward the  com- 
fort and  conven- 
ience of  the  camp 
cook.  They  are 
absolutely  per- 
fect bakers  and 
roasters,  either 
with  the  open 
camp  fire  or  the 
camp  stove,  and 
their  light  weight, 

together  with  the  simple  and  compact  manner  in' 
Which  they  fold  up  for  transportation,  endears  them 
to  every  woodsman.  They  are  simple  in  construc- 
tion, yet  strong,  and  when  folded,  together  with  the 
pan,  make  only  an  inch  in  thickness.  They  will  bake 
the  most  delicate  cakes  and  biscuit  or  roast  meats,' 
fowl  or  fish  better  than  a  regular  oven,  and  by  mov- 
ing them  about,  any  degree  of  heat  may  be  obtained 
at  pleasure.  Each  baker  has  folding  shelf  attached 
and  comes  with  steel  baking  pan. 
4A100  Size  of  pan,  8x12  ins.  Weight,  com- 
plete, 2  lbs  

4A101    Size  of  pan,  8x18  ins.    Weight,  com- 
plete, 2H  lbs  

4A102    Size  of  pan,  10x18  ins.    Weight,  com- 
plete, 5  lbs  

Bread  Board,  made  of  smooth  pine 


wood.  Weight,  1%,  2  and  2V4  lbs. 
Canvas  Carrving  Case  and  Shoulder 
Strap.    Weight,  1  lb  


1.50 


COMBINATION  KNIFE  AND  FORK 

A  most  handy  little  contri- 
vance—  practical  and  good. 
Place  knife  and  fork  point  to 
point  and  press  together  and 
each  point  slips  inside  the 
handle  of  the  other  and  carries 
in  the  vest  pocket.  Length,  7% 
inches.  Width,  -)4  inches. 
Weight,  2  ozs. 
4A98   $  .50 


CAMPING 


33 


DUTCH  OVEN 

The  old-fashioned 
Dutch  oven  has 
never  been  sur- 
passed for  outdoor 
cooking  and  baking. 
Made  of  heavy  pol- 
ish e  d  iron  with 
sunken  lid,  so  that 
there  is  a  hollow 
top  to  receive  hot 
coals.  These  ovens 
are  extra  deep,  a  % 
very  necessary  con- 
sideration in  roast- 
ing and  bread  baking,  and  unlike  the  cheaper  Dutch 
ovens  have  a  bail  for  easy  removal  from  the  fire. 
This  oven  will  make  first-class  bread  and  biscuits  and 
do  the  general  baking  and  roasting  accomplished  by 
other  ovens.  If  its  weight  is  not  inconvenient,  this 
heavy  iron  style  will  be  found  perfection.  Where 
no  stove  is  to  be  carried,  you  can  roast  and  bake,  in 
one  of  these  simple  ovens,  everything  that  a  good 
cook  can  prepare  in  a  stove. 


Order  No. 1  ^?iam^eJ 


Top 


3A1343  10 
3A1344  12V2 
3A1345  13% 


Bottom 
9 
11 

1VA 


'Inches!  Quarts 
L>eep  1  Capacity 


Weight  I  Price 


4/2 
5*4 
6 


8%  lbs 
US/S  lbs 


$1.75 
2.50 

17 J4  lbs.  3.00 


PORTABLE  HEATER 


For  use  in  carriages,  autos,  boats,  ice-yachts,  duck- 
blinds,  etc.  Burns  prepared  coal-bricks  and  gives  off 
a  steady  and  considerable  heat.  One  brick  burns  10 
to  1 5  hours.  No  smoke,  flame  or  gas.  Bricks 
should  be  ignited  before  placing  in  the  heater. 
Strongly  made  of  galvanized  metal,  weight,  ±l/2  lbs. 

Price   $2.00 

Coal-bricks,  weight,  l]/2  lbs.  to  the  dozen.  Per 
dozen   75 

REFRIGERATOR  BASKET 

This  refrigerator  bas- 
ket is  a  strong,  light- 
weight, good  -  looking, 
rattan  basket.  Between 
the  rattan  body  of  the 
basket  and  the  inside 
metal  lining  there  is  a 
layer  of  asbestos  and  a 
layer  of  felt.  In  one 
end  of  the  basket  there 
is  a  small  compartment 
for  holding  the  ice, 
which  is  easily  re- 
moved, so  that  the  lit- 
tle refrigerator  may  be  kept  clean.  The  lids  and 
bottom  are  treated  in  the  same  way  and  a  strip  of 
heavy  felt  is  piped  all  around  the  edge  of  the  lids 
so  that  when  they  are  closed  down  and  the  straps 
fastened  across,  the  basket  is  practically  air-tight. 
The  top  and  bottom  is  of  wood. 

No.  0.  13  in.  long,  9  in.  wide,  7  in.  deep.  Price  $4.50 
No.  1.  18  in.  long,  10  in.  wide,  8  in.  deep.  Price  5.75 
No.  2.  20  in.  long,  13  in.  wide,  10  in.  deep.  Price  6.00 
De  Luxe  Basket,  for  automobile ;  special  fin- 
ish;  25x14x10  inches.    Price   12.00 


HOT  WATER  PLATE 

Made  of  steel,  heavily 
re-tinned ;  double  bottom 
filled  with  boiling  water,  by 
means  of  screw-cap,  the 
best  and  only  means  of 
j  keeping    food    hot    for  a 

considerable  time  in  cold  weather  when  eating  out  of 
doors.     Diameter,   8j4   inches;   depth,   V/2  inches 

Weight,  12^  ozs.    Price   $  .75 

WOOD  SALT  SHAKER 
This  shaker  will  keep  the  salt  drier 
than  any  other  salt  receptacle.  Shaker 
with  screw  top  is  watertight,  but  salt 
will  absorb  moisture  as  quickly  as  it  is 
exposed  in  any  damp  place.  This  sha- 
ker is  turned  out  of  birch  wood,  and  as 
the  wood  is  not  varnished  or  coated  in 
any  way  on  the  inside,  it  has  a  tendency 
to  absorb  moisture  in  the  salt.  When 
the  top  is  removed  it  fits  on  the  bottom 
of  the  shaker— it  doesn't  get  lost.  Weight,  V/2 
3A121   ^  $  .15 

FRICTION-TOP  CANS 

Useful  and  desirable  in  a  hun- 
dred different  ways.  No.  3A1855 
makes  the  best  kind  of  holder  for 
salt,  pepper,  mustard,  etc.  No. 
3A1856  is  handy  for  carrying  the 
day's  supply  of  tea,  butter,  etc. 
No.  3A1857  makes  the  best  con- 
tainer for  many  articles  and  for 
carrying  small  supplies  of  tea,  cof- 
fee, chocolate,  milk,  etc.  Nos. 
3A1855  and  3A1856  are  stamped 
from  one  piece  of  tin.  No.  3A1857 
is  machine  clamped. 


Order  No. 

Diameter  | 

Depth 

Price 

3A1855 
3A1856 
3A1857 

2^-in. 
3^-in. 
3.^-in. 

1  -in. 
1  -in. 
5^-in. 

$  .05 
.05 
.10 

FRICTION-TOP  TINS 


The  only  practi- 
cal utensil  for  car- 
rying and  storing 
in  camp  such  arti- 
cles as  lard,  butter, 
cottolene,  etc.  Also 
for  keeping  dry 
tea,  coffee,  sugar, 
salt,  matches,  etc. 


Tops  fit  snugly,  are  absolutely 
watertight  and  easily  removed. 
Both  sizes  fit  the  10-inch  duffle 
bags. 

3A1853    Diam.,  8-in. ;  depth, 

3-in. ;  weight,  11  ounces.. $  .25 
3A1854    Diam.,  8-in.;  depth, 

6-in. ;  weight,  16  ounces..  .40 
COLLAPSIBLE  MEAT  SAFE 

Flies,  the  pest  of  the  camp  and 
the  despair  of  the  cook,  can  be 
kept  away  from  meat,  fish  and 
provisions  by  the  use  of  this  safe. 
Suspended  in  the  tent,  or  from 
the  limb  of  a  tree,  it  affords  per- 
fect protection  and  yet  leaves 
everything  free  to  the  air.  Made 
of  extra  strong  English  bobbinet, 
which  stands  repeated  washings. 
3A1729    Size  36  in.  long,  18 

in.  diameter;  weight,  8  oz.  $2.00 


34 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


AUTO  TREKKING  TEA  BASKETS,  LUNCH  CASES  AND  REFRIGERATORS 
Waterproof,  Strong  and  Practical.    Guaranteed  to  Give  Satisfaction  or  Money  Refunded 

TREKKING  AUTO  LUNCH  KIT  TREKKING  AUTO   LUNCH  KIT 

TEA  BASKET 


\  v  ni  I 


For  four  persons.  Made  of  three-ply  veneered 
basswood,  covered  with  waterproof  black  enamel 
duck. 

Hardware,  brass  nickel  plated.  Sole  leather  cor- 
ners, dust  and  water  proof.    Blue  and  white. 

Contains  four  china  cups  and  saucers,  two  nickel 
boxes,  four  teaspoons,  four  napkins,  one  bottle  for 
liquids  and  can  for  tea  and  sugar,  nickel-plated  tea- 
pot, with  interior  strainer.  Nickel-plated  windshield 
and  solid  alcohol  lamp,  with  nickel-plated  tray. 

Size:    15x8x9^4.    Weight,  11  lbs.  12  ozs. 
3K7900    Price    $25.00 

RESTAURANT   FOR   AUTO  RUNNING 
BOARD 


Made  of  three-ply  veneered  first-quality  basswood, 
covered  with  heavy-grain  black  enamel  waterproof 
duck.  Reinforced  bottom.  Handsome  washable  lin- 
ing. Sole  leather  corners.  Nickel-plated  brass  lock 
and  catches.  Handle  on  top  and  straps  for  fasten- 
ing to  running  board.    For  four  people. 

Size,  15^x12x9.    Weight,  12*4  lbs. 
3K7902   Price   $14.00 

DROP  FRONT  TREKKING  LUNCH  KIT 


We  have  now  perfected  this  complete  outfit,  which 
takes  up  very  little  space,  contains  everything  which 
the  auto  tourist  requires  en  route.  Outfit  is  really 
an  ornament  on  any  car  no  matter  how  good  the 
car  may  be.  The  case  is  of  best  quality  basswood 
veneer,  covered  with  heavy  waterproof  enamel  duck. 
Bound  with  fibre,  protected  at  bottom  with  a 
wood  binding,  held  firmly  in  place  by  steel  clamps — 
has  nickel  lock,  corners  and  catches.  Inside  are  two 
large  food  boxes,  has  a  removable  tray  which  con- 
tains 6  cups,  1  butter  jar,  1  fruit  jar,  salt  and  pepper 
shakers,  and  space  for  1-pint  vacuum  bottle — under- 
neath tray  is  divided  space  for  2  quart  vacuum  bot- 
tles— in  top  are  6  knives,  6  forks,  6  plates,  6  napkins 
and  2  dessert  spoons.  Straps  are  provided  for  fas- 
tening to  running-board.  Dust-  and  waterproof 
cover  is  provided.    No  bottles  included. 

Price  $24.00 

Prices  of  Thermos  Bottles:  1-pint  size,  each..  2.25 
1-quart  size,  each   3.25  i 


For  four  persons.  Nickel-plated  brass  lock  and 
snap.  Sole  leather  corners.  Contains  four  each 
knives,  forks,  plates,  napkins,  two  tablespoons,  pep- 
per and  salt  shaker,  four  cups,  butter  jar,  large 
nickel  lunch  box,  and  space  for  firmly  holding  in  up- 
right position  three  pint  Thermos  bottles. 

Size,  12  inches  long  x  14  inches  high  x  8)4  inches 
deep.    Weight,  14  lbs. 

3K7903   Price   $20.90 

Same  box,  made  a  trifle  larger,  equipped  for  six 
persons,  and  spring  device  for  holding  two  quart 
and  one  pint  Thermos  bottles. 
3K7904  Price   $25.00 


CAMPING 


Z5 


AUTO  TREKKING  TEA  BASKETS,  LUNCH  CASES  AND  REFRIGERATORS 
Waterproof,  Strong  and  Practical.    Guaranteed  to  Give  Satisfaction  or  Money  Refunded 


TREKKING  AUTO  LUNCH  KIT 

For  two.  Made  of 
three-ply  best  ve- 
neered bass-wood,  cov- 
ered with  black 
enamel  waterproof 
duck.  Contains  two 
knives,  forks,  large 
lunch  box,  two  plates, 
and  compartments  for 
two  pint  Thermos 
bottles. 

Size,  14^x4^x11 
inches.  Weight,  5  lbs. 

4K7905  Price..  $5.50 

MOTOR  RESTAURANT 

A  compact 
and  strong 
outfit ;  every- 
thing to  make 
a  meal  enjoy- 
able along  the 
road.  Made  in 
suitcase  form. 
Box  made  of 
b  a  sswood, 
very  strong, 
covered  with 
enameled  wa- 
terproof duck, 
reinforced  on 
the  corners 
with  steel  to 
give  added 
strength; 
lined  with  a 
material  easily  cleaned  with  a  damp  cloth;  has 
tray,  and  underneath  tray  additional  space  for  carry- 
ing extra  food,  etc.  Knives,  forks,  plates,  cups  and 
napkins  for  four  people.  Tray  contains  food  box 
and  spaces  for  two  pint  bottles.  Nickel  lock  and 
catches  on  outside  of  case. 

Price  complete,  without  the  bottles  $10.00 

Same  as  above  for  6  persons   12.00 

Pint  Thermos  Bottles,  each   2.25 

LUNCH  COMPANION 

A  very  neat, 
well-made  and 
compact  outfit, 
which  contains 
one  Thermos 
bottle  and  one 
sandwich  box — 
makes   a  most 
satisfactory  ar- 
ticle for  carry- 
ing one's  lunch 
for   the  .day — 
e  x  tensively 
used  by  school 
children 
throughout  the 
states.    The  case  is  made  of  strong  basswood  and 
covered  with  black  waterproof  duck.     The  sand- 
Jwich  box  is  made  of  a  very  strong  metal,  polished, 
bind  the  bottle  is  the  famous  Thermos  make. 

a. -quart  size,  complete  $7.25 

m-pint  size,  complete   4.25 

^K^-pint  size,  complete   3.75 

i 


TREKKING  AUTO  LUNCH  KIT 


Contains  six  each  knives,  forks,  plates  and  nap- 
kins, and  two  serving  spoons  in  cover. 

Tray  fitted  with  large  lunch  box,  butter  jar,  pepper 
and  salt  shakers,  four  nickel  cups,  and  compartments 
for  one  pint  and  one  quart  Thermos  bottles,  and 
one  quart  Thermos  food  jar.  A  large  compartment 
below  tray  in  which  any  extras  can  be  carried. 

Size,  21x16x9^  inches.    Weight,  20^  lbs. 
3K7909  Price  $20.00 

TREKKING  RUNNING  BOARD  LUNCH  KIT 


For  six  persons.  Made  of  first  quality  three-ply 
veneered  basswood,  covered  with  heavy  grain  water- 
proof black  enameled  duck.  Sole  leather  corners 
riveted  on.  Catches  and  locks  nickel-plated  brass. 
Steel  frame.  Water  and  dust  proof.  Contains  six 
each  knives,  forks,  plates,  napkins  and  two  serving 
spoons  in  cover,  with  tray  containing  large  lunch 
box,  six  enameled  cups,  pepper  and  salt  shakers, 
butter  jar,  compartments  for  one  pint  and  one  quart 
Thermos  bottles.  Tray  lifts.  Large  compartment 
in  bottom  for  extras.  Handle  on  top.  Anchors  on 
side  and  straps  for  fastening  to  running  board. 

Size,  22x12x9^  inches.    Weight,  18  lbs. 
3K7910  Price  $18.00 

Note:    Price  does  not  include  Thermos  bottles. 
Bottles  are  extra. 


36 


ARERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


PROVISIONS 
From  "CAMP  COOKERY,"  By  Horace  Kephart 
Printed  by  permission  of  Outing  Publishing  Co. 

We  would  advise  anyone  interested  in  Camp  Cookery  or  Woodcraft  to  purchase  these  books  by 
Horace  Kephart.  They  are  filled  with  valuable  and  very  necessary  information  for  all  campers  and 
hunters. 

No.  3A1975    "Camp  Cookery,"  cloth  binding   %    $  .70 

No.  3A1974    "The  Book  of  Camping  and  Woodcraft,"  cloth  binding  1.50 


PROVISIONS 

"The  table  gives  four  distinct  estimates  of  food  re- 
quired by  four  men  in  two  weeks,  graded  according 
as  they  travel  light  or  heavy,  in  warm  weather  or  in 
cold.  The  quantities  will  suffice  without  counting 
on  game  or  fish.  The  difference  between  iight'  and 
'heavy'  is  chiefly  due  to  fresh  potatoes  and  canned 
goods." 

RATION  LISTS,  FOUR  MEN,  TWO  WEEKS 
(56  RATIONS) 

Light  Heavy 

Summer  Winter  Summer  Winter 

Meats,  etc. 


Salt  pork  

10  lbs. 

10 

12  lbs. 

12 

10  lbs. 

10 

Ham   

5 

5 

5 

5 

Dried  beef  or  fish  

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

Beef  extract   

lA 

y* 

Concentrated  soups .... 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Desiccated  eggs  

2 

2 

2 

2 

Butter   

6 

6 

6 

6 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

Powdered  milk  

3/2 

or  Evaporated  (28  small 

cans) 
Lbs. 


12^  12Y2 


37 
Light 


47 


54 


64 


Heavy 


Bread,  etc. 

Fresh  bread  

Wheat  flour  24  lb 

Corn  meal   5 

Rice    5 

Rolled  oats   2 

Grits    2 

Macaroni    1 

Baking  powder   V/2 

Lbs  40^ 

Vegetables 

Potatoes  ( fresh)  

Onions  (fresh)   5 

Carrots  (fresh)  

Tomatoes  (canned)... 
Dehydrated  vegetables.  4 

Beans    4 

Split  peas   2 

Canned  baked  beans..  3 

Lbs  18 

Beverages 

Coffee   (roasted,  gr'd)  4 

Tea    1 

Chocolate,  unsweetened  1 


Summer  Winter  Summer  Winter 
5  lbs.     5  lbs. 


Lbs  

Sweets 

Sugar  (granulated)... 

Syrup   

Jelly,  jam,  marmalade. 


Lbs. 


24  lbs.  20 

20 

10 

5 

10 

5 

5 

5 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

45^ 

41 

46 

30(»bu  )  30 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10  ( 

c'n)  10 

4 

6 

4 

6 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

20 

59 

61 

4 

4 

4 

1 

1 

~  1 

1 

1 

1 

6 

6 

6 

10 

5 

5 

3  dqt.)  6 

5 

5 

10 

13 

16 

cloth  binding  

Acids  Light  Heavy 

Summer  Winter  Summer  Winter 
  1   (pt.)  1 


Vinegar   

Pickles  

Lemons   

Citric  acid  (c.p.'.cryst) 


Ya 


Lbs   M 

Fruits,  etc. 

Evap.  apples,  apricots.  3 

Raisins,  dates,  figs  2 

Canned  blackberries, 

cranberries,  pineapple 
Shelled  nuts,  or  nut  but- 
ter   2 

Lbs   7 

Condiments 

Salt  (if  allowing  for 
curing  skins,  etc., 
take  10  lbs.)   2 

Pepper    (white)   1  oz. 

Cayenne  or  chili   1  oz. 

Worcestershire  sauce.. 

Olive  oil  

Tomato  catchup  

Brandy  

Mustard  

Sage,  celery  seed,  nut- 
meg, cloves,  cinna- 
mon, ginger,  curry 
powder    x 


Lbs. 


% 

3 
2 


2  2 
4  (2dz.) 


(12 

24  cans)  24 


31 


31 


2 

1  oz. 
1  oz. 


2 

1  oz. 
1  oz. 
1  bot. 
1  bot. 
lbot. 

lbot.  lbot. 


2 

1  oz. 
loz. 
1  bot. 
1  bot. 
1  bot. 


2*4 


6  6 
Heavy 


Total  lbs  

Per  man,  per  day, 


...  2*/4 
Light 

Summer  Winter  Summer  Winter 
119  138       217  233 

.  '2Vs  2V2  3V8 
"Meat  of  any  kind  will  quickly  mould  or  spoil 
if  packed  in  tins  from  which  air  is  not  exhausted. 
Put  pork,  bacon,  or  ham  in  loose  cheesecloth  bags 
that  can  be  hung  up  in  camp,  and  pack  them  in 
parchment  paper  for  transit ;  so  also  cheese.  Flour, 
meal,  cereals,  vegetables,  and  dried  fruits  go  in  stout 
bags.  Ordinary  flour  sacks  are  too  weak,  and  wet 
through  too  easily.  Salt,  as  it  draws  moisture,  is 
best  carried  in  a  wooden  box  or  screw-top  wooden 
mailing  tubes;  butter,  coffee,  tea,  sugar,  jam,  etc., 
in  pry-up  tin  cans.  Label  everything  plainly.  *  *  * 
FIRES 

"The  success  of  outdoor  cookery  depends  largely 

upon  how  the  fire  is  built  and  how  it  is  managed. 
*   #  * 

"Often  a  good  bed  of  coals  is  wanted.  The  camp- 
fire  generally  supplies  these,  but  sometimes  they  are 
needed  in  a  hurry,  soon  after  camp  is  pitched.  To 
get  them,  take  sound  hardwood,  either  green  or  dead, 
and  split  it  into  sticks  of  uniform  thickness  (say  1*4 
inch  face).  Lay  down  two  bed-sticks,  cross  these 
near  the  ends  with  two  others,  and  so  on  up  until 
you  have  a  pen  a  foot  high.  Start  a  fire  in  this  pen. 
Then  cover  it  with  a  layer  of  parallel  sticks  laid  an 
inch  apart.  Cross  this  with  a  similar  layer  at  right 
angles,  and  so  upward  for  another  foot.  The  free 
draft  will  make  a  roaring  fire,  and  all  will  burn 
down  to  coals  together. 


CAMPIXG 


37 


DRESSING  AND  KEEPING  GAME  AND 
FISH 

"It  is  common  practice  to  hang  deer  by  gambrels 
with  the  head  down ;  but,  when  hung  head  up,  the 
animal  is  easier  to  skin,  easier  to  butcher,  drains 
better,  and  does  not  drip  blood  and  juices  over  the 
neck  and  head,  which  you  may  want  to  have  mounted 
for  a  trophy.  Dried  blood  is  very  hard  to  remove 
from  hair  or  fur.  If  the  skin  is  stripped  off  from 
rear  to  head  it  will  be  hard  to  grain. 

"The  more  common  way  of  skinning  a  deer,  when 
the  head  is  not  wanted  for  mounting,  is  to  hang  it 
up  by  one  hind  leg  and  begin  skinning  at  the  hock, 
peeling  the  legs,  then  the  body,  and  finally  the  neck, 
then  removing  the  head  with  skin  on  (for  baking  in 
a  hole),  after  which  the  carcass  is  swung  by  both 
legs,  and  is  eviscerated.  ********* 

"Venison  keeps  a  long  time  without  curing,  if  the 
climate  is  cool  and  dry.  To  cure  a  deer's  ham,  hang 
it  up  by  the  shank,  divide  the  muscles  just  above  the 
hock,  and  insert  a  handful  of  dry  salt.  The  meat  of 
the  deer  tribe  gets  more  tender  and  better  flavored 
the  longer  it  is  hung  up.  In  warm  weather  dust  flour 
all  over  a  haunch  or  saddle  of  venison,  sew  it  up  in 
a  loose  bag  of  cheesecloth,  and  hang  it  in  a  shady 
place  where  there  is  a  current  of  air.  It  will  keep 
sweet  for  several  weeks,  if  there  is  no  crevice  in  the 
bag  through  which  insects  can  penetrate.  Ordinarily 
it  is  best  not  to  salt  meat,  for  salt  draws  the  juices. 
Bear  meat,  however,  requires  much  salt  to  cure  it — 
more  than  any  other  game  animal.  Hornaday  rec- 
ommends the  following  recipe  for  curing  venison : — 

The  proportions  of  the  mixture  I  use  are: 

Salt  3  lbs., 

Allspice  *  4  tablespoonfuls, 

Black  Pepper  5  tablespoonfuls, 

all  thoroughly  mixed. 
******* 

"To  keep  fish  in  camp :  scale,  clean,  and  beheacf 
them ;  then  string  them  by  a  cord  through  their  tails 
and  hang  them,  head  down,  in  a  shady,  dry,  breezy 
place.  Never  use  fish  that  have  been  lying  in  the 
sun  or  that  have  begun  to  soften.  Ptomaine  poison- 
ing works  in  a  mysterious  but  effectual  way. 

"To  dry  fish  for  future  use:  split  them  along  the 
back,  remove  the  backbones  and  entrails,  salt  the 
fish  and  hang  them  up  on  a  frame  over  a  smudge  un- 
til they  are  well  smoked.  Or,  make  a  trough  by 
hewing  out  a  softwood  log,  place  the  split  fish  in 
this,  and  cover  them  with  a  weak  brine  for  one  or 
two  nights.  Make  a  conical  bark  tepee  on  a  tripod, 
suspend  the  fish  in  it,  and  dry  and  smoke  them  over 
a  small  fire  for  three  days  and  nights. 

"To  ship  rabbits,  squirrels,  etc. :  do  not  skin  them, 
but  remove  the  entrails,  wipe  the  insides  perfectly 
dry,  wrap  in  paper,  and  pack  them  back  down. 

"Never  pack  birds  or  fish  in  straw  or  grass  with- 
out ice,  for  in  damp  or  warm  weather  this  will  heat 
or  sweat  them.  Do  not  let  them  freeze,  as  they  will 
quickly  spoil  after  thawing.  Food  in  a  bird's  crop 
soon  sours ;  the  crop  should  be  removed. 

"To  preserve  birds  in  warm  weather  for  shipment : 
draw  them,  wash  the  inside  perfectly  clean,  dry 
thoroughly,  and  then  take  pieces  of  charcoal  from 
the  fireplace,  wrap  them  in  a  thin  rag,  and  fill  the 
abdominal  cavity  with  this.  Also  fill  the  bill,  ears, 
eyes,  and  anal  opening  with  powdered  charcoal,  to 
keep  off  the  flies  and  prevent  putrefaction." 

"CAMP  COOKERY" 
By  Horace  Kephart 
MEAT 

"The  main  secrets  of  good  meals  in  camp  are  to 
have  a  proper  fire,  good  materials,  and  then  to  im- 
prison in  each  dish,  at  the  outset,  its  natural  juice 
and  characteristic  flavor." 


Frying 

"Do  not  try  to  fry  over  a  flaming  fire  or  a  deep  bed 
of  coals;  the  grease  would  likely  burn  and  catch 
aflame.  Rake  a  thin  layer  of  coals  out  in  front  of 
the  fire;  or,  for  a  quick  meal,  make  your  fire  of  small 
dry  sticks,  no  thicker  than  your  finger ;  toil  water 
for  your  coffee  over  the  flame,  and  then  fry  over  the 
quickly  formed  coals." 

Broiling 

"Fresh  meat  that  is  tender  enough  to  escape  the 
boiling  pot  or  the  braising  oven  should  either  be 
broiled  or  roasted  before  a  bed  of  clear,  hard  coals. 
Both  of  these  processes  preserve  the  characteristic 
flavor  of  the  meat  and  add  that  piquant,  aromatic- 
bitter  'taste  of  the  fire'  which  no  pan  nor  oven  can 
impart.  Broil  when  you  are  in  a  hurry,  but  when 
you  have  leisure  for  a  good  job,  roast  your  meat, 
basting  it  frequently  with  drippings  from  the  pan  be- 
low, so  as  to  keep  the  surface  moist  and  flexible  and 
insure  that  precise  degree  of  browning  which  de- 
lights a  gourmet." 

Roasting 

"Build  a  rather  large  fire  of  split  hardwood  (soft 
woods  are  useless)  against  a  high  backlog  or  wall  of 
rocks  which  will  reflect  the  heat  forward.  Sear  the 
outside  of  the  roast  (not  a  bird  or  fish)  in  clear 
flames  until  outer  layer  of  albumen  is  coagulated. 
Then  skewer  thin  slices  of  pork  to  upper  end ;  hang 
roast  before  fire  and  close  to  it  by  a  stout  wet  cord; 
turn  frequently;  catch  drippings  in  pan  or  green- 
bark  trough,  and  baste  with  them." 

Braising 

"Tough  meat  is  improved  bv  braising  in  a  Dutch 
oven,  or  a  covered  pot  or  saucepan.  This  process  lies 
between  baking  and  frying.  It  is  pre-eminently  the 
way  to  cook  bear  meat,  venison  shoulders  and  rounds. 
Put  the  meat  in  the  oven  or  pot  with  about  two 
inches  of  hot  water  in  the  bottom,  and  a  bit  of  bacon 
or  pork  (but  not  for  bear).  Add  some  chopped 
onion,  if  desired,  for  seasoning.  Cover  and  cook 
about  fifteen  minutes  to  the  pound.  A  half  hour  be- 
fore the  meat  is  done,  season  it  with  salt  and  peppen 

"The  gravy  is  made  by  pouring  the  grease  from 
the  pot,  adding  a  little  water  and  salt,  and  rubbing 
flour  into  it  gradually  with  a  spoon." 

GAME 

"The  following  additional  details  are  supplementary 
to  what  has  gone  before,  and  presuppose  a  careful 
reading  of  the  preceding  pages. 

"Game  and  all  other  kinds  of  fresh  meat  should  be 
hung  up  till  thev  have  bled  thoroughly  and  have 
cooled  through  and  through — they  are  tenderer  and 
better  after  they  have  hung  several  days.  Venison 
especially  is  tough  until  it  has  hung  a  week.  In  no 
case  cook  meat  until  the  animal  heat  has  left  it:  if 
you  do,  it  is  likely  to  sicken  you.  This  does  not  ap- 
ply to  fish.  Frozen  meat  or  fish  should  be  thawed  in 
very  cold  water  and  then  cooked  immediately — warm 
water  would  soften  it  and  steal  its  flavor. 

"Game  Pot  Pie — Take  ^2  teaspoonful  baking 
powder  to  ^  pint  of  flour,  sift  together,  and  add  a 
teaspoonful  lard  or  butter  by  rubbing  it  in,  also  a 
pinch  of  salt.  Make  a  soft  biscuit  dough  of  this, 
handling  as  little  as  possible  and  being  careful  not 
to  mix  too  thin.  Roll  into  a  sheet  and  cut  into  strips 
about  iy2  inch  wide  and  3  inches  long,  cutting  two 
or  three  little  holes  through  each  to  let  steam  es- 
cape. Meantime  you  have  been  boiling  meat  or 
game  and  have  sliced  some  potatoes. 

"When  the  meat  is  within  one-half  hour  of  being 
done,  pour  off  the  broth  into  another  vessel  and  lift 
out  most  of  the  meat.  Place  a  layer  of  meat  and 
potatoes  in  bottom  of  kettle,  and  partially  cover  with 
strips  of  the  dough ;  then  another  layer  of  meat  and 


38 


ABERCRQMBIE  &  FITCH  CO..  83-05-57  W.  30th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


vegetables,  another  of  dough,  and  so  on  until  the  pot 
is  nearly  full,  topping  off  with  dough.  Pour  the  hot 
broth  over  this,  cover  tightly,  and  boil  one-half  hour, 
without  lifting  the  pot  cover,  which,  by  admitting 
cold  air,  would  make  the  dough  'sad.'  Parsley  helps 
the  pot,  when  you  can  get  it." 

SQUIRRELS 
Squirrels,  Fried — Unless  they  are  young,  parboil 
them  gently  for  l/2  hour  in  salted  water.  Then  fry  in 
butter  or  pork  grease  until  brown.  A  dash  of  curry 
powder  when  frying  is  begun  improves  them,  unless 
you  dislike  curry." 

"Squirrels,  Broiled — Use  only  young  ones.  Soak 
in  cold  salted  water  for  an  hour,  wipe  dry,  and  broil 
over  the  coals  with  a  slice  of  bacon  laid  over  each 
squirrel  to  baste  it." 

POSSUM 

"Stick  him,  and  hang  him  up  to  bleed  until  morn- 
ing. A  tub  is  half  filled  with  hot  water  (not  quite 
scalding)  into  which  drop  the  possum  and  hold  him 
by  the  tail  until  the  hair  will  strip.  Take  him  out, 
lay  him  on  a  plank,  and  pull  the  hair  out  with  your 
fingers.  Draw,  clean,  and  hang  him  up  to  freeze  for 
two  or  three  nights.  Then  place  him  in  a  5-gallon 
kettle  of  cold  water,  into  which  throw  two  pods  of 
red  pepper.  Parboil  for  one  hour  in  this  pepper- 
water,  which  is  then  thrown  out  and  the  kettle  re- 
filled with  fresh  water,  wherein  he  is  boiled  one  hour. 

"While  this  is  going  on,  slice  and  steam  some  sweet 
potatoes.  Take  the  possum  out,  place  him  in  a  large 
Dutch  oven,  sprinkle  him  with  black  pepper,  salt,  and 
a  pinch  or  two  of  sage.  A  dash  of  lemon  will  do  no 
harm.  Pack  sweet  potatoes  around  him.  Pour  a 
pint  of  water  into  the  oven,  put  the  lid  on,  and  see 
that  it  fits  tightly.  Bake  slowly  until  brown  and 
crisp.    Serve  hot,  without  gravy." 

BIRDS 

"Game  Birds,  Fried — Birds  for  frying  should  be 
be  cut  in  convenient  pieces,  parboiled  until  tender  in 
a  pot  with  enough  water  to  cover,  then  removed, 
saving  the  liquor.  Sprinkle  with  salt,  pepper,  and 
flour  (this  for  the  sake  of  the  gravy),  fry  in  melted 
pork  fat,  take  out  when  done,  then  stir  into  the  fry- 
ing fat  one-half  cupful  dry  flour  till  a  dark  brown, 
add  parboiling  liquor,  bring  to  a  boil,  put  game  in 
dish,  and  pour  gravy  over  it,  or  serve  with  one  of 
the  sauces  described  below. 

"Game  Birds,  Broiled — Split  them  up  the  back, 
broil  over  the  coals,  and  baste  with  a  piece  of  pork 
on  tined  stick  held  over  them.  Fillets  of  ducks  or 
other  large  birds  may  be  sliced  off  and  impaled  on 
sticks  with  thin  slices  of  pork. 

"Game  Birds,  Fricasseed — Any  kind  of  bird  may 
be  fricasseed  as  follows :  Cut  it  into  convenient 
pieces,  parboil  them  in  onough  water  to  cover;  when 
tender,  remove  from  the  pot  and  drain.  Fry  two  or 
three  slices  of  pork  until  brown.  Sprinkle  the  pieces 
of  bird  with  salt,  pepper,  and  flour,  and  fry  to  a  dark 
brown  in  the  pork  fat.  Take  up  the  bird,  and  stir 
into  the  frying  fat  half  a  cup,  more  or  less,  of  dry 
flour,  stirring  until  it  becomes  a  dark  brown ;  then 
pour  over  it  the  liquor  in  which  the  bird  was  boiled 
(unless  it  was  a  fish-eater),  and  bring  the  mixture  to 
a  boil.  Put  the  bird  in  a  hot  dish,  and  pour  gravy 
over  it. 

"To  Cook  a  Large  Bird  in  a  Hurry — Slice  off 
several  fillets  from  the  breast ;  impale  them,  with 
slices  of  pork,  on  a  green  switch ;  broil  over  the 
coals. 

"Grouse,  Broiled — Pluck  and  singe.  Split  down 
the  back  through  the  bone,  and  remove  the  entrail. 
Wipe  out  with  damp  towel.  Remove  head  and  feet. 
Rub  inside  with  pepper  and  salt.  Flatten  the  breast, 
brush  over  with  melted  butter,  or  skewer  bacon  on 
upper  side,  and  grill  over  a  hot  bed  of  coals." 


FISH 

"Fish, Broiled — If  a  broiling  iron  is  used,  fir^t  rub 
it  with  fat  bacon  to  prevent  fish  from  sticking  to  it. 
In  broiling  large  fish,  remove  the  head,  split  down 
the  back  instead  of  the  belly,  and  lay  on  the  broiler 
with  strips  of  bacon  or  pork  laid  across.  Broil  over 
a  rather  moderate  bed  of  coals  so  that  the  inside  will 
cook  done.  Small  fish  are  best  broiled  quickly  over 
ardent  coals.   They  need  not  have  heads  removed. 

"When  done,  sprinkle  with  salt  and  pepper,  spread 
with  butter  (unless  vou  have  used  bacon),  and  hold 
again  over  fire  until  butter  melts." 

FISH  CHOWDER 

"Cut  the  fish  into  pieces  the  right  size  for  serving, 
and  remove  all  the  bones  possible.  For  5  or  6  lbs.  of 
fish  take  24  lb-  clear  fat  salt  pork,  slice  it,  and  fry 
moderately.  Slice  two  good-sized  onions  and  fry  in 
the  fat.  Have  ready  ten  potatoes,  pared  and  sliced. 
Into  your  largest  pot  pla  first  a  layer  of  fish,  then 
one  of  potatoes,  then  some  of  the  fried  onion,  with 
pepper,  salt,  and  a  little  flour,  then  a  slice  or  two  of 
the  pork.  Repeat  these  alternate  layers  until  all  has 
been  used.  Then  pour  the  fat  from  the  frying-pan 
over  all.  Cover  the  whole  with  boiling  water,  and 
cook  from  twenty  to  thirty  minutes,  according  to 
thickness  of  fish.  Five  or  ten  minutes  before  serv- 
ing, split  some  hard  crackers  and  dip  them  in  cold 
water  (or  use  stale  bread  or  biscuits  similarly),  add 
them  to  the  chowder,  and  pour  in  about  a  pint  of  hot 
milk. 

"The  advantage  of  first  frying  the  pork  and  onion 
is  that  the  fish  need  not  then  be  cooked  overdone, 
which  is  the  case  in  chowders  started  with  raw  pork 
in  the  bottom  of  the  kettle  and  boiled." 

BREADSTUFFS 

"Wheat  Bread  and  Biscuits — When  baking 
powder  is  used,  the  seoret  of  good  bread  is  to  handle 
the  dough  as  little  as  possible.  After  adding  th' 
water,  mix  as  rapidly  as  you  can,  not  with  the  warn, 
hands,  but  with  a  big  spoon  or  a  Avooden  paddle.  Tc 
knead  such  bread,  or  roll  it  much,  or  even  to  mould 
biscuits  by  hand  instead  of  cutting  them  out,  would 
surely  make  your  baking  'sad.'  As  soon  as  water 
touches  the  flour,  the  baking  powder  begins  to  give 
off  gas.  It  is  this  gas,  imprisoned  in  the  dough,  that 
makes  bread  light.  Squeezing  or  moulding  presses 
this  gas  out.  The  heat  of  the  hanAc  turns  such 
dough  into  Tom  Hood's  'putty.' 

"Biscuit  Loaf — This  is  a  standard  camp  bread, 
because  it  bakes  quickly.  It  is  good  so  long  as  it  is 
hot,  but  it  dries  out  soon  and  will  not  keep.  For 
four  men : 

3  pints  flour, 

3  heaping  teaspoonfuls  baking  powder, 

1  heaping  teaspoonful  salt, 

2  heaping  tablespoonfuls  cold  grease, 
1  scant  pint  cold  water, 

"Amount  of  water  varies  according  to  quality  of 
flour.  Baking  powders  vary  in  strength ;  follow  di- 
rections on  can." 

MIXING  DOUGH 

"To  Mix  Dough  Without  a  Pan— When  bark 
will  peel,  use  a  broad  sheet  of  it  (paper  birch,  bass- 
wood,  poplar,  cottonwood,  slippery  elm,  etc.)  It  is 
easy  to  mix  unleavened  dough  in  the  sack  of  flour  it- 
self. Stand  the  latter  horizontally  where.it  can't  fall 
over.  Scoop  a  bowl-shaped  depression  in  top  of 
flour.  Keep  the  right  hand  moving  round  while  you 
pour  in  a  little  water  at  a  time  from  a  vessel  held 
in  the  left.  Sprinkle  a  little  salt  in.  When  a  thick, 
adhesive  dough  has  formed,  lift  this  out  and  pat 
and  work  it  into  a  round  cake  about  2l/2  inches 
thick." 

SQUIRREL  SOUP 

"Put  the  squirrels  (not  less  than  three)  in  a  gallon 
of  cold  water,  with  a  scant  tablespoonful  of  salt. 


V  > 

CAMPING- 


39 


Cover  the  pot  closely,  bring  to  the  bubbling  point, 
and  then  simmer  gently  until  the  meat  begins  to  be 
tender.    Then  add  whatever  vegetables  you  have. 


When  the  meat  has  boiled  to  a  rag,  remove  the 
bones.  Thicken  the  soup  with  a  piece  of  butter 
rubbed  to  a  smooth  paste  in  flour.    Season  to  taste." 


HELPS  FOR  THE  HUNGRY 

The  following  simple  recipes  will  enable  anyone  to  prepare  a  variety  of  wholesome  dishes  over  the  camp 
fire.    All  quantities  are  calculated  for  four  persons. 


Coffee. — Have  the  coffee  ground  fine,  place  eight 
heaping  dessertspoonfuls  in  a  hot  coffee  pot,  add 
two  quarts  of  boiling  water  and  set  beside  the  fire 
for  a  few  minutes.    Never  boil  coffee. 

Tea — Place  four  heaping  teaspoonfuls  of  tea  in 
a  hot  pot,  add  two  quarts  of  boiling  water,  set  beside 
the  fire  for  a  few  minutes.    Never  boil  tea. 

Chocolate. — Make  a  paste  with  two  heaping  des- 
sertspoonfuls of  milk  powder  and  eight  dessert- 
spoonfuls of  chocolate  and  a  little  water;  add  two 
quarts  of  boiling  water  and  sweeten  to  taste. 

Biscuit. — Place  two  pints  of  flour  in  bread  pan, 
add  two  heaping  teaspoonfuls  of  baking  powder,  one 
level  teaspoon ful  of  salt,  some  cold  pork  fat  the  size 
of  an  egg  and  thoroughly  mix  while  dry ;  add  six 
heaping  dessertspoonfuls  of  evaporated  milk  and 
cold  water  enough  to  make  as  soft  a  dough  as  can 
be  rolled  on  the  bread-board,  which  has  been  pre- 
viously sprinkled  with  flour.  Roll  about  one-half 
inch  thick  and  cut  into  convenient  pieces  with  knife. 
Place  in  the  greased  pan,  place  the  pan  in  the  rack 
of  the  baker  before  the  fire.  Bake  until  a  fork 
inserted  in  a  biscuit  shows  no  dough  when  with- 
drawn. 

Bread. — Make  the  same  as  biscuit  only  thin 
enough  with  cold  water  to  pour  into  a  pan  and  bake 
in  the  same  manner.    This  will  make  two  panfuls. 

Oatmeal. — To  two  quarts  of  boiling  water  add 
one  teaspoonful  of  salt,  then  add  while  stirring  two 
cups  of  oatmeal  and  boil  for  ten  minutes. 

White  Sauce. — Take  a  piece  of  butter  the  size 
of  an  egg,  melt  slowly  in  the  fry-pan  and  stir  in  thor- 
oughly one  heaping  dessertspoonful  of  flour  until 
perfectly  smooth;  add  one-half  teaspoonful  of  salt, 
one-quarter  teaspoonful  of  pepper,  a  mixture  of  six 
heaping  dessertspoonfuls  of  evaporated  milk  and  one 
cup  of  hot  water.  Mix  thoroughly  while  boiling. 
Serve  with  boiled  fish. 

-Corn  Bread. — Place  one  pint  of  flour  and  one 
pint  of  corn  meal  in  the  bread  pan,  add  two  heaping 
teaspoonfuls  of  baking  powder,  one  level  teaspoonful 
of  salt,  two  dessertspoonfuls  of  dried  egg,  one 
teaspoonful  of  sugar  and  cold  pork  fat  the  size  of  an 
egg.  Mix  thoroughly  while  dry.  Add  six  heaping 
dessertspoonfuls  of  evaporated  milk  and  cold  water 
enough  to  make  a  thick  batter,  stir  until  well  mixed 
and  pour  into  the  greased  pan ;  place  the  pan  in  the 
rack  of  the  baker  and  the  baker  before  the  fire.  Bake 
until  a  fork  inserted  in  the  bread  shows  no  dough 
when  withdrawn.    This  makes  two  panfuls. 

Griddle  Cakes — Place  two  pints  of  flour  in  bread 
pan,  add  two  heaping  teaspoonfuls  of  baking  pow- 
der, one  level  teaspoonful  of  salt,  two  dessertspoon- 
fuls of  dried  egg,  and  thoroughly  mix  dry.  Add  six 
heaping  dessertspoonfuls  of  evaporated  milk  and 
cold  water  enough  to  make  a  batter  about  the  con- 
sistency of  very  thick  cream  or  until  it  pours  from 
the  mixing  spoon  a  continuous  stream.  Be  careful 
not  to  make  the  batter  too  thin.  Fry  in  the  fry-pan, 
kept  greased  with  a  piece  of  pork  fat  held  on  a  fork. 

Baked  Beans — Wash  two  cups  of  beans  and  par- 
boil until  when  placed  on  a  fork  or  spoon  and  blown 
upon  their  skin  suddenly  splits,  then  drain,  wash  in 
cold  water  and  drain.  Cover  the  bottom  of  the  bean 
pot  about  two  inches  deep  with  the  beans,  then  place 
a  piece  of  salt  pork  as  big  as  a  fist  (about  one  pound) 
in  the  center,  and  pour  the  rest  of  the  beans  around 
and  over.  Add  one-half  teaspoonful  of  salt,  one- 
quarter  teaspoonful  of  pepper  and  one  dessert- 


spoonful of  sugar,  then  cover  with  warm  water; 
place  a  piece  of  thin  cloth  over  the  top  and  force  on 
the  lid.  A  hole  has  already  been  dug  in  the  ground 
one  foot  deep  and  one  foot  in  diameter  in  which  a 
fire  has  been  burning  for  several  hours  and  stones 
made  hot.  Scrape  out  the  ashes,  coals  and  stones, 
put  in  the  pot  of  prepared  beans,  pack  and  cover 
with  the  hot  coals  and  stones  and  cover  all  with 
earth.  Leave  for  eight  or  ten  hours,  and  in  case  of 
rain  cover  with  bark.  This  is  as  delicious  a  dish  as 
is  known  to  woodsmen.  A  piece  of  venison  added 
with  the  pork  makes  an  acceptable  variety.  A  pinch 
of  dried  onion  is  excellent. 

Julienne — Julienne  is  a  mixture  of  vegetables 
cut  in  strips  and  dried.  It  supplies  the  vegetable 
acids  craved  by  the  human  system.  It  may  be  used 
as  a  plain  vegetable  in  a  soup  or  in  a  stew.  For  a 
vegetable  soak  a  cup  of  Julienne  an  hour,  drain  and 
boil  with  two  quarts  of  water  and  one  level  tea- 
spoonful of  salt  until  tender;  drain  and  serve  with 
plain  seasoning  or  with  white  sauce. 

Stew — Place  the  cup  of  Julienne  in  two  quarts 
of  boiling  water,  add  one  dessertspoonful  of  rice,  one 
dessertspoonful  of  lentils,  a  pinch  of  onion  and  a 
half  teaspoonful  of  salt;  boil  one-half  hour,  repla- 
cing water  as  it  boils  away,  and  add  two  pounds  of 
venison,  moose,  rabbit,  or  of  any  meat  or  fowl ;  use 
marrow  bones  if  possible  and  a  little  pork  for  sea- 
soning, boil  one  hour,  and  if  desired  thicken  when 
done  with  a  paste  made  of  one  dessertspoonful  of 
flour  and  some  of  the  liquor  from  the  stew.  A  stew 
is  cooked  best  by  slowly  boiling,  and  there  is  less 
danger  of  scorching.  When  taking  off  the  fire  add 
four  Bouillon  Capsules. 

Pot  Roast — Parboil  Julienne  and  other  vege- 
tables the  same  as  for  a  stew;  add  the  meat,  cover 
the  pot  as  when  baking  beans  and  put  it  into  a  pre- 
pared bean  hole  and  leave  the  same  as  baked  beans. 
Season  with  pepper  and  mustard  as  desired. 

Lentils — Wash  one  cup  of  lentils  in  cold  water, 
drain  and  put  in  two  cups  of  boiling  water.  Add  a 
level  teaspoonful  of  salt.  Boil  one-half  hour  or  un- 
til done,  drain  and  serve  with  pepper,  salt  and  but- 
ter to  taste. 

Rice  Griddle  Cakes — In  the  recipe  for  griddle 
cakes  substitute  one  pint  of  cold  boiled  rice  for  one 
pint  of  flour  and  proceed  as  for  griddle  cakes.  Cold 
boiled  potatoes,  oatmeal  or  hasty  pudding  may  be 
used  in  the  same  manner.  If  convenient  save  water 
in  which  rice  is  boiled  to  make  griddle  cakes. 

Boiled  Rice — Thoroughly  wash  and  rinse  one  cup 
of  rice  in  cold  water,  drain  and  place  in  at  least  two 
quarts  of  boiling  water  in  an  uncovered  pot,  add  two 
teaspoonfuls  of  salt  and  boil  hard  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  minutes,  adding  water  as  it  boils  away  un- 
til done.  New  rice  boils  more  quickly  than  old, 
test  by  tasting.  When  done  drain  and  set  on  the  fire 
to  dry.  If  convenient  save  the  water  for  soup,  stews, 
or  griddle  cakes. 

Hasty  Pudding — Add  one-half  teaspoonful  of 
salt  to  one  quart  of  boiling  water,  and  stir  in  slowly 
one  cup  of  corn  meal.  Boil  ten  minutes  or  until 
done,  stirring  constantly  to  prevent  scorching. 

Fried  Mush — Prepare  as  for  hasty  pudding. 
Pour  into  shallow  pans  and  allow  to  cool ;  cut  into 
slices  and  fry  in  pork  fat  until  brown.  Oatmeal 
may  be  used  in  the  same  way. 

Potatoes — Take  two  cups  of  dried  potatoes  and 
put  into  three  cups  of  boiling  water  (be  exact),  stir 


40 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


while  boiling  three  minutes,  add  two  dessert  tea- 
spoonfuls  of  evaporated  milk,  butter,  salt  and  pepper 
to  taste,  and  you  will  have  as  delicious  mashed  pota- 
toes as  can  be  had  from  fresh  and  with  much  less 
trouble.  Dried  potatoes  have  great  advantage  over 
fresh;  they  are  one-twelfth  the  weight,  need  no 
preparation,  all  waste  is  eliminated,  they  do  not 
sprout  or  rot,  and  no  amount  of  freezing  will  injure 
them. 

Potato  Cakes — Prepare  the  potatoes  as  above. 
Mix  in  one  dessertspoonful  of  flour,  moisten  slight- 
ly, pat  into  cakes,  sprinkle  with  flour  and  fry  in 
pork  fat. 

Toasted  Biscuit — Left  over  biscuit  cut  open  and 
slightly  moistened,  placed  in  the  broiler  and  toasted 
over  hot  coals,  makes  a  very  acceptable  dish. 

Roast  Meat — Prepare  a  piece  of  meat,  say  six 
pounds,  by  removing  bone  and  surplus  fat  and  tis- 
sue. Place  in  pan  of  baker  or  oven  and  cover  the 
bottom  of  pan  with  water.  Place  several  strips  of 
sliced  pork  over  the  meat,  sprinkle  well  with  flour, 
pepper  and  salt.  If  meat  is  a  little  strong  or 
"gamey,"  a  few  slices  of  onion  or  a  sprinkling  of 
dried  onions  will  enhance  the  flavor.  Cook  until 
brown  upon  one  side,  basting  frequently  with  the 
gravy  from  the  pan,  then  turn  and  brown  on  the 
other  side,  basting  as  before. 

Soup — Take  about  four  pounds  of  the  lower 
leg  bones  of  deer,  moose,  caribou,  sheep,  goat,  elk, 
etc.  Crack  the  bones  thoroughly  so  that  the  marrow 
will  run  out.  Place  all  in  a  large  pot,  add  about 
two  pounds  of  meat  cut  in  small  pieces,  a  large 
handful  of  Julienne,  and  one  of  rice,  a  teaspoonful 
of  salt,  some  pepper  and  a  few  pieces  of  pork  and 
four  quarts  of  water.  Boil  slowly  until  meat  is 
shredded,  then  add  water  to  make  desired  quantity 
necessary. 

»'Muskrat — Skin  and  clean  thoroughly  four 
muskrats,  being  particular  not  to  rupture  musk  or 
gall  sac.  Take  the  hind  legs  and  saddles,  place  in 
pot  with  a  little  water,  a  little  Julienne,  salt  and 
pepper  and  a  few  slices  of  pork  or  bacon.  Simmer 
slowly  over  fire  until  half  done.  Remove  to  baker, 
place  water  from  pot  in  the  baking  pan  and  cook 
until  done,  basting  frequently.  This  will  be  found 
to  be  a  most  toothsome  dish. 

Rabbits — Skin  and  clean  two  rabbits.  Re- 
move and  throw  away  the  head.  Cut  over  the  legs 
through  body  joint.  Cut  the  back  into  three  pieces. 
Place  in  a  pot  with  a  little  Julienne  some  pepper 
and  salt  and  parboil.  To  fry,  remove  from  pot, 
sprinkle  with  flour  and  fry  in  either  butter  or  lard. 
To  roast,  place  in  bake  pan,  spread  a  slice  of  pork 
on  each  piece  and  roast  until  done,  basting  fre- 
quently. To  stew,  leave  in  the  pot,  add  a  tablespoon- 
ful  of  rice,  the  same  of  beans  and  of  Julienne,  and 
a  teaspoonful  of  dried  onions.  Boil  until  the  meat 
separates  from  the  bones,  adding  water  so  that  the 
pieces  of  meat  are  always  covered. 

Turtles — The  turtle  family  must  be  distin- 
guished from  the  tortoise.  We  believe  all  of  the 
turtle  family  are  edible  and  some  of  the  tortoise 
family,  too. 

Kill  the  turtle  or  turtles  by  placing  in  a  pot  of 
boiling  water.  Remove  and  cool  until  it  can  be 
handled.  Lay  on  its  back  and  with  an  axe  crack 
the  joint  of  the  bottom  shell  where  it  joins  the  side 
of  the  top  shell.  Pull  off  bottom  shell  and  remove 
the  entrails  and  gall  bladder.  Cut  off  the  head  and 
skin  the  legs,  removing  toes  and  also  the  outer  cov- 
ering of  shell. 

Place  in  a  pot  of  fresh  hot  water  and  boil  until  all 
meat  has  left  the  bones.  Remove  bones  only,  and 
add  water  for  required  quantity,  a  little  Julienne, 
pepper  and  salt  to  suit  and  boil  until  vegetables  are 
done.  If  at  hand,  add  a  tablcspoonful  of  sherry 
and  brandy  to  each  quart. 


Pork — Pork  is  mostly  used  for  its  fat  and  as  a 

flavoring  in  soups,  stews,  etc.  It  should  be  washed 
in  boiling  water  to  remove  salt  and  fried  slowly  in 
a  pan. 

Gravy  —  Melt  a  dessertspoonful  of  pork  or 
bacon  fat  in  the  fry -pan,  rub  in  a  dessertspoonful 
of  flour  until  smooth  and  browned.  Then  add  two 
cups  of  boiling  water  and  a  dash  of  pepper. 

Bean  Soup  —  Soak  two  cups  of  beans  over 
night.  Boil  in  two  quarts  of  water,  add  one-half 
teaspoonful  of  salt,  a  pinch  of  dried  onion,  several 
dashes  of  pepper,  a  little  mustard,  half  a  cup  of  salt 
pork  diced.  Boil  three  hours  or  until  the  beans  are 
cooked  to  pieces.  Add  water  as  it  boils  away,  to 
keep  the  required  quantity.  Cooking  may  be  has- 
tened by  frequent  stirring  and  mashing  the  beans 
against  the  pot.  If  the  skin  of  the  beans  is  objec- 
tionable, strain;  but  this  sacrifices  food  value. 

Dope — Place  a  pound  of  diced  salt  pork  in  the 
fry  pan  with  water  and  boil  one  minute.  Pour  off 
the  water  and  dry  the  pork  until  nearly  brown. 
Remove  the  pieces  and  rub  into  the  hot  fat  three 
dessertspoonfuls  of  flour,  a  little  pepper,  allowing 
the  flour  to  cook  in  the  fat  without  browning. 
When  perfectly  smooth,  add  one  quart  of  water  in 
W7hich  twelve  dessertspoonfuls  of  evaporated  milk 
have  been  dissolved.  Slowly  bring  to  a  boil,  stirring 
constantly;  add  the  pork  scrap  and  serve. 

This  sauce  is  a  palatable  way  of  serving  pork,  is  a 
good  substitute  for  butter,  and  is  particularly  good 
with  griddle  cakes. 

Boiled  Partridge — Prepare  in  convenient  pieces 
,  four  pounds  of  partridge.  Boil  slowly  in  two  quarts 
!  of  water  and  add  a  teaspoonful  of  salt,  a  little 
Julienne,  a  pinch  of  dried  onion  and  two  dashes  of 
pepper,  filling  up  with  water  as  it  boils  away.  In 
about  an  hour,  when  nearly  done,  which  can  be 
ascertained  by  sticking  a  fork  into  the  meat,  add 
eight  pieces  of  biscuit  dough,  each  about  the  size 
of  an  egg,  and  boil  briskly  for  twenty  minutes,  or 
until  done. 

Scalloped  Fish— Boil  four  pounds  of  fish  until 
it  will  flake.  Prepare  a  sauce  as  follows :  Melt  a 
piece  of  butter  the  size  of  an  egg,  add  one  heaping 
dessertspoonful  of  flour  and  stir  until  perfectly 
smooth,  taking  care  not  to  let  it  brown.  Add  two 
cups  of  water  in  which  have  been  dissolved  six 
dessertspoonfuls  of  evaporated  milk,  one-half  tea- 
spoonful of  salt  and  a  little  pepper,  stirring  con- 
stantly until  it  comes  to  a  boil.  Place  the  flaked  fish 
in  a  serving-pan,  cover  with  sauce  and  place  in  the 
reflecting  baker  before  a  hot  fire,  and  brown. 

Cooking  in  Clay — An  excellent  way  to  cook 
birds  and  fish,  where  clay  can  be  had,  is  to  cover 
rhe  bird,  unplucked  and  undrawn,  with  a  coating  of 
clay  two  inches  or  more  thick.  Place  in  a  hot  fire 
and  cover  with  hot  coals.  In  about  an  hour,  when 
the  clay  is  baked  hard,  crack  it  open  lengthwise  and 
take  out  the  meat.  The  skin  and  feathers  will  remain, 
adhering  to  the  clay ;  open  the  bird  and  drop  out 
the  entrails.  Fish  may  be  done  in  the  same  way. 
1'his  method  is  equally  good  with  birds  and  fish 
previously  cleaned. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  boiling  and  stewing 
produce  better  and  quicker  results  if  done  in  a 
closely  covered  pot.  Also  boiling  at  a  high  altitude 
requires  much  more  time  than  at  sea  level,  and  for 
convenience  and  saving  of  time  those  foods  requir- 
ing boiling  which  cook  at  lower  temperatures  should 
be  chosen  for  mountain  trips.  In  making  high 
ascents  food  previously  boiled  should  be  carried,  for 
they  can  then  be  easily  made  warm  and  ready  for 
use. 


CAMPIXG 


41 


EVAPORATED  FRUITS  AND  VEGETABLES 

One  of  the  most  difficult  problems  the  camper  has  to  solve  is  that  of  providing  fruits  and  vegetables 
which  are  necessary  to  his  diet  from  a  point  of  health.  In  the  Dehydro  process  the  water  is  extracted 
without  impairing  the  flavor,  color  or  food  value  of  the  product.  They  are  easily  prepared  by  adding 
water,  allowing  to  stand  for  a  short  time  and  then  cooking  in  the  regular  way.  They  have  been  thor- 
oughly tried  out  and  adopted  for  use  in  the  United  States  Navy.    Packed  in  two  size  tins  as  listed  below. 

The  ratios  given  below  mean  that  one  pound  of  these  Dehydro  fruits  or  vegetables  after  water  is 
added  and  they  are  cooked,  represent  as  much  food  and  nourishment  as  the  fresh,  in  the  ratio  given — 
for  instance,  one  pound  of  Dehydro  Strawberries  is  equal  to  sixteen  pounds  of  fresh  strawberries. 

Name 


Potatoes  (sliced^ 
Potatoes  (riced) 


Onions 


Peas 


Carrots  (cubed)  

Rhubarb  (pie  plant) .  . . 

PEMMICAN 

This  pemmican  is  the  result  of  long  and  careful 
effort  on  the  part  of  Admiral  Peary  to  devise  a 
food  which  would  contain  the  greatest  possible  nutri- 
tive and  sustaining  qualities  for  men  under  severe 
physical  strain,  in  the  smallest  possible  bulk.  It  is 
compound  of  lean  meat  and  beef  suet  wTith  a 
small  amount  of  sweetening  added  to  make  the  food 
palatable,  especial  care  being  taken  to  avoid  rich- 
ness, or  such  a  pronounced  taste  as  to  disagree  with 
delicate  digestion,  or  create  monotony.  Eaten  as  is 
or  stewed  in  water. 

3A1793     Va  lb.  can  

y2  lb.  can  

1     lb.  can  

"STEERO"  BEEF  CUBES 

Supplied  in  compressed 
cube  form  only,  highly 
seasoned,  of  excellent  fla- 


Ratio  Dehydro 

Small 

Cans 

Gallon  Tins 

to  Fresh 

Portions, 

Price 

Portions 

Net  Wt.  Lbs. 

Price 

1  to 

10 

5 

sauce 

10c 

150 

to 

170 

2 

$2.55 

1  to 

16 

5 

sauce 

20c 

120 

to 

135 

2 

5.80 

,  1  to 

7 

5 

sauce 

15c 

175 

to 

200 

4 

6.00 

1  to 

7 

5 

sauce 

15c 

150 

to 

160 

3 

5.85 

1  to 

7 

6 

15c 

30 

to 

35 

2 

.65 

1  to 

7 

6 

to  7 

15c 

60 

to 

75 

4 

1.20 

.  1  to 

18 

10 

to  12 

10c 

275 

to 

300 

2 

2.10 

.  1  to 

13 

5  stewed 

10c 

100 

to 

125 

2 

1.25 

1  to 

12 

5 

10c 

80 

to 

90 

4 

1.70 

1  to 

14 

6 

15c 

95 

to 

105 

M 

2.20 

,  1  to 

7 

95 

to 

110 

5 

1.65 

1  to 

19 

4 

to  5 

15c 

35 

to 

40 

1.00 

.  1  to 

18 

6 

10c 

70 

to 

90 

1.05 

1  to 

13 

6 

10c 

120 

to 

135 

3 

1.50 

.  1  to  25 

6 

10c 

115 

to 

125 

m. 

1.55 

3A1798 
3A1799 


$  .40 
.75 
1.40 


vor.  Put  up  in  2^4  oz.  tin 
box  of  12  cubes.  One  cube 
equals  one  cup  of  broth. 

3A1827   Per   box   $  .35 

ARMY  BREAD 
The  standard  "Hard  Tack"  of  U.  S.  Army  and 
Navy  rations.    Made  from  whole  wheat  and  will 
keep  indefinitely.    In  5-lb.  sealed  tins  only. 
3A1830    Per  tin   $  .75 

BORDEN'S  "PEERLESS"  EVAPORATED 
MILK 

Borden's  evaporated  milk  is  perfection.  It  is  pre- 
pared from  pure,  rich  milk,  condensed  to  the  con- 
sistency of  cream,  put  up  without  sugar  and  pre- 
served by  sterilisation  only. 

3A1834    8  oz.  tin   $  .05 

DEHYDRO"  CREAM  SOUPS 

These  soups  are  perfection  in 
purity  and  flavor  and  require  only 
the  addition  of  water  and  cook- 
ing for  a  few  minutes.  They 
come  in  powder  form,  packed  in 
hermetically  sealed  tin  cans,  2^x3 
inches  and  make  1  quart  of  de- 
licious rich  soup.  Full  directions 
on  each  label. 

3A1825      Varieties :  Spinach, 
Mixed  Vegetables,  Peas,  Beans, 
Celery  with  Rice,  Onions,  Potatoes.    Per  can    $  .15 


CONGOU  COMPRESSED  TEA  TABLETS 

Undoubtedly  the  best  compressed  tea  on  the 
market — guaranteed  to  be  pure  and  uncolored  and 
is  recommended  by  the  highest  medical  authorities. 
3A1847    34  lb.  package  containing  16  Tablets 

(each  tablet  makes  6  cups  of  tea)  . .    $  .25 

TABLOID  TEA 

Two  tablets  equal  one  large  cup  of  tea.  Put  up 
in  close-fitting  tin  boxes,  flat,  for  convenience  in 
packing. 

3A1849    English  Breakfast  Flavor,  boxes  of 

100  tablets   $  .35 

3A1850    Special  Blend,  finest  selected  teas, 

boxes  of  100  tablets  60 

GEO.  WASHINGTON  COFFEE 
In  Powder  and  Crystal  Form 
The  very  best  form  of  concentrated  coffee  ever 
put  on  sale — there  is  absolutely  no  trouble  in  making 
up  a  most  delicious  cup  of  coffee.  Does  not  con- 
tain chicory  or  any  other  adulterant — made  only 
from  pure  coffee.    Directions  on  each  can. 

each  can  sufficient  for  25 

coffee   $  .30 

each  can  sufficient  for  35 
coffee   $  .45 

WHOLE  MILK  POWDER 

Whole  Milk  Powder  is  milk  free  from  preserva- 
tives or  adulteration  and  reduced  to  powder,  per- 
fectly soluble  in  water.    Full  directions  on  can. 
3A1836    1   lb.   can   $  .45 

PEA  SOUP 

Almost  identical  with  the  famous  Erbswurst,  but 
this  product  is  made  in  America.  Comes  in  flour 
form  and  all  that  is  necessary  to  prepare  is  to  add 
water  and  stir,  and  when  cooked  for  about  15  min- 
utes makes  the  most  perfect  soup.  Comes  packed  in 
round  cardboard  cartons — each  carton  is  enough  for 
6  plates  of  soup. 

Price,  per  carton..?   $  .11 

DESICCATED  EGG 

This  is  the  most  compact  form  known  for  putting 
up  eggs.  The  beauty  of  this  form  of  egg  is  the 
simplicity  of  preparation — they  make  most  excellent 
substitutes  for  the  fresh  article.  Add  a  little  water 
and  mix  for  a  couple  of  minutes,  and  you  are  all 
readv  to  make  your  omelette,  scrambled  eggs,  etc. 
3A1838    1-lb.  can   $1.30 


3A1841 


3  A 1899 


Powder, 
cups  of 
Crystals, 
cups  of 


PACKING 


It  can  hardly  be  said  that  packing  is  one  of  the  joys  of  a  camper's  life,  for  the  trials  and  tribulations 
of  the  portage  are  many  and  varied.  Still,  it  must  be  classed  among  the  "necessary  evils,"  inasmuch  as 
its  burdensome  travail  goes  a  long  way  toward  accentuating,  by  contrast,  the  quiet  content  of  the  peace- 
ful camp  or  the  fierce  joy  of  conquering  the  wilderness  and  writing,  perhaps,  one's  name  upon  a  virgin 
page.  The  toil  and  terror  of  the  portage  and  trail  is,  of  course,  greatest  to  him  who  is  most  poorly 
equipped.  Packing  under  the  conditions  which  we  encounter  in  our  native  wilderness  can  be  divided  into 
two  classes — the  "carry"  or  portage  pack  which  must  be  swung  upon  the  camper's  back  for  fairly  short 
hauls,  and  the  horse  pack.  The  duffle  bag,  pack  basket,  and  the  specially  made  up  or  designed  pack  re- 
ceptacle with  harness,  constitute  the  most  practical  forms  of  human  carrying.  These  vary  in  style  ac- 
cording to  the  conditions  and  the  size  of  the  outfit.  It  is  well  to  have  the  advice  of  someone  thoroughly 
versed  in  packing  before  the  form  of  pack  is  selected  for  any  trip  that  will  necessitate  a  great  deal  of 
carrying.  Much  may  be  spared  one  of  trouble  and  discomfort  by  the  selection  of  a  correctly  designed 
and  properly  made  equipment,  and  in  the  following  pages  we  show  a  collection  of  such,  designed  by  those 
who  "know  how"  and  made  as  well  as  it  is  possible  to  make  them. 


4A1872 
4A1873 


GARDINER"  PACK 

A  new  pack,  de- 
signed especially  for 
medium  weight  pack- 
ing. Made  of  heavy, 
water-proof  duck,  re- 
inforced with  leather 
at  points  of  greatest 
strain.  Carrying 
straps  are  wide  and 
so  arranged  that  pack 
holds  close  to  the 
shoulders,  and  tight 
against  the  body. 
Brass  D-rings  are 
sewn  along  both  sides 
and  bottom  of  the 
pack,  through  which 
thongs  may  be  laced 
to  hold  extra  duffle, 
game,  etc.  Rings  are 
provided  for  tump 
line,  which  may  be 
used  if  desired.  The 
pack  is  very  strongly 
made  and  finished  by 
hand.  Length,  24 
inches;  width,  16 
inches. 

Without- tump  line,        lbs  $8.50 

With  tump  line,  3-K  lbs   9.50 


PACK 


Weight, 
4A1867 . 


2  lbs.,  6  oz. 


HARNESS 

Where  the  tump  line  is 
not  preferred  this  is  the: 
best  form  of  harness  for 
general  packing. 

Readily  adapted  to  all, 
sizes  and  shapes  of  packs 
— bags,  boxes,  kegs,  heads, 
carcasses,  etc.  All  made 
with  our  special  pattern 
shoulder  yoke,  which  fits 
easily  and  distributes  the 
load  evenly.  Shoulder 
and  breast  straps  adjust- 
able. Made  from  the  very 
best  heavy  oak-tanned 
leather,  hand-sewed  and 
riveted,  with  solid  brass 
buckles  and  strong  canvas 
shoulder  yoke.  Weight, 
1V4  lbs. 

4A1866  $5.00 

COMBINATION 
PACK  HARNESS 

Made  same  as  Pack 
Harness,  but  has  adjust- 
able head-strap  attached. 


$6.00 


CAMPING 


43 


"NESSMUK"  PACK 

This  excellent  pack  has 
been  made  famous  by  "Ness- 
muk,"  the  old-time  woods 
traveler  and  writer.  It  is 
designed  for  carrying  light 
or  moderate  loads  in  a  com- 
pact form  and  is  a  very 
good  model  for  "going  light" 
tramping  trips,  mountain 
climbing,  etc.  The  bag  itself 
is  a  soft,  flexible  bag  with 
tapering  boxed  sides,  slightly 
indrawn  at  top.  The  open- 
ing is  closed  with  an  inner 
throat-piece,  in  the  same 
manner  as  our  duffle  bags, 
and  protected  by  large  flap 
fastening  with  strap  and 
buckle.  The  adjustable  car- 
rying straps  are  made  of 
stitched  cloth,  light,  cool  and 
strong,  fitted  with  metal  eye- 
lets. These  straps  are  at- 
tached at  and  pull  from  the 
center  of  the  pack,  which 
carries  easily  and  without  in- 
terfering with  the  use  of 
the  arms.  Made  of  brown 
waterproof  canvas.  Size,  5x16x18  inches;  weight, 
%H  lbs. 

4A1876  $2/75 

TUMP  LINES 

This  method  of  trans- 
portation, used  almost  ex- 
clusively by  the  Indians 
and  Hudson  Bay 
Company's  packers 
of  Northern  Can- 
ada, consists  of  a 
broad  band  of 
leather,  called  the 
headstrap,  to  which 
are  attached  two 
long  leather  straps,  or 
thongs.  Once  accustomed 
to  the  hang  and  balance 
of  the  tump  line,  one  finds 
it  to  be  the  easiest  and 
most  comfortable  method 
of  packing.  When  used 
with  the  pack  cloth  the 
pack  is  made  as  follows  : 
Spread  pack  cloth  flat,  lay 
head  piece  near  one  end 
and  the  two  thongs 
straight  across  and  about 
a  foot  from  the  sides. 
Fold  the  sides  of  cloth 
over  the  thongs  and  pack 
the  duffle  (keep  hard 
things  inside)  in  a  pile  about  two  feet  long,  begin- 
ning about  a  foot  from  the  head-strap.  Fold  the 
loose  end  of  cloth  and  thongs  over  the  pile,  grasp 
thong  near  head-piece  and  haul  on  free  end  of 
thong  until  the  sides  of  cloth  pucker  up  in  a  close 
bunt,  as  if  pulled  by  a  draw-string.  Knot  the  thong, 
bring  together  at  middle  of  pack,  twist  once  around 
each  other  and  tie  around  middle  of  pack.  Adjust 
the  head-strap  by  means  of  the  buckles  and  the  pack 
is  ready.  Our  tump  lines  are  made  with  specially 
shaped  head-straps  of  very  best  leather,  fitted  with 
solid  brass  buckles  and  soft,  flexible  and  waterproof 
leather  thongs.    Weight,  14  oz. 

4A1865  %  $2.50 


WANDERLUST  RUCK  SACK 

Made  of  water- 
proofed olive  drab 
khaki,  designed  to 
carry  light  clothing. 
Has  one  bellows 
pocket  with  flap  and 
snap  button  on  out- 
side. Straps  for  car- 
rying with  snap  and 
ring.  Very  service- 
able and  handy  pack 
for  tramping  and  in 
general  use  by  Boy 
Scouts. 

4A896    Size,  18x16^  in.,  weight  8&  oz.  $1.25 


RUCK  SACK 

The  best  pack  ever  de- 
vised for  the  carrying  of 
light  loads  and  the  small 
personal  belongings.  Makes 
an  excellent  pack  for  wom- 
en's use  and  is  handy  for 
carrying  a  few  necessities 
when  "going  light."  Also 
known  as  the  Swiss  moun- 
tain pack  and  was  designed 
and  first  made  by  Alpine 
mountain  climbers.  It  is 
an  oblong  bag  open  at  top 
and  closing  with  a  draw- 
string, the  opening  being 
covered  with  a  protecting 
flap  to  buckle. 

4A1874  Gabardine.  Size, 
16x20;  wgt,  18  oz.^g  $5.00 

4A1875  Canvas.  Size, 
22x22  ;  wgt.,  24  oz .  %  $4.00 


SSI 


ALPINE  RUCK  SACK 

In  his  own  words  Lieutenant 
Whelen  describes  the  sack  as 
follows:  "It  will  carry  a 
couple  of  reindeer  and  in  an 
ingenious  way  that  takes  all 
the  strain  off  the  cloth  sack 
and  puts  it  on  the  leather 
straps.  It  will  hitch  up  so  that 
there  is  nothing  to  it  but  a 
little  ditty  bag.  It  fits  and  car- 
ries finely,  and  there  is  a  wa- 
terproof pocket  in  it  for  the 
camera.  Briefly,  the  new  ruck 
sack  is  a  many-gored  bag, 
about  18  inches  wide  by  22 
inches  long  without  the  gores. 
When  the  gores  are  strapped 
up  (one  strap)  it  is  a  bag  very 
like  our  type  of  ruck  sack,  only  a  little  narrower  at 
the  top  than  bottom.  Made  of  12  oz.  waterproof 
Khaki  duck;  weight,  complete,  2V£  lbs. 
4A1877   %  $10.50 


4  4 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


VALISE  PACK 

This  pack  opens  up 
like  a  valise  and  when 
opened  stands  up  with 
square  corners.  It  has 
a  round,  removable 
stick  inserted  along 
the  top  edge  in  a  fold 
of  the  material  form- 
ing the  back,  thus 
making  a  rigid  valise- 
like rib  just  above  the 
grommets,  which  are 
inserted  in  the  back 
for  hanging  the  pack 
against  a  wall,  tree 
or  other  surface. 
Sewed  in  exactly  like 
a  traveling  bag,  are  three  pockets  in  which  small 
articles  can  be  stored.  The  bottom  of  the  pack  is 
rounded  to  conform  exactly  with  the  shape  of  your 
duffle  bags,  and  when  the  clothing  and  other  things 
are  placed  in  the  bottom  of  this  pack  the  upright 
ends  fold  in  so  that  the  front  and  back  meet.  The 
stick  in  the  back  top  edge  makes  a  rigid  piece  with 
which  to  roll  down  the  remaining  cloth  of  the  pack 
and  round  it  out  for  carrying.  Has  a  handle  on  each 
end.  In  every  respect  this  pack  duplicates  the  con- 
venience of  your  traveling  bag.  Made  of  brown 
waterproof  duck. 

4A1969  Diameter,  9  in. ;  length,  22  in. ;  weight, 
2l/2  lbs.;  with  carrying  straps  com- 
plete  $3.50 

PACK  BASKETS 
Our  baskets  are 
made  especially 
for  us  of  hand- 
riven    oak  splits, 
interwoven  with 
rattan,  making  the 
strongest  and  best 
basket    on  the 
market.  Made 
with  large  mouth, 
to  permit  of  easy 
packing,  and  with 
flattened  back  to 
fit  the  form.  We 
recommend  for 
general    use  the 
covered  baskets 
which    are  abso- 
lutely tight  and  waterproof,  and  are  fastened  by 
lock-buckle  and  strap.    Shoulder  straps  adjustable, 
with  sliding  pad,  fitted  with  snap-hooks, 
best  heavy  leather  and  hand-sewed. 
4A1868    Regular    Basket,  waterproof 
size,     18x14^x18)4  inches 

weight,  7  lbs  

4A1869  Plain  Basket,  carrying  straps  only, 
size,  17x13x18^  inches  high;  weight, 

5  lbs   5.00 

CARRY  STRAPS 

Light  in  weight,  these 
straps  are  put  together  to 
fit  similarly  to  the  pack- 
harness  and  will  carry  prac- 
tically anything  that  can  be 
put  in  a  roll-pack.  Shoul- 
der straps  are  V/2  inches 
wide,  of  fine  grade  russet 
harness  leather,  and  the 
binding  straps  to  go  around 
the  pack  are  1-in.  wide  and 
60-in.  long. 

4A1970  Weight,  1  lb.  $2.00 


All  straps 


cover, 
high ; 


$9.50 


IMPROVED  CANVAS  DUFFLE  BAGS 

For  Clothing  and  Provisions 

We  are  now  making  all  our 
duffle  bags  in  an  entirely  new 
manner,  which  is  a  vast  im- 
provement in  the  method  of 
manufacture  over  all  other  bags. 
This  consists  of  a  new  method  of 
making  the  seams,  which  are  all 
reinforced  at  sides  and  ends, 
making  the  bag  much  stronger 
and  more  durable.  We  have  also 
discontinued  the  old  style  handle, 
which  gave  more  or  less  trouble, 
and  are  now  making  a  handle  of 
most  excellent  design,  which 
we  guarantee  will  "stay  put." 
This  is  attached  by  strong  leather 
lugs,  hand-sewed  over  metal  D- 
rings  to  inside  reinforcement, 
and  which  cannot  tear  out.  The  bags  are  fitted  with 
inside  neck  or  throat-piece  which  is  first  drawn  to- 
gether and  tightly  tied  before  closing  bag  with 
outside  cord,  making  the  bag  absolutely  tight  and 
waterproof.  For  small,  heavy  packs,  such  as  food- 
stuffs, etc.,  we  recommend  the  10-inch  size.  For 
clothing  the  12-inch  is  best,  and  for  general  packing 
such  as  tents,  sleeping  bags,  blankets,  etc.,  the  15 
and  18-inch  sizes. 

They  are  light  in  weight,  easy  to  pack,  can  be 
carried  anywhere  and  in  any  way,  and  are  accepted 
and  checked  as  baggage  by  all  railroad  and  steam- 
ship lines.  They  can  be  fitted  with  locks,  of  which 
we  supply  three  designs  (see  page  47),  rendering 
them  safe  from  prying  fingers. 

BROWN  WATERPROOF  CANVAS 
Handles,  when  supplied,  placed  on  side  and  bottom  j 
of  bags.   


£  bo 
w  C 
c  u 


Without 
Handles 


With 
Handles 


10  24  11  4A1384  $  .95 

12  36  23  4A1385  %  1.35 

15  36  29  4A1386  1.70 

18  36  38  4A1387  2.30 


4A1388  $1.25 

4A1389  3£  1.60 

4A1390  1.95 

4A1391  2.55 


EXTRA  HEAVY  DUCK 

These  bags  are  made  of  very  heavy  canvas,  much 
stronger  than  the  Brown  Waterproof  Canvas,  and 
are  intended  for  rough  use.  Made  in  same  manner 
and  handles,  when  ordered  placed  in  the  same  way. 


u 

riches 
amete 

o  bo 

Without 

With 

o  C 

o| 

Handles 

Handles 

10  24  21  4A1392 

12  36  31  4A1393 

15  36  43  4A1394 

18  36  51  4A1395 


$1.50  4A1396  $1.85 

2.15  4A1397  2.50 

2.80  4A1398  3.15 

3.60  4A1399  3.95 


We  make  to  order,  promptly  and  at  reasonable 
prices,  special  bags  and  carry-alls  of  every  descrip- 
tion and  of  any  material. 

KHAKI  INTERIOR  CLOTHES  BAGS 

Similar  in  shape  to  food  bags,  but  made  of  Khaki. 
For  packing  in  any  pack  or  duffle  bag  such  articles 
as  one  may  desire  to  keep  clean  and  free  from  con- 
tact with  other  goods.  Handkerchiefs,  socks,  under- 
wear, medicine,  toilet  articles  and  other  "small 
truck"  are  thus  easily  kept  together  and  conveni- 
entlv  stored  in  camp. 

3A922    For  10-inch  duffle  bags  3£  $  .25 

3A923    For  12-inch  duffle  bags  <jg  .30 

3A924    For  15-inch  duffle  bags  3g  .40 

3A925    For  18-in.ch  duffle  bags .3j>  -50 


CAMPING 


45 


"SECURITY"  DUFFLE  BAGS 

This  is  the  "de  luxe" 
edition  of  all  duffle  bags, 
which  will  commend  it- 
self to  all  sportsmen  de- 
siring a  strong,  handsome 
and  durable  bag  for  cloth- 
ing and  personal  belongings 
that  is  safe  from  damage 
and  safeguarded  against 
intrusion  while  in  camp  or 
in  transit.  Made  of  extra 
rWV'''  'I'll  Ilffll  heavy  waterproof  Panta- 
CJjil'lii!,'-  i  Ji|9|||ll  sotc  "  "double  duck"  with 
heavy  waterproof  leather 
ends  or  bottoms,  and 
strongly  reinforced  for  four 
inches  up  the  sides  with 
waterproof  leather.  Has 
extra  waterproof  neck  or 
throat-piece  at  top,  and  is 
closed  and  fastened  by 
means  of  a  strong  strap 
passed  through  inter-lock- 
ing loops  and  metal  eyelets, 
and  secured  by  brass  lock-buckles  in  such  manner 
that  it  cannot  be  opened  except  the  bag  is  destroyed. 
Strong  hand-sewed  leather  handles  on  side  and  both 
ends.  All  leather  used  on  this  bag  is  our  special 
waterproof  "Indian  tan,"  which  will  not  dry  out  stiff 
and  hard  after  wetting,  and  is  the  most  durable  of 
leathers.    Special  sizes  made  to  order.  


FOOD  BAGS 

The  camper  who  has  never 
used  these  bags  has  little 
idea  of  their  great  conveni- 
ence, utility  and  saving  of 
time  and  goods.  Not  only 
are  the  foodstuffs  transport- 
ed safely  against  loss  by 
water  or  breakage,  but  in 
camp  they  become  a  most 
handy  form  of  container  and 
may  at  once  be  distributed. 
No  bursted  bags  or  broken 
boxes,  and  safe  from  injury 
by  moisture  and  vermin. 
Made  from  a  special  fabric,  light,  clean  and  water- 
proof, and  which  does  not  in  any  way  affect  supplies 
packed  therein.  No.  4A4090  holds  approximately  5 
pounds  of  such  foods  as  flour,  meal,  etc.,  and  No. 
4A4091  is  twice  the  capacity.  Both  fit  the  10-inch 
duffle  bags,  in  which  they  are  best  carried. 

The  pork  bags  are  excellent  for  carrying  pork, 
bacon,  etc.,  as  the  material  is  grease-proof  and  there 
is  no  danger  of  injury  to  other  articles  in  the  pack. 


Order  No. 

|  Diameter 

Depth 

Weight 

Price 

4A4090 

9  in. 

9  in. 

2l/2  oz.  %  doz.  $1.50 

4A4091 

9  in. 

UV2  in. 

Wa  oz.  <\ 

£  doz.  2.00 

3A4092 

Pork  Bag.  Diameter, 

9-in. ;  depth, 

12-in. ;  weight,  6  oz. . 

Each  .50 

Order  No.  |  Diameter  [     Length    |  Weight 


Pri( 


4A1859 
4A1860 


15  in. 
18  in. 


36  in. 
36  in. 


8* 
11 


lbs. 
lbs. 


$20.00 
24.00 


SERVICE  DUFFLE  BAGS 

The  Most  Durable  Bags  Made. 

These  bags,  absolutely  un- 
equalled for  durability  and  serv- 
ice, are  recommended  for  use  on 
long,  hard  trips  by  railroad,  pack 
train,  etc.,  and  wherever  subjected 
to  unusual  strain  and  excessive 
wear.  Made  from  an  extra  fine 
grade  of  duck  on  duck,  abso- 
lutely waterproof,  snag-proof 
and  practically  indestructible. 
Manufactured  by  us  exclusively 
and  with  our  new  reinforced 
seam  and  patent  handle.  Handles 
placed  on  side  and  bottom  unless 
otherwise  ordered. 


Order  No.     Diameter  Length 


Weight 


Price 


3A1292 
3A1293 
3A1294 
3A1295 


10-in. 
12-in. 
15-in. 
18-in. 


24-in. 
36-in. 
36-in. 
36-in. 


26  ozs. 
43  ozs. 
52  ozs. 
61  ozs. 


$2.50 
3.25 
3.75 
4.25 


PACK  CLOTHS 


Made  of  light-weight  brown  waterproof  material 
of  most  suitable  size  for  packing  with  tump  line. 
They  are  very  useful  in  other  ways  for  covering 
goods  in  transit,  emergency  shelters,  ground  cloths, 
etc. 

3A926    Size,  5x6  ft.;  weight,  2%  lbs   $1.75 

3A927    Size,  6x7  ft;  weight,  3^  lbs   2.50 


CARRY-ALL 

This  receptacle  will  carry 
anything.  Made  of  heavy 
brown  duck  with  chrome 
leather  top  binding  and 
fastens  exactly  like  a  gov- 
ernment mail  sack.  It  is 
3  feet  deep  by  24  inches 
across  the  front  and  has 
bellows  sides.  A  heavy, 
round  leather  handle  is 
fitted  at  the  bottom  of  the 
bag  and  two  heavy,  round 
handles  are  located  in  the 
center  at  the  top.  A  one- 
inch  russet  leather  strap 
runs  through  guides  on 
both  sides  of  the  bag  and 
around  the  bottom  with  which  to  compress  the  bag. 
4A1968    Complete  with  padlock;  weight,  7 

lbs   $15.00 

FIBRE  PANNIERS 


These  cases  are  very  light  in  weight,  absolutely 
unbreakable,  and  their  capacity  is  enormous. 

We  carry  two  sizes,  suitable  for  packing  on  the 
back  or  by  pack  saddle,  wagon,  sled  or  canoe.  Made 
with  steel-bound  edges  and  corners.    Heavy  hand- 
sewed  leather  handles  at  each  end. 
4A1861    Inside  measure   (closed)  18x24x12 

in.;  weight,  20  lbs   $12.50 

4A1862    Inside    measure    (closed)  17x23x9 

in.;  weight,  15^4  lbs   12.00 


46 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


HANDLE  LOCK 

A  most  handy  locking  de- 
vice in  that  it  combines  a 
secure  lock  with  an  excel- 
lent handle.  Lock  consists 
of  handle  and  bar,  hinged 
together.  Bar  is  passed 
through  grommets  in  top 
of  bag  and  secured  by  pad- 
lock at  eye  in  end  of  han- 
dle. Made  of  solid  brass, 
highly  polished,  with  padlock ;  weight,  complete,  7  oz. 
3A1864  «  $1-50 

CHAIN  LOCK  FOR  DUFFLE  BAGS 


PACK  SADDLE 


A  strong,  20-inch  chain  attached  to  a  newly  pat- 
ented lock  which  is  also  very  strong  and  cannot  be 
picked.  The  chain  is  run  through  the  grommets  in 
the  bag  and  tightened  up  until  the  mouth  of  the  bag 
is  closed,  then  fastened  at  the  required  link  by  the 
patent  lock.    Weight,  3  ozs. 

4A1858    Complete  with  2  keys  $1.50 


SAFE  DUFFLE  BAG  LOCK 


Over  fifty  thousand  combinations  can  be  made  in 
this  lock.  Cannot  be  picked.  Made  of  solid  brass, 
strongest  and  most  durable  small  lock  made.  No 
losing  of  kevs,  impossible  to  open  unless  you  have 
the  combination.  Case  1^-inch  diameter.  Brass 
hasp  3z/2  inches  long,  weight,  9  oz. 
3A1942    Price   $1-35 


SADDLE  BAGS 


A  most  conveni- 
ent and  safe  method 
of  carrying  a  num- 
ber of  the  smaller 
articles  frequently 
needed  when  travel- 
ing on  horseback. 
Hand  made  and 
finely  finished 
throughout.  Has 
cinch-strap  to  pre- 
vent "floppin  g." 
Made  of  waterproof 
Pantasote  duck, 
weight,  4  lbs. 
3A1887  ....  $10.75 


LARIATS 

A  special  three-strand  rope 
made  for  us  exclusively,  will 
not  swell  or  stretch.  Extra 
hard  twist,  best  quality  long- 
fibre  Manila.  Rye  spliced  over 
polished  brass  honda.  End 
finished  with  knot  and  tassel. 
7-16  in.  diameter. 
3A1888  Length,  40  ft;  weight 
3A1889    Length,  50  ft.;  weight 


Our  pack  saddles  are  designed  and  approved  by 
experienced  Western  and  Government  packers. 
Breast  strap,  breeching  and  cinches  made  from 
folded  and  machine  stitched  canvas  which  is  superior 
in  every  way  to  webbing.  Cinches  have  heavy  chafe- 
leathers  under  rings  and  adjusting  strap.  Harness 
or  rigging  made  throughout  of  very  best  oak-tan 
harness  leather,  sewed  by  hand.  Latigoes  are  of 
chrome-tan  leather,  soft  and  pliable,  and  will  never 
become  hard  or  stiff  from  wetting.  All  rings  and 
buckles  solid  brass.  Made  in  the  best  possible  man- 
ner throughout,  and  we  guarantee  them  superior  to 
any  other  make.  Furnished  regularly  with  double 
cinch  which  is  much  the  best  for  all-around  use. 
Single  cinch  saddles  made  to  order  only. 

4A1879    Double  cinch;  weight,  12  lbs   $20.00 

4A1880    Single  cinch;  weight,  10  lbs   15.50 


KYACKS 


Used  the  same  as  Alforjas,  but  may  be  shipped 
without  danger  to  contents.  Made  from  a  special 
grade  of  fibre  which  is  unaffected  by  water  and 
absolutely  unbreakable.  Reinforced  by  steel  bands 
and  corners.  Fitted  with  heavy  leather  lugs  for 
slinging  on  pack  saddle.  Has  leather  strap  fasten- 
ing with  lock-buckle.  Positively  the  strongest  and 
best  made.  Size,  22x17x9.  Weight,  12^2  lbs. 
4A1885    $12.50 

ALFORJAS 

We  have  adopted  the  most  generally  approved 
design  and  of  the  proper  size  for  carrying  two  fifty- 
pound  sacks  of  flour.  Made  of  a  special  grade  of 
extra  heavy  duck,  with  heavy  leather  loops  to  fasten 
over  horns  of  saddle.  Latigo  straps  of  heavy 
chrome-tan  leather,  sewed  all  around  and  riveted. 
Will  stand  all  sorts  of  rough  usage.  Width,  22 
inches;  height,  17  inches;  depth,  7  inches.  Weight, 
12  lbs. 

4A1291    Price  each    $7. 


CAMPING 


4? 


'ALPINE  ICE  AXE 

An  ice  axe  of  the  finest  mate- 
rials— and  of  a  perfect  shape 
for  ice  work.  Hand  forged 
from  best  of  steel,  selected 
hickory  handle,  fitted  with  steel 
spike  and  ferrule.  Head  guards 
or  sheath  for  same,  made  of 
best  sole  leather,  hand  sewed — 
perfect  covering  for  blade  and 
pick  and  securely  fastens  with 
strap  and  buckle. 
4A889  Men's  Axe,  length, 
from   38   to   42  inches, 

with  sheath   $8.50 

4A890  Women's  Axe 
length,  from  38  to  42 
inches,  with  sheath....  7.75 

SWISS  LINEN  ROPE 

Made  from  the  finest  flax 
and  the  best  rope  made. 
Braided  by  a  peculiar  process 
which  brings  each  strand 
through  from  side  to  side,  and 
for  this  reason  is  not  rendered 
useless  if  partly  cut  or  chafed 
through.  Will  not  kink  or 
twist,  always  soft  and  pliable, 
very  light. 


Order 
No. 


Diam- 
eter 


Strength  Yard 


4A1439  10  mm.  1700  lbs.  $  .30 
4A1440  11  mm.  1800  lbs.  .35 
4A1441  12  mm.  1900  lbs.  .40 

LIFE  OR  ROPE  BELT 


A  good  belt  for  use  with  the 
life  rope  is  indispensable  for 
difficult  mountain  climbing.  This  belt  answers  every 
requisite  and  is  indorsed  by  the  English  Alpine  Club. 
Made  of  heavy  sole  leather,  2l/2  inches  wide,  fitted 
with  heavy  double-tongued  steel  buckle  and  steel 
guy-ring,  both  hand-sewed  and  riveted. 

3A1447    Weight,   11   ozs   $4.50 

AMMUNITION  OR  LUNCH  BAGS 
Handy  in  many  ways  for 
carrying    small    personal  be- 
longings, shells  and  the  day's 
lunch.     Made  of  waterproof 
canvas   with   belt   loops  and 
shoulder    straps,    with  snap- 
hooks  and  two  pockets. 
4A928    Light  canvas, 
size,    10xl2-in. ; 
weight,  12  oz.%  $1.25 
4A929    Heavy  canvas, 
size,    10xl2-in. ; 
weight,  l§y2 

oz  %  2.00 

CRAMPONS 

Hand- forged  soft  Swiss 
iron,  strong  and  durable. 
An  absolute  necessity  for 
mountain  climbing,  either 
on  rock  or  ice.  Weight, 
packed  in  waterproof 
Swiss  carrying  case,  40 
ozs.  per  pair. 
3A1641  Price,  with  carrying  case  and  bind- 
ing, per  pair   $4.25 


"CANTEENS' 

Made  in  two  styles,  with 
webbed  carrying  strap  and  snap 
hooks.  Both  of  these  canteens 
are  guaranteed  to  be  absolutely 
non-leakable,  strong  and  du- 
rable. Made  with  one  concave 
side  to  fit  over  the  hip.  Fitted 
with  cork,  metal  top  and  chain. 
4A1346   Aluminum.  Diameter, 

8    inches,    2^  inches 

thick.     Capacity  1 

quart.    Weight,  13 

ozs.,  covered  with  felt.    Price   $2.75 

Heavily  tinned  steel.  Diameter,  %y2 
inches,  1^4  inches  thick.  Capacity, 
one  quart.  Weight,  15  ozs.  Khaki 
canvas  cover  and  snap  buttons. 
Price    $1.00 


3A1347 


ALPINE  STOCKS 


3A5209 


3A5211 


Made  of  hickory,  heavy  German 
silver  ferrule,  1 24-inch  pointed  steel 
spike  set  well  up  into  the  ferrule,  36 
inches  long,  1  inch  diameter,  natural 
crook  handle.  Weight,  14  ozs.  Price  $1.50 
55  inches  long,  %  inch  diameter, 
crooked  handle.  Weight,  12^4  ozs. 
Price   $2.00 

BERKEFELD  FILTER  PUMP 
■fmiSAi      The  filter  consists  of  a  brass  case, 
^gt      nickel  plated,  containing  and  protect- 
-J  I  f      ing  the  filtering  cylinder,  made  of 
infusorial  earth.    This  must  be  put  in 
water  and  by  a  hand  pump  attached 
at  the  side  water  is  forced  through 
the  filtering  cylinder  out  through  a 
gooseneck  tube  at  the  top,  yielding  a 
continuous   flow   of  perfectly  pure 
water  in  larger  or  smaller  quantities 
according  to  the  pressure. 

The  army  filter  shown  in  the  cut 
is  used  the  world  over.  It  weighs  3 
pounds,  is  14  inches  high,  3  inches 
wide  and  2  inches  thick.  The  capac- 
ity is  1  quart  per  minute. 

3A1783    Complete    $10.00 

4A1734    Extra  cylinder    2.50 


POCKET  FILTER 

We  are  now  able  to  supply 
the  demand  for  a  really  safe 
and  efficient  filter  in  compact 
form.  This  filter  may  be  used 
to  drink  direct  from  the  tube 
or  used  to  siphon  off  water 
from  one  vessel  to  another. 
Thoroughly  practical  and  per- 
fectly reliable. 
3A1785    Size,  354x2x3^. 

Wgt.,  11  ozs.  $2.50 


LOCK  STITCH  AWL 

This  awl  makes  a  lock  stitch  and  is  adapted  for 
sewing  leather,  canvas  or  any  heavy  clothing. 
Handle  contains  straight  and  curved  needles.  A 
perfect  tool  to  repair  a  rip  or  tear  in  an  emergency. 
Reel  of  waxed  linen  thread  and  full  instructions 
with  each  awl. 

3A1368   %  $75 


48 


ABERCRQMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


3H474 


LEEDAWL  COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid  white 
metal  case,  with  untarnish- 
able silvered  metal  dial, 
hardened  and  tempered 
steel  point,  and  cupped 
jewel  bearing,  with  stop 
snap  in  beveled  crystal 
glass. 

3H473   ($  $1.00 

MAGNAPOLE 
COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid  white 
metal  case  with  white 
enameled  metal  dial,  hard- 
ened and  tempered  bar  type 
needle,  with  cupped  jewel 
center,  very  sensitive,  with 
stop  and  snap  in  beveled 
crystal  glass. 

 %  $1.50 

FLODIAL  COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid  white  metal  case,  with  floating 
aiuminum  dial,  and  cupped  jewel  bearing,  with  stop 

and    snap    in  beveled 
crvstal  glass. 
3H475  $1.50 

LITENITE 
COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid 
white  metal  case,  alumi- 
num dial  but  with  per- 
manent luminous  ra- 
dium N  &  S  points,  cupped  jewel  bearing,  with  stop 
and  snap  in  beveled  crvstal  glass. 
3H476   %  $2.00 

GYDAWL  COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid  white  metal  hunter  case  with 
spring  lid,  and  untarnishable  silvered  metal  dial, 

blued  needle  and 
cupped  jewel  bear- 
ing, self  acting  stop, 
and  snap  in  beveled 
crvstal  glass. 
3H477  3£  $2.00 

AURAPOLE 
COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid 
white  metal  hunter 
case  with  spring  lid  and  aluminum  dial,  hardened 
and  tempered  bar  type  needle  and  cupped  jewel 
bearing,  self-acting  stop  and  snap  in  beveled  crystal 
glass. 

3H478..  %  $2.50 

MERADIAL  COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid  white  metal  hunter  case  with 
spring  lid  and  floating  aluminum  dial,  cupped  jewel 
bearing,  self-acting  stop  and  snap  in  beveled  crystal 

glass. 

3H479  $2.50 

CEEBYNITE 
COMPASS 

Untarnishable  solid 
white  metal  hunter 
case,  with  spring  lid 
and  aluminum  dial 
but  with  permanent 
luminous  radium  N  &  S  points,  cupped  jewel  bear- 
ing, self-acting  stop  and  snap  in  beveled  crystal  glass. 

3H480  '.M  $3.00 

311481    Same  as  above  in  gold-filled  case.  5.00 


RUBBER  DRINKING  CUP 

Made  of  white  rubber  and  fold  to 
carry  flat  in  the  pocket.  Weight, 
VA  oz.. 

3A1506    Either  style  3£   $  .25 


MONEY  BELTS 


Safe  and  comfortable  for  carrying  coin  or  bills. 
Made  very  strong  and  light  in  weight.  Are  secured 
by  best  linen  strap  and  buckles.  Have  one  large 
space  for  bills  and  four  small  pockets  for  coins. 
Fastened  with  best  button  fasteners. 

4K5073   Grey  buckskin   %  $2.00 

3K5074    Oilskin,  extra  light  weight  3£  .75 

3K5075    Khaki   .75 

4K5076    Pigskin   2.00 

WATCH   AND   POCKET  ANEROID 
BAROMETERS 

To  the  motorist, 
traveler,  explorer, 
camper,  prospector  or 
tourist  the  Pocket  Al- 
titude Barometer  is 
a  most  interesting 
companion  from  the 
valuable  and  instruc- 
tive data  it  affords. 
As  weather  instru- 
ments, the  Watch  and 
Pocket  Aneroids  are 
quite  as  reliable  as 
barometers  of  the 
largest  diameter.  But, 
it  is  in  measuring 
altitudes — the  height' 
of  hills  and  mountains — wherein  lies  the  chief  source 
of  pleasure  and  profit  to  the  traveler.  On  foot  or 
horseback,  by  motor  or  railway  travel,  the  ascent  or 
descent  is  indicated  by  the  altitude  scale  as  change 
in  elevation  takes  place. 

4H438     Watch  form,  1^-in.  diameter;  gilt 

case  in  Morocco  outer  case,  silvered 
metal  dial,  revolving  altitude,  scale 
8,000  ft.;  weight,  3^  oz  $21.25 

4H439  Same  as  above  except  with  hunter 
form  case,  keyless  action,  revolving 
altitude,  scale,  10,000  ft. ;  weight. 
4  oz  25.00 

4H440  Pocket  size,  2l4-m.  diameter,  gilt, 
in  Morocco  case,  silvered  metal  dial ; 
revolving  altitude,  scale,  8,000  ft.; 
weight,  8r/2  oz  3£  20.50 

Extras 

10,000  ft.  altitude,  add  %  $  .85 

12,000  ft.  altitude,  add  %  1.70 

16,000  ft.  altitude,  add  %  3.30 

WEATHER 

A  neat  little  booklet  giving  full  and  clear  direc- 
tions for  the  use  of  the  barometer  and  the  correct 
method  for  reading  altitudes  and  computing  climatic 
changes. 

3H442    Paper  Cover  <$    $  .50 

3H443    Cloth    Cover  1.00 


CAMPING 


ALL  METAL  POCKET 
FLASKS 

Finest  Britannia  metal  throughout, 
highly  finished  and  very  strong,  in 
H  two  styles  as  shown  below.  These 
are  the  best  flasks  made.  Do  not 
change  the  flavor  or  properties  of 
liquid  placed  in  them. 

Traveller's  Britannia  has  pull-off 
top  which  can  be  used  as  a  cup  and 
when  on  the  flask  protects  cork  from 
unscrewing. 

These  flasks  are  indispensable  to 
all  travelers  whether  in  civilization 
or  in  the  wilderness. 

4K5886     Vz  pt.  capacity.... 3g  $2.00 

4K5887     lA  pt.  capacity.... 3£  2.25 

4K5888     ft  Pt.  capacity.  ...3g  2.50 

4K5889     y8  Pt.  capacity....^  3.00 

4K5890     y2  pt.  capacity  %  4.00 

4K5891     %  pt.  capacity  %  4.25 

4K5892     7/8  pt.  capacity   4.50 

4K5893    1%  pt.  capacity  3£  6.00 

4K5894    iys  pt.  capacity  f  7.00 

VEST  POCKET  BRITANNIA  FLASK 


Vest  pocket  flask,  curved  to  fit  the  pocket— very 
handy  and  compact.  Finest  Britannia  metal  through- 
out, highly  finished  and  very  strong. 

4K5895    tV  pt.  capacity  3£  $1.75 

4K5896    l/&  pt.  capacity  2.50 

4K5897    tV  pt.  capacity  3.50 

4K5898    %  pt.  capacity  %  4.50- 

4K5899    y8  pt.  capacity  5.50 


GOGGLES 

For  shooting,  fishing,  automobiling  and  snow 
glare,  the  three  styles  listed  below  are  new,  thor- 
oughly tested  and  the  best  practical  goggles  on  the 
market. 


Stone  Goggle.  Imitation  tortoise  shell,  with  imi- 
tation tortoise  shell  wind  shields,  1)4  inch  amber 
lenses,  extremely  light,  non-breakable.  Close  up  in 
very  small  space. 

4H796   Price,  including  steel-covered  case..*$  $1.50 


Day  and  Night  Goggle.  Zylonite  frame,  dark 
shading  at  top  made  in  the  glass,  2-inch  amber 
lenses,  frame  folds  flat.  Can  be  used  to  look  at 
the  sun,  or  automobile  searchlights  at  night,  with- 
out straining  the  eyes.  An  excellent  glass  for  snow 
work  or  automobile  use. 

3H797    Price,  including  steel-covered  case.  $2.25 
WILBUR  SHOOTING  GOGGLE 


Fine,  light  amber  lenses  2%-inch  diameter,  imita- 
tion shell  frame  with  gold-filled  bridge  and  gold- 
filled  cable  temples,  folds  flat. 

4H798    Price,  including  steel-covered  casc.^g  $1.25 
FOOT  AND  HAND  WARMERS 


Glass  Flask.  Fine  grade  heavy 
glass.  Has  screw  tops  which  are 
fastened  by  being  "blown  in"  with 
the  glass,  and  leakage,  so  common  in 
ordinary  flasks,  is  impossible.  Cov- 
ered with  pigskin  and  fitted  with  re- 
movable metal  bottom  for-  drinking 
cup.  A  fine  flask  in  every  respect 
and  very  highly  recommended. 
4K5833    Capacity,     y2  pint; 

weight,  12  oz  $1.75 

4K5834    Capacity,      1  pint; 

weight,  18  oz,   2.25 

4K5835    Capacity,      1  quart; 

weight,  29  oz   4.00 


Flask  of  flint  glass, 
leather  covered,  nickel, 
gold  lined  cup  on  bot- 
tom, has  screw  top 
which  fastens  tightly, 
preventing  leakage. 


4K5694  Made 
seal,   y2   pt.  . 


0f 


$6.50 


Size  454x2^x2^2.  Contains  for  fuel  a  charcoal 
substance  burning  from  2  to  3  hours  without  danger 
of  fire  or  explosion.  Can  be  lighted  with  match, 
cigar  or  cigarette  and  gives  sufficient  heat  to  keep 
hands  comfortably  warm  on  coldest  day. 
3A1369    Price   ^  $  .50 

Bed  Warmer — Same  principle.  Size  8^x4^x3. 
3A1370    Price   %  $1.50 

Foot  Warmer — Excellent  for  auto  traveling, 
duck  blinds,  etc. 

3A1371    Price   $6.50 

Fuel  for  Hand  Warmer  t$  .10 

Fuel  for  Bed  and  Foot  Warmer  %  .15 


so 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-5 


.5-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


MILITARY  WRIST  WATCH 

4K5634  Lever  movement,  seven  jewe's,  stem  winder  and 
setter,  nickel  or  gun-metal  case,  lj^-inch  dial 
with  second  hand.  Guaranteed  good  timekeeper. 
Furnished  with  pigskin  strap.  We  recommend 
this  watch  to  all  outdoor  men  and  women — prac- 
tical, serviceable  and  best  value  for  money  ever 
offered   $6.50 


INGERSOLL  WRIST  WATCH 
4A5339  Xickel  or  gun-metal  finish  $3.00 


3K5842  Lngersoll  Yankee 
Watches.  New  model.  Fitted 
with  improved  16  size  move- 
ment. Case  is  smaller  and 
thinner  than  the  old  style. 
Has  close  fitting  snap  back 
and  dust  proof  bezel.  Full 
stem  wind  and  stem  set. 
Nickel  or  gun-metal  finish. 

$1.00 


4K5841     Alarm  Watch. 

Has  first-class  16  size  move- 
ment and  guaranteed  to  give 
satisfaction.  Perfectly  reli- 
able alarm  mechanism.  Hinged 
back  cap  and  enamel  face. 
Stem  wind  and  set.  2  inches 
wide,  Y%  inches  thick.  A  most 
handy  and  convenient  time- 
piece for  camping  and  travel- 
ing. Alarm  is  clear  and 
strong.  Fine  gun-metal  fin- 
ish; weight  3  oz  $12.00 


ALARM  WATCH 

Gun  metal  with  patent 
lever  movement,  hands  and 
figures  on  dial  are  covered 
with  radium,  which  are  il- 
luminated at  night,  showing 
quite  distinctly  the  time. 
This  is  entirely  new  and  fine 
timekeeper. 

4K5854   $19,50 


Pedometer.  Accurate  in- 
strument which,  in  the  hands 
of  a  careful  observer,  is  very 
useful  in  determining  distances 
traveled  and  for  use  in  pre- 
liminary survey  work. 
3K5837     Grade  A.  Registers 

100    miles    by    V\  miles. 

Weight,  Wz  oz  $1.00 

4K5838     Grade   B.  Registers 

100      miles      bv  yards. 

Weight,  2V2  oz  $6.50 


3K5924  Looking  Glass.  The 

best  little  glass  made  for  trav 
eler's  use.  Fine  beveled  glass 
bound  in  metal  and  with  fold 
ing  metal  handle  or  stand 
Makes  an  excellent  shaving 
glass.  Very  strong  and  dur 
able.  Fitted  with  morocco  slip 
case.  Size,  S-Msxu^s  in.;  weight 
7y2  oz  $1.25 


The  Little  Wonder  Lighter. 

The  harder  the  wind  is  blowing 
the  better  the  light.  The  best 
lighter  made  for  lighting  cigars, 
cigarettes,  pipes,  etc.,  in  a 
strong  wind.  Can  be  carried  in 
the  vest  pocket.  Never  fails 
to  work.  Weight  1  oz.  Price 
with  extra  wick  $  .25 


FITCH  PRISM  BINOCULARS 

MNo  binocular  of  similar  weight 
and  size  affords  so  much  light  and 
so  large  a  field  of  view  as  this  Fitch 
Glass.  Its  unusual  illumination 
makes  it  especially  desirable  as  a 
night  glass  for  nature  study — for 
the  hunter  as  a  stalking  glass  and 
for  all  who  must  employ  a  binocular 
I  under  unfavorable  conditions  of  light 
i  and  weather.  It  has  the  highest 
optical  quality,  showing  the  object 
clearly  and  sharply  defined  to  the  very  edge  of  the  field  of 
view.  Perfect  mechanical  construction,  extra  heavy  bars  of 
aluminum  alloy  cast  in  the  same  piece  with  the  body.  Sta- 
tionary tubes  ensuring  the  absolute  rigidity  of  the  glass.  Case 
made  of  stout  leather,  hand  sewed  and  velvet  lined,  provided 
with  an  improved  spring  catch,  allowing  it  to  be  opened  or 
closed  with  one  hand;  belt  and  shoulder  straps.  These 
Binoculars  are  moisture  proof,  as  well  as  dust-proof.  Mounted 
in  aluminum  with  japanned  finish.  Adjustable  for  pupillary 
distance  and  furnished  with  turning  eye-piece  for  unequalled 
strength  of  eyes  and  universal  focusing  attachments.  Bodies 
covered  with  black  morocco  and  in  black  case. 

3K5189  Six  power.  Magnification,  6  diam.;  object 
glass,  31  y2  mm.  Field  of  view  at  1,000  yards  is 
150  yds.    Height,  4J4  inches;  weight,  22  oz..$70.00 


3K5541  Gents'  Brush  Case. 

A  very  handy,  compact  and 
useful  case.  Can  easily  be 
carried  in  the  pocket.  Made 
of  fine  quality  of  russet  cow- 
hide. Contains  one  flat  ebony 
military  hairbrush,  the  bristles 
are  hand-drawn,  dressing 
comb  and  bevelled  edge 
mirror.  The  case  is  hand- 
stitched  and  fastened  with 
snap  buttons   $3.25 


4K5747  Pocket  Traveling 
Poker  Set  of  English  Mo- 
rocco, black,  containing  100 
chips  and  one  pack  of  cards. 
Size,  4 $4x3x2  $1.75 


Special     Medicine  Cases. 

Fine  quality  sole  leather,  hand 
stitched.  Contains  12  one- 
ounce  bottles  set  six  in  a  row. 
Has  zinc  lined  compartments, 
2x2x7  inches,  to  carry  hypo- 
dermic syringe,  instruments, 
bandages,  etc. 

4K5914    Size,  6x7x2 K  inches; 

weight,  21  oz  $5.50 

4K5915    With  bottles  in  wood 

safety  blocks   $6.00 


Medicine  Cases.  Made  of 
fine  sole  leather.  Bottles  do  not 
touch  each  other.  Fitted  with 
corked  and  screw-top  glass 
medicine  vials. 

4K5912  Holds  6  vials;  size 
6y2x4xll/2  in.;  weight,  7 
oz  $2.00 

4K5913  Holds  12  vials;  size, 
13x4x1 '  A  in.;  weight,  14 
oz  $4.00 


Flint   and    Steel    Lighter.     The  little 

machine  is  a  perfect  combination  of  flint, 
steel  and  tinder,  and  will  strike  fire  and 
ignite  fuse  which  can  be  used  to  light  to- 
bacco, fires,  etc.,  a  most  excellent  article 
for  those  living  out  of  doors,  for  it  is  a 
great  match  saver. 

3K5815  Lighter,  weight,  2  y  oz  f  .50 

3K5816   Fuses,  weight,  1%   oz.;  per 

doz  25 


•  CAMPING 


51 


SNOW  SHOES 


Our  snow  shoes  are  of  the  best  workmanship  and 
material,  and  guaranteed  not  to  sag  in  wet  snow. 
Frames  of  selected  white  ash,  filling  of  neats  hide. 

4L6698    Children's,  size  9x36  in   $5.50 

4L6699    Women's,  size  11x42  in   6.50 

4L6701    Men's,  size  13x48'in   6.75 

4L6702    Heavy  men's,  size  14x48  in   7.00 

4L6703    Women's  Racer,  size  10x50  in   7.00 

4L6704    Men's  Racer,  size  12x60  in   7.50 

3L6705  Harness  of  oil  tanned  leather.  Pair  .75 
3L6721    Russet  Leather  Harness.    Per  pair..  1.25 

Genuine  Norwegian  ski  pole,  made  by  the  famous 
ski  builder,  J.  P.  Hansen,  Christiania,  Norway.  Made 
of  selected  bamboo,  very  light  and  strong,  steel  fer- 
rule on  end  with  hand-forged  spike.  Rattan  ring 
lashed  to  pole  with  rawhide.  4  and  4^4  feet  long. 
Pair   :  .  .  .  $3.00 

DOMESTIC  SKI  POLES 
Best  natural  wood,  very  light  and  strong.  Fitted 
with  rattan  brake-ring,  lashed  with  rawhide,  and 
leather  wrist  thong.    Has  hardened  steel  spike  and 
ferrule. 

4L6697    Length,  4^  to  5  feet.    Pair   $2.50  j 

"ENGADINE"  BINDING 


Furnished  with  "Engadine"  Skis.  Made  of  best 
grade,  strong  harness  leather,  durable  and  service- 
able. Made  in  two  sizes.  Prices  for  separate 
bindings. 

3L6690    Small.    Per   pair   $1.25 

3L6691    Large.    Per   pair   1.75 

NORTHLAND  SKI  WAX 

Applied  to  running  surface  of  skis  to  prevent  the 
sticking  of  snow  and  make  sliding  easy  at  all  times. 
A  tube  of  this  should  always  be  carried. 
3L6699    Per   tube   $  .25 

SPECIAL  SKI  MOCCASIN 

Made  oj:  chrome-tanned  bottom  and  upper,  with 
heavv  sole  and  special  ski  heel. 
4D10972    All  sizes   $7.00 


IMPORTED  J.  P.  HANSEN 
NORWEGIAN  SKIS 

J.  P.  Hansen,  of  Christiania, 
Norway,  is  acknowledged  to  be 
the  best  ski  builder  in  the 
world.  We  carry  a  full  line 
of  his  make  in  the  following 
sizes.  All  prices  are  quoted 
with  the  imported  Huitfeldt 
bindings  attached. 

Youth's,  6T/2  ft   $12.50 

Women's,  7  ft   13.00 

Men's,  7%  ft   13.50 

V/2  ft   14.00 

7}i  ft   14.50 

"ENGADINE"  MAPLE 
SKIS 

Prices  quoted  are  complete 
with  Engadine  Binding.  Nat- 
ural finish,  decorated  with  dark 
grooved  stripes.  Top  and  sides 
coated 
varnish 
3L6693 


rith   best  grade  spar 


3L6686 
3L6687 


3L6688 


3L6689 


5  feet  long,  Chil- 
dren's, complete 
with  Engadine 

Binding    $4.00 

3L6694  6  ft.  long,  Youths' 
and  Misses',  com- 
plete with  Enga- 
dine Binding   4.50 

3L6695  6l/2  feet  long, 
Women's,  com- 
plete with  En- 
gadine Binding  4.75 
3L6696  7  ft.  long,  Men's, 
complete  with 
Engadine  Bind- 
ing   5.50 

"ST.  MORITZ"  WHITE 
ASH  SKIS 

St.  Moritz  Skis  are  equipped 
with  Huitfeldt  Binding.  Wood 
is  best,  extra  selected  white 
ash,  edge  grain,  decorated  on 
top  with  dark  grooved  stripes. 
Natural  finish. 

6  ft.  long,  Misses',  complete  with 

Huitfeldt    Binding   $7.25 

&JA  ft.  long,  Youths',  complete  with 
Huitfeldt  Binding   7.75 

7  ft.  long,  Women's,  complete  with 

Huitfeldt  Binding    8.50 

7l/2   ft.  long,  Men's,  complete  with 
Huitfeldt    Binding   9.00 


ADJUSTABLE  "HUITFELDT"  BINDING 


This  is  the  most  popular  binding  in  Europe.  Fur- 
nished with  lever  buckle,  which  makes  it  possible  to 
adjust  binding  with  no  effort,  and  enables  one  to 
take  off  skis  instantly.  The  toe  irons  are  arranged  so 
as  to  be  made  adjustable  as  to  width  and  at  the  same 
time  hold  firmly  in  place.  Price  for  separate  binding — 
SL6692    Per  pair   $2.50 


52 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


SKI  BOB 


The  latest  of  all  winter  sports  is  ski-bobbing.  This  bob  is  the  only  successful  model  ever  built. 
The  runners  are  7^2  ft.  long  and  are  made  of  selected  white  ash.  The  seat  is  45  inches  long  and  12 
inches  wide.  Beautifully  finished  in  red  with  green  trimmings.  Steering  device  is  operated  from  a  cross 
bar  at  the  end  of  the  seat.  When  steering  the  runners  tilt  upon  the  sides  and  give  the  same  effect  as 
you  would  get  when  turning  on  skis. 

Price    $12.50 

Same  as  above  for  boys,  smaller  runners  and  smaller  seat   $12.50 

JUMPING  SKI  BOB 

Built  on  the  same  principle  as  the  ski-bob  listed  above  but  has  9-ft.  runners,  seat  52  inches  long, 
14  inches   wide.     Beautifully   finished  in  oak. 

Price    $25.00 


AYENFCO   CONTINENTAL  MODEL 


Only  the  very  best  grade  of  steel  and  workman- 
ship enter  into  the  make  of  this  skate.  Have  hollow 
ground  splayed  blades.  This  type  of  skate  is  used 
by  a  majority  of  the  best-known  figure  skaters 
throughout  the  world.  Sizes  9y2  to  11^. 
Price,  pair    $15.00 

AYENFCO   INTERNATIONAL  MODEL 


Made  of  selected  chrome  nickel  highly  tempered 
steel,  full  polished. 

The  blades  are  ground  the  same  radius  as  the  fa- 
mous Salchow  skate  and  we  recommend  these  as  the 
most  practical  figure  skate  ever  designed  for  the 
average  skater.     Sizes  9  to  liy2. 
Price,   complete  with  leather  scabbards  for 

blades.    Pair    $7.50 

CANADIAN  HOCKEY 


Used  extensively  by  the  crack  hockey  players  in 
both  the  States  and  Canada.  Material  and  work- 
manship is  the  finest  and  the  blades  are  tempered 
so  they  will  stay  sharp  unusually  long.  Nickel  plated 
and  highly  polished.  Sizes  9  to  11^. 
Price,  pair    $6.00 

INTERSTATE  AND  PREMIER  HOCKEY 
SKATES 

4 

Built  on  lines  that  have  been  approved  by  the 
best  hockey  players,  special  care  being  given  to 
heights.  The  blades  are  highly  tempered  and  will 
stay  sharp  unusually  long  without  grinding.  These 
models  can  also  be  used  for  figure  skating. 

Interstate  grade,  full  nickel  plated,  men's 

sizes.     Pair    $3.50 

Ladies'  sizes  (narrow).    Pair   3.50 

Premier    grade    nickeled    and    high  polish. 

Men's  sizes.    Pair   6.00 

Ladies'  size  (narrow).    Pair   6.00 


LADIES'  RINK  MODEL 


Since  the  hockey  model  skate  has  practically  re- 
placed the  old  club  or  rocker  blade  type  this  model 
has  been  brought  out  specially  for  women's  use — 
makes  a  good  model  for  either  rink  or  outdoor  use. 
Tops  are  of  best  cold-rolled  steel.  Blades  of  best 
qualitv  hardened  steel,  specially  tempered,  full  nickel 
plated.     Sizes  8y2  to  10^. 

Pair    $3.00 

PUCK   STOP  HOCKEY  SKATE 


The  design  of  this  model  is  strictly  up-to-date  and 
is  one  of  the  best  selling  models  of  the  day.  The 
tops  are  of  best  cold  rolled  steel  and  the  blades  are 
genuine  welded  tool  steel,  ribbed  pattern,  best  work- 
manship and  well  finished,  full  nickel  plated. 

Sizes  9  to  lll/2. 
Per  pair    $3.00 

HALF    HOCKEY   WITH   RIBBED  BLADE 


This  model  has  been  a  great  favorite  among  the 
pleasure  skaters  for  a  number  of  years.  It  is  a 
very  attractive  looking  model.  Can  be  used  for 
figure  skating.  Very  light  foot  and  heel  plates. 
Blades  are  highly  tempered,  fully  nickel  plated. 

Sizes  9  to  11^. 

Men's,  pair   ,  0 . .  $5.00 

Women's  (narrow),  pair   5.00 

ALL  CLAMP  WITH  RIBBED  BLADE 


For  pleasure  and  fancy  skating  this  is  one  of  the 
most  popular  models  on  the  market.  Much  time  has 
been  spent  in  perfecting  the  design  of  the  skate — 
special  shaped  foot  plates,  strong  improved  steel  toe 
clamps,  the  same  key  fastening  at  toe  and  heel,  weld- 
ed steel  blades,  highly  tempered  and  nickel  plated. 

Sizes  9  to  12. 

Men's,  pair   $5.50 

Women's   (narrow),  pair   5.50 


CANOES 


53 


MASTIGOUCHE 

The  Mastigouche  Canoe  is  designed  for  explor- 
ers and  use  in  rough  countries  where  frequent  port- 
ages over  bad  trails  have  to  be  made.  The  strong- 
est and  most  durable  light  canoe  made.  Furnished 
with  two  cane  seats,  one  thwart,  bottom  grating  and 
wide  outwales.    Two  lengths,  13  and  15  feet. 


Order 
No. 

Length 
Feet 

Width 
Inches 

Depth 
Inches 

Height 
at  Ends 

Weight 
Lbs. 

Price 

3A1902 
3A1903 

13 
15 

35^ 
35^4 

12 
13 

24 
26 

50 
60 

$43.00 
45.00 

MORRIS  CANOES— Regular  Model  A 


Order 
No. 

Extreme 
Length 
Feet 

Width 
Inches 

Depth 
Inches 

Weight 
About 
Lbs. 

Price 

3  A 1906 

15 

33 

12 

60 

$40.00 

3A1907 

16 

33^ 

12 

65 

40.00 

3A1908 

17 

34  • 

12 

70 

40.00 

3A1909 

18 

34^ 

12 

75 

42.00 

3A1918 

20 

36^ 

12 

85 

47.00 

Spruce  gunwales — mahogany  paddling  seat  frames — • 
Colors,  Dark  Green  or  Auto  Grey.  braces  and  decks  dark  green. 

BORDEN  CANOES 

To  meet  the  demand  for  a  strong,  serviceable,  reliable  canoe  at  a  moderate  price,  we  are  offering  our 
BORDEN  CANOES.  Note  the  width  and  depth.  The  planking  is  made  of  selected  Maine  cedar,  long 
lengths,  fastened  to  the  ribs  securely  with  copper  tacks,  which  are  clinched.  The  ribs  are  of  best  quality 
cedar  moulded  over  a  solid  form.  The  gunwales  and  finish  rails  are  selected  straight  grain  Canadian 
spruce.  Both  seats  of  cane,  detachable — bow  seat  being  dropped  on  4-inch  bolts.  Brass  bang  plates. 
Best  quality  of  seamless  canvas— best  quality  of  paint  is  used  filling  up  the  canvas  entirely,  paint  being 
covered  with  two  coats  of  best  spar  varnish. 


Length  Width 

3A940  HUNTER'S  MODEL  13  ft.  35^-in. 

3A941  PORTAGE  MODEL  15  ft.  34  -in. 

3A942  FISHING  MODEL  16  ft.  34  -in. 

3A943  RIVER  MODEL  16  ft.  34  -in. 

3A944  EXPLORER'S  MODEL  17  ft.  37  -in. 

3A945  LAKE  MODEL  17  ft.  34^-in. 

4A946  PLEASURE  MODEL  18  ft.  35  -in. 


Depth 
12  -in. 

113/ 

12 
12 
13 

r2 

121 


4-in. 
-in. 
-in. 
-in. 
-in. 
'2-in. 


Wide  outwales 
Wide  outwales — no  keel. 
Wide  outwales — no  keel. 
With  keel — no  outwales. 
Wide  outwales — no  keel. 
With  keel — no  outwales. 
With  keel — no  outwales. 


Approx.  Wt.  Price 

no  keel.    48  lbs.  $31.50 

57  lbs.  31.50 

65  lbs.  31.50 

64  lbs.  32.50 

70  lbs.  33.50 

68  lbs.  33.50 

76  lbs.  35.50 


All  of  the  above  canoes  are  carried  m  stock  in  dark  green.  The  working  models,  which  are  the 
HUNTER'S,  PORTAGE,  FISHING  and  EXPLORER'S,  are  also  carried  in  Battleship  Grey,  which 
color  we  particularly  recommend. 

Prices  include  burlaping— F.  O.  B.  New  York  or  Bangor,  Maine.  Where  crating  is  required  same 
must  be  done  at  the  factory  in  Maine,  at  an  extra  cost  of  $2.00  each. 


PADDLES 


We  call  particular  attention  to  our  paddles,  which 
are  made  especially  for  us,  of  the  very  finest  white 
spruce  and  hard  maple.  These  paddles  are  finished 
with  the  best  quality  of  spar  varnish.  Carried  regu- 
larly in  5,  5%,  5J/2,  534  and  6-foot  lengths  in  both 
patterns. 

3A1910    "Algonquin"    style,    narrow  blade. 

spruce  or  maple,  any  length   $1.50 

3A1911    "Passamaquoddy"  style,  broad  blade, 

spruce  or  maple,  any  length   1.50 

DOUBLE  PADDLES 
3A1912    Fine    white    spruce,  copper-tipped, 

with  nickel-plated  ferrules   3.50 

CANOE  YOKE 


For  the  portage  this  yoke  affords  a  most  handy 
and  convenient  means  of  carrying  the  canoe.  The 
crossbar  is  made  of  selected  hard  maple  and  is 
clamped  to  gunwale  by  brass  wing-nuts.  Shoulder 
pads  are  adjustable,  leather  covered  and  padded 
with  curled  hair. 

3A1932    $2.25 


CANOE  ENAMELS 

The  finest  and  most  durable  finishes  are  obtained 
with  canoe  enamels.  One  pint  can  is  sufficient  for 
two  coats  on  an  18-foot  canoe.  No  varnish  is  re- 
quired, as  the  enamel  dries  with  a  bright  finish  equal 
to  the  best  varnish.  Carried  in  pints  only,  in  the 
following  colors :  Vermilion,  Holly  Red,  Indian 
Red,  Velvet  Brown,  Moss  Green,  Dark  Green,  Light 
Green,  Azure  Blue. 

4A1194    Azure  blue,  white,  grey,  moss  green, 
dark    green,    brilliant    green.  Per 

can    $  .75 

Holly  red,  Indian  red.  Per  can   1.00 

Vermilion.    Per  can   1.25 

RUBBER  LIFE  PRESERVER 


This  is  the  best  and  most  practical  form  on  the 
market  for  the  canoe  and  small  boats,  as  they  may  be 
rolled  up  snugly  and  stowed  away  in  small  space. 
Made  of  best  quality  rubber,  to  be  inflated. 

4A1183    Length,  29  inches  %  $3.00 

4A1184    Length,  33  inches  <f  3.50 

4A1185    Length,   37  inches  <8  4.00 

4A1186    Length,  41  inches  4.50 


54 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


FIREARMS 

We  carry  a  large  stock  of  sporting  rifles,  shotguns  and  revolvers.  The  fire  arms  listed  here  we 
carry  regularly  in  stock  and  can  ship  immediately  on  receipt  of  order.  Orders  for  special  attachments 
can  usually  be  executed  promptly  in  our  own  shop.  We  give  special  attention  to  orders  for  made-to- 
order  guns,  and  will  gladly  give  information  as  to  any  make  or  style  of  gun,  whether  regularly  carried 
by  us  or  not. 

We  repair  any  make  of  fire  arm. 

Rifles — We  carry  the  best  American  and  European  rifles.  We  recommend  bolt  action  rifles  as  the 
best  for  sporting  purposes,  on  account  of  the  safety  of  their  mechanism.  The  Jeffery's  are  the  best 
bolt  action  rifles  made. 

Revolvers — The  Colt  and  Smith  &  Wesson  stand  without  a  peer  for  reliability  and  service. 

Shotguns — We  carry  a  full  assortment  of  the  best  American  makes. 


JEFFERY'S  RIFLES 

We  have  selected  and  catalogued  the  six  models  of  Jeffery's  Rifles  which  we  consider  the  best  suited 
to  general  sporting  purposes,  viz.:  the  new  flat  trajectory  (.280,  .280/.333  and  .333),  the  all-round  .333, 
the  heavy  striking  .404,  the  light-weight  .256  and  the  .400  single-shot  Cordite. 

This  selection  gives  the  sportsman  a  choice  of  rifles  adapted  not  only  to  big  game  hunting  in 
America,  but  also  Africa,  India,  or  any  of  the  fields  invaded  by  the  big  game  hunters,  Arctic  or  tropical. 

The  Jeffery's  Rifles  are  manufactured  by  W.  J.  Jeffery  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  of  London,  England.  We  have 
the  exclusive  agency  of  this  line  of  high-grade  arms  for  the  U.  S.  and  Mexico. 

Every  gun  is  sighted,  shot  and  carefully  tested  and  submitted  to  the  severe  English  proof  tests. 

These  rifles  are  manufactured  on  scientific  principles  and  no  detail  is  left  to  chance.  The  tests  are 
conducted  under  various  conditions — of  barometer,  altitude  and  thermometer — thus  insuring  uniform  re- 
sults in  wet  or  dry  weather,  on  the  mountain  top  or  at  the  sea  level,  in  the  Arctic  or  under  Equatorial 
suns. 

The  striking  force,  penetration  and  trajectory  are  carefully  computed.  Each  rifle  has  its  particular 
purpose  and  place  and  can  be  absolutely  depended  upon  to  make  good  when  called  upon. 

The  material  and  workmanship  of  these  arms  are  unqualifiedly  the  best  that  human  skill  can  devise 
for  the  purpose  imposed.  Each  gun  is  made  in  two  grades,  and  although  the  quality  of  steel  is  slightly 
different,  the  main  variations  are  in  quality  of  wood  used  in  stock,  ornamentation  and  general  finish. 

If  these  guns  had  no  other  features  of  merit,  the  excellence  of  the  sights  used  and  the  adjustment 
of  the  sights  before  the  gun  leaves  the  proving  ground  would  command  for  them  first  place  among  the 
sporting  rifles  of  the  world. 


THE  NEW  .280  333  and  .333  JEFFERY  MAGAZINE  RIFLES 


With  this  new  .333  Mauser  Action  rifle,  a  velocity 
of  2600  feet  is  obtainable.  The  .333  soft,  sharp- 
pointed  bullet  weighs  250  grains  an'd  the  striking 
force  of  this  bullet  is  well  over  4,000  lbs.  Owing  to 
the  great  length  of  the  bullet  and  the  sharp  point, 
the  velocity  is  well  maintained  at  long  ranges  and 
the  .333  rifle  is  thus  superior  to  anything  yet  made 
for  shooting  in  open  country  or  on  the  plains.  The 
magazine  is  flush  with  frame  and  holds  3  cartridges, 
with  one  in  barrel. 

In  addition  to  the  250  grain,  soft,  sharp-pointed 
bullet,  this  rifle  also  handles  a  300  grain  bullet,  either 
soft  nose  or  soft  nose  with  split  casing,  or  full 
metal  jacketed,  giving  the  sportsman  a  choice  of 
cartridges  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  game. 

The  weight  of  this  rifle  is  about  8*4  lbs.,  with 
standard  length  of  barrel  of  26  inches. 

No.  1  Model    $130.00 

No.  2  Model    155  00 

THE   NEW   .333/.280   JEFFERY'S  MAUSER 

Same  models  and  prices  as  .333  calibre.  Magazine 
holds  5  cartridges  with  one  in  the  barrel,  making  6  at 
the  command  of  the  shooter.  This  rifle  has  the  ve- 
locity of  2,965  feet,  and  shoots  a  J 40  grain  solder 
pointed  expanding  bullet,  the  point  of  which  cannot 
be  damaged.  This  bullet  also  sets  up  perfect  expan- 
sion and  we  consider  it  superior  to  any  form  of  cop- 
per pointed  or  capped  bullet. 


.280  ROSS-ELEY  MODEL 

Weighs  about  one  pound  less  than  the  .333,  but  is 
otherwise  identical.  Price,  the  same  as  that  of  the 
.333. 

No.  1  Model,  sighted  to  1,000  yards.  Standard 
and  leaves  or  standard  and  two-leaf  and  tangent 
back-sight,  pistol  grip  stock,  and  short  forearm  with 
horn  cap.  Checkered  iron  heel  plate,  with  trap  for 
rod  in  butt.   Eyes  for  sling  $130.00 

No.  2  Model,  best  finish.  Q.  S.  Nickel  Steel  bar- 
rels, best  quality  back-sight,  with  standard  and  four- 
spring  leaves,  or  standard  four-spring  leaves  and 
tangent,  metal  bead  fore-sight,  selected  walnut  stock, 
checkered  pistol  grip,  iron  heel  plate  with  trap  for 
rod  in  butt,  eves  for  sling.  Action  engraved,  and 
finished  in  best  style  ...$155.00 

4F812    .333/.280  Rimless  Cartridges,  solder 

pointed,  140  gr.    Per  box  of  10   $1.10 

4F500    .333  Rimless  Cartridges,  solid  nickel, 

sharp  pointed,  250  gr.    Per  box  of  10  1.10 

4F501    .333  Rimless  Cartridges,  blunt  point, 

soft  nose,  300  gr.    Per  box  of  10   1.10 

4F502    .333  Rimless  Cartridges,  blunt  point, 

split  bullets,  300  gr.   Per  box  of  10  1.10 

4F503    .333  Rimless  Cartridges,  soft,  sharp 

point,  250  gr.    Per  box  of  10   1.10 


FIRE  ARMS 


55 


THE  NEW  .404  JEFFERY  RIFLE 
1905  Model  Rimless  Cartridge 


This  model  is  a  most  reliable  large  bore  magazine 
rifle. 

The  trajectory,  as  figured  by  Jeffery's,  is  taken  by 
shooting  from  the  shoulder,  using  one  sight  only, 
from  100  to  300  yards.  The  drop  of  bullet  under 
these  conditions  is:  100  yards,  none;  200  yards,  7 
inches;  300  yards,  20  inches. 

No.  1  Model,  .404  Tefferv  Rifle  Mauser  Action, 
plain  finish,  Pistol  Grip  stock  $130.00 

No.  2  Model,  .404  Jeffery  Mauser  Best  Quality 
Rifle    $155.00 


.404  RIMLESS  CARTRIDGES 

4F504    Solid  Military  Bullets,  box  of  10   $1.10 

4F505    Soft  Nosed  Bullets,  box  of  10   1.10 

4F506   Jeffery  Split  Bullets,  box  of  10   1.10  |  nosed  or  S.  N.  split.    Box  of  15,  with  clips 

All  models  made  in  Take  Down  at  $20.00  additional. 
Ribbed  Barrels,  made  in  Take  Down,  additional,  $20.00. 


JEFFERY'S  .256  NEW  MODEL  RIFLE 

We  unhesitatingly  recommend  this  rifle  for  those 
who  wish  a  high-powered,  light-weight  rifle,  with 
heavy  smashing  power,  combined  with  flat  trajectory. 

The  rifles  are  fitted  with  folding  leaf  flat  top  sights 
sighted  from  1  to  500  yards  in  Models  8  and  9 ;  and 
1  to  300  yards  in  Model  10. 

These  rifles  fitted  with  Lyman  Peep  Sight  if 

desired   $5.50 

No.  8  Model,  checkered  stock  and  forearm,  pistol 
grip,  best  platina  lined  sights  for  500  yards  (or  for 
1,000  yards,  as  may  be  ordered,)  metal  bead  fore- 
sight, trap  in  heel-plate,  eyes  for  sling.  This  is  a 
thoroughly  reliable  weapon  in  every  respect.  .$110.00 
No.  9.    A  plainer  rifle  than  the  No.  8,  pistol  grip, 

checkered   $95.00 

4F507    Cartridges,  full  metal  patched,  soft 

$1.35 


TRAJECTORIES  OF  JEFFERY'S  CARTRIDGES 


Jeffery  .333 
with  Axite  an 
nose  bullet. 

Distance 

100  yards 
200  yards 
300  yards 
400  yards 
500  yards 
600  yards 
700  yards 
800  yards 
900  yards 
1000  yards 


cartridge  loaded 
d  300  grain  blunt 

Height  above 
sight  line  at 

half  distance 
0  ft.    0.84  inches 
0  ft.    3.S8  inches 


0  ft.  9.9 

1  ft.  6.9 

2  ft.  10.6 
4  ft.  6.9 
6  ft.  10.2 
9  ft.  11.8 

13  ft.  7.2 

IS  ft.  4.2 


inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 


.333 


Jeffery 
with  Axite 
pointed  bullet. 

Distance 

100  yards 
200  yards 
300  yards 
400  yards 
500  yards 


cartridge  loaded 
and    250  grain 

Height  above 
sight  line  at 

half  distance 
0  ft.    0.68  inches 
0  ft.    3.04  inches 

0  ft.    7.4  inches 

1  ft.  2.0  inches 
1  ft.  11.3  inches 


Distance 

600  yards 
700  yards 
800  yards 
900  yards 
1000  yards 


Height  above 
sight  line  at 
half  distance 

3  ft.    0.1  inches 

4  ft.  4.8  inches 
6  ft.  2.2  inches 
8  ft.    5.4  inches 

11  ft.    3.7  inches 


Jeffery  Mannlicher  .256 


Distance 

100  yards 
200  yards 
300  yards 
400  yards 
500  yards 
600  yards 
700  yards 
800  yards 
900  yards 
1000  yards 


Height  above 
sight  line  at 
half  distance 

.2  inches 
3.5  inches 
10.125  inches 


20. 71 
36.71 
61.0 
95.0 
136.0 
352.0 
4S6.0 


inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 


.404  or  .400  bore  Jeffery  car- 
tridge loaded  with  60  grains  of 
Cordite  and  400  grain  solid 
bullet. 


Distance 

100  yards 
200  yards 
300  yards 
400  yards 
500  yards 

.400  exactly 
.404. 

Ross  .280 

with  150  grain 


Distance 

100  yards 
200  yards 
300  yards 
400  yards 
500  yards 
600  yards 
700  yards 
800  yards 
900  yards 
1000  yards 


Height  above 
sight  line  at 
half  distance 


1.20 
4.98 
12.8 
24.4 
39.8 

the  same 


inches 

inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 

as  the 


cartridge  loaded 
bullet. 

Height  above 
sight  line  at 
half  distance 

inches 
inches 
inches 


0.622 
2.70 
6.55 

12.4 

21.4 

32.1 

47.6 

66.6 

92.8 
122.0 


inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 
inches 


WINCHESTER  RIFLE  1886  MODEL 


This  action  has  given  complete 
satisfaction  among  big  game  hunt- 
ers everywhere. 

The  breech  mechanism  is  with- 
out question  safe  and  strong  and 
we  recommend  this  rifle  without 
reserve  for  its  weight,  accuracy, 
simplicity  of  action  and  tremendous  killing  power. 

For  .33,  .45-70,  high  velocity;  .45-70-405  govern- 

PRICE  LIST— Full  or  Half  Magazine 


ment;    45-70-500    government;  45-70- 
330,  .45-70-350,  .45-90,  .45-85-300,  .45-85- 
350,  .45-82-405,  .50-100  and  .50-110  car- 
tridges.   Made  with  full  or  half  magazine  in  "Take 
Down"  and  in  extra  light  weight  styles. 


4F522    Carbine,    22    ins.,    round  barrel; 

weight,  about  8  lbs   $17.10 

4F523    Round  barrel,  26  ins.  long  or  under; 

weight,  about  8V4  lbs   17.55 

4F524    Octagon  barrel,  26  ins.  long  or  under; 

weight,  about  8$i  lbs   18.90 

4F525    Half  octagon  barrel   19.35 

4F526    "Take  Down,"  26  ins.,  round  barrel; 

weight,  about  9  lbs   22.50 

4F527    "Take  Down,"  octagon  barrel   23.85 

4F528    "Take  Down,"  half  octagon   24.30 

4F529    Extra  light-weight  rifle,  22  insv  round 

nickel  steel  barrel;  weight,  about  6H 


4F530  Extra  light-weight  "Take  Down"  22 
ins.,  round,  nickel  steel  barrel ; 
weight,  about  lbs.;  .45-70  calibre 
only    $27.00 

4F531    High  power  .33  "Take  Down,"  24  ins., 
round,  nickel  steel  barrel,  shotgun 
butt  stock,  weight,  7^  lbs   27.00 

4F532    Same  as  4F531  but  solid  frame   27.00 

When  ordering  .45-70,  .45-90,  and  .50-110  rifles, 

state  if  desired  sighted  for  High  Velocity  Cartridges. 

INTERCHANGEABLE  BARRELS 

Can  be  furnished  for  all  calibres  except  .33.  It 
will  be  necessary  to  send  guns  to  have  extra  barrels 
fitted. 


lbs.,  45-70  calibre  only   22.50  1  4F533    Complete,  with  magazine,  etc  $12.00 


56 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


WINCHESTER  REPEATING  RIFLE — MODEL  1890.  .22  CAL. 
'TAKE  DOWN" 


Rifles  of  this  model  are  chambered  for  one  size  of 
cartridge  only — .22  short,  .22  long  or  .22  Winchester. 
When  ordering  please  specify  size  of  cartridge  de- 


sired, otherwise  .22  short  will  besent. 
4F580   24-inch  octagon  barrel,  straight 

grip  stock;  weight,  5^4  lbs  $13.60 


WINCHESTER  SELF-LOADING  RIFLE,  MODELS  1905,  1907  AND  1910 

4F576    401  calibre  20-inch  round 
Nickel  Steel  barrel,  plain 
trigger,  pistol  grip  stock 
of     plain     walnut,     not      BBIllS^^*"^     plain  Finished,  Model  1905  and  1907  Rifle, 
checked ;  number  of  shots,      jgg^P*^                "Take-Down."     Made  for  .32,  .35  and  .351 
5;  weight,  8%-  lbs.. $29.25                                          Calibre  Winchester  S.  L.  Cartridges 
4F578   Extra  magazine  for  each  calibre.  Each  $1.50  4F577   $25.20 

WINCHESTER  1903  MODEL  .22  AUTOMATIC 


The  Winchester  Model  1903 
is  a  ten-shot  AUTOMATIC, 
hammerless,  "Take  Down"  rifle, 
using  a  new,  inexpensive  rim- 
fire  cartridge,  known  as  the  .22 
Calibre  Winchester  Automatic, 
loaded  with  Smokeless  Powder 
and  Winchester  Greaseless  Bullet 


20-inch  round  barrel,  plain  walnut  stock  and  forearm. 
Blued  Trimmings,  open  front  and  rear  sight ;  weight, 
5&  lbs. 

4F579   $2125 


WINCHESTER  MODEL  1906  .22  CALIBRE  REPEATING  RIFLE 

A  lightweight,  take-down  re- 
peating rifle,  similar  in  appear- 
ance to  the  Winchester  Model 

1890,  handling  .22  short,  long  and  long  rifle  cartridges. 
20-inch  round  barrel  fitted  with  Sporting  front  sight 
and  adjustable  open  rear  sight;  measures  36  inches 
over  all.    Magazine  holds  15  cartridges,  .22  short. 


Rifle  can  be  furnished  in  this 
style  only.    Weight,  5  lbs. 
4F581   $1175 


WINCHESTER 

Chambered  for  .22  Short, 
.22  Long  and  .22  Long  Rifle 
Rim  Fire.  Action  used  is  the 
bolt  type.  18-inch,  round 
barrel,  plain  trigger,  combi- 
nation trigger  guard  and  pis- 
tol grip,  highly  polished 
stock,  steel  butt  plate; 
weight,  3  lbs. 

No  variations  from  standard  will  be  furnished. 
4F582   $4.40 


MODEL  1902  SINGLE  SHOT  TAKE-DOWN 


1904  Model 

imilar  in  construction  to  the  1902  Model,  but 
larger  and  heavier.  Has  the  Winchester  bolt  action 
fitted  with  a  21-inch  round  barrel.  Equipped  with 
adjustable  rear  and  bead  front  sight,  and  Schuetzen 
shaped  stock  13)4  inches  long  with  blued  steel  rifle 
butt  plate.  Length  over  all,  37^  in.  Weight,  4  lbs. 
4F583   $5-75 


MARLIN 

New  .33  calibre  High  Power  Rifle. 
Special  Light  Weight,  24-inch  round. 
Special  Smokeless  Steel  barrel,  half 
magazine ;  5  shots ;  weight  about  7^4 
lbs.  Uses  any  make  of  .33  calibre  high 
power  cartridges,  and  is  the  only  rifle 
of  this  calibre  with  the  modern  solid- 
top,  side  ejecting  construction. 


REPEATER— Model  1895 


4F588    Solid  Frame   .  .  $18.50 

4F589    Same  rifle  made  in 
take-down  style    22.00 


MARLIN  REPEATER,  SOLID  FRAME— Model  1892 

.32  cal.  and 


Made  in  .22  or 
will  shoot  either  short,  long  or 
long  rifle  rim-fire  cartridges. 
The  .32  cal.  can  be  adapted  to 
center-fire  cartridges  by  substi- 
tuting center  firing  pin,  which 
is  furnished  free.  The  .22  cal. 
magazine,  24  inches  long,  will 

hold  25  short,  20  long  or  18  long  rifle  cartridges. 
The  .32  cal.  magazine,  24  inches  long,  will  hold  17 
short  or  14  long  cartridges.  These  rifles  are  fitted 
with  Rocky  Mountain  rear  and  front  sights,  and 


will  be  supplied  with  either  rifle  or  shotgun  butt. 


4F590 
4F591 
4F592 
4F593 
4F594 
4F595 


24- 
26- 
28- 
24- 
26- 
28- 


nch  round  barrel   $13.50 

nch  round  barrel   15.00 

nch  round  barrel   16.50 

n.  octagon  or  half  octagon  barrel  14.60 

n.  octagon  or  half  octagon  barrel  16.10 

in.  octagon  or  half  octagon  barrel  17.60 


FIRE  ARMS 


5? 


WINCHESTER  1892  MODEL 


An  improvement  of  the  original  famous  1873 
model,  which  is  too  well  known  to  require  descrip- 
tion.   Made  for  .25-20,  .32,  .38  and  .44  calibres. 

PRICE  LIST 
Full  or  Half  Magazine 

4F534    Octagon  barrel,  24  ins.  long;  wgt, 

about  7  lbs.;  number  of  shots,  14  $16.58 

4F535    Half  octagon  barrel   17.00 


4F536    Round  barrel,  wgt.,  about  6^4  lbs  $15.30 

4F537    Carbine,  wgt.,  about  5^4  lbs.;  num- 
ber shots,   12    14.88 

4F538    "Take  Down"  style,  24-inch  round 

barrel,  weight,  about  7]4-  lbs   21.25 

4F540    Same  as  4F538  but  has  octagon  barrel  22.53 

4F540    Same  as  4F538  but  has  half  octagon 

barrel    22.95 


WINCHESTER  1894  MODEL 

A  light,  strong-shooting  rifle, 
with  a  very  popular  action  and 
probably  the  best-known  rifle 
made — the  rifle  that  made  the 
30-30  famous. 

For  .25-35,   .30   W.   C.  F., 

32  Win.   Special  and  PRICE  LIST— Full  or  Half  Magazine 


.32-40, 
.38-55. 
4F541 


.32-40  and  .38-55  Calibres 


21.25 
22  53 
22.95 

19.55 
20.83 
21  25 


4F555 


Carbines,  20-inch  barrel,   7  shots; 

weight,  about  6  lbs   $14.88 

4F542    Octagon,   26-inch  barrel,   9  shots; 

weight,  about  7}i  lbs   16.58 

4F543    Half  Octagon    17.00 

4F544    Round  barrel,  wgt.,  about  7^  lbs....  15.30 
4F545    "Take  Down"  Style,  26-inch  round 
barrel,  9  shots,  wgt.,  about  7^4  lbs.. 

4F546    'Take  Down"  style,  octagon  

4F547    "Take  Down"  style,  half  octagon  

4F548    Extra  light  weight,  26-inch  round 

barrel,  weight,  7  lbs  

4F549    Extra  light  weight,  octagon  

4F550   Extra  light  weight,  half  octagon.... 
4F551    Extra  light  weight,  "Take  Down" 
26-inch  round  barrel,  weight,  about 

7%  lbs   25.50 

4F552    Extra  light  weight  "Take  Down" 

octagon    26.78 

4F553    Extra  light  weight  "Take  Down," 

half  octagon    27.20 

.25-35,  .30  and  .32  Special  Winchester  Calibres 
4F554    Carbines,  20-inch  barrel,  7  shots; 

weight,  about  6lA  lbs   17.85 

WINCHESTER  1895  MODEL 
BOX  MAGAZINE     LEVER  REPEATING 

For  .30  U.  S.  Armv,  .30  U.  S. 
G.  1903,  and  1906,  .303  British, 
.35  and  .405  calibres. 

All  the  cartridges  adapted  to 
this  model  are  extremely  pow- 
erful,  and   their   shocking  and 

killing  effect  is  terrific.    Are  especially  desirable  for  big  game  shooting. 


4F556 
4F557 
4F558 


4F559 
4F560 
4F561 


4F562 
4F563 
4F564 


4F565 
4F566 


Round,  26-inch  nickel  steel  barrel, 

9  shots;  weight,  abc*ut  7^4  lbs   $19.55 

Octagon   ]  20.83 

Half  Octagon    21.25 

"Take  Down,"  26-inch  round  nickel 
steel  barrel,  9  shots;  weight,  about 

7^  lbs   23.80 

"Take  Down,"  half  octagon   25.08 

"Take  Down,"  half  octagon   25.50 

Extra  light  weight,  .25-35  and  .30 
calibre  only,  26-inch  round  nickel 

steel  barrel;  weight,  about  7  lbs   23.80 

Extra  light  weight  octagon   25.08 

Extra  light  weight  half  octagon   25.50 

Extra  light  weight,  "Take  Down," 
.25-35  and  .30  calibre  only,  26-inch 
round  nickel  steel  barrel;  weight, 

about  7V4  lbs   28.05 

Extra  light  weight  "Take  Down," 

octagon    29.33 

Extra  light  weight  "Take  Down" 

half  octagon    29.75 


PRICE  LIST 


4F568 


4F569 


4F570 


.30  Army,  1903  and  1906,  U.  S.  G.,  of 
.303  British,  24-inch  round  barrel; 
weight,  about  8^  lbs   $27.00 

Carbine,  .30  Army,  .30  for  1903,  and 
1906  or  .303  British,  22-inch  round 
barrel;  weight,  about  8  lbs   27.00 

.35  Winchester,  24-inch  round  barrel 


4F574    .405  calibre,  24-inch  round  barrel; 

weight,  8l/4  lbs  $27.00 

The  barrels  of  the  .30  Army,  1903  and  1906  U.  S. 
G.,  .303  British,  .35  and  .405  are  made  of  nickel  steel 
—the  .30  Army  and  .303  British  being  28,  and  the 
.35,  24  inches  long. 

Fancy  stocks  and  shotgun  butt  stocks  can  be  fur- 
nished for  this  model.  Pistol  grip  stocks  cannot  be 
furnished.    Set  triggers  cannot  be  furnished. 


weight,  about  8^  lbs   27.00 

WINCHESTER  MODEL  1895  "TAKE  DOWN" 

This  popular  model  now  made  with  safe  and  simple  take  down. 
4F575    Specifications  same  as  regular  Model  1895— but  made  only  in  .30  U.  S.,  .30  Gov't.  (1903- 

1906), .303   British,  .35,  405  calibres   $29.25 


58      ,         ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


.22  MARLIN  REPEATER  TAKE-DOWN— Model  1897 


This  rifle  is  similar  to  Model  1892,  but  is  take- 
down in  style.  Made  in  .22  cal.  only.  Will  shoot 
.22  short,  .22  long  and  .22  long  rifle  without  adjust- 
ment.   Ivory  bead  front  sight. 

4F596   24-inch  round  barrel  $15.25 


4F597 
4F598 
4F599 
4F600 
4F601 


Half  Magazine.  .22  Calibre. 
Tapered  barrel,  24  inches  long. 
Gun  handles  at  one  loading ;  15 
short  cartridges ;  12  long  car- 
tridges or  11  long  rifle  car- 
tridges. A  very  accurate,  reli- 
able, well  balanced  gun,  weight, 
about  4  lbs.  2  oz. — especially 
desirable  for  gallery  shooting. 


26-inch  round  barrel   $16.75 

28-inch  round  barrel   18.25 

24-in.  octagon  or  half  octagon  barrel  16.75 
26-in.  octagon  or  half  octagon  barrel  18.25 
28-in.  octagon  or  half  octagon  barrel  19.75 

MARLIN  REPEATER— Model  20 


S3 


4F584    24-in.  octagon  barrel 
Take-down...  $12.50 


NOTE:— On  all  orders  for  "Model 
20"  rifles,  the  regular  style  will  be  sent 
unless  "Full  Magazine"  is  specified. 

MODEL  29— .22  CALIBRE  TAKE-DOWN 


black  walnut  butt  stock  and  fore-end;  holds  15  short, 
12  long  or  11  long-rifle  cartridges  at  one  loading. 
4F586   23-inch  round  barrel   $10.50 


It  is  a  take-down  like  Model  20,  but  does  not  have 
ivory  bead  front  sight  and  special  adjustable  rear 
sight.   Rifle  has  blued  frame;  blued  rifle  butt  plate; 

MARLIN  NEW  MODEL,  .27,  .25  STEVENS,  .25-20  AND  .32-20  CALIBRES 

The  only  "Pump"  action  repeater  made  in  .25 


Stevens,  .25-20  and  .32-20  calibres.  Equipped  with 
24-inch  special  smokeless  steel  barrel  and  handles 
the  new  high  velocity  smokeless  cartridge  as  well 
as  black  and  low  pressure  smokeless  loads.  A 
"Take-down"  model  weighing  5?4  pounds.  Maga- 
zine capacity,  6  shots,  with  one  in  barrel  making 
total  of  7.  Fitted  with  Rocky  Mountain  adjust- 
able rear  and  Ivory  bead  front  sights. 


4F587 


Loaded  with  clip  system, 
such  as  used  in  military  rifles. 
Recoil  ejects,  reloads  and 
cocks  ready  for  the  next  shot. 
A  large  flat  safety  on  the  side 
indicates  by  sight  or  feeling 
when  it  is  "safe"  and  fires 
five  shots  as  fast  as  desired.  Smokeless  steel 
barrel,  straight  grip  (or  pistol  grip  stock  made  to 
order,  no  additional  charge),  rubber  butt  plate,  spe- 
cial open  sights. 


25  cal.  rim  fire  only   $14.60 

.25-20,  .32-20    16.50 

REMINGTON  RIFLE— Auto  Loading 


4F602 


4F603 


Made  in  .25-35  Remington,  .30-30 
Remington,  .32  Remington  and  .35 
Remington  Take-down,  all  calibres. .  .$33.30 
Same  rifle  as  described  above  with  se- 
lected English  walnut  stock  and  fore- 
arm checkered,  any  calibre   39.35 


REMINGTON  HIGH  POWER  RIFLE— Pump  Action,  6  Shot 

This  is  the  only  high  power 
rifle  made  with  slide  action, 
which  permits  a  rapidity  of 
accurate  fire.  This  solid 
breech  prevents  dirt,  snow 
and  other  substances  from 
entering  the  magazine.  The 

absence  of  protruding  parts,  such  as  hammer,  finger 
lever,  etc.,  makes  this  a  very  handsome  rifle  with 
symmetry  of  outline  and  perfection  of  balance. 
Made  in  .25,  .30  and  .32  cal.  To  handle  Remington 
Rimless  Cartridges  in  22-inch.     Special  Ordnance 

REMINGTON  .22  CAL 
4F605  Sportsman's 
Rifle  chambered 
for  .22  short, 
long  and  long 
rifle  cartridges. 
Magazine  holds 
14  short,  11  long 

or  10  long  rifle  cartridges.  22-inch 
round  barrel,  straight  grip,  walnut 
stock  with  rubber  butt  plate ;  weight, 

4^  lbs  ......$12.70 

Similar  to  the  sportsman,  except  it  has 
a  24-inch  octagon   barrel,  magazine 


steel  barrel,  half  pistol  grip  stock  of  American 
Walnut,  fitted  with  shotgun  style  rubber  butt  plate. 
Rifle  comes  regularly  fitted  with  No.  1  Buckhorn 
Rear  Sight  and  new  design  copper  bead  front  sight. 
Weight,  about  634  lbs. 

4F2279    Any  calibre   $23.00 

No.  14^A  38-40  and  44-40  calibre   20.85 

REPEATER— Model  12 


4F606 


4F607 


Side  Ejection 

will  hold  15  short,  12  long  or  11 
long  rifle  cartridges,  has  straight  grip, 
walnut   stock  fitted  with   steel  rifle 

butt  plate;  weight,  *>y2  lbs   $15.75 

Gallery  rifle  chambered  for  .22  short 
only,  magazine  holds  15  cartridges,  24- 
inch  octagon  with  steel  rifle  butt  plate: 
weight,  5]/2  lbs   15.75 


FIRE  ARMS 


59 


REMINGTON— U.  M.  C.  SINGLE  SHOT  RIFLES 


This  model  has  an  automatic  shell 
ejector.  Chambered  for  .22  long  or 
short,  .25-10  or  .32  cal.  rim-fire  car- 
tridges. Barrel  is  full  octagon,  22T/2 
inches  long,  black  walnut  stock  and 
forearm.    Open  sights. 


No.  4  New  Model  Take-Down 
4F667    In  any  calibre  $6.40 


This  model  is  designed  to  meet  the  big  demand 
for  a  light-weight  take-down.  Made  in  either 
.22  or  .32  cal.  and  chambered  in  either  size  to 
take  short  or  long  rim-fire  cartridges.  In  the 
.22  cal.  C.B.  or  B.B.  caps  may  be  used.  Has 
open  rear  and  tang  peep  sights.  Barrel  20  inches 
long;  weight,  3y2  lbs. 


No.  6  New  Model  Take-Down 


4F669    Either  calibre    $3.95 

NEW  .22  REMINGTON  AUTO  RIFLE 


A  solid  breech^hammerless  shooting  16  .22-rimfire 
cartridges  without  reloading,  22-in.  Remington  steel 
barrel,  straight  grip,  American  walnut  stock,  steel 


rifle  butt  plate,  adjustable  straight  bar  rear  and 
white  metal  bead  front  sight.  No.  2724.  Weight, 
5$i  lbs.    Price  $20.60 


SAVAGE  HIGH  POWER  SPORTING  RIFLE— Model  1899 

Made  in  both  solid  frame  and  "take-down" 
hammerless,  .25-35,  .30-30,  .303,  .32-40,  and 
.38-55  calibres.  Shotgun  or  rifle  butt  plate. 
Pistol  grip  $2.50  extra.  Rocky  Mountain  front 
and  sporting  rea    sight.    Six  shot. 


4F608  Any  of  the  above  calibres — Regular 
style,  26-in.  round  barrel,  weight,  7J/> 
lbs   $18.00 

4F609  Any  of  the  above  calibres — Regular 
style,  26-in.,  octagon  or  T/2  octagon 
barrel,  weight,  V*/\  lbs   19.50 

4F610  Any  of  the  above  calibres — Carbine, 
20-in.,  round  barrel  only,  carbine  butt 


plate  only,  micrometer  rear  sight, 
weight,  7T4  lbs   $18  0C 

4F611  Any  of  the  above  calibres — Saddle 
gun,  22-in.,  round  barrel  only,  shot- 
gun butt,  weight,  7J4  lbs   18.00 

4F612  Any  of  the  above  calibres — Take- 
Down,  26-in.,  round  barrel   21.50 

4F613  Any  of  the  above  calibres — Take- 
Down,  22-in.,  round  barrel   21.50 


MODEL  1899  SAVAGE  FEATHER-WEIGHT 

Solid  frame.  Calibres,  .25-35,  .30-30  and  .303 
with  round  barrel  only. 

4F614  Any  of  the  above  calibres — With 
metal  bead  front  and  micrometer 
rear   sight   $22.50 

4F615    Any  of  the  above  calibres — With 

checked  stock  and  fore-end   24.50 

4F616  Any  of  the  above  calibres — Extra 
for  swivel  and  sling  strap  attached 
to  any  Savage  Model  1899   2.75 

MODEL  1899  "FEATHER-WEIGHT"  TAKE- 
DOWN 

Furnished  in  the  same  calibres  (.25-35,  .30-30  and 
.303)  as  the  solid  frame  Feather-weight  with  the 
advantages  of  easy  carrying  and  cleaning. 
4F617    Feather-weight  "Take-Down,"  wgt., 

6V4   lbs   $25.00 

4F618    Interchangeable  barrels  for  same..  10.00 


22  CALIBRE  "FEATHER-WEIGHT"  TAKE- 
DOWN 

A  new  model  6*4-pound  high-power  rifle.  Has  a 
20-inch  round  barrel  and  is  chambered  for  a  special 
.22  High  Power  cartridge  large  enough  for  deer  or 
bear. 

4F619    .22  calibre  Feather-Weight  "Take- 
Down"    $25.00 

SAVAGE  REPEATING  RIFLE,  .22  CAL. 
MODEL  1914 

Solid  breech  hammerless,  oct.  24-in.  barrel,  Ameri- 
can Walnut  shotgun,  full  pistol  grip,  stock  with  steel 
butt  plate,  bead  front  and  adjustable  wind  gauge 
rear  sight,  positive  action,  Tubular  Magazine  holds 
20-22  short,  17-22  long  or  15-22  long  rifle  cartridges; 
length,  taken  down,  27^2  inches;  weight,  5^4  lbs. 
Model  1914.    No.  2725   $13.00 


.250— .300  SAVAGE  RIFLE— Model  1899 


Take-down  only,  extra  full  pistol  grip  stock, 
forearm  checkered,  wind   gauge  rear  sight, 
checkered  trigger,  corrugated  steel  butt  plate, 
22-inch  round  barrel ;  weight,  7  lbs. ;  velocity  3,000 
ft.  per  second ;  bullet,  87  grains. 

Velocity  at  100  yards,  2,698  ft.  per  second. 
Energy— Muzzle,    1,739    foot-pounds.    100  yards, 
1,405  foot-pounds. 

Trajectory — 100  yds.,  measured  at  50  yds.     .503  in. 

200  yds.,  measured  at  100  yds.  2.314  in. 
300  yds.,  measured  at  150  yds.  5.780  in. 
500  yds  ,  measured  at  250  yds.  20.196  in. 
Penetration  at  15  feet,  11^4  in.  pine  boards. 


Cartridges, 
4F2754  .... 


^0  80  per  box  of  twenty. 


$30.00 


CO 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


MODEL  1911  SAVAGE  REPEATER— For 

This  model  .22  calibre  re- 
peater has  a  magazine  holding 
20  short  cartridges,  is  typically 

a  target  rifle,  and  combines  the  Bolt  Action  with  the 
take-down  feature.  Has  round  barrel  20  inches  long, 
walnut  stock,  shotgun  butt.    Weight,  4  lbs. 


.22  Short 


Cartridges 


Only 


4F2682   $7.00 


Model  1904 


.22  SAVAGE,  Jr.  TAKE-DOWN 

Chambered  for  .22  short,  long  or  long  rifle 
cartridges.  The  action  of  this  rifle  is  very  simple. 
When  the  bolt  is  thrown  back  the  cartridge  is 
passed  into  the  receiver  and  bolt  thrown  in  place. 
Closing  the  bolt  automatically  cocks  the  rifle  and, 
after  firing,  the  opening  of  the  bolt  automatically 
ejects.    Sights  consist  of  an  open  front,  combination 

SAVAGE  TARGET  RIFLE  TAKE-DOWN— Model 

This  is  a  very  fine  target  rifle  with  all  the 
qualities  of  the  Savage  Junior  22.  Chambered 
for  short,  long  and  long  rifle  cartridges.    Has  a 
heavier  barrel  than  the  other  models  for  more  accu- 
rate shooting.    Swiss  butt  plate.    Sights  are  microm- 


peep  and  open  pattern.  18- 
inch  barrel  and  a  weight  of  3  lbs. 
balances  the  rifle  nicely 
4F658   $4.50 


1905 


eter  rear  and  ivory  bead 
front.    Weight,  4^4  lbs. 
4F660   $6.50 


THE  NEW  SAVAGE  .22  AUTOMATIC  RIFLE 

This  new  automatic  will  handle  the  .22  long  rifle  "Lesmok"  and  black  powder  cartridge  only. 


The 


model  will  be  similar  to  Savage  Model  1903  Repeater,  shown  on  page  212,  having  clip  magazine. 
4F813   $12  00 

STEVENS'  "IDEAL" 


Length  of  barrel  for  rim-fire  car-    ^  ^— ^- 
tridges,  24  inches,  for  center-fire  car- 
tridges, 26  inches.    Chambered  for  .22  Long-rifle,  .25 
Stevens  and  .32  Long  Rim-fire  and  .25-20  Stevens 

and  .32-20  Center-Fire.    Weight,  7  to  7*4  lbs.  4F623    Any  style  or  size 

STEVENS'  "FAVORITE"  (Take-Down) 
Length  of  barrel,  22  inches.    Chambered  tfiss 
for  the  following  rim-fire  cartridges  only : 
.22  Long-rifle,  .25  Stevens,  .32  Long. 

4F665    "Favorite"   Take-down   with  auto- 
matic ejector  y2  (Octagon)  barrel  in 
any  of  the  above  calibres  and  with 
Rocky  Mountain  front  and  Sporting 
Rear   Sights   $5.50 


4F662    With  Beach  combination  front  sight,  Ste- 


4F664 


vens  leaf  and  Vernier 

peep    sights  $8.25 

"Favorite"  Shotgun,  smooth  bore,  for 
shot  cartridges.  Made  for  .22  and 
.32  rim-fire  shot  cartridges  only. 
Weight,  454   pounds   $5.50 


STEVENS'  "CRACK  SHOT" 


Chambered  for  .22  Long-rifle  R.  F.  and  .32 
short  R.  F.  cartridges.    Plain  open  front  and 
rear    sights.  20-inch    barrel ;  case-hardened 
frame;  oiled  walnut  stock  and  forearm;  rubber  butt 
plate.    Weight,  3^4  pounds. 

4F625    Rifle   $3.50 


4F626 


Shotgun,  smooth  bore 
Made    for    .32  shot 
cartridges  only  $3.50 


MARBLE'S  "GAME  GETTER"  GUN 
Double  Barrel,  Single  Trigger 


Shoots     .22     short,     long  and 
long    rifle    rim-fire    cartridges  in 
one     barrel     and     .44     shot  or 
round  ball  cartridges  in  the  other.    Stock  adjustable 
for  any  drop  desired.    Barrels — Round,  Blued,  12, 
15  and  18  inches  long.    Frame — Dropforged,  Blued. 
Grips — Rubber.      Stock — Steel    tubing,  Nickeled. 
Weight,  about  35  oz. 
4F2112    12-inch   barrels,   lock   leaf  sight, 

"Gold"  bead  sight  and  holster  $13  50 

4F2113    15-inch  barrels,  otherwise  same  as 

4F2112    14.50 

4F2114    18-inch  barrels,  otherwise  same  as 

4F2112    15.50 


4F2115 


4F2116 


4F2117 


12-inch 
barrels,  Flexi- 
b 1 e  Rear 
Sight,    Lock  Leaf 
Sight,    "Gold"  Bead 

Sight  and   Holster   $16.50 

15-inch  barrels,  otherwise  same  as 

4F2115    17.50 

18-inch  barrels,  otherwise  same  as 
4F2116    18.50 


Gate  Getter  now  supplied  chambered  for  410  cartridges  if  desired. 


FIRE  ARMS 


Gl 


THE  PARKER  GUN 
"The  Old  Reliable" 


For  nearly  fifty  years 
it  has  been  the  aim  of 
Parker  Bros,  to  manu- 
facture the  best  possible 
product  of  the  gun- 
maker's  art;  upward  of 
170,000  guns  in  the 
hands   of   sportsmen  in 

every  known  country  of  the  globe  makes  the  ac- 
complishment of  this  effort  a  matter  of  record. 

Particular  attention  has  always  been  paid  to  the 
proper  distribution  of  materials  and  the  greatest 
strength  of  the  Parker  gun  will  always  be  found 
where  the  strain  is  most  severe.  Beauty  of  outline, 
perfection  of  balance  in  all  the  large  varieties  of 
weights  and  sizes  will  be  found.  Every  essential 
feature  for  the  safety  of  the  user  and  the  ease  of 
operation  has  been  most  skilfully  attained. 

The  coil  spring  used  is  a  feature  of  merit,  guar- 
anteed against  breakage. 

Experience  has  taught  users  of  the  Parker  gun 
that  for  steadiness  and  regularity  of  shooting, 
for  accuracy  and  uniformity  of  the  delivery  of 
every  load,  the  Parker  gun  stands  second  to  none, 
while  its  perfect  balance  and  intrinsic  worth  have 
placed  it  where  it  belongs  in  the  foremost  ranks 
of  American-made  shotguns  to-day. 

Net  price  -list  of  the  Parker  hammerless  gun: 

Quality  Al.  Special  with  automatic  ejector,  bar- 
rels of  Whitworth  fluid  steel,  net  $450. 

Quality  A.  A.  H.  Pigeon  gun  with  automatic 


ejector,  barrels  of  Whitworth  fluid  steel,  net 
$375.00. 

Quality  A.  H.  Barrels  of  Acme  steel  with 
automatic  ejector  $250.00. 

Quality  B.  H.  Barrels  of  Acme  steel  with  au- 
tomatic ejector  $168.75,  without  $150. 

Quality  C.  H.  With  automatic  ejector,  net 
$131.25;  without  $112.50,  barrels  of  Acme  steel. 

Quality  D.  H.  with  automatic  ejector  $101.25; 
without  $82.50;  barrels  of  fine  Titanic  steel. 

Quality  G.  H.  with  automatic  ejector  $84.75; 
without  $66.00;  barrels  of  Parker  special  steel. 

Quality  P.  H.  Net  $72.25  with  automatic  ejec- 
tor; without  $53.50;  barrels  of  Parker  steel. 

Quality  V.  H.  with  automatic  ejector  $60.25; 
without  $41.50;  barrels  of  Vulcan  steel. 


PARKER  BROS'.  TROJAN  GUN 


The  fact  that  the  high-class 
workmanship  of  this  organi- 
zation is  put  into  a  gun  to 
sell  at  $31.50  must  be  a  mat- 
ter of  interest  to  all  those 
acquainted  with  Parker  guns. 
It  is  a  well-proportioned  gun 
of  good  appearance,  thor- 
oughly well  fitted.  Imported 
Trojan  steel  barrels  manu- 
I  factured  expressly  for  this 
gun  with  matted  top  rib. 
Stock  of  selected  black  wal- 
nut; made  only  with  full  pistol  grip.  No  cap;  drop 
about  2^4  inches ;  length  about  14  inches ;  hard  rub- 
ber butt  plate;  fore-end  and  grip  neatly  checkered. 
The  lock  and  action  in  this  gun  are  of  the  same  con- 
struction as  in  the  higher  grades.  All  parts  drop 
forged  from  the  same  class  of  steel  as  used  in  the 
higher  grade  guns. 

Made  to  four  specifications,  as  follows : 
12  Ga.,  28-in.  barrels,  V/2  to  8    lbs.  modified  and 
choke. 

12  Ga.,  30-in.  barrels,  T/2  to  8    lbs.  both  barrels 
choke. 

16  Ga.,  28-in.  barrels,  6^  to  7    lbs.  modified  and 
choke. 

20  Ga.,  28-in.  barrels,  6l4  to  6^  lbs.  modified  and 
choke. 


full 


full- 


full 


full 


No  modifications  other  than  those  listed  above 
can  be  made  in  this  gun. 
3F2694    Any  gauge  and  any  length  of  bar- 
rel, as  specified  above   $31.50 

EXTRA  BARRELS 

Net 

Trojan  Grade    $16.00 

V,  H.  Grade   26.00 

V.  H.  Grade,  with  Ejector   44.75 

P.  H.  Grade   30.00 

P.  H.  Grade,  with  Ejector   48.75 

G.  H.  Grade   33.00 

G.  H.  Grade,  with  Ejector   51.75 

D.  H.  Grade   42.00 

D.  H.  Grade,  with  Ejector   60.75 

The  new  Parker  gun  catalog  sent  on  request. 


62 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


LEFEVER  HAMMERLESS  GUNS 


The  good  reputation  of  the  Lefever 
Gun  was  established  fifty  years  ago. 
It  is  built  with  a  compensating  action 
to  take  up  the  wear  in  every  direc- 
tion. All  grades  are  bored  on  the 
taper  system,  giving  great  penetration 
and  even  distribution  of  shot. 

DURSTON  SPECIAL  GRADE 

Dura  Nitro  Steel  Barrels.  Fitted 
with    same    mechanism    as  higher 
grades.    Made  in  12  or  16  gauge,  bored  for  trap, 
field  or  brush  shooting. 

3F706    Durston   Special   $25.00 

3F707    Same  but  with  automatic  ejector....  35.00 

GRADE  "H" 

Best  London  twist  barrels  or  Carman  fluid  steel 
barrels.  English  walnut  stock,  full  or  half  pistol  or 
straight  grip.    16  gauge  in  Carman  steel  only. 

3F708  Twelve,  sixteen  or  twenty  gauge....  $33.00 
3F709    With  automatic  shell  ejector   44.25 

GRADE  "G" 

Damascus  or  Royal  Nitro  Steel  Barrels,  full  pistol 
grip,  checkered  and  handsomely  engraved.  Full 
compensating  action. 

3F710  Ten,  twelve,  sixteen  or  twenty  gauge  $42.75 
3F711    With  automatic  shell  ejector   54.00 

GRADE  T' 

Barrels  Premier  Nitro  Steel  or  Damascus  and  the 
stock  is  fine  English  walnut  checkered  and  engraved. 


Full  pistol  grip.  Fitted  with  the  Lefever  full  com- 
pensating action,  which  takes  up  all  wear. 

3F712  Ten,  twelve,  sixteen  or  twenty  gauge  $56.00 
3F713    With  automatic  ejector   66.50 

GRADE  "E" 

Damascus  or  genuine  Krupp  Essen  steel  barrels. 
English  walnut  stock  of  fancy  figure;  finely  check- 
ered; straight  grip;  one-half  or  full  pistol  grip  with 
rubber  cap.    Very  handsomely  engraved. 

3F714  Ten,  twelve,  sixteen  or  twenty  gauge  $70.00 
3F715    With  automatic  ejector   80.50 

NOTE : — Higher  grade  Guns  may  be  had  upon 
application  up  to  $1,000.00. 

LEFEVER  SINGLE  TRIGGER 

This  single  trigger  can  be  put  on  any  Lefever  Gun 

now  in  use. 

In  ordering  specify  if  front  or  rear  position  is  re- 
quired  $25.00 

Shifted  for  change  of  barrels  by  Safety  Slide. 


L.  C.  SMITH  HAMMERLESS  GUNS 


All  Smith  hammerless  guns  are  made  in  12,  16 
and  20  gauge.  10  gauge  can  be  furnished  in  any 
priced  gun  listed  below  except  3F693. 

4F693    Field     A  low-priced,   reliable  gun. 

Armor  steel  barrels,  English  walnut 
stock,  half  pistol  grip,  checkered 
and  finished   $25.00 

4F694    Same    as    4F693    with  automatic 

ejectors    35.00 

4F695  Ideal  Damascus  to  order  (London 
steel),  barrels  choke  bored.  Eng- 
lish walnut  stock,  full  pistol  grip, 
checkered  and  well  finished   37.50 

4F696    Same  as  4F695  but  with  automatic 

ejector    49.00 

4F697   Trap  A  thoroughly  well-made  gun. 

Damascus  to  order  (or  Crown  steel) 
barrels,  choke  bored,  line  engraving. 
English  walnut  stock,  half  pistol  grip, 
checkered  and  finished  in  the  best  style  55.00 


4F698    Same  as  4F697  but  with  automatic 

ejector    66.00 

4F699    Specialty  (Nitro  steel  in  12  and  16 

gauge  to  order),  imported  English 
walnut  stock,  checkered  and  engraved, 
straight  half  or  full  pistol  grip   64.00 

4F700    Same  as  4F699  but  with  automatic 

ejector    75.00 

4F701  Eagle  Damascus  steel  barrels  to 
order.  Nitro  steel,  imported  English 
walnut  stock,  nicely  checkered  and  en- 
graved, straight  half  or  full  pistol 
grip    115.00 

4F702    Same  as  4F701  but  with  automatic 

ejector    126.00 

4F703    Crown    Nitro  steel  or  Damascus 

barrels  to  order   99.40 

4F704    Same  as  4F703  but  with  automatic 

ejector    110.60 


HUNTER  ONE-TRIGGER 

The  Hunter  One-Trigger  mechanism  may  be  ap- 
plied to  any  Smith  hammerless  gun — old  or  new. 
4F705   $25.00 


FIRE  ARMS 


63 


A.  H.  FOX 


HAMMERLESS  GUNS 

Sterlingworth  Grade — Sterlingworth  Fluid  Com- 
pressed Steel  Barrels,  adapted  to  smokeless  or 
black  powders;  American  walnut  stock;  full  pis- 
tol cap  grip,  genuine  hard  rubber  butt  plate.  In 
four  styles  only.  Any  other  barrel  borings  if  de- 
1  sired  at  no  extra  charge. 

Note:  Drop  of  stock  changed  T/z  inch  either 
way  for  $2.50  extra.  Stock  can  be  cut  off  to  any 
desired  length  and  refinished  for  $1.00  extra. 

4F2729    Net   price   $25.00 

4F2730    With  Automatic  Shell  Ejector   32.50 


Barrels  Wt.  12  gauge 
Trap                          32  7.10  to  7.14 

Standard  30  7^    to  7^ 

Field  28  634    to  7 

Brush  26  6TA    to  6^ 

4F2731  Grade  A— Genuine  Krupp  Fluid 
Steel  Barrels,  adapted  to  smokeless 
or  black  powders.  Dark  walnut 
stock,  checkered  and  engraved;  half 
pistol  grip;  12,  16  and  20  gauge; 
26,  28,  30  and  32-inch  barrels.  Full 
pistol  or  straight  grip  to  order  at  no 
extra  charge   $37.50 

4F2732  A.  E.  with  Automatic  Shell  Ejec- 
tor.   Net   45.00 

4F2733  Grade  B— Genuine  Krupp  Fluid 
Steel  Barrels,  thoroughly  seasoned 
and  grained  dark  English  walnut 
stock;  artistic  engraving,  half  pistol 
grip;  made  in  12,  16  and  20  gauge; 
26,  28,  30  and  32-inch  barrels.  Full 
pistol  or  straight  grip  to  order  at  no 
extra  charge.  Weight,  12  gauge,  6y2 
to  8  lbs. ;  16  gauge,  5^4  to  7  lbs. ;  20 
gauge,  5V4  to  6M  lbs.    Net   52.50 

4F2734  B.  E.,  with  Automatic  Shell  Ejec- 
tor.   Net   60.00 

4F2735  Grade  C— High  Quality  Krupp 
Fluid  Steel  Barrels,  figured  and  dark 
finished,  selected  curly  English  wal- 
nut stock ;  artistic  engraving,  well  cov- 
ered with  scroll  and  picture  work. 
Half  pistol  grip ;  made  in  12,  16  and 
20  gauge;  26,  28,  30  and  32-in.  bar- 
rels. Full  pistol  or  straight  grip  to 
order  at  no  extra  charge.  Weight, 
12  gauge,         to  8  lbs.;    C.  E. 


Wt.  16  gauge 

Wt.  20  gauge 

Stock 

Drop 

6.6  to  6.10 

6.2  to  6.6 

14 

234 

&y4  to  ey 

6     to  654 

14 

234 

6     to  6*4 

to  6 

14 

3 

to  6 

5V2  to  5}4 

14 

3 

with 

Automatic  Shell 

Ejector. 

Net 

$75.00 

4F2736  Grade  X— Best  Quality  of  Krupp 
Fluid  Steel  Barrels,  especially  bored 
and  tested  by  hand  for  evenness  of 
pattern  for  trap  shooting.  Stock  of 
beautifully  figured  '  Circassian  wal- 
nut of  Monte  Carlo  type,  or  straight, 
half  or  full  pistol  grip,  all  at  same 
price.  Beautiful  engraving  of  new 
style.  Always  equipped  with  Silver's 
Recoil  Pad,  Automatic  Ejector,  Ly- 
man sights,  unless  otherwise  or- 
dered. Weight,  12  gauge,  6%  to  8 
lbs.;  16  gauge,  534  to  7  lbs.;  20 
gauge,  5%  to  634  lbs.  Made  with 
26,  28,  30  and  32-inch  barrels. 
X.  E.  with  Automatic  Shell  Ejec- 
tor.   Net   100.00 

4F2737  Grade  D  —  Best  Quality  Krupp 
Fluid  Steel  Barrels,  dark-finished  se- 
lected Circassian  walnut  stock  of  beau- 
tifully figured  grain;  engraving  is  a 
combination  of  beautiful  scroll  re- 
lieved by  artistic  pictures  of  game, 
birds  and  dogs,  design  clearly  shown 
in  illustration.  Straight,  half  or  full 
pistol  grip.  Made  in  12,  16  and  20 
gauge;  26,  28,  30  and  32-inch  bar- 
rels. Weight,  12  gauge,  6%  to  8 
lbs. ;  16  gauge,  534  to  7  lbs. ;  20 
gauge,  5%  to  634  lbs.  D.  E.  with 
Automatic  Shell  Ejector.    Net   150.00 


P.  &  M.  DOG  CRATE 

The  P.  and  M.  dog 
crate  is  the  only  crate 
on  the  market  in  which 
a    valuable    dog  can 
travel    in    safety  and 
m  comfort.    The  dog  can 
H  be    fed    and  watered 
while  in  transit  without 
opening  the  main  door 
of   the   crate,  thereby 
Wj  avoiding  all  danger  of 
HHf  the  dog  escaping  or  a 
stranger    being  bitten. 
There  is  a  small  door  in  the  front  of  the  crate  by 
opening  which  you  can  take  out  the  feed  and  water 
pan,  fill  and  return  it,  and  at  the  same  time  it  can  be 
thoroughly  cleaned. 

The  crate  is  stronger  and  lighter  than  any  other 
crate  on  the  market,  made  of  the  very  best  oak  and 
put  together  with  screws  and  brass  trimmings.  Made 
in  all  sizes  to  fit  the  largest  down  to  the  smallest  toy. 


No.  3.  For  hunting"  dogs,  setter  and  pointer  size, 
36  in.  long,  24  in.  wide,  28  in.  high.  Weight  32  lbs. 
Price    $16.00 

FOX  KAUTZKY  SINGLE  TRIGGER 

This  latest  of  Fox  superior  features  is  acknowl- 
edged the  premier  of  single  triggers — recommended 
by  the  Fox  Co. — simply  cannot  double.  The  only 
trigger  having  an  automatic  safety;  no  lost  motion; 
no  creep.  We  will  fit  the  Fox  fCautzky  to  your  pres- 
ent gun  for  $20,  or  new  Fox  guns  of  any  grade,  with 
the  Fox  Kautzky  single  trigger,  at  a  cost  of  $20  in 
addition  to  the  regular  price  of  the  gun. 

PRICES  OF  PARTS  AND  REPAIRS 

We  will  gladly  furnish  parts,  submit  prices  for 
repairs  or  the  restocking  of  any  makes  of  gun  on 
application. 

We  will  also  fit  and  furnish  extra  barrels  in  any 
length  and  boring  for  any  grade  of  shotgun. 


64 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


ITHACA  HAMMERLESS  GUNS 


Fitted  with  coil  springs  and  a  three-piece  lock 
which  is  "lightning  fast" — double  thick  nitro-breeci' 
and  three  positive  bolts  and  are  warranted  never  to 
shoot  loose. 

10,  12,  16,  20  or  28  gauge  with  26,  28,  30  or  32- 
inch  barrel. 

4F2686  Field  Gun.  Smokeless  blued 
steel  barrels,  selected  black  walnut 
half-pistol  grip  stock  and  fore-end, 
nicely  hand-checkered,  top  lever, 
triggers  and  guards,  blued  and  case- 
hardened,  10, -12,  16  and  20  gauge 
only    $19.50 

4F2687  No.  1  Special.  Special  Cockeril 
steel  barrel,  black  walnut  stock  and 
fore-end,  hand-checkered,  full  pistol 
grip  with  hard  rubber  cap,  neat 
scroll  on  each  side  of  frame   22.50 

4F2688  No.  1.  The  very  best  English  stub 
twist  barrel,  black  walnut  stock  and 
fore-end  nicely  hand-checkered,  full 
pistol  grip,  neat  scroll  on  each  side 
of   frame   25.00 

4F2689  No.  \y2.  A  good  Damascus  steel 
barrel,  black  walnut  stock  and  fore- 
end  checkered,  full  pistol  grip,  rub- 


ber capped,  setter  dog  engraved  on 

each  side  of  frame   31.50 

4F2690  No.  2.  Fine  Damascus  steel  bar- 
rels, English  walnut  stock  and  fore- 
end,  checkered  and  engraved  with 
scroll  and  game  scenes  on  both  sides 
and  bottom  of  frame   42.75 

4F2691  No.  2  Krupp,  Krupp  fluid  blue 
steel  barrels,  selected  English  wal- 
nut stock  and  fore-end,  finely  hand- 
checkered,  full  pistol  grip  unless 
otherwise  ordered,  frame,  trigger 
guard,  fore-end  iron  and  top  lever 
engraved  by  hand,  with  game  scenes, 
line  and  scroll  engraving   49.87 

4F2692  No.  3.  Damascus  or  Krupp  fluid 
steel  barrels,  fine  selected  French 
walnut  stock,  fore-end  and  stock 
hand-checkered,  straight  or  pistol 
grip,  gold  triggers,  gold  shield,  all 
metal  parts  engraved  by  hand,  dogs, 
birds  and  game  scenes   60.00 

4F2693    Automatic  Ejector  on  any  grade..  10.00 

CROW  DECOYS 

The  finest  Crow 
Decoy  on  the  market. 
It  is  becoming  popu- 
lar to  shoot  crows 
over  decoys,  especial- 
ly in  closed  season 
on  other  birds.  A 
dozen  of  these  decoys 
spread  around  in  a 
cornfield,  while  the 
gunner  hides  in  a 
blind,  will  afford  no  end  of  fun.  Use  with  this  our 
Crow  Call. 

4F2182    Per   dozen   $4.75 


SINGLE  BARREL  ITHACA  TRAP  GUN 


There  is  a  rapidly  growing  demand  for  a  high- 
grade  single-barrel  trap  gun — one  that  will  stand 
the  continuous  strain  of  heavy  nitro  powder  loads. 
We  have  designed  a  triple-lug,  triangular-fastening, 
triple-bolted,  single-barrel  trap  gun,  equipped  with 
our  lightning  lock,  automatic  ejector  and  ventilated 
rib.  Built  only  in  twelve  gauge,  in  our  No.  4  Ejector 
and  better  grades.  Gun  shown  above  is  our  No.  5 
Ejector. 

Price   $160  00 

No.  4  Ejector   85.00 

Barrel— Genuine  Krupp  Fluid  Steel,  exceedingly 
tough,  hard  and  strong  and  especially  adapted  for 
nitro  powder  loads.  Barrels  will  be  furnished  30, 
3?  and  34  inches  long.  We  recommend  a  long  barrel 
in  this  model.  It  has  been  found  by  experience  to 
produce  the  very  best  results  at  the  trap. 

Stock — Extra  fine  carefully  selected  walnut  stock 
of  beautiful  figure  and  coloring,  dove-tailed  into 
frame  to  prevent  splitting  and  spreading,  fitted  with 


utmost  care,  and  checkered  in  a  neat  and  artistic 
manner. 

Lock — We  have  equipped  our  single-barrel  trap 
gun  with  our  lightning  lock,  which  has  proven  such 
a  big  success  in  our  double  gun.  Trap-shooters  will 
appreciate  the  lock  speed,  the  quick  snappy  pull,  the 
smooth  working  and  simple  construction  of  the  gun. 
Note  in  cut  above  the  two  lugs  at  top  and  one  at 
bottom,  giving  a  triangular  form  of  fastening,  and 
bolted  at  each  of  these  three  points.  We  guarantee 
bolts  never  to  shoot  loose. 

Engraving — Frame,  top  lever,  fore-end  iron  and 
guard  beautifully  engraved  by  hand  with  dogs,  birds 
and  game  scenes,  line  and  artistic  scroll  engraving, 
giving  a  very  neat  and  rich  appearance  to  the  gun. 
Triple  gold-plated  trigger  and  gold  shield  in  stock. 

Specifications :  Full,  half  or  straight  grip ;  made  in 
No.  4  Ejector  and  better  grades;  twelve-gauge  only; 
30,  32  and  34-in.  barrels;  weight,  7  lbs.  10  oz.  to 
8%  lbs. 


FIRE  ARMS 


65 


WINCHESTER  HAMMERLESS  TAKE-DOWN  REPEATING  SHOTGUN 

Made  in  12,  16  and  20  Gauges 

A  safe,  strong,  serviceable,  light-weight  arm — six  shots — barrels  of  nickel  steel. 
4F2740    12   Gauge,   26-28-30-inch  bar- 
rels, weight  about  754  lbs   $27.75 

4F2741    16     Gauge,     26-inch  barrels, 

weight  about  6  lbs   27.75 

4F2742    20     Gauge,     25-inch  barrels, 

weight  about  5^4  lbs   27.75 

Interchangeable  barrel,  complete   $15.26 

Matted  rib  extra   4-63 

Also  made  in  fancy  grades. 
20-Gauge  Hammerless  Take-Down 

Fancy  walnut  stock  and  action  slide,  without  checking,  extra   $12.03 

Checked  fancy  stock  and  action  slide   16.65 

WINCHESTER  "TOURNAMENT"  GUN— Model  1897 
Specially  Designed  for  Trap  Shooting 

The  "Tournament"  gun  is 
the  popular  and  widely  used 
Winchester  Model  1897,  12 
Gauge  "Take-down"  Repeating 
Shotgun,  made  according  to 
specifications  which  will  meet  the 


requirements  of 

the  most  exacting  trap-shooter.  They  embrace  strong 
and  even  shooting  qualities. 

The  barrel  is  30  inches  long,  handsomely  matted  on 

WINCHESTER  SELF 

Standard  stock  with  pistol 
grip  137/g  inches  long,  1^ 
inches  drop  at  cone  and 
inches  at  heel.  Chambered  for 
224-inch,  12-gauge  shells,  and 
will  handle  light,  medium  or 
heavy  loads.    Barrel  regularly 

furnished  is  full  choke  26-inch  nickel  steel — 28-inch 
barrel  with  cylinder,  modified  or  full  choke  will  be 
furnished  upon  orde    without  extra  cost. 

MARLIN  HAMMERLESS 

Has  solid  steel  breech ;  solid 
top  and  side  ejection;  cartridge 
release  for  conveniently  un- 
loading the  magazine ;  and  has 
matted  barrel,  a  high-grade 
feature  never  before  furnished 
on  standard  grade  repeating  guns 


the  top,  and  bored  to  shoot  a  close,  even  pat- 
tern with*  any  trap  load. 
4F733    "Tournament"     Gun,     12  Gauge, 

"Takedown"    $37.80 

Stocks  shorter  than   standard  fur- 
nished at  an  extra  cost  of   1.75 


LOADING— Model  1911 


4F735 


Standard 

weight  about  7^4  lbs   $33.00 

Extra  interchangeable  barrel  (to  be 

fitted  at  factory)   14.85 

Change  in  length  or  drop  of  stock, 

extra    9.00 

Matting  Barrel,  extra   4.50 

SHOTGUN — Model 


gauge  only,  30  or  32-inch  full  choke  barrel 


12-Gauge,  Take-Down,  6  Shots 


4F2611    Advanced  to  $24.00 


Marlin  New  Model  24  Take-Down 


Solid  Top  Side  Ejection.  Rolled  Steel  Barrels, 
Bored  for  Smokeless  Powders.  American  Black 
Walnut  Stock.    Hard  Rubber  Butt  Plate. 


4F2612 


4F2613 


12  Gauge,  6  shot,  26-28-30-32-inch 

barrel,  weight  7%  to  7}4  lbs   $21.60 

16  Gauge,  6  shot,  26  or  28-inch  bar- 
rel, weight  6l/6  to  6J4  lbs   21.60 

Hammerless  Marlin  20-Gauge  Repeater 
25  or  28-inch  special  rolled  steel  matted  barrel,  chambered  for  2-)4-inch  shell.    Stock  of  straight  grain 
walnut,  13J/2  inches  long,  1  13/16  inches  drop  at  comb,  2  11/16  inches  drop  at  heel — full  pistol  grip. 

4F2743  Price   $24.00 

Any  other  stock  dimensions,  $8.00  extra. 

REMINGTON  AUTOLOADING  SHOTGUN— Take-Down— Five  Shots 
"Standard"  Grade 

Solid  Top  Breech.  Side 
Ejection.    Pistol  grip.  Walnut 


Stock.  Blued  steel  finish 
Made  in  12  gauge  only.  26  or 
28-inch  barrels.  Stocks,  14  or 
14^  inches.    1^-inch  drop  at 

comb,  2J/2  at  heel.  Barrels  full  choke  unless  other 
wise  ordered. 


4F720 


4F721 


Advanced   $36.30 

"Special"  Grade 
Same   as  4F720  but  has  selected 
English  walnut  stock  and  fore-end 
handsomely  checked    $45.40 


4F722 


4F723 


"Trap"  Grade 

Same  as  4F721  but  has  straight  grip 
and  stock,  is  14  inches  long,  1^-inch 
drop  at  comb  and  2]4  at  heel.    14  to 

14^4  stocks  to  order   $45.40 

Extra  bbl.  for  any  of  above  guns..  14.50 
Raised  matted  rib  on  any  of  above 
extra    6.00 


06 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


REMINGTON  REPEATING  SHOTGUN— Take-Down— Hammerless 

"Standard"  Grade 

Solid  breech.  Bottom  ejec- 
tion Pistol  grip;  walnut  stock.  Matted  rib  on 
receiver.  Blued  steel .  finish.  Made  in  12  gauge 
only,  30-inch  barrels.  Stocks,  13%  inches  long,  ll/2 
inches  drop  at  comb  and  2l/2  at  heel.  Barrels  full 
choke  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

4F724    $28.45 

"Field"  Model 
4F725    Same  as  "Standard"  but  has  26-inch 

barrels    $28.45 

"Trap"  Model 
4F726    Same  as  "Standard"  but  has  selected 


English  walnut  stock  and  fore-end, 
handsomely  checked.  Straight  or  pis 
tol  grip.  Chambered  for  224-inch 
shells.  12  gauge  only,  30-inch  bar- 
rels. Stocks  14^4  inches  long,  1^4- 
in.  drop  at  comb,  2  inches  at  heel. . .  $47.80 
"Ordnance"  Steel  Barrels  on  "Trap" 

Grade,  extra    6.00 

Any  variation  from  any  of  above  di- 
mensions, extra    8.50 


MILITARY  MODEL 

The  Remington-UMC  Military 
Model  and  Cadet  rifle  is  designed, 
to  meet  the  demand  for  an  attrac- 
tive and  durable  .22  cal.  military  arm 
of  light  weight  for  the  younger  gen- 
eration. 

Its  extreme  accuracy  and  splendid 
handling  qualities  recommend  it  par- 
ticularly for  drill  and  target  work. 
These  features  have  caused  it  to  be 
adopted  by  a  number  of  the  leading  military  academies  throughout  the  country. 

SPECIFICATIONS— Chambered  for  .22  Short  cartridges.  Stock  and  fore-end  are  of  oil-finished 
selected  walnut;  barrel  of  Remington  steel,  accurately  rifled  and  sighted,  28  inches  in  length.  Length 
over  all,  43  inches.  Weight  5  pounds.  Equipped  with  oak  leather  sling  strap,  bayonet,  scabbard,  stack- 
ing swivel,  etc. 

No.  4S,  Military  Model  Solid  Frame,  price. . . .  $7.25  With  Bayonet    $£.35 


BLUE  ROCK  TRAPS 

These  traps  are  intended  to  throw  Blue  Rock  Clay 

Pigeons,  and  are  made  in  two  styles. 

The  difference  is  in  the  base,  the  upper  part  being 
the  same.  The  Expert  has  a  handle  by  which  the 
angles  of  the  trap  can  be  quickly  changed  and  the 
Extension  Trap  is  designed  to  set  and  throw  targets 
in  one  position. 

4F2242    Extension  Spring  Trap   $5.00 

4F2243   Expert  Model    6.50 

CLAY  PIGEONS 

4F2271    "Blue  Rock."  racked  500  in  a  bar- 
rel.    Per  barrel   $2.75 

Keg    1.00 


ELLIOTT  EAR  PROTECTOR 

Affords  a  great  relief  to 
those  whose  ears  are  affect- 
ed by  heavy  detonation. 
Fits  into  the  ear  with  no 
more  discomfort  than  an 
ordinary  small  piece  of  cot- 
ton and  permits  the  wearer 
to  hear  conversation  and 
ordinary  sounds  without 
difficulty. 
4F2152   %  $1.00 

RIFLE  BALL  TRAPS 

This  trap  throws  clay  balls  for  .22 

cal.  rifle  shooting   $3.25 

Clay  Balls.    Per  hundred  60 

1  Barrel  (1500)   7.50 

Lot  of  5000   22.50 


4F2268 

4F2269 
4F8409 
4F2270 


DU  PONT  HAND  TRAP 


The  Du  Pont  Hand  Trap  is  a  practical  apparatus 
for  throwing  clay  birds,  and  weighs  but  six  pounds. 
It  is  durable  and  adaptable  to  all  conditions.  It  may 
be  used  at  picnics ;  on  motor  boats ;  on  the  deck  of 
a  yacht ;  and  in  many  ways  in  which  other  traps 
could  not  possibly  be  worked.  For  the  hunt,  the 
Hand  Trap  proves  an  excellent  substitute  for  game. 
The  veteran  trapshooter  finds  that  the  practice  he  is 
obtaining  with  the  Hand  Trap  is  a  help  to  him  in 
making  better  scores  at  his  gun  club.  The  beginner 
utilizes  the  Hand  Trap  to  obtain  a  degree  of  profi- 
ciency before  joining  a  Trapshooting  Club.  The 
Gun  Club  Secretary  uses  the  Hand  Trap  to  stage 
many  enjoyable  novelty  shoots  at  his  club.  The 
Trap  will  throw  a  great  variety  of  flights  and  angles. 
4F2744   S4.00 

MARLIN  HAND  TRAPS 


"Throw  'em  yourself." 

Can  throw  targets  from  20  to  80  yards. 

Weighs  less  than  a  pound. 

Carried  in  pocket  or  on  sling  about  neck  so  you 
can  throw  and  shoot  them  yourself. 
Any  angle — any  speed. 

Muzzle  loader  no  sling.    Price   $2.25 

Breech  loader  with  sling  as  cut.    Price   3.50 


FIRE  ARMS 


G7 


HARRINGTON  &  RICHARDSON 
Small  Bore  Double  Hammer  Guns 


Small,  light-weight  double-barrel  shotguns  suitable 
for  small  game.    They  are  finely  balanced,  having 
cross-bolt  positive  locking  device.    Barrels  are  of  de- 
carbonized steel.  American 
walnut  stock ;   rubber  butt 
plate.    Fitted  with  rebound- 
ing hammers.  This  arm  will 
handle  all  standard  loads  of 
black  and  smokeless  pow- 
der. 

20  gauge,  26 
or  28  -  inch 

barrels,  weight,  6  lbs   $16.00 

28    gauge,    28-inch    barrels  only, 
weight,         lbs   16.00 


4F2678 


4F2679 


4F2680    .44  cal.  will  handle  .44  W.  C.  F.  or 

410  .44  X.  L.  shot  cartridges.  26-in. 
barrels  only;  weight,  534  lbs   $16.00 


HARRINGTON  &  RICHARDSON 

Single  Shotguns 


Made  in  12-16  and  20  gauge.  Barrel  is  of  blued 
steel,  frame  case  hardened.  Stock  is  of  walnut;  rub- 
ber butt  plate. 

4F2707    Without   ejector  $5.50 
4F2708    With  automatic 

ejector    6.00 


H.  &  R. 
Small  Calibre  Single  Gun 

This  gun  is  made  to  shoot  shot 
cartridges  and  is  extra  light,  weighing  about  4^4  lbs. 
Can  be  supplied  in  .44  cal.,  using  .44  W.  C.  F.  or 
.44  X.  L.  and  410  Eley.    Also  in  .45-70  cal.  shot 
cartridges.    26-inch  barrel  blued  steel,  frame  case 


hardened,  walnut  stock,  rubber  butt  plate. 

4F2709    Without  automatic  ejector   $5.50 

4F2710    Writh   automatic    ejector   6.00 


HOPKINS  &  ALLEN  SINGLE  SHOTGUNS 


Bored  to  shoot  Nitro  Powder— 12-16-20  gauge- 
Full  choked  barrel — Blued  finish — Walnut  stock — 
Half  pistol  grip — Rubber  butt  plate. 


4F2705    Without  automatic  ejector   $5.50 

4F2706    With  automatic  ejector   6.00 


THE  WINCHESTER  REPEATING  SHOTGUNS 


Standard  stock  13^4  inches  long, 
1Y%  inches  drop  at  comb,  2^4 
inches  at  heel.  Stocks  furnished 
if  desired  13  inches  long,  V>/\  in- 
ches drop  at  comb,  and  2^4  inches 
at  heel.  Any  variation  from 
standard  charged  extra. 

4F727    Standard  Gun,  6  shots,  12  gauge,  30 


4F728 
4F729 
4F730 

4F731 


or  32-inch  barrels,  plain  walnut  stock, 
pistol  grip,  ribbed  forearm ;  weight, 

73/4  lbs   $22.50 

Standard    Gun,   "Take-Down,"  12 

gauge    24.30 

Standard    Gun,    "Take-Down,"  16 

gauge,  28-inch  barrel   24.30 

"Brush"  Gun,  5  shots,  12  gauge,  26- 
inch  barrel,  13^-inch  stock,  2^2-inch 

drop;  weight,  7  lbs   22.50 

"Brush"  Gun,  "Take-Down,"  6  shot, 

12  gauge;  weight,  7*4  lbs   24.30 


4F732  "Trap"  Gun,  "Take-Down,"  6  shots, 
12  gauge,  30-inch  barrel,  selected  wal- 
nut stock,  hand-made,  straight  grip 
checked ;  fancv  walnut  forearm  finely 
checked;  weight,  iyA  lbs   $46.80 

Extras 

Fancy  Walnut  Stock  and  Forearm,  not  checked  $10.00 

Checking,  Stock  and  Forearm   5.00 

Extra  Length  or  Drop  of  Stock,  to  order   10.00 


THE  A.  &  F.  SINGLE  BARREL  .22  CAL.  TARGET  PISTOL 


Hand-made    throughout  in 
U.  S.  A.,  it  is  a  weapon  of 
splendid  balance  and  workman- 
ship.   Has  tip-up  action,  spur  trigger 
guard,  hand  checkered  walnut  grip  and 
fore  end ;  weighs  l-H  lbs.,  length  of 


barrel  10  in. ;  special  front  and  rear  sights  for  target 
work.     Shoots  .22  short,  long  and  long  rifle  cart- 
ridges.   Clean,  quick  trigger  pull — an  arm  that  meets 
the  instant  approval  of  experts. 
Price    $15.00 

Special   box   case   for   this  arm   holds  pistol 
cleaning  implements  and  cartridges. 
Price   $10.00 


68 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


RIFLE  AND  GUN  CASES 

When  ordering,  state  make  of  weapon,  length  of  barrel  and  gauge. 


4F2137 

4F2138 

4F2244 
4F2139 

4F2245 
4F2140 

4F2141 
4F2142 

4F2143 


4F2146 
4F2147 


41-2139  and  4 F 2245 

Waterproof  Pantasote  duck  with 
leather  end  cap  and  adjustable  sling 

strap  

Waterproof  Pantasote  duck  with 
leather  end  and  band  over  action. 
Combination  sling  strap  and  handle 
Same  as  4F2138,   except  made  of 

Brown  Waterproof  Duck  

Waterproof  Pantasote  duck  leath- 
er ends  over  muzzle  and  action. 
Leather  handle  and  pocket  for 

cleaning  rod   

Same  as  4F2139,  except  made  of 

Brown  Waterproof  Duck  

The  most  compact  case  made. 
Opens  at  both  ends.  Hand-made 
of  finest  russet  leather  with  brass 

buckles,  handle  and  sling  strap  

Same  as  above,  but  opens  at  one 

end  only   

Fine  russet  leather,  hand-sewed. 
Lined  with  flannel ;  brass  lock  catch, 
rod  pocket,  handle  and  sling  strap 
Rifle  or  gun  trunk.  Wooden  case 
covered  with  russet  leather,  lined 
with  green  billiard  cloth ;  strap  and 
buckle  fastenings  and  brass  hasp  lock 

PLAIN  AND 

(Style  B)  Russet  leather.  For  any 
cartridge;  also  for  10-12-16  and  20 

Gauge  Shells  

(Style  C)  Combination  cartridge 
and  money  belt.  Extra  fine  quality 
and  all  hand  work.  Made  of  "In- 
dian Tan,"  waterproof  or  English 


4F2140  and  4F2141 


4F2137 


$3.00 


4.00 


2.00 


400 


2.00 


4F2144    Same  as  above.    Extra  fine,  with 

brass  corners   $25.00 

WILBUR  CASE 

Oil-finished,  dark  brown  leather — opens  at  both 
ends — barrels  and  stock  in  separate  compartments — 
also  pocket  for  cleaning  implements. 

Case  has  a  compartment  carrying  fifty  shells  on 
looped  leather  slide  as  illustrated — only  case  made 
carrying  shells  —  a  feature  appreciated  by  every 
sportsman. 

4F2748    Price    $17.00 


ELLIOTT  CASE 

Same  as  Wilbur  case  without  shell  compartment. 

I  First  Quality   $15.00 

12.00  Second  Quality    12.00 

4F2246    Saddle     Holsters.      Heavy  russet 

10.00               leather,  new  hide  sewn   4.00 

4F2247    Extra  heavy  leather.    Sewed  and 
rivetted   for   carbines  and  short 

rifles    550 

4F2248    Bridle  leather,  heavily  embossed. 

Finest  holster  made..:   6.50 

4F2249    Hand-sewn  russet  scabbard,  for 

22.00               shotguns    6.00 

CARTRIDGE  BELTS 

grain  leather.    Three  inches  wide. 
Pocket  in  this  belt  is  intended  to 
1.50  carry  coin,  bills  and  valuable  papers. 

Loops  for  all  calibres  of  cartridges  $5.00 

If  for  Rimless  Cartridges   5.75 

(Be  sure*  to  specify  length  of  belt  desired.) 


FIRE  ARMS 


09 


HOLSTERS 

Notice. — When  ordering,  state  make  of  weapon,  calibre  and  length  of  barrel. 


4F2294 


4F2297 


4F2293 


4F2256 


4F2291 


4F2293 


4F2294 


4F2296 


Pocketbook  Clasp  Holsters  for  small 

arms.  Made  of  soft  gray  suede  leath- 
er. For  .25,  .32  and  .380  Colt  Auto- 
matic and  Savage  Automatic  pistols 
Secret  Service  or  Shoulder  Holster. 
Hand-made,  of  fine  Latigo  leather, 
soft  and  waterproof.  Adjustable 
shoulder  loop,  strap  and  buckle.... 
Open  holster  for  Colt  Automatic  pis- 
tols.    Hand-made    of    fine  russet 

bridle  leather   

Special  holster  for  new  .45  Govern- 
ment automatic  Colt  pistol.  This 
holster  is  fitted  with  an  Audley  Pat- 
ent spring  clip,  which  holds  the  re- 
volver from  slipping  out.  Spring 
clip  catches  inside  the  trigger  guard 
and  pistol  is  released  by  pressure  of 
the  finger.  Made  of  russet  leather; 
hand  sewn;  has  belt  loop   4.25 


$  .75 


3.50 


1.75 


4F2291 

.25  Cal   $2.75 

.32  and  .380   3.25 

4F2297  Hip  pocket  holster  for  Colt  auto- 
matic pistols.  Has  pocket  for  extra 
magazine.  Hand-made  of  fine  russet 

leather  with  sole  leather  back   1.50 

4F22S9    Plain  flap  holster  with  snap-button 

fastener,  hand-made  in  russet  leather  1.25 
4F2300    Same  as  4F2299,  except  made  of  fine 

reinback  leather    2.25 

4F2301  Same  as  4F2299,  except  made  of  ex- 
tra heavy  reinback  leather   2.75 

4F2302    Flap  holster  for  Luger  automatic  pis- 
tols.   Strap  and  snap-button  fasten- 
ers, hand-made,  fine  russet  leather. .  1.75 
4F2303    Same  as  4F2302,  except  made  of 

heavy  reinback   leather   2.75 

4F2304  Flap  holster  with  strap  and  snap-but- 
ton fastener.  Hand-made  of  fine 
"Indian  Tan"  leather.  For  single  shot 

pistols.    2.00 

4F2305    Same  as  4F2304,  except  made  for 

any  style  revolver   2.75 

4F2306  Mexican  pattern.  Hand-made  on 
special  model  and  is  the  best  for 
large  calibre  revolvers.  Made  of  fin- 
est reinback  or  "Indian  Tan"  bull- 
hide,  5^-inch  length  or  shorter   2.75 

4F2307    7^-inch  length   3.00 

4F2313  Mexican  pattern.  Heavy  bridle 
leather,  beautifully  embossed,  flower 
design.    Edge  sewed  with  rawhide, 

closed  end,  5 ^4-inch  length   2.25 

4F2314    Same  as  4F2313,  except  in  6-inch 

length    2.50 

4F2315    Same  as  4F2313,  except  in  7^-inch 

length    2.75 

4F2316    Mexican  pattern.     Russet  leather, 

5^-inch  length    1.00 

4F2317    Same  as  4F2316,  except  in  6-inch 

length    1.25 

4F2318    Same  as  4F2316,  except  in  7^-inch 

length    1.50 

Note— Numbers  from  4F2313  to  4F2316  are  for 
heavy  frame  revolvers,  made  only  in  sizes  specified. 


70 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


GENUINE  PUMP 
ACTION  REPEATER 

A  new  Daisy  Air  Rifle.  Loads  automatically — a 
real  rifle  with  genuine  pump  action — metal  parts 
non-rusting  gun  blue — Stock  Black  Walnut—adjust- 


able sights  front  and  rear. 
Length  38  inches;  wgt.,  3*4  lbs. 
4F2726    Retail  price   


DAISY  SINGLE  SHOT 


The  smallest  Daisy,  shoots  darts  or  shot  with  suf- 
ficient force  to  kiil  small  birds,  rats,  etc.,  at  a  dis- 
tance of  50  feet.  Has  black  walnut  stocks,  cocks  by 
breaking  the  barrel. 

4F652    Length,  31  inches;  weight,  1  lb.  13  oz.  $1.00 

AIR  RIFLE  SHOT 

In  air  rifles  it  is  necessary  to  have  shot  that  is  very 
accurate  in  size,  so  that  they  will  all  fit  the  bore 
properly.    Ordinary   shot   is   not   recommended  by 
the  manufacturers  for  use  in  any  air  rifle. 
4F653    B.  B.  Shot  in  Tubes   $  .05 

MILITARY  SUPPLIES 

Elbo  Pads,  pair   $2.50 

Front  Sight  Protector  for  Springfield,  each...  .80 
Rear  Sight  Protector  for  Springfield,  each....  1.00 

Micrometers  for  Springfield,  each   5.00 

42-inch  Jointed  Steel  Rod  for  Springfield,  each  1.25 
Patches,  .30  cal.,  per  gross  40 

HUNTING  HORNS 

12-inch  and  13-inch   $6.00 

14-inch  and  15-inch   7.00 

16-inch  and  17-inch   7.50 

WINCHESTER  SALUTING  CANNON 

Much  better  and  safer  than  the  usual  "toy"  cannon. 
Has  12-inch  rolled,  tapered,  blue  steel  barrel,  mount- 
ed on  wheeled,  japanned  iron  carriage.  Breech-load- 
ing and  fired  with  lanyard.  Weight,  15  ibs.  •  Length, 
17  inches.    Height,   7*4  inches.    Width,   7  inches. 

4F633   i   $9  00 

4F634    10-gauge  blank  shells  for  same.  Per 

box  of  25   .55 

PAPER  TARGETS 
4F2272    25-yd.  A.  &  F.  Paper  Targets.   Doz.  $  .05 
4F2273    15-yd.  A.  &  F.  Paper  Targets.    100  .30 

CREEDMOOR  PAPER  TARGETS 

4F2274    200  yards,  8-in.  bull's  eye.    Per  Doz.  $3.60 

4F2275    100  yards,  4-in.  bull's  eye.    Per  Doz.  .60 

4F2276     75  yards,  3-in.  bull's  eye.    Per  Doz.  .40 

4F2277     50  Yards,  2-in.  hull's  eve.    Per  Doz.  .25 


THE  WINCHESTER  BARREL 
REFLECTOR 

For  examining  the  inside  of  Win- 
chester Barrels.  When  ordering,  give 
model  of  rifle. 

4F2241    $  .50 


QUACKENBUSH  AIR  RIFLES 

This  is  the  best  American  made  Air  Rifle.  At  35 
feet  this  rifle  will  drive  the  point  of  a  dart  through 
"  'j-inch  pine. 


Improved  Model 


4F645    Handsomely  nickeled  finish,  36  inches 

over  all,  weight,  4]/2  lbs   $5.50 

4F646  Same  as  above,  except  that  it  is  heav- 
ier and  the  barrel  is  held  into  frame 
by  a  spring  clip.  Loads  and  cocks  by 
pushing  the  barrel  into  the  spring 
chamber,  which  is  just  over  the  trig- 
ger.    Weight,  4.}4  lbs   6.25 


Model  7 

A  lighter  model  Quackenbush  shooting  .17  darts  or 
B.  B.  shot.  Outside  barrel  is  made  of  blue  steel  stock 
oiled  and  varnished.  Loads  and  cocks  by  pushing  the 
barrel  into  the  spring  chamber,  same  as  in  the  heavier 
models.  Full  length,  39  inches.  Six  darts,  three  pa- 
per targets  and  wiping  rod,  furnished  with  each  gun. 
4F647   $3.40 

AIR  RIFLE  SHOT  SLUGS 

These  fit  the  chamber  more  perfectly  than  shot  and 
will  increase  the  force  and  accuracy  of  your  air  rifle. 

4F654    Burred  slugs,  per  box  of  100   $  .08 

4F655    Felted  slugs,  per  box  of  100  10 

AIR  RIFLE  DARTS 

Children  enjoy  these  for  target 
use.    Darts  are  made  of  tempered 
steel  and  can  be  used  repeatedly. 
4F656    .17  cal.  per  dozen..  $  .20 
4F657    .21  cal.  per  dozen  25 

THE  MARBLE  BROKEN  SHELL 
EXTRACTOR 


It  is  simple,  strong  and  will  last  a  life-time.  Made 
for  the  following  rifles :  .25-20  S.  S.,  .25-20  Re- 
peater, .25-35  Win.,  ,25-3f\  Marlin,  .32-40,  . 30-30 
Win,,  .30-40  U.  S„  .32  Win.  Special,  .32-20,  .303 
Savage,  ,303  British,  .32  W.  H.  V.,  .38-55,  .45-70, 
7  m/m.,  7.65  m/m.,  8  m/m.  New  sizes  constantly 
beinr  made, 

4F2319  $  .75 

State  calibre  and  make  of  your  rifle  when  order- 
ing. 

MACMILLAN  EXTRACTOR 

Adjustable  to 
fit  any  size  of 
shotgun  shell. 
By  pressing  to- 
gether, the  clutches  spread  apart  and  when  released 
take  a  firm  hold  on  the  shell. 

4F2321   $  .25 


FIRE  ARMS 


71 


RIFLE 


SIGHTS 

When  ordering  state  the  make  of  rifle,  model  and 
calibre.  Use  our  order  number  when  ordering,  to 
save  you  the  trouble  of  writing  out  full  description 
of  the  sight  you  want. 

4F670    Sheared  Gold  Bead  Front  Sight.  For 

all  rifles  *jg  $1.50 

4F671    Lyman  Front  Revolver  Sight  %  .50 

4F672    Lyman  Ivory  Hunting  Front  Sight. %  .50 

4F673    Lyman  Ivory  Bead  Front  Sight.. 3£  .75 

4F674    Lvman    Ivory    Bead    "Jack"  Front 

Sight   3£  .75 

4F675    Lyman  Rear  Sight  Slot  Blank.... %  .25 

4F681    Winchester  Flat  Top  Sporting  Rear 

Sight   .75 

4F682    Lvman  Combination  Ivory  Bead  and 

Globe  Front  Sight  ^  .75 

4F683  Lyman  Revolver  Sight  for  Colt  and 
Smith  &  Wesson  revolvers  having 
Rear  Sight  Slot  $g  .75 

4F684  Lyman  Revolver  Sight  for  Colt  revol- 
vers having  fixed  Front  Sights  %  .75 

4F685    Lyman  Ivory  Bead   Shotgun  Sight, 

Front  or  Rear  ^  .50 

4F687    Lvman  Folding  Leaf  Flat  Top  Rear 

Sight   %  .75 

4F688    Lvman  Ivory  Bead  Front  Sight  for 

Carbines   ^  -50 

4F689    Lyman  Combination  Rear  Sight  for 

lever-action  Rifles  %  2.25 

4F690    Lvman   Receiver   Sight   for  Mauser 

Rifles   %  5.25 

4F691  Lyman  Receiver  Sight  for  Winches- 
ter and  Marlin  Rifles  %  2.65 


LYMAN  SCKOENAUER  REAR  SIGHT 

Made  on  the  popular 
receiver   sight  principle 
and  admits  of  exception- 
ally fine  adjustment. 
Loosening    the  small 
screw   near   pointer  al- 
lows slide  and  lever  to 
be  removed  without  dis- 
turbing the  base.  Sight 
base  attached  by  remov- 
ing bolt  stop  and  using  its  pin  and  spring.    Can  be 
attached  to  rifle  with  very  little  cutting  away. 
4F692  %  $3.40 


LYMAN  MICROMETER 
RECEIVER  SIGHT 
WINDGAUGE 
For  1903  or  1906  Springfield  Rifles 

Furnished  with  elevation  and  wind- 
age tables  for  calculating  changes  after 
once   targeting.    Wrind   gauge  screw 
"clicks"  for  every  one-fourth  of  ele- 
vation or  point,  and  therefore  can  be 
set  without  looking  at  it,  or  removing 
from  shoulder. 
4F2699    For    target  shooting, 
with  pamphlet  showing 
elevation  and  windage 
tables   $6.00 


THE  FITCH  GUN  SIGHT  TELESCOPE 


This  telescope  is  superior  to  all  others — the  cone- 
shaped  tube  is  composed  of  one  piece.  First  quality 
oxidized  Swedish  steel,  of  great  stability  and  rust- 
proof. '  The  shape  and  the  absence  of  projecting 
parts  make  handling  easy.  Setting  of  the  crosswire 
to  any  distance  is  very  simple  and  can  be  adjusted 
with  gloved  fingers. 

Magnifying  power   2^4 

Field  of  rim  at  100  yards  17  yards 

Objective  diameter  

Light  gathering  power  40 

Distance  from  lens  to  eye  3%  in- 


Length  of  tube  11  in. 

Weight   of   telescope  12^4  oz. 

Telescope  alone  $50.00 

Mounted  to  rifles  adapted  to  this  scope ..  $75.00 

ANTI-FLINCH  RECOIL  PAD 
A  Perfect  Shock  Absorber 
Many  New  Features 

No  kick  coming  when 
Anti-Flinch  Recoil  Pad 
is  used  on  your  shotgun. 
Best  grade  of  LIVE  red 
rubber  vulcanized  on  black  hard  rubber  base  plate. 
Oblong  holes  through  soft  rubber,  slanting  at  an 
angle  of  45  degrees  in  line  with  stock;  eliminates 
upward  whip  of  muzzle  and  takes  up  the  recoil. 
Maintains  balance  of  gun  for  second  shot.  Lead- 
ing trap  and  game  shooters  using  it.  Latest  im- 
provement in  recoil  pads.    Price  each   $3.00 


72  ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


MARBLE'S  FLEXIBLE 
PEEP  SIGHT 


INTERCHANGEABLE  DISCS  FOR  ALL 
MARBLE  PEEP  SIGHTS 


This  flexible  rear  sight  has  an  automatic  joint — 
when  struck  on  front  or  back  the  coil  spring  in  the 
hinge  brings  it  instantly  into  position  for  shooting — 
the  sight  is  thus  always  in  position  when  needed.  It 
can,  however,  be  locked  down  by  sliding  button  at 
the  back  of  hinge.  The  automatic  joint  permits  the 
use  of  this  sight  on  rifles  with  long  firing  bolts.  An 
elevation  lock  turned  up  against  the  elevating  sleeve, 
prevents  it  from  turning  and  holds  the  disc  stem  true 
and  rigid  at  any  elevation.  Two  discs  are  furnished 
with  each  sight.  A  screw  in  the  bottom  of  disc 
stem  permits  a  quick  change  of  point  blank  range 
without  tools.  State  the  make,  model  and  calibre 
of  the  rifle  and  whether  it  has  pistol  grip  stock. 

4F2208   %  $2.25 

MARBLE'S  SIMPLEX  PEEP  SIGHT 
For  .22  Cal.  Rifles  Only 

The  stem  can  be  set  very 
quickly  in  any  position  by  rais- 
ing the  lock  to  a  horizontal 
position  and  moving  the  stem 
up  or  down  with  the  fingers. 
The  lock  holds  the  stem  rigid 
at  any  elevation.  The  sight 
is  held  firmly  by  an  inside 
spring  in  the  proper  position 
for  shooting  but  can  be  easily 
folded  down. 

4F2210   

MARBLE'S  REVERSIBLE  FRONT  SIGHT 
Ivory  and  Gold  Bead  Combination 

Furnished  in  1-16, 
3-32  or  ^-inch 
sizes. 

Specify  what 
size  of  bead  is 
wanted  when  ordering,  also  give  make,  model  and 
calibre  of  rifle. 

4F2223   $1.15 

MARBLE'S  DUPLEX  SIGHT 

Two  sights  in 
one  and  each 
perfect.  Suitable 
for  all  stand- 
ard American 
rifles.  The  1-16- 
inch  Gold  Bead 
is  for  target  practice  and  game  in  ordinary  light 
and  on  snow.  The  J^-inch  white  enamel  bead, 
which  snaps  down  while  the  gold  bead  is  in  use, 
can  be  instantlv  thrown  into  position  for  use  in 
failing  light. 

4F2218    $1.25 

MARBLE'S  ADJUSTABLE  LEAF  SIGHT 

The  leaf  is 
firmly  held  in 
position  by  the 
spring  of  the 
long  flat  part 
when  either  up 
or  down.  The  notch-piece  is  held  at  elevation  de- 
sired by  a  screw  at  its  side  and  is  also  reversible. 
The  "V"  shaped  notch  is  for  use  with  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Front  Sight.  The  half  round  notch  is  for  use 
with  Bead  Front  Sight.  Mention  make,  model  and 
calibre  when  ordering. 

4F2219   35    $  .75 


Target  Disc 


Sidelight  Disc 


4F2212 
4F2213 
3F2211 


4F2216 
4F2217 
3F2214 

4F2215 
8  Side 


Target  Disc,  small  aperture  $  .40 

Target   Disc,   large  aperture  3£  .40 

Snap  Shooter's  Disc,  half-inch  diam- 
eter with  large  hole  for  snap  shoot- 
ing   

Regular  Disc,  small  aperture. 
Regular  Disc,  large  aperture. 
Sidelight  Disc,  invaluable  for 
dim  light  or  failing  eyesight.  . 
Sidelight  Disc,  large  aperture. 


.40 

.20 

* 

.20 

in 

.40 

.40 

.40 

COARSE  BEAD  FOLDED 


COARSE  BEAD  UP 


MARBLE'S  V-M 

Embodies  an  optical  principle  new  to 
(TT)      many  shooters.    As  the  eye  quickly  and 
surely   finds   the   center   of   the  peep 
sight,  so  it  finds  the  center  of  this  front 
flgSSlBlB  sight.    The  advantage  of  the  aperture 
over   bead   sights   is   that   the  object 
aimed  at  is  not  covered  up  by  the  front  sight. 
The  shooter  aims  directly  at  the  point  of  impact 
instead    of   lower,    as    is    necessary   with  bead 
|  sights.    The  act  of  aiming  is  without  effort  and 
always  accurate. 

Are  made  from  the  best  tool  steel.  Face  and 
lining  of  aperture  are  made  from  our  lustrous 
Pope's  Island  Gold,  visible  in  the  dimmest  light. 
The  aperture  is  5-32  inch  inside  diameter,  1-4 
inch  outside  diameter,  1-8  inch  deep.  Repeated 
tests  prove  conclusively  that  these  dimensions 
are  best  suited  to  the  average  shooter's  need  and 
are  correct  for  practically  all  riflemen. 
Net,   each   $1.25 

MARBLE'S  IMPROVED  FRONT  SIGHT 
Ivory  or  Gold  Bead 

This  sight  enables  the  shooter  to 
make  accurate  shots  at  any  range 
without  stopping  to  adjust  the  rear 
sight.  Made  to  fit  all  standard 
American  rifles,  and  is  fitted  with 
ivory  or  Pope's  Island  Gold  Bead. 
4F2221   $  .75 

MARBLE'S  STANDARD  IVORY  OR  GOLD 
BEAD  FRONT  SIGHT 

Made  for  all  American  rifles  and 
finished  in  white  or  red  Ivory  Bead 
or  Pope's  Island  Gold  Bead. 
4F2221   %  $  .75 

KING'S  TRIPLE  BEAD  FRONT  SIGHT 

This    sight    can  be 
changed  instantly  to  suit 
all  conditions  of  weather, 
light  and  background.  It 
has  three  separate  and  distinct  beads  (Ivory,  Gold 
and  Black)  all  on  the  rifle  at  one  time. 
|  4F2222   $1.50 


FIRE  ARMS 


73 


'POLICE    POSITIVE  SPECIAL' 
ACTION 


DOUBLE 


The  lightest,  small- 
est, and  most  compact 
revolver  ever  produced  in 
these   large   calibres.  For 
following    cartridges :  .38 
Colt  (using  in  same  arm,  .38  short  and 
long  Colt,  .38  S.  &  W.  Sp.)  and  .32/20 
6  shots.     Length  of  barrels,  4  and  6 
inches.    Weight,  with  4-in.  barrel,  22  oz. 
blued  or  nickel  plate. 

4F784    $14.00 


Finish 


"OFFICERS' 


MODEL"    DOUBLE  ACTION 
TARGET 


Chambered    for  .38 
Long  Colt  .38  S.  &  W. 
Sp.  Front  and  rear  sights  ad- 
justable   for    elevation  and 
windage.    Strap  and  trigger 
fully  checked.     6  shots,  6  and  7^-inch 
barrels.     Full   blued   finish.  Checked 
walnut  stocks.    Weight  with  6-inch  barrels,  33*^ 
ounces. 

4F786    $18.50 

COLT  "NEW  SERVICE"  DOUBLE  ACTION 


A    heavy,  strong, 
serviceable  arm  made 
in  large  calibres.  For 
following       cartridges : 
.38-40,  .44-40,  .44  Rus- 
sian, .45  Colt,  .450,  .455 
(Eley).     6    shots.     4J4  5^,  7^-inch 
barrels.    Full  blued  or  full  nickel  plate 
finish.     Rubber  stocks.     Weight,  with 
4^-inch  barrels,  39  ounces. 
4F787   $16.75 

COLT'S  "NEW  SERVICE"  DOUBLE  ACTION 
TARGET  REVOLVER 

For  following  cartridges :  .44  Russian.  .45  Colt, 
.455  Eley.  Guard,  straps  and  trigger  finely  checked. 
Front  and  rear  sights  adjustable  for  elevation  and 
windage,  respectively.  Six  shots.  7^-inch  barrel 
only.  Full  blued  finish  only.  Checked  walnut 
stocks.    Weight,  42  ounces. 

4F2722   $27.00 

COLT'S  SINGLE  ACTION  ARMY 


This  model  has  been 
in   actual   service  over 
half   a   century   and  is 
noted  for  its  reliability,  dura- 
bility, and  simplicity  of  mech- 
anism.    For  following  cartridges :  .32 
long  Colt,  .32-20,  .38  long  Colt,  .38-40, 
.41  long  Colt,  .44  Russian,  .44-40,  .45 
Colt.    Six  shots. _  4^4,  5l/?,  7^-inch  barrels.  Blued 
or  full  nickel  finish.    Weight,  .45  cal.,  434-inch  bar- 
rel, 37  ounces  $15.50 


HOPKINS  &  ALLEN 
TRIPLE  ACTION  SAFETY  POLICE  ARMY 

United  States  Government  Tested,  Passed  and 
Approved. 

Automatic 
ejector.  Fit- 
ted with 

walnut  army  grip.  Cannot 
be  accidentally  discharged. 
Patented  barrel  catch,  al- 
lowing use  of  smokeless 
powder  cartridges.  Made  in  3  calibres: 
.22,  7  shot,  shoots  .22  short  and  long 
rim  fire  cartridges ;  .32,  6  shot,  shoots 
.32  short  and  long  center  fire  cartridges ;  .38,  5  shot, 
shoots  ,38  short  center  fire  cartridges. 
4F761  .22,  .32  or  .38  cal.,  5-in.  barrel,  nickel  $10.00 
4F762  .22,  .32  or  .38  cal.,  5-in.  barrel,  blue  10.50 
4F762  .22,  .32  or  .38  cal.,  6-in.  barrel,  nickel  10.50 
4F764    .22,  .32  or  .38  cal.,  6-in.  barrel,  blue  11.00 


HOPKINS  &  ALLEN 
TRIPLE  ACTION  SAFETY  POLICE 

United  States  Government  Tested,  Passed  and 
Approved. 


Automatic  ejector. 
Cannot  be  accident- 
ally discharged.  Patented 
barrel   catch   allowing  use 
of  smokeless  powder  car- 
tridges. 

.22  or  .32  cal.,  2  or  3-in.  barrel,  nickel  $5.00 

.22  or  .32  cal.,  2  or  3-in.  barrel,  blue  5.50 

.38  calibre,  3^-in.  barrel,  nickel   5.00 

.38  calibre,  3^-in.  barrel,  blue   5.50 

.22,  .32  or  .38  cal.,  6-in.  barrel,  nickel  6.50 

.22,  .32  or  .38  cal.,  6-in.  barrel,  blue..  7.00 

SMITH  &  WESSON 
Model  1911,  Heavy  Frame,  .22  Target 


This  revolver  is  the  latest 
production  in  S.  &  W.  .22  Cal. 
Revolvers  and  has  an  extra 
heavy  frame  for  target  work.  It  will 
handle  .22  short,  .22  long,  .22  long  rifle 
and  .22  extra  long  rim-fire  cartridges. 
Special  checkered  wood  stock  of  Cir- 
cassian Walnut  inlaid  with  S.  &  W.  Gold  Monogram; 
target  front  sight  and  adjustable  rear  sight.  Has  a 
pull  under  four  lbs. ;  weight,  23  oz. ;  barrel  6  inches 
long;  6  shot.  This  revolver  cannot  be  furnished 
with  any  modifications. 

4F2280    $18.50 


.22  Cal.  Perfected  Model 

Has  square  handle,  solid  frame,  swing  out  cyl- 
inder. Regularly  furnished  with  wood  stocks.  Solid 
sights,  blued  or  nickel  finish.    3  and  3^-inch  barrel. 

4F796    $14.50 

4F797  Target  model,  6-in.  barrel,  target  sights  15.50 


74 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


COLT  AUTOMATIC  PISTOLS 


The  best-known 
type  of  this  style 
of    arm — can  be 
fired  at  rate  of  five  shots  per 
second  —  recoil     ej  ects  empty 
shells  and  reloads  the  gun.  Car- 
tridges supplied  from  a  detach- 
able magazine  in  handle. 
4F788    .25  Cal.  Hammerless.    2-inch  barrel. 

Length  over  all,  4^  inches.    6  shots. 
Blued  finish  only.  Weight,  13  ounces.  $12.00 
4F789    .32  Cal.  Hammerless.    3 54 -inch  bar- 
rel.   Length  over  all,  6  $4  inches.  8 
shots.    Blued  finish.    Weight,  23  ozs.  15.00 

4F790    Extra  magazines  for  .32  65 

4F791    .380   Hammerless.     3^-inch  barrel. 

Length  over  all,  6^4  inches.    7  shots. 
Blued  finish  onlv.  Weight,  23  ounces  16.00 
4F792    .38  Cal.  Pocket  Model.  Auto  hammer, 
4H-inch  barrel.    Length  over  all,  iy2 
inches.    7  shots.    Blued  finish  only. 

Weight,  32  ounces   20.00 

4F793    Extra  magazines   for  .38  and  .380 

calibres  85    and  .75 

Extra  magazines  for  .25  Cal  50 

COLT  AUTOMATIC  PISTOL 
Cal.  .45  Government  Model 

New 
.45  Cal. 
Government  Model 


This  model  has  been  adopted  by 
the  United  States  Government  as 
the  service  side-arm.  Length  of 
barrel,  5  inches;  length  over  all,  8 
inches ;  number  of  shots,  eight, 
weight,  39  oz. ;  finish  full  blued  with  checked  walnut 
stocks.  For  following  cartridges:  .45  U.  S.  Gov- 
ernment Rimless  Cartridges  with  230  gr.  bullet,  and 
.45  Colt  Automatic  Rimless  Cartridges  with  200  gr. 
bullet.  Both  of  these  charges  are  smokeless  powder; 
full  jacketed  bullet  only. 

4F2603    $22.00 

4F2604    Extra  magazines    1.00 

SAVAGE  AUTOMATIC  PISTOL 


In  this  pistol  locking  of 
the  breech  during  the  prog- 
ress of  the  bullet  through 
the    barrel    prevents  any 
loss   of    velocity.     Fires   11  shots. 
Shoots  regular  .32  automatic  rimless 
smokeless   cartridge   in   either  soft 
point  or  full  metal  patched.  Length 
over  all,  §l/2  inches;  weight,  19  oz. 
rubber  stocks. 

4F2683    $15.00 

^F2684    Extra  magazines  50 


COLT'S  "POCKET  POSITIVE"  DOUBLE  ACTION 


Jointless  solid 
frame  simulta- 
neous   ejection,  using 
.32    long    and  short 
Colt,    and    S.    &  W. 
cartridges.     Six  shots, 
barrels.     Finish,  blue 
Wreight,  with  2^2-inch  ban  el,  16  ozs. 
4F781    $13.00 

COLT'S  "POLICE  POSITIVE"  DOUBLE  ACTION 


blued  finish ; 


For  .32  Long  Colt,  .32 
Colt  New  Police,  .38  Colt 
New  Police  cartridges. 

Six  shots.    Length  of  barrel :    Cal.  .32 
— 2l/2,  4  and  6  inches;  Cal.  .38,  4  and  6 
inches.     Finish,   blued   or   nickel  plate. 
Weight,  with  4-inch  barrel,  20  oz. 
4F782    $14.00 

"POLICE   POSITIVE"  TARGET 

Same  style  and  finish  as  Police  Positive  Revolver. 
.32  calibre,  adjustable  rear  sight,  removable  front 
sight,  light,  smooth  pull,  6-inch  barrel.  Blued  finish 
onlv.  Handles  .32  long  Colt  or  .32  New  Police. 
Weight,  10  oz. 

4F783    I.  $15.00 

COLT  POLICE  POSITIVE  .22  CAL.  TARGET 

Equipped  with  the  Colt  Positive  Lock  for  .22 
short  and  long  or  .22  W.  R.  F.,  rim-fire  cartridges, 
loaded  with  smokeless  and  other  powders. 

When  ordering  be  sure  to  specify  whether  you 
wish  arms  chambered  for  the  .22  short  and  long, 
or  &2  W.  R.  F.  cartridges. 


Jointless,    solid  frame, 
swing-out    cylinder.  Six 
shots.    Double  action. 
Length  of  barrel,  6  inches 
only.     Length    over   all,  10^ 
Weight,  22  ounces.    Finish,  full  blued. 
Rubber  stocks.     Sight,  block  rear,  ad- 
justable for  windage.    Removable  bead  front  sight, 
fastened  by  screw. 

4F780    $15.00 

COLT  "ARMY  SPECIAL"  DOUBLE  ACTION 


For     following  car- 
tridges:   .32-20  rifle  car- 
tridges, .38   (using  .38  short 
or  long  Colt  and  .38  S.  &  W. 
Special),  .41  short  and  long 
Colt.     6   Shots.    Length  of  barrel,  4^ 
and  6  inches.     Finish,  blued  or  nickel ' 
plate.     Weight,   with   4^4-inch   barrel,   34  ounces. 
4F785   $15.50 


.380  CAL.  SAVAGE  AUTO  PISTOL 

The  .380  has  the  same  mechanism  as.  the  .32  and  is  operated  in  exactly  the  same  way.  Weight,  21 
oz. ;  length  over  all,  7  in.;  length  of  barrel,  4^  in. 

4F2745    $16.00   Extra  magazine,  each   $  .50 


FIRE  ARMS 


73 


SMITH  &  WESSON 
Model  1905 


Square  grip.    Fitted  with 
wood  checked  stocks.  Blue 
or    nickel    finish.  .32/20 
and  .38  long  Colt  or  S.  &  \V.  Special 
cartridges.    Barrel,  4  or  6  inches. 
4F2101   


$18.50 


Model  1908 

Made  on  same  pattern  as  model  1905.  Blue  or 
nickel  finish.  .44  calibre  for  .44  S.  &  W.  Special  or 
.44  S.  &  \V.  Russian  cartridges. 

4F2102    Barrel,  4,   5,   6^-inch   $20.00 

4F2103    With  target  sights   28.50 

Model  1909 

Frame  and  trigger  guard  in  one  piece.  Barrel 
and  sight  in  one.  New  locking  device.  Spiral 
springs.  Safety  rebounding  block.  Automatic  ex- 
traction. *  Chambered  for  .38  S.  &  W.  cartridges. 
3T4  or  4-inch  barrels,  nickel  or  blue  finish. 
4F2104   •   $16.00 

SMITH  &  WESSON 
Hammerless  Safety  Revolver 


IVER  JOHNSON  REVOLVERS 
Safety  Hammerless  Automatic  Double  Action 


For  pocket  use.     Is  so 
constructed  that  no  exter- 
nal force  can  affect  it,  and 
the  hammer  cannot  be  operated  except  at 
the  instant  of  deliberate  firing.    Made  in 
blued  or  nickel  finish,  with  automatic  shell  extractor 
and  safetv  attachment. 

4F2105    .32  Calibre,  3-inch    $15.50 

4F2106    .38  Calibre,  3J4,  4,  5  or  6-in.  barrel.  16.50 

SMITH  &  WESSON 
.35  Calibre  Automatic  Pistol 


A  double  safety  au- 
tomatic, shooting  eight 
shots    without  reload- 
ing.    Simplicity  of  lockwork  and  f] 
ease  of  cleaning  are  the  two  desir- 
able features.  \ 

Shoots  .35  S.  &  W.  Automatic 
Cartridges— rimless— 76-c:rain  bullet. 
4F2746  Price   


$16.50 


S.  &  W.  PERFECTED  SINGLE  SHOT  .22  CAL. 

A  new  lock  device  has  been 
perfected  in  this  model,  which  has 
a  tendency  to  give  a  more  perfect  pull. 
Chambered  for  short,  long  or  long  rifle 
cartridges. 

4F2118    10-inch  blue  finish  wood  stock   $16.50 


It   has    fewer  parts 
than  any  of  its  kind; 
quick  and  effective  cylinder 
catch ;     automatic  shell 
ejector,    and    new  safety 
catch  on  trigger.    Made  in  two  calibres — 
.32  cal.  Central  Fire,  2  or  3-in.  barrel; 
.38  cal.  Central  Fire,  oJA-'m.  barrel. 

4F753    Xickel,  either  style  

4F754    Blue,  either  style  


$7.00 
7.50 


Automatic  Double  Action  Safety  Hammer 

Made  in  three  calibres — .22  cal.  7  shot,  Rim  Fire, 
3-inch  barrel;  .32  cal.  5  shot,  Central  Fire,  2  or  3- 
inch  barrel;  .38  cal.  5  shot,  Central  Fire,  3^-inch 
barrel. 

4F751    Nickel,  anv  stvle   $6.00 

4F752    Blue,  any  style   6.50 

HARRINGTON  &  RICHARDSON 
Premier  Automatic  Double  Action 


By  opening  the  revolver  in  the  usual  manner,  the 
shells  are  ejected  automatically.  3-inch  barrel  on 
.22  and  .32  cal;  3^-inch  barrel  on  .38  cal. 

4F737    Xickel,  .22  Cal.  7  Shot  R.  F   $4.25 

4F738    Blue,      .22  Cal.  7  Shot  R.  F   4.50 

4F739    Xickel,  .32  Cal.  5  Shot  C.  F   4.25 

4F740    Blue,       .32  Cal.  5  Shot  C.  F   4.50 

4F743    Nickel,  .38  Cal.  5  Shot   4.25 

4F744    Blue,      .38  Cal.  5  Shot   4.50 

H.  &  R.  HAMMERLESS  DOUBLE  ACTION 

_H.  &R..J8  HAMMERLESS.~ P^L^B  d-  f 

IS*' 

Automatic  shell  ejector 
for  central  fire  cartridges. 
.32  cal.  5  shot,  two  or  three- 
inch  barrel;  .38  cal.  5 'shot, 
3/4 -inch  barrel. 

4F749    Xickel,  anv  stvle   $5-25 

4F750    Blue,     any  style   5-50 

H.  &  A.  TARGET  PISTOL 
Made     espe-  —f^^ 

cially      for      fine     1  1      w^mammmmm^wr^  _j j^, 

target     work.                           _  ^ 
Chambered  for  .22  long  or  long  rifle  \  < 

cartridges,     10-inch     barrel.  Rear 
sight   adjustable    automatic  ejector, 
6  and  8  inches  also. 
4F769    $10.00 


76 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


STEVENS'  "OFF-HAND"  TARGET  PISTOL 

Has  round  bar- 
rel  with  octagon 
breech,  nickel 
plated   frame ;   single  shot,  single 
trigger;    walnut    stock.     For  .22 
long   rifle   R.    F.,    Stevens-Pope  armorv 
R.    F.,    .25    Stevens    R.    F.  cartridges 
Equipped  with  sporting  rear  and  bead  front  sights. 
Weight  with  6-inch  barrel,  1  lb.,  6  oz. 

4F771    With    6-inch  barrel   $8.00 

4F772    With    8-inch  barrel   9.00 

4F773    With  10-inch  barrel   10.00 


REMINGTON  DOUBLE  DERRINGER 


SUPPLEMENTAL  CHAMBER 


4F2U0 


An  old-time  favorite  for  a 
large  calibre  pocket  weapon 
Two  shots.    41  Calibre,  rim-fire. 
Nickel   or  blued  finish.  Rubber 
grip. 

  $7.25 


STEVENS'  NEW  MODEL  POCKET  RIFLE 

This  rifle 
has  combina- 
tion globe 
front  and  rear 
folding  peep 
sights  with 
d  e  t  a  chable 
skeleton  stock. 

For  .22  long  rifle,  .25  rim  Stevens  and  .32  calibre 
long  rim  fire  cartridges  and  .22  .7-45  rim  fire  will 
be  made  to  order  at  $2.00  extra.  Weight,  2  to  2/2 
pounds. 

4F776    With  10-inch  barrel   $10.00 

4F777    With  12-inch  barrel   10.50 

4F778    With  15-inch  barrel   11.25 

4-F779    With  18-inch  barrel   12.00 

With  Beach  comb,  front,  open  rear 
Vernier  peep  sights,  extra   1.80 

GUN  SHELL  EXTRACTOR 

A  simple  and  inexpensive  device  for  extracting 
shotgun  shells  that  stick  in  the  barrel  of  your  gun. 
When  you  order  say  what  gauge  you  want 
4F2322   $  .15 


This  device  permits  the  use  of  popular  pistol  car- 
tridges in  rifles  without  change  or  readjustment 
except  sights.  The  chamber  is  inserted  in  rifle  the 
same  as  a  cartridge  and  is  extracted  the  same. 

Made  for  use  in  the  .30  Winchester,  .30  Army,  .303 
Savage,  .303  British ;  to  shoot  the  .32  Short  Colt  and 
.32  S.  &  W.,  cartridges.  For  use  in  the  .32  Win- 
chester Special  and  .32-40  Winchester  to  shoot  .32 
Short  Colt,  and  made  for  use  in  .405  Winchester 
to  shoot  .41  Colt  D.  A.  Short. 

4F2320  3£    $  .50 

State  calibre  and  make  of  your  rifle  when  ordering. 

MARBLE'S  AUXILIARY  CARTRIDGES 


The  device  is  fitted  with  its  own  firing  pin  and 
firmly  holds  a  real  cartridge.  It  is  loaded  in 
magazine  or  breech. 

Furnished  in  Following  Sizes: 

.22  high  power  using  .22  long  rifle. 

.30  Rem.  with  .32  short  Colt. 

.30-30  with  .32  short  Colt. 

.25-35  with  .25  Colt  Auto. 

.25-36  Marlin  with  .25  Colt  Auto. 

.303  Sav.  with  .32  S.  &  W.  smokeless. 

.303  Sav.  with  .32  Colt  Auto. 

.30-40  with  .32  S.  &  W.  smokeless. 

.30-40  with  .32  Colt  New  Police. 

.32  W.  S.  with  .32  Colt  New  Police. 

.30  Gov't.  Rimless  '03  and  '06  with  .32  Colt  Auto. 

.32  Savage  H.  P.  with  .22  L.  R.  Semi-smokeless 
and  Lesmok. 

.30  Gov't.  Rimless  '03  and  '06  with  .32  S.  &  W. 
smokeless. 

.30-40  with  .32  Colt  New  Police. 

.30-40  with  .32  Colt  Automatic. 

.32  Rem.  with  .32  Colt  Automatic. 

.303  British  with  .32  S.  &  W. 

.303  British  with  .32  Colt  Automatic. 

.35  Rem.  with  .380  Colt  Automatic. 

.35  Win.  Model  '95  with  .380  Colt  Automatic. 

.8  MM  with  .32  Colt  Automatic. 

.250-3000  Sav.  with  .25  Colt  Automatic. 

.250-3000  Sav.  with  .25  Short  Stevens  R.  F.  semi- 
smokeless  or  lesmok. 

Price    $  .75 


SIREN  AND  DOG  WHISTLES 

The  greatest  collection  of  Whistles  in  New  York.  We 
have  a  whistle  to  be  strapped  on  the  wrist  which  is  the 
loudest  whistle  known — a  first-class  article  for  automo- 
bile or  for  calling  companions  in  the  woods  or  as  a  prac- 
tical alarm — makes  a  real  siren.  These  whistles  are  not 
to  be  confounded  with  the  ordinary — as  ours  are  not  to 
be  found  elsewhere. 

Other  whistles  as  illustrated  for  all  sorts  of  uses — 
first  class  as  hunting  calls  for  dogs. 


IP 


Q^T^  ^Z5J  ode 

3  A  6 

No.  1                                               %  $1.50 

No.  2                                               %  1.00 

No.  3   .35 

No.  4                                                %  .15 

No.  5                                                fft  1.00 

No.  6                                               <f  .25 


FIRE  ARMS 


77 


CARTRIDGES 

BLACK  POWDER  PISTOL  AND  RIFLE  CARTRIDGES- Rim  Fire 

B.  B.  and  L.  C.  B.  caps  packed  100  in  a  box.  All  other  cartridges  packed  50  in  a  box 


Cal. 
.22 
.22 
.22 
.22 
.22 
.22 
.22 
.22 


Cal. 
.22 
.25-20 

.25-20 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32-40 


Per  box 

B.  B.  Cap,  Round  Ball  $  .20 

L.  C.  B.  Cap,  Conical  25 

Short   16 

Short  Mushroom  18 

Short  Spotlight   17 

Long   19 

Long  Mushroom   22 

Long  Rifle  20 


Per  box 

Winchester  S.  S  $  .73 

Winchester,   Marlin,  Rept. 

Rifle   80 

Stevens,  Win.  Single  Shot  .92 

Short  Colt's   55 

Long  Colt's   60 

Colt's   New   Police  60 

Smith  &  Wesson  55 

S.  &  W.  Gallery  50 

S.  &  W.  self-lubricant  72 

S.  &  W.  long  and  long  gal.  .60 
Winchester,   Marlin,  Rept. 

Rifle   77 


Cal.  Per  box 

.22  Long  Rifle  Mush  $  .22 

.22  Win.,   1890   30 

.22  Win.,  1890  Mushroom  32 

.22  Krag-Armory   20 

.22  S.  &  W.  Long  20 

.22  Extra  Long  30 

.25  Short   29 


Central  Fire—Packed  50  in  a  box 


Cal 
.32 
.38 
.38 
.38 
.38 
.38 


-20 


Per 


W.  &  M.  Hoi.  Pt  

Smith  &  Wesson  

S.  &  W.  gal.  practice  

S.  &  W.  self-lubricant  

S.  &  W.  Special  

S.  &  W.  Special  gallery.  .  .  . 
S.  &  W.  Special  self-lub.  .  . 

Short  Colt's   

Long  Colt's  D.  A  

Colt's   New  Police  

Colt's  Special   

38-40   Winchester,   Marlin,  Rept. 

Rifle   


.38 


box 
.85 
.66 
.61 
.77 
.81 
.73 
.91 
.66 
.71 
.66 
.81 


Central  Fire  Target  and  Sporting — Packed  20  in  a  box 


Cal.  per  box 

.25  Short  Stevens   $  .33 

.25  Short  Stevens  Mushroom..  .35 

.25  Stevens   46 

.25  Stevens  Mushroom  48 

.32  Short  or  Extra  Short  33 

.32  Long  37 

.41  Short   50 


Cal.  Per  box 

.38-40  W.  &  M.  Hoi.  Pt  0  .94 

.41  Short  Colt's  S.  A  73 

.41  Short  Colt's  D.  A  73 

.41      '  Long  Colt's  D.  A  85 

.44  S.  &  W.  Russian  97 

.44  S.  &  W.  Special   1.05 

.44-40  Winchester,   Marlin,  Rept. 

Rifle   92 

.44-40  W.  &  M.  Hoi.  Pt  94 

.44  Game  Getter   92 

.44  Webley  80 

.45  Colt's  U.  S.  A   1.05 

.45  Colt's  Eley    1.21 


Cal. 

.25-21  Stevens   

.25-25  Stevens   

.32-40  Win.-Sav.-Mar. 


Style  Per 
Bullet  box 
.Lead.  .$  .50 
.  "  ..  .50 
.   "  .55 


Style  Per 
Cal.  Bullet  box 

.32-40  W..S.  M.  Sh.  Range. Lead.  .$  .55 
.38-50  W.  S.  M.  Sh.  Range.  "  ..  .70 
.38-55   Win.-Sav.-Mar   "    ..  .70 


Style  Per 
Cal.  Bullet  box 

.45-60   Win.  Marlin   Lead..$  .70 

.45-70   Gov.  500  gr.  bul   "    ..  .80 

.45-70   Gov.  405  gr  bul   "    ..  .73 


BLANK  CARTRIDGES— Packed  50  in  a  box 
For  price  of  any  blank  cartridge  not  listed  below,  refer  to  size  desired  in  list  of  loaded  and  deduct 
10  per  cent,  from  prices  quoted. 

Cal.  Per  box 

of  20 

.45-70   Government   $  .66 


Cal.  Per  box 

.22  Short,  Rim  Fire  $  .10 

.32  Short,  Rim  Fire  17 

.32  Smith  &  Wesson,  C.  F  31 


Cal. 


Per  box 

Smith  &  Wesson,  C.  F  $  .40 

.44-40  Winchester,  Marlin,  C.  F..  .85 
.45       Colt,  C.  F  97 


SMOKELESS  MILITARY  AND  SPORTING  CARTRIDGES 

Packed  20  in  a  box 


4->  tO 

X 

X 

u 

Style 

o 
W 

Jo 

Style 

o 

pq 

"Is 

Bullet 

^  o.S 

u 

Bullet 

o 

<u 

U 

& 

.22 
6mm 
6mm 
7mm 
7mm 
7.65 
7.65 
8mm 
8mm 
9mm 
9mm 
.25-21 
.25-25 
.25-35 
.25-36 
.30-30 
.30-30 
.30-30 
.280 


Savage  H.  P  

U.  S.  N.  Short  Range. 

U.  S.  Navy  

Mauser   , 

Mauser,  Pointed  

Mauser   

Mauser,  Pointed  

Mauser   in  Clips.  

Mannlicher  in  Clips... 

Mauser  ...  

Mannlicher   

Stevens   

Stevens   

Winchester  Savage 

Marlin   

W.  M.  &  S  

W.  M.  &  S.  Min  

W.  M.  &  S.  S.  Range.  . 
Ross   


S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

70 

$  .83 

.303 

80 

.95 

.303 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

112 

1.05 

.303 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

175 

1.05 

.303 

M.  C.  . 

139 

1.05 

.30-40 

S.  P.  or 

M.'C. 

219 

1.05 

.30-40 

M.  C.  . 

154 

1.05 

.30 

S.  P.  or 

m'.'c. 

236 

1.21 

.30 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

236 

1.21 

.32 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

280 

1.16 

.32-40 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

280 

1.16 

.32-40 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

86 

.61 

.33 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

86 

.55 

.35 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

117 

.72 

.38-55 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

117 

.72 

.38-55 

S.  P.  or 

M.  C. 

170 

.92 

.38-56 

M.  C.  . 

100 

.85 

.405 

■*i  7 

.63 

.45-70 

Domestic 

make 

280 

1.75 

.45-90 

Savage  

Savage  Miniature  

Savage  Miniature  

British  Army  

U.  S.  Krag  Army  &  Win 
U.  S.  Krag  Army  &  Win 
Springfield  '03  (Ri 
Springfield  '06 
Winchester  Si 
Win.  Marlin  I 
High  Power .  . 

Winchester   

Winchester   

Win.  Marlin  Savage. 

High  Power  

Winchester  Marlin.. 

Winchester   

Government   

Winchester   


M.  C.  7 


(Rimless) 
(Rimless) 

ecial  

avage. . . . 


S.  P. 
Lead 
M.  C.  . 

S.  P.  or  M.  C.  215 
S.  P. 
M.  C. 
S.  P. 
S.  P 
S.  P. 
S.  P. 


S.  P. 
S.  P 
S.  P. 


Pointed, 
or  M.  C. 
.or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 


95 
103 
100 
15 
220 
220 
220 
190 
165 
165 
165 
200 
250 
255 
255 
255 
300 
405 
295 


$  .97 
.66 
.73 
1.05 
1.05 
1.05 
1.15 
1.15 
.80 
.66 
.80 
1.05 
1.15 
.83 
.95 
.83 
1.25 
.95 


AUTOLOADING  CARTRIDGES— RIMLESS 


Stvle 
Bullet 


Style 
Bullet 


£££ 

^  o.S 


Packed  20  in  a 

Box 

.35 

Remington   

 M.  C.  Pointed. 

170 

$  .88 

.25 

Remington   

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

117 

$  .72 

.401 

Winchester   

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

250 

.82 

.25 

 M.  C.  Pointed. 

101 

.72 

Packed  50  in  a 

Box 

.30 

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

170 

.80 

.32' 

Winchester   

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

165 

1.37 

.30 

151 

.80 

.35 

Winchester   

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

180 

1.43 

.32 

Remington   

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

165 

.80 

.351 

Winchester   

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

180 

1.65 

.35 

Remington   

  S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

200 

.88 

Cal. 
.22 


SMOKELESS  POWDER  SHOT  CARTRIDGES— Packed  50  in  a  box 


Rim-Fire 


Long 


Per  box 
..  $  .33 


Central  Fire — Pistol  and  Rifle 
,32-20  Wooden  End    $  .83 


Cal 
.32 
.38 
.38 
.44 
.44 


Per  box 

20   Long   Shell    $  .83 

40   Wooden  End    LOO 

40   Long   Shell    1.00 

40   Wooden  End    LOO 

Game  Getter    1.00 


78 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


SMOKELESS  PISTOL  AND  RIFLE  CARTRIDGES— Rim  Fire 

B.  B.  and  L.  C.  B.  Caps  packed  100  in  a  box.    All  other  cartridges  packed  50  in  a  box* 


Cal. 


Per  box 

B.  B.  Caps,  Round  Bullet  $  .20 

L.  C.  B.  Caps  25 

Short   17 

22    Spotlight    Short  18 

Short  Hoi.  Pt  


.22 
.22 


.22 


.22 


Cal. 


Long 
Long. 


Per  box 

 $  .22 

Mushroom  25 

22    Long    Rifle  25 

22    Long  Rifle,   Mushroom  28 

22    Winchester,    1890  33 

Central  Fire — Packed  50  in  a  box. 


Cal. 


Per  bos 


,22  Winchester  Mushroom  1890.?  .36 

,22  Winchester  Auto.  1903  33 

.22  Winchester  Auto.  1903  H.  P.  .36 

22  Remington  Auto  33 


Calibre 


Style  Bullet  ^ 


.25 

.25-20 

.25-20 

.25-20 

.25-20 

.25-20 

.30 

.30 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32 

.32-20 
.32-20 
.32-20 
.32-20 
.35 


38 


Colt  Auto  Pistol  

Winchester-Marlin   

Winchester-Marlin  ..... 
Winchester-Marlin  H.  V. 
Stevens-Winchester  S.  S. 
Stevens-Winchester   S.  S. 

Luger  Pistol   

Luger  Pistol   

Short  Colt   

Long  Colt   

Colt  New  Police  

Smith    &  Wesson  

Smith  &  Wesson,  long.. 
Colt  Automatic  Pistol... 

Winchester-Marlin   

Winchester-Marlin  H.  V. 

Winchester-Marlin   

Winchester-Marlin   

S.  &  W.  Auto  

Smith  &  Wesson  

S.  &  W.  Special  

S.  &  W.  Spec.  Mid  Range 


S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

Lead   

S.  P.  or  M.  C. 
S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

Lead   

S.  P.  or  M.  C. 
S.  P.  or  M.  C. 
Hollow  Point. 

Lead   

Lead   

Lead   

Lead   

Lead   

S.  P.  or  M.  C. 
S.  P.  or  M.  C. 
S.  P.  or  M.  C. 

Lead   

Lead  Hoi.  Pt. 
S   P.  or  M.  C. 

Lead   

Lead   

Sharp  Should- 


 Het 

50 
86 
86 
86 
86 
86 
93 
93 
80 
81 
100 
88 
98 
71 
100 
100 
100 
90 
76 
146 
158 
120 


|  Per 
|Box 
$  .81 
.93 
.97 
1.02 
1.02 
1.05 
1.27 
1.27 


66 


.88 
.97 
1.02 
.94 
.95 
.91 
.77 
.91 
.77 


Calibre 


.38  S.  W.  Spec.  Target  

.38  Short  Colt's   

.38  Long  Colt's   

.38  Colt   New  Police  

.38  Colt  Special   

.38  Colt's  Automatic   

.380  Colt's  Automatic   

9  mm  Luger   

8mm  Luger   

.38-40  Winchester-Marlin   

.38-40  Winchester-Marlin   

.38-40  Winchester-Marlin  H.  V. 

.41  Short  Colt   

.41  Long  Colt   

.44  S.  &  W.  Russian  

.44  S.  &  W.  Special  

.44-40  Winchester-Marlin   

.44-40  Winchester-Marlin   

.44-40  Winchester-Marlin  H.  V. 

.44  Game  Getter   

.45  Colt's  U.  S.  A  

.45  Colt's  Automatic   


Styk  Bullet 


Lead 

Lead 

Lead 

Lead 

Lead 

S  P. 

S.  P. 

Mc. 

Hoi. 

S.  P. 

IIol. 

S.  P. 

Lead 

Lead 

Lead 

Lead 

S.  P. 

Hoi. 

S.  P. 

Lead 

Lead 

M.  C 


Weight  I  Box 
of  Bullet! Per 


or  M.  C. 
or  M.  C. 


or  M.  C. 
Point. . . . 
or  M.  C. 


or  M.  C. 

Point  

or  M.  C. 


BLACK  POWDER  SHOT  CARTRIDGES 


Rim-Fire 

Cal.  Per  box 

.22        B.  B.  100  in  a  box  $  .45 

.22       Long    50  in  a  box  35 

.32       Long    50  in  a  box  60 

.38       Short    50  in  a  box  83 

.38       Long    50  in  a  box  95 

Central  Fire— Pistol  and  Rifle  "Shot" 
Packed  50  in  a  box 

.32        Short  Colts   $  .50 

.32        Long  Colts   55 

.32       Smith  &  Wesson  50 


Cal. 


.32-20 
32-20 


.3S-40 

.38-40 

.41 

.44 

.44-40 

.44 

.44 


S.  &  W.  Long.  . . 

Wood  End   

Long  Shell   

Smith  &  Wesson. 
Long  Colt's 
Wooden  End   .  .  . 

Long  Shell   

Long  Colt's   

S.  &  W.  Russian. 
Wooden  End  .  .  . 
Game  Getter 
X.  L  


Per 


box 
.55 
.72 
.72 
.61 
.66 
.83 
.83 
.83 
1.00 


.88 


Cal. 
.45 


Per  box 

Colt's   $1-21 


Central  Fire — Target — Sporting  "Shot" 

Packed  20  in  a  box 

.32-40   Win.,  Marlin,  Savage  $  .74 

.38-55   WTin.,  Marlin,   Savage  77 

.38-56    Winchester,   Marlin   77 

.45-70   Government   88 

.45-90   Winchester,  Marlin  77 

.250-3000  S.  P  88 

.250-3000   F.  M.  P  88 

.280       Ross  Copper  Tip   1.93 


LOADED  SHELLS  IN  CASE  LOTS  OF  500 

?noSe-X^w,^de^rin5ax  **>ted  on  application. 

Specify  exactly  what  is  wished  in  writing. 


Low   Brass  Shells 

LOW  BRASS  SHELLS 

Choice  of  U.  M.  C,  Nitro  Club,  Winchester  Repeater, 


High  Brass  Shells 
U.  S.  Climax. 


Drs.  of 

Oz.  of 

Size  of 

Per  Box 

Drs.  of  1 

Oz.  of  I        Size  of 

Per  Box 

Drs.  of 

Oz.  of 

Size  of 

Per  Box 

Powder 

Shot 

Shot 

of  25 

Powder 

Shot    1  Shot 

of  25 

Powd 

er 

1  Shot 

Shot 

of  25 

12  'Gauge 

lA             1  to  8 

$  .75 

20  Gauge 

2V4 
3 

1 

4  to  10 

$  .70 

10  Gauge 

2 

H 

4  to  10 

$  .65 

1 

1  to  10 

.70 

3A 

1%              4  to  10 

$  .80 

2A 

V* 

1  to  10 

.65 

2V4 

1% 

4  to  10 

.70 

3/ 

\V%             1  to  8 

.80 

2 

8  Gauge 

3 

1/8 

1  to  10 

.70 

3/ 

1A             1  to  8 

.80 

m 

y& 
5/8 

1  to  10 

$  .75 

3 

ia 

6  to  8 

.75 

16  Gauge 

2 

1  to  10 

.85 

SVs 

1% 

6  to  8 

.75 

2% 

Vs             6  to  10 

$  .65 

n 

chilled  "B 

"   or   larger   shot  than 

3/g 

6  to  8 

.75 

2/ 

n       1  to  10 

.65 

sizes 

specified  above   are   desired,  add 

sA 

ft 

1  to  10 

.75 

2/2 

1                1  to  10 

.70 

5c.  per 

box. 

Be  sure  to  specify  size  of  shot  desired. 


HIGH  BRASS  SHELLS 

Choice  of  U.  M.  C,  "Arrow,"  Winchester  Leader,  U.  S.  Ajax. 


Drs.  of  1  Oz.  of  1 

Size  of 

Per  Box 

Drs.  of 

Oz.  of 

Size  of 

Per  Box 

Drs.  of 

Oz.  of 

Size  of 

Per  Box 

Powder  1   Shot  | 

Shot 

of  25 

Powder 

Shot 

Shot 

of  25 

Powder 

Shot 

Shot 

of  25 

12 

Gauge 

354 

1A 

1  to  8 

$  .85 

16  Gauge 

2H  1 

4  to  10 

$  .80 

3/2 

1/8 

1  to  8 

.85 

2  A 

% 

6  to  10 

$  .75 

8  1 

1  to  10 

.80 

3/ 

1A 

1  to  8 

.85 

2  / 

% 

1  to  10 

.75 

2H  I1/* 

4  to  10 

.80 

10  Gauge 

2/ 

1 

1  to  10 

.80 

3  \% 

1  to  10 

.80 

PA 

1/8 

4  to  10 

$  .85 

m 

1 

1  to  8 

.80 

3  1% 

6  to  8 

.80 

3/ 

1  to  8 

.95 

2 

0  Gauge 

$  .75 

sy*  in 

6  to  8 

.85 

iH 

i| 

1  to  8 

.95 

2 

H 

4  to  10 

i% 

6  to  8 

.85 

4 

1  to  6 

.95 

2A 

% 

1  to  10 

.75 

sa  iy» 

1  to  10 

.85 

iA 

1  to  6 

.95 

Be  sure  to  specify  size  of  shot  desired. 


FIRE  ARMS 


79 


MILLS  DESPATCH 
CASE 

Designed  by  an  army  offi- 
cer— made  of  Standard  Army 
Drab  Duck — weighs  15  ozs. 
Has  celluloid  windows,  di- 
vided in  one-inch  squares 
with  felt  lining— Mills  Fast- 
eners— has  regular  pockets 
for  papers  and  small  pocket 
for  pencils,  pens,  etc.,  web 
shoulder  strap,  bronzed 
metal  hook  and  adjustable 
buckle. 

4F2753    $4.50 

MILLS   MAGAZINE  BELT 


For  carrying  clip-loaded  cartridges  or  auto-rifle 
magazines.     Made  of  strong  cotton  webbing  with 
eight  pockets — four  on  each  side.    Each  pocket  has 
a  flap  cover  with  snap  buttons ;  color,  drab. 
4F2150   224-in.  wade  with  pockets  for  U.  S. 

A.  Springfield;  7  mm.  and  8  mm. 

Mauser;    Mannlicher    and  British 

Army  Ammunition   

4F2151    2^-inch  wide  for  Remington  and 

Winchester  auto-rifle  magazines  X 

HUNTER'S  WEB  BELT 


$2.00 


2.00 


m 

A  light  belt  of  medium  weight,  strong  webbing 
with  shell  pockets  closed  at  the  bottom.  Made  for 
all  sizes  of  shells  and  cartridges.  Adjustable  to  fit 
.any  person.    Colors,  gray  or  drab. 

4F2149    Specify  size  of  cartridge  $1.75 

MILLS'  WOVEN  BELTS 

For  either  shotgun  shells  or  rifle  cartridges. 
Made  of  strong  gray  woven  belting  material  with 
webbing  shoulder  straps.  Has  heavy  strong  hook 
buckle.  Is  adjustable  for  small  or  large  person. 
At  the  bottom  of  the  belt  is  inserted  four  brass 
hooks  for  game-carriers. 

4F2148    Specify  size  of  cartridge  %  $2.00 

GUN  CLUB  SUPPLIES 
4F2605    Squad  Score  Sheets  (100  sheets  in 

a  package).    Per  pkg  3£  $1.25 

4F2606   Cashier  Sheets  (1  set  for  each  day's 

shoot).     Per  set  3£  .25 

4F2607  Gun  Club  record  sheets.  Each..<8  .10 
4F2608    Report  Sheets  (100  in  a  pad).  Per 

pad    .50 

4F2609    Score  Book   (150  sheets  bound  in 

cloth).     Each  1.00 

4F2610    Crayons    (box  of  1   dozen).  Per 

box    %  .40 

AMMUNITION  OR  SHELL  CASES 
i  Finest  quality  Reinback  leather,  hand  made  case, 
zinc  sheeting  lined,  straps  with  brass  lock  buckles, 
strong  and  serviceable. 


4F2252    For  100  shells   $7.00 

4F2253    For  200  shells   8.00 

Leatheroid,  the  strongest  and  most  serviceable. 
4F2254    To  carry  4  boxes  of  shells  (100)...  $3.00 
4F2255    To  carry  8  boxes  of  shells  (200)...  3.50 

English  Shell  Bag  made  of  genuine  wild  hog  skin 
and  sewed  as  only  the  English  can  make  up  leather 
goods — has  web  strap  for  carrying  bag  on  shoulder. 
Prices  $9.00,  $9.50,  $11.50. 

GALVANIZED  IRON  BOX 

Aluminum  finished,  but  does  not  have  countersunk 
handles  which  can,  however,  be  supplied  extra.  Made 
in  3  sizes. 

4F2260  Holding  100  loose  shells;  length, 
13-in. ;  width,  6-in. ,  height,  4-in. ; 
weight,  3  lbs.  4  ozs   $2.50 

4F2261    Holding  150  shells;  length,  13-in.; 

width,     7^4-in. ;     height,     434-in. ; 
weight,  4  lbs.  8  ozs   4.00 

4F2262    Holding  200  shells;  length,  13-in.; 

width,  9-in. ;  height,  5-in. ;  weight, 

4  lbs.  12  ozs   4.75 

For  countersunk  handle,  any  style  box,  add  1.00 
ENGLISH  CARTRIDGE  BOXES 
Box  is  of  oak — outside 

beautifully  covered  with 

English    sole    leather — 

heavy  brass  corners  and 

strong  brass  lock.  Has 

removable  partition,  di- 
viding box  from  one  to 

five  compartments. 

Leather   straps    go  en- 
tirely around 

box  and 

buckle. 

4F2747    No.  1 

Box,  14x9^ 
x5  inch,  200 
shells..  $25.00 
4F2748  No.  2 
Box,  17^x 
- 1 1  Ya  x  5  in. 

350  shells   $30.00 

4F2749    No.  3  Box,  18xl3x5-in.,  500  shells..  35.00 
TRAP  SHOOTERS'  SHELL  POCKET 

Made  of  good  quality  russet 
leather.  Square  corners.  Made 
to  hold  a  box  of  25  shells.  The 
end  of  box  may  be  cut  away 
so  shells  may  be  reached  easily 
or  shells  may  be  put  in  loosely. 
Fits  on  to  shooter's  belt  in  any 
position. 

4F2256  Russet  leather.  .$1.25 
4F2145    Best  hand  sewed 

belt  for  same...  1.50 
CARTRIDGE  LOOPS 

CIi«BMM«|jlBIimU«Hl^fl        This  is  an  auxiliary 

cartridge  holder, 
1 I Mil HHBBH^BI     which  can  be  slipped 

IfrNrimfffftTfi    £n  t(?  ,the.  belt- 

Furnished  in  any 
calibre — number  of  loops  according  to  calibre.  Made 
of  best  russet  leather,  sewn  by  hand  in  two  styles. 
4F2264    Single  thickness  of  leather.  Three 

belt  loops  %  $1.25 

4F2265  This  style  is  heavier  and  is  made  of 
two  thicknesses  of  leather.  Left 
open  in  the  middle  through  which 

the  belt  is  threaded  $1.50 

4F2266    For  rimless  rifle  or  pistol  cartridges. 

Made  of  single  thickness  of  leather, 
When  ordering  this  loop  it  is  neces- 
sary to  state  what  cartridges  the 
loop  is  intended  to  hold  ^  $1.75 


80 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


GAME  CARRIER 

The  heads  of  the  birds  are  slipped  through  the  top 
loop  of  the  wire  and  pushed  into  the  narrow  neck 
of  the  spring,  where  they  are  securely  held.  The 
webbing  is  just  the  right  length  to  carry  in  hand, 
over  the  arm  or  across  the  shoulder. 
4F2100   %    $  .25 

SILVER  RECOIL  PAD 

To  be  permanently  attached  to  stock  of  gun. 
Made  of  sponge  rubber  with  a  solid  rubber  back. 
It  is  a  great  shock  absorber. 

4F2154  "American  Silver  Style  Pad   $3.00 

RED  RUBBER  RECOIL  PADS 

To  slip  over  stock.    When  ordering  state  size  of 
butt  of  gun,  length  and  breadth  in  inches. 
4F2155    $100 


AKRON  CUSHION  PAD 

This  pad  has  a  soft  rubber  cushion 
which  takes  up  the  recoil.  Laces  on 
and  will  fit  any  stock.  Made  of  fine 
russet  leather. 

4F2685   $100 


ROWLEY  CHEEK  PAD 

Made  of  fine  leather  to  lace  on  stock.  In  3  sizes, 
viz :  Raises  the  comb  ^-inch,  ^-inch,  ^-inch. 

This  pad  protects  the  face  and  will  fit  any  gun. 
Prevents  flinching,  and  will  improve  your  shooting. 
4F2156    Any  size  <®  $1.50 

ENGLISH  HAND  PROTECTORS 


For    protection    from    heated    shotgun  barrels, 
caused  by  rapid  firing.    A  pigskin  covered  shield 
with  leather  hand-sewed  and  shrunk  on,  making  this 
superior  to  all  other  hand  protectors  in  use. 
4F2747    Price    $2.25 

HEIKE'S*-  HAND  PROTECTOR 

Same  with  cheap  leather  covering  glued  on. 

4F2323     6  inch    $  .75 

4F2324      9  inch    1.15 

4F2325    12  inch    1.35 

U.  S.  GOVERNMENT  RIFLE  CLEANER 


MARBLE  JOINTED  RIFLE  ROD 

Brass  in  three  sections,  reinforced  at  joints  by  a 
steel  dowel,  gives  special  rigidity  to  the  rod.  Wood 
handle,  jagged  and  slotted  detachable  tips. 
4F2157   All  calibres   $1.00 

WOOD  SHOTGUN  CLEANING  ROD 

Wood  Shotgun  Cleaning  Rod  in  an  envelope  con- 
taining Scratch  Brush,  Wiper,  and  Swab. 
4F2159    Three  jointed  wooden  rod,  10,  12 

and  16  gauge    $  .30 

4F2160    Three  jointed  wooden  rod,  20  and 

28  gauge  30 

44-410  calibre  also  30 

4F2161    Three  jointed  Cocobolo  rod,  10,  12, 

16  and  20  gauge   1.00 

B.  G.  I.  RIFLE  CLEANING  RODS 


Four  jointed  brass  rods,  slotted  and  jagged,  with 
revolving  handle.  Threaded  tip  to  take  brass  of 
bristle  brushes. 

4F2158    All  calibres   , 

4F2169   Bristle  Brushes,  all  calibres  


  $  .50 

 15 

MARBLE'S  FIELD  CLEANER 

Used  on  any  Marble  rifle  rod,  or  carried  in  the 
pocket  for  use  in  the  field.  Cord  at  each  end  by 
hooking  the  loop  over  some  projection,  and  holding 
the  weight  in  one  hand  the  rifle  may  be  worked  back 
and  forth.  State  calibre  wanted. 
4F2228   $  .70 

"POWER"  GUN  CLEANING  ROD,  WITH  OIL 
CAN  AND  SCREWDRIVER  COMBINED 


United  States  Government  Rifle  Cleaner  is  a  tool 
which  every  sportsman  and  target  shooter  will  ap- 
preciate. It  consists  of  a  bristle  brush  and  slotted 
wiper,  with  detachable  cord  and  weight  for  dropping 
through  barrel.  A  separate  slotted  wiper  is  fur- 
nished for  drawing  through  a  dry  cloth  and  for 
oiling  purposes. 

4F2226    All  calibres   3£    $  .35 

SHOTGUN  FIELD  CLEANER 

Made  for  shotguns  on  the  principle  of  the  U.  S. 
Government  Rifle  Cleaner.  For  8,  10,  12,  14,  16 
and  20  gauge. 

4F2227    $  75 


4F2162   Made  of  Seamless  Brass  Tubing   $1.50 

MARBLE'S  REVOLVER  ROD 

Screw-capped,  nickel-plated,  brass  handle  accom- 
modates the  other  parts,  also  any  make  or  size  of 
cleaner  and  an  extra  section  if  needed  It  is  24  by  5 
inches  in  size.    Conveniently  carried  in  the  pocket. 

4F2225    For  10  inch   $  .70 

4F2225    1.10 

REVOLVER  CLEANERS 

4F2229    Brass    rod,    cocobolo    handle  and 

brass  wire  brush.    All  calibres   $  .60 

Extra  brushes,  brass  or  bristle  15 

4F2230    Twisted    wire,    bristle    brush,  ring 

handle   15 


SPORTSMAN'S  SEATS 


The  Mills  Aluminum 
Telescopic  Stools  can  be 
raised  in  height  from  20 
to  30  inches  ■  strong  and 
reliable. 

4F2751    Price   $10.00 

Another  desirable  style 
as  illustrated;  forms  a 
desirable  seat ;  can  be  car- 
ried as  a  Walking  Stick. 
4F2752    Seat  of 

cane.  Price  $10.00 


FIRE  ARMS 


81 


MARBLE  RIFLE  CLEANER 


Made  of  soft  brass  gauze  washers  on  a  flexible 
steel  spring  core,  thereby  allowing  it  to  follow  the 
rifling  and  remove  all  leading,  rust  and  caked  pow- 
der without  injuring  the  barrel.  Made  with  thread- 
ed end  for  rod.    Mention  calibre. 

4F2164   3§  $  .45 

4F2165    For  shotguns  10-12-16  and  20  gauge  .70 

THE  LEFEVER  IDEAL  CLEANER 


To  remove  rust,  lead,  etc.  Will  not  scratch  bar- 
rels or  injure  the  choke.  Made  of  brass  wire  cloth. 
4F2166   $  .75 

THE  TOMLINSON  CLEANER 


Fits  all  standard  cleaning  rods.  Will  clean  entire 
length  of  barrel,  notwithstanding  the  different 
chokes.  Guaranteed  to  remove  all  lead,  powder  cake, 
etc.    All  gauges. 

4F2167   %  $  .35 

4F2168    Extra  brass  wire  sides  (pair)  %  .15 

BOYD  MUZZLE  PROTECTOR 

A  short  tube  to  fit  over  muzzle  should  always  be 
used  with  a  metal  cleaning  rod. 

4F2163   $1.25 

State  make  of  gun  and  calibre — if  octagon  or 
round  barrel — full  magazine  or  otherwise. 

WINCHESTER  RUST  REMOVER 

For  removing  rust  from  the  bores  of  all  kinds  of 
firearms  and  from  the  metallic  instruments.  Put  up 
in  collapsible  tubes  only. 

4F2239    Per  tube    $  .20 

HOPPE'S  NITRO  POWDER  SOLVENT  No.  9 

A  perfect  solvent  for  cleaning  high  power  rifles, 
shotguns  and  revolvers;  keeps  in  perfect  condition 
.22  cal.  rifles  using  black  powder,  semi-smokeless  or 
Lesmok.  Will  remove  metal  fouling  and  leading 
without  the  use  of  a  brass  brush.  Will  prevent  rust- 
ing in  any  climate,  and  has  no  equal  as  a  rust  re- 
mover. If  rifle  is  to  be  laid  away  this  solvent  must 
be  left  in  the  rifle  to  insure  rust  prevention.  Is  not 
combined  with  oils  and  is  not  a  lubricant. 
4F2701    2  oz.  bottle   $  .35 

"3  IN  1"  OIL 

For  cleaning  and  oiling  rifles,  guns,  revolvers,  reels, 
bicycles^  sewing  machines,  typewriters,  etc.  Posi- 
tively will  not  gum. 

4F2204    Small  size,  weight  1  oz   $  .10 

4F2205    Large  size,  weight  3  ozs  25 

4F2206    sy2  oz.  size  in  tin  oil  can  ~.  25 

4F2207    8  oz.  size  (bottle)  50 


MARBLE'S  ANTI-RUST  ROPES 

With    the    anti-rust  ropes, 
firearms  can  be  laid  aside  for 
a  whole  season  and  kept  in 
perfect  condition. 
4F2197    For  double  bar- 
rel guns.  Set..<£  $.90 
4F2198    For   single  bar- 
rel guns.  Each.^  .45 

(State  calibre)  3£  .45 

4£  .22 


4F2199    For  rifles. 

4F2200    For  revolvers.    (State  calibre) 


WINCHESTER   CRYSTAL  CLEANER 

This  preparation  dissolves  the  copper  and  nickel 
fouling  in  rifles  without  injury  to  the  barrel.  Put  up 
only  in  bottles. 

4F2238    Per  bottle    $  .20 


FITCH  ORDNANCE  SALVE 

A  preparation  for  prevent- 
ing rust,  pitting  and  corrosion 
of  gun  barrels.  A  thin,  col- 
orless salve ;  will  neither 
gum,  evaporate  nor  dry  out. 
Will  positively  prevent  rust 
under  any  conditions  as  long 
as  it  remains  upon  the  metal.  Used  by  the  United 
States  Ordnance  Department  and  pronounced  abso- 
lutely the  best  and  most  efficient  for  the  treatment 
of  all  ordnance  and  small  arms.  It  will  positively 
arrest  the  development  of  pitting. 

4F2201    1  oz.  can   $  .10 

4F2202    3  oz.  can  20 

4F2203    4  oz.  tube   25 


MARBLE'S  NITRO-SOLVENT 

Will  quickly  clean  and  absolutely  protect  firearms 
from  the  corrosive  action  of  all  black  and  smokeless 
powders,  including  cordite. 

4F2234    2  oz.  bottle   $  .25 

4F2235    5  oz.  tin  50 


WINCHESTER  GUN  GREASE 

A  light  coat  of  this  grease  on  any  polished  metal 
will  prevent  it  from  rusting.  It  is  put  up  in  collap- 
sible tubes  only. 

4F2236   Per  tube    $  .10 


WINCHESTER  GUN  OIL 

For  lubricating  the  lock  mechanism.  Will  not  gum 
or  stick,  or  become  rancid  under  any  conditions.  Put 
up  in  bottles  only. 

4F2237   Per  bottle   *j   $  .10 

GUN  REPAIR  AND  STORAGE 

We  make  a  specialty  of  cleaning  and  putting  in 
shape  fine  guns.  Locks  taken  apart  and  oiled.  Trig- 
ger pulls  adjusted.  Guns  oiled  and  overhauled  both 
inside  and  out,  and  put  in  storage,  from  season  to 
season. 

Barrels  refinished  and  rebored,  stocks  refinished, 
bent  or  straightened.  Recoil  pads  added.  A  try 
gun  always  in  stock  for  fitting  new  guns  to  shooters' 
needs. 


82 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


J 


GAME  CALLS 


41<2593    4F2594       4F2595     4F2600  "4F2601 


4F2599 

4F2593  Allen's  Duck  Call.  The  best  duck 
call  made.  Imitates  the  natural 
"quack"  of  the  duck  and  the  tone  or 
pitch  can  be  changed  at  pleasure.         $  .50 

4F2594  Duck  Call.  An  excellent  call  and 
"quacker."  Made  of  polished  coco- 
bolo  wood  with  nickel-plated  tip.^  .35 

4F2595  Fuller's  Goose  and  Crane  Call.  By 
moving  the  sliding  tube  back  and 
forth  one  can,  with  practice,  repro- 
duce the  natural  calls  to  a  wonderful 
degree.  Nickel  tube,  wood  mouth- 
piece  f$  1.00 

4F2596  Crow  Call.  One  of  the  most  natural 
calls  made.  Reproduces  the  crow's 
"caw"  exactly,  and  very  effective. 
Large  size  bound  with  nickel  fer- 
rule .7:> 

4F2597    Crow  Call.    Plain  maple  and  a  trifle 

smaller  than  4F2596  .50 

4F2598  Snipe  Call.  Imitates  closely  the  shrill 
and  peculiar  whistle  of  the  snipe. 
Made  of  fine  horn  3g  .30 

4F2599    Snipe  Call.     Hand-made  of  bone, 

tested  and  tuned.  One  of  the  best.^g  .50 

4F2600  Turkey  Call.  An  excellent  "yelper" 
and  better  than  bone.  Made  of  coco- 
bolo  wood  .35 

4F2601  "Ole  Virginny"  Turkey  Call.  Wood- 
en box  with  slate  scraper.  Repro- 
duces exactly  all  the  calls  of  both 
gobbler  and  hen  ^  .50 

COOK  LIVE  DECOY  HOLDER 

Hold  your  Live  Decoy  by  the  Neck. 

Ducks  with  sore  legs  will  not  swim  around. 

NO 

Snaps  or  strapping. 

Dislocated  legs. 

Catching  in  the  weeds. 

Splashing  in  the  boat. 
To  attach,  slide  the  holder  up  to  the  neck  and 
wind  cord  in  the  holder.    To  loosen,  reverse  opera- 
tion. 

4F2163    $1.15 

4F2184    2.00 


DUCK  DECOYS 
Premier  Model 


Hollow  and  flat-bottomed.  Being  flat  on  the  bot- 
tom, they  ride  the  water  exactly  like  the  living  bird, 
and  have  not  the  rocking  motion  of  the  old-fash- 
ioned decoy  in  rough  weather.  The  eyes  used  are 
the  finest  enamel,  colored  same  as  in  the  living  bird. 

4F2175    Per  Dozen   $14.00 

Challenge  Model 
4F2176    Solid.    Best  grade.    With  the  excep- 
tion of  our  "Premier,"  the  best  de- 
coy made.    Per  Dozen  

4F2177  Solid.  Second  grade.  Made  of  the 
best  selected  pine,  tack  eye ;  well 
modeled  and  painted  to  closely  re- 
semble the  feathered  bird.   Per  Doz. 


9.00 


600 


FOLDING  TIN  SNIPE  DECOYS 


The  best  Snipe  decoy  ever  put  on  the  market. 
They  are  very  light  and  when  folded  pack  into  a 
very  small  space.  When  set  up  they  are  very  life- 
like in  appearance,  being  carefully  painted  to  re- 
semble the  live  bird.  They  come  packed  one  dozen 
in  a  neat  tin  box,  complete  with  supports. 
4F2178    Turnstone    Golden    Plover,  Black 

Breast  Plover;  per  doz   $4.25 

4F2179    Yellow  Leg  Plover;  per  doz   4.25 

4F2180    Extra  support,  regular  length  Crow 

Decoys;  per  doz  75 

4F2181  Extra  supports,  extra  length;  per  doz.  1.50 
4F2182  The  finest  Crow  Decoy  on  the  mar- 
ket. It  is  becoming  popular  to  shoot 
crows  over  decoys,  especially  in 
closed  season  on  other  birds ;  per 
doz  $  4.75 

MARLIN  DECOY  ANCHORS 

To  put  out  decoys,  simply  lift  anchor  from  de- 
coys' neck  and  drop  overboard.    Taking  up,  wind 
cord  around  weight  so  it  won't  snarl. 
4F2749    $3.00 

MARLIN  DECOY  BODY  WEIGHT 

Made  with  screw  attached  for  fastening  to  decoy. 
Cannot  rust  or  wear  out. 

4F2750    Per  doz   2.00 

THE  BROADBILL  DUCK  CALL 
A  Call  that  Calls 

A  new  invention,  built  on  scientific  principles,  in 
tone  quality  has  no  equal  on  the  market  Produces 
with  perfect  accuracy  any  call  of  our  native  ducks, 
the  short,  choppy  call  of  the  Teal,  the  long,  dignified 
call  of  the  Mallard  drake.  The  true-to-life  voice  of 
the  Broadbill  is  the  perfect  imitation  for  which  duck 
hunters  have  long  been  looking.    Price  $1.00 

FRED  A.  ALLEN'S  1915  CROW  CALL 

The  most  natural  toned,  easiest  blowing  Crow  Call 
on  the  market.  Always  ready  for  use.  Any  inex- 
perienced hunter  can  successfully  call  Crows.  The 
Crow  is  one  of  the  worst  destroyers  of  our  game 
birds  and  their  nests.    Price   $  .50 


FIRE  ARMS 


63 


PREPARING  FOR 

It  is  always  preferable  to  have  your  work 
performed  by  a  taxidermist  of  long  experience.  If 
your  work  is  cheaply  done  it  may  result  in  your 
losing  some  of  your  most  valued  specimens  through 
moths  or  unskilful  mounting. 

The  following  directions  have  been  prepared  for 
US  by   Mr.   Fred   Sauter,   leading  taxidermist  of 
America,  and  will  be  found  thoroughly  practical. 
FISH 

Place  your  fish  on  a  piece  of  paper  or  birch-bark 
and  run  a  pencil  completely  around  it,  making  an 
exact  diagram  for  the  use  of  the  taxidermist.  Cut 
bperi  the  fish  along  the  poorest  side,  cutting  along 
the  life  line  from  gills  to  tail.  Separate  the  skin 
from  the  flesh,  cut  off  the  bones  holding  the  fins  to 
the  body,  also  cut  off  bone  holding  tail  to  body. 
Take  out  the  whole  body  in  one  piece.  Next  take 
out  the  gills  and  the  meat  in  the  jaws,  breaking  away 
the  bone  of  the  skull.  Lay  your  fish  skin  on  a  flat 
surface  and  scrape  off  all  flesh  and  fat  adhering  to 
the  skin,  remembering  to  scrape  skin  across  and  not 
lengthwise.  Salt  thoroughly  with  dry  salt.  If  you 
cannot  ship  at  once  either  put  the  skin  into  alcohol 
without  salting,  or  else  salt  it  and  lay  out  flat  on  a 
board  to  dry.  Never  hang  it  up  by  the  head  or  tail. 
If  near  a  railroad,  wrap  the  fish  in  paper  or  cheese- 
cloth and  pack  in  a  box  full  of  moss  or  sawdust  and 
cracked  ice. 

BIRDS 

As  soon  as  killed,  stop  up  the  nostrils  and  throat 
with  cotton  batting  or  leaves.  If  possible  to  ship  at 
once  draw  the  birds  and  fill  throat  and  cavity  with 
fine  salt,  then  wrap  in  paper  and  ship.  If  you  are 
too  far  away  to  ship  immediately,  the  bird  must  be 
skinned  entirely,  taking  out  body,  removing  meat 
from  leg  bones  and  wing  bones.  Salt  the  skin,  fill 
it  with  dry  moss,  leaves,  or  cotton  batting,  and  put 
away  in  a  cool,  shady  place  until  you  can  ship. 

ANIMALS 

Small  Game,  etc.  Prepare  the  carcass  by  re- 
moving entrails  and  fill  cavity  with  fine  salt  before 
wrapping  in  paper  to  ship.  For  long  shipments, 
skin  the  animal  entirely,  taking  the  skull  out.  Skin 
the  legs  clear  to  the  toe  joints.  Remove  all  meat 
and  bones.  Salt  the  skin  well,  then  stretch  out  in 
a  natural  way  (not  out  of  shape)  and  dry  in  a  cool 
shady  place,  never  near  a  fire. 

Any  of  the  Deer  Tribe.  In  skinning  heads,  the 
slit  should  be  made  up  the  back  of  the  neck  so  that 
the  throat  of  the  finished  trophy  will  show  no  seam. 
Cut  around  the  neck,  close  to  the  shoulders  and 
brisket,  then  open  up  from  the  center  of  the  top  of 
the  skull,  just  behind  the  antlers,  and  slit  down  the 
top  of  the  neck  as  far  as  the  end  of  the  neck  skin. 
After  this,  make  a  straight  cut  to  the  base  of  each 
antler,  your  three  cuts  thus  making  a  "Y."  Work" 
off  the  skin  of  the  neck.  To  detach  skull,  turn  head 
one  side  and  slip  the  knife  in  between  the  base  of 
the  skull  and  the  first  vertebra;  this  severs  the 
muscles  and  tendons.  Then  turn  the  head  over 
and  duplicate  the  operation.  After  the  head  is  free 
on  both  sides,  give  it  a  wrench  and  detach  the  skull. 
Cut  the  cartilage  of  the  ears  close  down  to  the  skull 
and  pry  the  skin  away  from  the  base  of  each  antler, 
by  inserting  a  small  wooden  wedge  under  the  skin 
and  tapping  on  it.  Peel  the  skin  back  to  the  eye- 
sockets,  but  take  care  here  that  you  do  not  cut  the 
eyelids.  Next,  peel  the  skin  off  as  far  as  the  lips, 
being  careful  of  the  skin  around  the  eyepit.  After 
reachmg  the  eyes,  cut  close  to  the  bone  all  around, 
in  order  that  the  cartilage  may  be  left  attached  to  the 
skin ;  cut  through  the  cartilage  well  back  of  the  nos- 
trils and  you  will  find  the  skin  entirely  free  of  the 
skull. 


THE  TAXIDERMIST 

ih  the  case  of  moose,  the  bell  should  be  split  all 
the  way  down  on  the  back  side  and  all  flesh  should 
be  pared  off,  particularly  from  the  lips,  nose  and 
butts  of  the  ears,  without,  however,  trimming  away 
the  cartilage.  Split  the  lips  on  the  inside  so  that  the 
salt  can  penetrate.  Free  the  skin  of  the  back  of  the 
ears  from  the  cartilage  and  skin  them  as  far  as 
you  can  so  that  the  salt  can  work  in  and  keep  the 
hair  of  the  ears  from  slipping.  Trim  off  all  flesh 
that  clings  to  the  skin.  Scrape  the  skull  free  of 
flesh.  Remove  the  brain  with  a  stick  through  the 
hole  in  the  base  of  the  skull,  using  a  little  water  to 
help.  Wash  the  skull  out  and  tie  up  the  lower  jaw 
in  place.    Turn  the  skin  inside  out. 

Skin  Curing.  Rub  plenty  of  fine  salt  into  the 
entire  surface  of  the  skin,  roll  it  up  and  let  it  lie  till 
morning,  when  it  should  be  examined  closely  for 
soft  spots  where  the  salt  has  not  worked  in  and  hard- 
ened the  tissues.  Shave  these  soft  spots  down  and 
rub  salt  into  them.  The  skin  and  skull  should  now 
be  hung  up  in  a  shady  place  where  neither  dogs  nor 
vermin  can  reach  them.  Remember  never  to  dry  a 
skin  by  the  fire  or  in  the  sun. 

SKINNING  BEAR 

Make  the  opening  slit  by  extending  the  belly  cut 
up  along  the  throat  between  the  jaw  angles.  Open 
the  bottoms  of  the  feet.  Remove  the  skin  of  the 
feet,  but  leave  the  bones  in  position.  Detach  the 
skull  and  clean  it  out.  Split  the  lips  from  the  in- 
side, and  clean  out  the  ears.  After  spreading  and 
salting  the  skin,  roll  it  up  flesh  to  flesh.  Complete 
the  operation  in  the  morning  by  rubbing  cornmeal 
or  ashes  on  it,  scraping  off  all  fat  and  salting  again. 

TAXIDERMIST  CASE 


Designed  especially  for  those  w7ho  desire  to  do 
their  own  mounting.  Case  has  been  approved  by 
eminent  professors  and  students  of  taxidermy  and 
consists  of  the  following:  3  assorted  sizes  Scalpels; 
1  Tenaculum;  1  Triple  Chain  and  Hood;  1  Brain 
Spoon;  1  pair  of  Scissors;  1  Stuffing  Forceps  or 
Tweezers. 

All  made  of  the  best  steel.    Something  every  taxi- 
dermist, professional  or  amateur,  should  have. 
4F2251   $4.50 

GUN  RIFLE  AND  REVOLVER  REPAIR 
DEPARTMENT 

We  maintain  a  high-grade  Repair  Shop — employ 
the  most  skilled  mechanics,  and  are  prepared  at  any 
time  and  at  short  notice  to  make  repairs,  shorten 
stocks,  change  the  drops  and  refit  any  shotgun  or 
rifle.  Lock  work,  fitting  of  sights,  rebrowning  and 
refinishing  done  on  the  premises. 

We  can  supply  and  attach  to  any  American-made 
gun,  rifle  or  revolver — or  we  will  send  parts  prompt- 
ly by  mail  or  Parcel  Post. 


R4 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


GENUINE  "NEWHOUSE"  TRAPS 

Each 

4A2639    Style  0.    For  rats,  etc.,  single  spring, 

jaws  spread  3^  inches   $  .22 

4A2640    Style  I.    For  muskrats,  skunks,  etc., 

single  spring,  jaws  spread  4  inches  .25 
4A2641    Style  81.    Same  as  Style  1,  but  with 

web  jaws  29 

4A2642    Style  91.    Skunk  or  mink,  double 

jaw,  spread  5^4  inches  32 

4A2643    Style  9V/2.    Mink,  raccoon  or  fox, 

double  jaw,  spread  §l/2  inches  48 

4A2644    Style  iy2.     For  mink,   foxes,  etc., 

single  spring,  jaws  spread  4^  inches  .38 
4A2645    Style  2.  Same  as  Style  1%,  but  with 

double  spring   56 

4A2646    Style  2^.    For  otter,  single  spring, 

toothed  jaws,  spread  5*4  inches  88 

4A2647    Style  21^.  Otter,  same  as  Style  2T^, 

but  has  no  teeth  69 

4A2648    Style  3.    For  otter,  double  spring, 

jaws  spread  5l/2  inches  74 

4A2649    Style  3^.    For  otter,  single  spring, 

toothed  jaws,  spread  6^2  inches  98 

4A2650    Style  4.    For  beaver,  double  spring, 

jaws  spread  &J/2  inches  88 

4A2651  Style  14.  Same  as  Style  4,  with  off- 
set toothed  jaws  93 

4A2652    Style  4^.    For  wolf,  double  spring, 

jaws  spread  8  inches,  with  drag   2.12 

4A2653    Style  50.    Small  bear,  double  spring, 

toothed  jaws,  spread  9  inches   4.49 

4A2654    Style  150.    Same  as  Style  50,  with 

offset   toothed  jaws   4.49 

4A2655    Style  5.    Large  bear,  double  spring, 

toothed  jaws,  spread  11^4  inches...  6.34 

4A2656    Style  15.     Same  as   Style  5,  with 

offset   toothed   jaws   6.34 

4A2657    Style  6.    Grizzly  bear,  double  spring, 

toothed  jaws,  spread  16  inches....  14.77 

Note — The  styles  indicated  are  the  numbers  given 
these  traps  by  the  manufacturers,  and  are  so  well 
known  to  all  trappers  that  we  continue  them  to  save 
confusion. — Order  by  our  order  number. 


ONEIDA  "JUMP"  TRAPS 

Each 

4A2658    Style    0.     Rats,    gophers,  rabbits. 

Single  spring   $  .13 

4A2659    Style   1.     Muskrat,  hares.  Single 

spring   15 

4A2660    Style  V/2.    Mink.    Single  spring...  .23 

4A2661    Style    2.      Coon,    skunk,  'possum. 

Double  spring   34 

4A2662    Style  12.     Same  as   Style  2,  with 

teeth.    Double  spring  37 

4A2663    Style    3.     Fox    or    otter.  Double 

spring   45 

4A2664    Style  13.     Same  as   Style  3,  with 

teeth.    Double  spring  48 

4A2665    Style  4.    Otter  or  wildcat.  Double 

spring   53 

4A2666    Style  14.     Same  as  Style  4,  with 

teeth.    Double  spring  56 


VICTOR  TRAPS 

For  those  who  prefer  a  lighter  and  less  expensive 
trap  than  the  "Newhouse,"  we  recommend  these 
traps  as  excellent  in  every  way.  Made  on  identical 
patterns  of  the  "Newhouse"  throughout  and  will 

give  good  service.    Prices  include  chains. 

4A2667  Style  0.     Gopher  or  rat   $  .10 

4A2668  Style  1.     Muskrat  12 

4A2669  Style  1^  Mink   18 

4A2670  Style  2     Fox  26 

4A2671  Style  3.     Otter   34 

4A2672  Style  4.      Beaver   40 

TREE  TRAPS 

Genuine  "Newhouse"  make  and  an  excellent  model 
for  mink,  marten,  raccoon,  opossum,  etc.  Attached 
quickly  to  trees  by  nails  or  wire  and  is  a  sure  catch. 
Does  not  get  snowed  under  and  is  easy  to  locate. 
4A2673  Style  0.  For  weasel,  ermine,  squir- 
rels, etc.;  weight,  17  ozs...,   $  .19 

4A2674    Style   1.     For  mink,   marten,   etc. ; 

weight,  20  ozs  22 

4A2675    Style  2.    For  raccoon,  'possum,  etc. ; 

weight,  23  ozs  26 

"NEWHOUSE"  GOPHER  TRAP 

The  best  trap  of  the  kind 
fl    \    ±  on  the  market  for  catching 

I     1   f  gophers,  rabbits,  etc.  Made 

i  ['       jzjf'~r*0^^      m  "^ewnouse"  quality  only. 
\        '~M^^^^^k     Easy  and  simple  to  set,  quick 
—  irfWW^     and  positive  in  action.  Wgt., 
6  ozs. 

4A2629    $  .15 


BIRD  TRAPS 

An  excellent  model  for  the  pur- 
pose and  a  sure  catch  for  small 
and  medium-sized  birds.  Largely 
used  by  naturalists  and  collectors. 
Light,  small  and  compact — a  num- 
ber can  be  carried  in  the  pocket. 
Weight,  2  oz. 

3A2630    $  .15 


JUMP  TRAP  SETTER 

To  fit  Oneida  Jump  Traps.    Two  Setters  are  used 
for  double  spring  sizes.    A  quick  and  easy  method 
of  handling  these  heavy  spring  traps. 
3A2627   Each    $  .09 


TRAP  CLAMPS 

Large  traps  are  impossible  to  set  with- 
out the  use  of  powerful  levers,  which 
are  often  unhandy,  and,  in  a  boat  or 
canoe,  out  of  the  question.  These 
clamps  solve  the  difficulty  and  by  their 
use  one  man  can  easily  and  safely  set 
the  largest  and  most  powerful  traps. 
3A2631    For  all  traps  up  to  Style 

4,  weight,  3  ozs   $  .11 

3A2632    For  traps  Styles  4^,  50 

and  5  ;  weight,  15  ozs.  .26 
3A2633    For  Style  6  bear  trap; 

weight,  26  ozs  


Double  spring  traps  require  two  clamps. 


FISHING  TACKLE 


8-? 


FISHING  AND  FISHING  TACKLE 

The  an'gler  considers  this  royal  sport  a  fine  art.  The  object  to  be  attained  is  not  first,  last  and  always 
merely  to  obtain  fish.  He  marks  off  one  more  successful  day  to  which  he  can  look  back  with  that  happy 
realism  of  the  spring — the  odor  of  the  pines  and  flowers — the  music  of  the  swift  water — the  beauty  and 
delicacy  of  the  song  of  the  birds,  and  feels  in  his  heart  the  love  of  the  ever-changing  beauties  of  nature. 
These  give  to  that  pastime  a  charm  possessed  by  no  other. 

We  are  not  all  constituted  aright  to  understand  and  enjoy  this  fine  art,  but  certain  it  is,  the  under- 
lying principle  must  be  a  delicate  rod  and  the  best  of  tackle. 

It  is  our  constant  aim  to  encourage  the  use  of  fine  fishing  tackle. 

Not  only  does  it  afford  much  greater  satisfaction,  but  will,  in  the  end,  prove  less  expensive.  The 
constant  outlay  for  repairs  and  replenishing  of  cheap  tackle  will  soon  exceed  the  cost  of  a  fine  outfit, 
which,  with  care,  will  last  for  years. 

Aside  from  this,'  every  angler  has  a  subtle  and  genteel  pride  in  the  possession  of  an  outfit  which  he 
knows  is  above  reproach. 

Quality  is  always  our  first  consideration  and  we  assure  our  patrons  that  we  have  spared  nothing  to 
create  and  maintain  a  fine  line  of  fishing  tackle  whose  superiority  cannot  be  questioned,  and  which  carries 
our  unqualified  guarantee  of  honest  make  and  perfect  quality. 

Beside  our  own  wide  experience,  we  are  in  constant  touch  with  angling  authorities  the  world  over 
and  we  will  be  pleased  to  advise  or  assist  patrons  in  the  selection  of  the  proper  tackle  and  correct  equip- 
ment for  waters  with  which  they  may  be  unfamiliar. 

We  have  unequalled  facilities  for  the  manufacture  of  special  goods,  which  is  a  large  part  of  our 
business,  and  will  be  pleased  to  execute  orders  for  such  goods  as  we  do  not  catalog. 

THE  CARE  OF  RODS 

It  is  important  after  a  day's  fishing  that  the  rod  should  be  taken  to  pieces,  carefully  cleaned  and 
placed  within  its  case;  not  left  outside  against  a  wall  or  tree  for  the  damp  atmosphere  and  rain  to  act 
upon  its  timber  and  ferrules.  A  rod  carefully  used  will  last  a  lifetime,  whereas,  if  its  owner  is  careless, 
it  will  get  out  of  condition,  become  warped,  and  eventually  lose  its  suppleness  and  power.  Never  put  a 
rod  in  a  damp  bag. 

After  the  season's  fishing  is  over,  look  over  your  rods.  If  the  varnish  is  cracked  or  windings  loose, 
repair  at  once  or  send  them  to  us.  Put  your  rods  in  a  room  where  there  is  no  heat  (steam  heat  will 
loosen  the  ferrules). 

REPAIRS 

We  repair  Rods,  Reels,  Lines  and  any  other  piece  of  fishing  tackle  worthy  of  preservation.  It  is 
well  at  the  end  of  the  season  to  go  over  your  tackle  thoroughly;  if  the  ferrules  need  tightening,  or  the 
rod  needs  varnishing,  send  it  in  to  us  at  once  and  have  it  ready  for  the  next  season.  If  you  have  a  fine 
enameled  line  that  shows  signs  of  wear  do  not  discard  it.  We  can  redress  and  polish  it  so  that  it  will 
do  service  for  many  seasons.  Whatever  may  be  the  damages  after  a  hard  season's  fishing  do  not  dis- 
card tackle  that  has  cost  you  considerable  money,  or  to  which  you  have  become  attached. 


FISHING  TACKLE 


8T 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  VARIOUS  TYPES  OF  RODS 

It  is  impossible  to  show  by  illustration  the  quality  of  a  rod.  Selection  of  material,  workmanship, 
action,  hang,  all  enter  into  the  manufacture  of  a  good  rod.  The  cuts  on  the  preceding  page  are  designed 
to  show  only  the  number  of  pieces,  styles  of  grips,  location  of  reel  seat,  etc.,  and  are  numbered  for  con- 
venience of  reference  from  the  descriptions  of  individual  rods.  The  following  is  a  general  description 
of  the  various  types : 


No.  1 — Two-piece  Bait  Casting  Rod  with  Inde- 
pendent Handle. 

No.   2 — Three-piece  Salmon  Rod  with  Extra  Tip. 

No.  3 — Three-piece  Fly  Rod  with  Extra  Tip  and 
Tip  Case. 

No.  4 — One-piece  Bait  Casting  Rod  with  Independ- 
ent Handle. 

No.  5 — One-piece  Surf  Casting  Rod  with  Spring 
Butt. 

No.  6 — One-piece  Tarpon  and  Tuna  Rod. 

HAWES 


No.  7 — Two-piece  Rod  with  Extra  Tip  and  Inde- 
pendent Handle. 

No.  8 — Two-piece  Rod  with  Extra  Tip  for  Troll- 
ing— Notice  the  forward  grip  above  reel 
seat. 

No.  9 — Three-piece  Bass  or  Bait  Rod  with  Extra 
Tip. 

No.  10 — Three-piece   Fly   Rod  with   Extra  Tip — 

"Well's  Grip." 
No.  11 — Combination  Fly  and  Bait  Casting  Rod 

with  Independent  Handle  and  Tip  Case. 

RODS 


These  rods  have  the  reputation  of  being  the  finest  made  in  the  world.  Mr.  Hawes  has  devoted  a 
lifetime  study  to  the  selection  of  material  and  the  finest  hand  construction.  For  28  years  he  was  asso- 
ciated with  his  uncle,  H.  L.  Leonard,  and  helped  to  build  the  world-wide  reputation  of  Leonard  Rods. 
His  practical  experience  as  a  fisherman  and  expert  tournament  caster,  together  with  his  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  all  features  of  rod-making,  have  enabled  him  to  produce  what  we  believe  to  be  the  best  rod  ever 
built.  All  Hawes'  Rods  are  made  from  the  very  best  six-strip  bamboo.  They  are  mounted  with  special 
grade  of  German  s:lver  and  the  water-proof  ferrules  are  of  the  famous  split  design.  The  fly  and 
salmon  rods  have  steel  snake  guides  and  metal  reel  seats. 

These  rods  are  hand-made  and  the  output  is,  therefore,  limited.  We  urge  you  to  anticipate  your 
wants  if  you  contemplate  the  purchase  of  a  Hawes'  Rod.  If  any  style,  length  or  weight  of  rod  is  desired, 
other  than  those  listed,  prices  will  be  quoted. 


HAWES'   TROUT,   BASS   AND   DRY  FLY 
RODS 

Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  with  Bamboo  Tip 
Case  (See  Cut  3) 
These  rods  are  quicker  in  action  and  more  power- 
ful for  their  weight  than  any  other  rod  made.  The> 
are  extremely  resilient  and  have  the  strength  to  lift 
a  long,  heavy  line  from  the  water  and  cast  true  and 
steady  under  all  conditions.  Their  balance  is  so 
perfect  that  they  have  the  "hang"  of  much  lighter 
rods. 

3E4680     8     ft.  long,  wgt.  about  3^4  oz.  "j 
3E4682     9     ft.  long,  wgt.  about  4^4  oz.  1  Any  length 
3E4683     9x/2  ft.  long,  wgt.  about  5l/2  oz.  f  $35.00 
3E4684    10     ft.  long,  wgt.  about  6     oz.  J 

We  can  furnish  an  independent  handle  on  any  of 
these  rods  at  an  extra  cost  of  $3.00. 

Rods  fitted  with  one  agate  guide  and  two  agate 
tips  extra  $3.00.      „         ,  . 

Extra  Joints 

Butt— $13.00.    Middle— $9.50.    Tip— $6.25. 

HAWES'  "FEATHERWEIGHT"  FLY  RODS 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  With  Bamboo  Tip 
Case  (See  Cut  3) 

This  rod  is  the  most  dainty  piece  of  fishing  tackle 
that  the  angler  can  hope  to  possess.  The  weight  va- 
ries from  2  to  2J4  ozs.  and  fish  have  been  taken  on 
these  rods  up  to  2  pounds. 

These  rods  have  open  reel  seats  and  English  snake 
guides. 

3E4689    Lengths  vary  from  7  to  8  ft.,  any 

length   $50.00 

Extra  Joints 
Butt— $19.00.    Middle— $14.00    Tip— $8.50. 


HAWES'   DRY  FLY  AND  TOURNAMENT 
RODS 

Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  with  Bamboo  Tip 
Case  (See  Cut  3) 
Air.  Hawes'  personal  experience  in  tournament 
casting  has  taught  him  what  the  tournament  caster 
needs  for  record  making.  Unusual  power  and  speed 
will  be  found  in  all  his  rods  for  this  class  of  work. 
In  dry  fly  fishing  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  fly  in 
the  air  to  keep  it  dry.  Consequently,  you  need  a 
powerful  rod.  For  this  style  of  fishing,  Hawes'  rods 
are  particularly  suited  owing  to  their  unusual  re- 
trieving power.  The  4^4  to  5^4  ounce  rods  are  the 
weights  most  generally  used  for  dry  fly  fishing.  They 
have  solid  cork  grips,  snake  guides  and  metal  reel 
seats. 


Light  Tournament  Class 

Specially  adapted  to  dry  fly  fishing. 


3E4693 
3E4694 
3E4695 


Length,  9  ft.  Wgt.,  4^  oz. 
Length,  9l/2  ft.  Wgt,  5^4  oz. 
Length,  10     ft.    Wgt.,  5^4  oz. 


Any  length 

3£  $40.00 


3E4696 
3E4697 
With 
$3.00. 


Medium  Tournament  Class 

Fine  rods  for  swift  water  or  large  fish. 

Length,  10     ft.    Wgt.,  7*4  oz.  \  Either  length 

Length,  10^  ft.  Wgt.,  8y2  oz.  J  ^  $40.00 
one  agate  guide  and  two  agate  tips,  extra 


Rods  With  Extra  Joints 

Any  of  the  above  rods  can  be  supplied  with  two 
middle  joints  and  three  tips  at  a  total  cost  of  $58.00. 


HAWES'  SALMON  RODS— Six-Strip  Bamboo 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  With  Bamboo  Tip 
Case  (See  Cut  2) 
These  rods  are  made  in  keeping  with  the  American 
idea  of  lightness  and  greater  comfort  in  casting. 
They  are  extremely  powerful  and  have  that  beauti- 
ful balance  and  action  which  all  Hawes'  Rods  possess 
to  a  marked  degree.    These  rods  are  gaining  popu- 


larity ever}'  year  for  use  on  Targe  salmon  rivers  and 
in  the  hands  of  an  expert  seem  to  have  no  difficulty 
in  handling  the  largest  fish. 

Length  over  all.    Handle  lengths.  Weight 
3E4703      13  ft.      20    -in.      16  to  17  oz...*f  $50.00 
3E4704     14  ft.     20^-in.     18  to  20  oz...ff  50.00 

Extra  Joints 
Butt— $19.00.     Middle— $14.00.     Tip— $8.50. 


b8 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


TOURADIF  RODS— Split  Bamboo,  Six-Strip 

All  our  Touradif  Rods  are  hand-made.  The  ferrules  are  water-proof  and  are  of  special  grade  Ger- 
man silver,  hand-drawn.  They  are  also  tapered  to  a  fine,  flexible  edge,  where  they  join  the  wood, 
which  makes  it  unnecessary  to  reduce  the  calibre  of  the  wood  where  it  joins  the  ferrules  and,  therefore,  leaves 
the  rod  its  full  strength  at  this  point.  The  hand  grasps  are  of  fine  quality  solid  cork  discs,  through 
which  the  butt-joint  runs  completely  to  the  butt-cap.  This  is  the  strongest  possible  form  of  butt-joint 
construction. 


TOURADIF  TROUT,  BASS  AND  DRY  FLY 
RODS 

Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  With  Bamboo  Tip 
Case  (See  Cut  3) 

The  popularity  of  dry  fly  fishing  and  the  peculiar 
balance  and  recovering  qualities  of  Touradif  Rods 
cause  us  to  emphasize  the  particular  fitness  of  these 
rods  for  dry  fly  fishing.  These  rods  are  quick  in 
action  and  have  a  driving  power,  as  well  as  a  re- 
trieving power,  that  handles  the  long  line  for  dry 
fly  fishing  to  perfection. 

Mounted  in  German  silver.  Solid  metal  reel  seat. 
Solid  cork  handle.  English  snake  guides  and  water- 
proof ferrules. 

Note — The  rods  will  be  supplied  to  order  with 
cane  wound  or  wood  handle ;  any  style  grasp ;  wTith 
skeleton  reel  seat ;  with  reel  seat  above  handle  and 
with  standing  or  loose  ring  guides  at  the  same  prices 
as  for  the  regular  standard  rod. 
3E4748  Length  V/2  ft.  Wgt.  2l/2  to  3  oz.1 
3E4750  Length  8y2  ft.  Wgt.  33/4  to  4^  oz. 
3E4751  Length  9     ft.  Wgt.  4^4  to  5^  oz.   Any  length 
3E4752  Length  9^  ft.  Wgt.  5^  to  6^  oz.  >  % 
3E4753  Length  10     ft.  Wgt.  6y2  to  iy2  oz.     $25  00 
3E4754  Length  10l/2  ft.  Wgt.  7V2  to  SY2  oz. 
3E4755  Length  11     ft.  Wgt.  Sl/2  to  10  ozJ 

Any  of  the  above  rods  with  independent  handle 
$5.00  extra. 

Extra  Joints 
Butt— $9.00.   Middle— $6.00.   Tip— $5.00. 
TOURADIF  PACK  OR  BELT  FLY  RODS 
Six  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip — 18  Inches  Long 

These  little  rods  have  been  developed  especially 
to  meet  the  demand  for  a  compact,  handy  rod  which 
could  be  easily  carried  or  packed  in  a  small  space. 
They  are  extremely  quick  and  powerful  and  make 
splendid  casting  rods,  and  are  daily  becoming  better 
known  and  more  used.  They  will  stand  all  sorts  of 
rough  usage  and  can  be  depended  upon  in  every  way. 
Length  over  all,  834  feet.  Weight,  Al/2  to  bl/2  ounces. 
Put  up  in  fine  quality  hand-made  leather  case,  19 
inches  long,  with  loop  to  carry  on  belt. 
3E4774    Complete  %  $30.00 

Special  indestructible  fibre  cases,  leather  caps,  for 
very  rough  packing,  absolutely  safe,  fully  described 
elsewhere. 

TOURADIF  COMBINATION  RODS 

Fly  rod,  bait  casting  rod  and  light  trolling  rod  in 
one.  Rod  consists  of  independent  reversible  handle, 
with  solid  metal  reel  seat,  one  butt,  one  middle 
joint,  two  tips  and  one  bait  casting  tip.  Makes  a 
fly  rod  9^2  ft.  long,  weighing  about  5 ^2  ozs.,  or  a 
bait  casting  and  trolling  rod  5^2  ft.  long.  Fly  rod 
mounted  with  agate  guide  on  butt  and  English  snake 
guides  on  middle  joint  and  tips.  Bait  casting  rod 
mounted  with  agate  guides  throughout.  See  Cut  11. 
3E4784  6-piece  combination  rod,  complete  %  $35.00 
3E4785    Fine  hand-sewed  leather  carrying 

case   %  5.00 

TOURADIF  SALMON  RODS 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  (See  Cut  2) 
These  rods  are  well  known  for  easy  handling  and 
fine  casting  qualities.    Their  resiliency  and  driving 
power  is  so  great  it  is  easily  possible  to  cast  a  very 
long  line  with  far  less  effort  than  with  the  ordinary 


rod.  German  silver  mounted.  Patent  flexible  water- 
proof ferrules.  Patent  locking  reel  band.  Solid  cork 
hand  grasps. 

3E4759  Length  13^  ft.  Wgt.  about  17  oz.  \  Any  length 
3E4760  Length  14^  ft.  Wgt.  about  20  oz.  J  %  $45.00 
Extra  Joints 
Butt— $17.50.    Middle— $12.50.    Tip— $7.50. 
TOURADIF  LIGHT  SALMON  OR  GRILSE 
RODS 

Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip 

Made  in  same  style  and  fitted  throughout  like 
Touradif  Salmon  Rod. 

3E4766  Length,  12^  ft.    Wgt.,  about  14  oz.^g  $40.00 
Above  rod  with  independent  handle,  $5.00  extra. 
Extra  Joints 
Butt— $15.00.    Middle— $11.00.   Tip— $7.00. 
TOURADIF  GRILSE  TOURIST  RODS 
Consist  of  independent  double-grasp  handle,  with 
locking  reel  band.    One  butt,  two  middle  joints  and 
three  tips.    Especially  desirable  for  tourists  or  for 
those  taking  long,  hard  trips,  as  the  extra  parts  prac- 
tically afford  two  rods.    The  action  of  these  rods  is 
particularly  quick  and  snappy,  and  they  are  far  more 
powerful  than  their  length  and  weight  would  lead 
one  to  believe.    Furnished  with  long  single  grasp 
handle  if  desired. 

3E4770  Length,  l\y2  ft.  Wgt.,  about  13  oz.%  $55.00 

TOURADIF  BASS  OR  BAIT  RODS 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  (See  Cut  9) 
Suitable  for  general  bait  fishing  and  light  trolling. 
Solid  German  silver  reel  seat  with  new  style  locking 
reel  band.  Waterproof,  flexible  ferrules.  Fine  rolled 
German  silver  Bell  guides  and  German  silver  tip- 
tops.   Solid  cork  grasp. 

3E4779    Lengths,   5,  6,  6^,  7^,  8^  feet. 

Weights,  5  to  9  ozs  %  $20.00 

Mounted  with  new  pattern  narrow  raised  agate 
guides,  finely  polished,  extra,  75  cents  per  guide. 

Made  with  independent  handle,  to  order,  extra 
$5.00. 

TOURADIF  BAIT  CASTING  RODS 

These  rods  are  perfection  for  casting  from  the 
reel.  For  general  fishing  we  recommend  the  one- 
piece  rod  with  one  light  and  one  heavy  tip.  Fitted 
with  new  model  independent  handle.  Mounted  with 
special  pattern,  narrow  high-set  agate  guides  and  tip- 
tops.   Regular  length,  5,  5l/2,  6,  6J/2  feet.    See  Cut  4. 

3E4775    One-piece  rod   $25.00 

3E4776    Two-piece  rod   3£  27.50 

3E4777  One-piece  rod  and  extra  joint...  45.00 
3E4778    Two-piece  rod  and  extra  joint... 50.00 

TRITON  FLY  ROD— SPLIT  BAMBOO,  SIX 
STRIP 

Three  pieces  and  extra  tip  with  bamboo  tip  case 
(see  cut  3).    Hand  made  and  same  type  construction 
as  the  Touradif.    Has  steel  snake  guides,  German 
silver  angle  top,  ferrules  and  reel  seat.    This  is  an 
unusually  powerful  rod,  will  lift  and  cast  a  long  line. 
4E4292    8      feet;  weight,  oYz  to  4  ounces. 
4E4293    8J/2  feet;  weight,  334  to  4*4  ounces. 
4E4294    9     feet;  weight,  4  54  to  5%  ounces. 
4E4295    9iy2  feet;  weight,  5%  to  6lA  ounces. 
4E4296  10     feet;  weight,  &y2  to  iy2  ounces. 

Price,   any  length  %  $18.00 


FISHING  TACKLE 


89 


"BIC"  TROUT  AND  BASS  FLY  RODS 
Split  Bamboo 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  With  Bamboo  Tip 
Case  (See  Cut  3) 
We  are  making  a  specialty  of  this  rod  to  meet  the 
demand  for  a  fine  hand-made  rod  at  a  medium  price. 
In  material,  workmanship  and  action  it  is  distinctly 
a  rod  of  high  grade. 

The  lines  and  dimensions  are  the  same  as  our  fa- 
mous "Touradif"  rods.  Made  of  carefully  selected 
bamboo,  solid  German  silver  mountings  throughout. 
Patent  flexible  extension  ferrules.  Solid  cork  grasp. 
Open  cedar  reel  seat.  English  snake  guides. 
3E4586    Lengths,   8,   sy2,   9,   9^,    10  feet. 

Weights,  3*4  to  1%  ozs  3£  $15.00 

Extra  Joints 
Butt— $5.50.    Middle— $4.50.    Tip— $3.00. 

"BIC"  PACK  OR  TRUNK  FLY  RODS 
Split  Bamboo 

Made  throughout  like  the  Bic  Trout  rod,  except 
that  the  joints  are  shorter  for  convenience  in  pack- 
ing. Six  pieces  and  extra  tip,  joints  19^  inches 
long.  Length  over  all,  9  feet;  weight,  about  6  to 
6J/2  ounces.  Mountings  same  as  regular  Bic  rods. 
In  cloth  partition  bag. 

3E4594   3g  $18.00 

"BIC"  BASS  OR  BAIT  RODS— Split  Bamboo 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  (See  Cut  9) 
These  rods  follow  the  same  general  dimensions  of 
the  "Touradif,"  and  have  plenty  of  power.  They 
are  strictly  hand  made  and  all  mountings  are  of  the 
best.  Solid.  German  silver  reel  seat  above  hand. 
Solid  cork  handle.  Fine  German  silver  extension 
ferrules.  Rolled  edge  German  silver  trumpet  guides 
and  stirrup  tip-tops. 

3E4596    Lengths,  5,  5^,   6,  6l/2,  V/2  feet. 

Weights,  4/i  to  6/2  oz  %  $15.00 

"BIC"  BAIT  CASTING  RODS— Split  Bamboo 

Hand-made  throughout,  best  German  silver  fer- 
rules, narrow  raised  agate  guides  and  offset  tip  top. 
It  is  a  splendid  rod  in  every  respect,  made  in  one  and 
two  pieces  with  independent  handle.    (See  Cut  4.) 

One-Piece  Rods  (See  Cut  4) 

3E4600  5     ft.  Wgt.  about  5^4  ozs  ~)    .  ~ 

3E4601  5l/2  ft.  Wgt.  about  6*4  ozs  [■  ^"J,?™ 

3E4602  6     ft.  Wgt.  about  6^  ozs  J  ^  ^A0'uu 

Two-Piece  Rods  (See  Cut  1) 

3E4603  5     ft.  Wgt.  about       ozs  ]    .  « 

3E4604  5l/2  ft.  Wgt.  about  6^  ozs.  V  flS^Tn 

3E4605  6     ft.  Wgt.  about  7    ozs  J  ^  *i7'5U 

"DIVINE  SPECIAL"  FLY  RODS 
Split  Bamboo  for  Trout 
Three  Pieces  With  Extra  Tip  (See  Cut  10) 
This  rod  is  a  six-strip  Split  Bamboo  Rod. 
It  is  fitted  with  the  Wells  grip  and  serrated  fer- 
rules, imported  snake  guides,  unless  otherwise  or- 
dered. 

3E4636    Lengths,  8,  9,  9l/2  ft.  Weights,  \  Any  length 
4,  4y2  ozs   }  %  $19.00 

NEWFOUNDLAND  SALMON  ROD 
Split  Bamboo  (See  Cut  2) 
Three  pieces — one  extra  tip — double  cork  grip,  24 
inches  long,  German  silver  mountings.  English  Snake 
guides — put  up  in  partition  cloth  bag.    This  rod  has 
a  nice  action  and  will  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
angler  who  does  not  want  to  buy  an  expensive 
salmon  rod,  yet  wants  one  that  he  can  rely  upon. 
13  ft.  long.    Weight  about  17  oz. 
3E4740  ^  $20.00 


EMERALD  BAMBOO  FLY  ROD 
Green  Finish  (See  Cut  3) 
Three  pieces  and  extra  tip  with  bamboo  tip  case. 
A  hand-made  rod  with  a  lot  of  bone;  a  good  rod 
that  looks  good,  feels  good  and  is  good.    It's  a  good 
rod  for  dry  fly  fishing  and  equally  as  good  for  wet 
fly  work. 

Such  a  rod  as  this  at  the  price  is  a  very  unusual 
offer.  We  have  tried  to  produce  for  a  moderate 
price  a  rod  that  in  style  and  finish  is  the  equal  of 
any  rod,  and  one  that  is  similar  in  hang  and  action 
to  the  very  best.  We  have  succeeded  beyond  our 
expectations,  and  offer  you  a  rod  that  is  a  wonder 
at  its  price. 

Made  from  selected  split  bamboo  stock,  German 
Silver  Mountings  throughout,  oxidized  finished,  open 
reel  seat  and  steel  snake  guides.  The  grip  is  made 
of  solid  cork  rings  and  the  bamboo  is  finished  dark 
green  color,  making  a  handsome  rod.  All  made 
with  reel  seat  below  the  hand. 
3E4986    Lengths,  8,  9,  9^,  10  ft.  Weights, 

3%  to  7  oz  $12.50 

Extra  Joints 
Butt— $5.00.    Middle— $4.00.    Tip— $2.75. 

THE  "CASSETTE"  FLY  ROD 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  (See  Cut  3) 

Built  on  carefully  designed  dimensions,  strong, 
powerful,  with  plenty  of  snap  and  action. 

For  those  who  desire  a  good,  sound  rod  at  a  mod- 
est price,  we  recommend  this  most  highly  and  war- 
rant it  to  give  perfect  satisfaction.  Made  from 
carefully  selected  Calcutta  bamboo.  German  silver 
mounted  throughout.  Patent  serrated  ferrules. 
Solid  metal  reel  seat.  Solid  cork  grasp.  English 
steel  snake  guides. 

3E4568    Lengths,  8,  9,  9^,  10  ft.  Weights, 

3^4  to  6%  ozs  S$  $10.00 

Extra  Joints 
Butt— $4.00.    Middle— $3.00    Tip— $2.00. 

THE  "CASSETTE"  BASS  OR  BAIT  ROD 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  (See  Cut  9) 

Made  of  same  material  and  quality  of  mountings. 
Cassette  Fly  Rod.  German  silver  trumpet  guides 
and  stirrup  tiptops. 

3E4575    Lengths,  6,  6x/2,  7z/2,  sy2  ft.  Weights, 

6  to  8%  ozs  $10.00 

CASSETTE  BASS  ROD 

8^2   ft.   long  with  reel  seat  below  the  hand — 
Greenwood  Lake  stvle — for  strip  casting. 
3E4573   %  $10.00 

TEMAGAMI  SPLIT  BAMBOO  RODS 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip 

Six-strip  bamboo,  nickel  mountings,  cork  grasp, 
This  rod  fully  meets  the  demand  for  a  popular- 
priced  rod  containing  good  material  carefully  put 
together.    Fly  rod  has  Snake  Guides — bait  rod,  Ger- 
man Silver  Spiral  Guides. 

Fly  Rods  (See  Cut  3) 
3E4580     9y2  ft.  Wgt.  about  5  to  6  ozs.  . .  \   a*  <to  nn 
3E4581    8y2  ft. Wgt.  about  4^4  to  5  ozs.  /  ^  ^,U0 
Bass  or  Bait  Rods  (See  Cut  9) 

3E4582    iy2  ft.    Wgt.  about  7x/2  ozs  \  a*  *,  ™ 

3E4583    sy2  ft.    Wgt.  about  8^  ozs          /  %  ^,uu 

$1.25  SPLIT  BAMBOO  RODS 

Three-piece  and  extra  tip,  nickel  mountings  and 
solid  metal  reel  seat  with  cork  grips.  Fly  rods  have 
snake  guides — bait  rods  have  spiral  guides. 

4E4565    Fly  rod,    8y2  feet   1    Anv  Stvle 

4E4566    Fly  rod,    9^  feet   )-  »l??r 

4E4567    Bait  rodr  8H  feet   J  ^  !H"i0 


90 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


OUR  $5.00  "YELLOWSTONE  SPECIAL" 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip 

We  offer  no  split  bamboo  rod  at  any  price  that 
will  give  you  as  much  value,  dollar  for  dollar,  as  an 
investment  in  our  Yellowstone  Special.  It  is  a  $5.00 
rod,  which  we  alone  make  in  all  the  popular  lengths 
and  weights.  The  material  is  selected  split  bamboo 
and  the  rods  are  built  up  of  six  parts  in  a  most  care- 
ful manner,  so  that  we  can  guarantee  them  not  to 
show  defects  in  workmanship.  We  have  sold  thou- 
sands of  these  rods.  To  anyone  taking  up  dry  fly 
fishing  for  the  first  time  who  does  not  want  to  pur- 
chase an  expensive  outfit  we  recommend  a  9  or  9^2- 
foot  Yellowstone  Special  as  the  most  efficient  rod 
that  the  money  can  produce.  The  rod  is  mounted 
throughout  with  German  silver  ferrules  and  solid 
metal  reel  seat.  The  handle  is  of  solid  cork.  Put 
up  on  covered  wood  form  in  canvas  sack. 

Fly  Rods  (See  Cut  3) 
All  fly  rods  have  snake  guides. 
3E4376    Lengths,  8,  9,  9} 4,  10  ft.  Weights, 

ll/2  to  7  ozs  %  $5.00 

Bass  or  Bait  Rods  (See  Cut  9) 
All  bait  rods  have  German  silver  trumpet  guides. 
3E4373    Lengths,  o]/2,  6J/2,  V/2,  8l/2.  Weights, 

5    to    7    ozs  3£  $5.00 

Extra  Joints 
Butt— $2.25.    Middle— $1.75.    Tip— $1.25. 

YELLOWSTONE  BASS  ROD 

%y2   ft.  long,  with  reel  seat  below  the  hand — ■ 
Greenwood  Lake  stvle — for  strip  casting. 
4E4372   "  %  ?5.50 

KENNEBAGO  TROLLING  BAMBOO  RODS 
Two  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip  (See  Cut's)" 
Heavy  bass,  trolling  or  light  salt-water  rod. 
Heavy  welt  ferrules  and  solid  metal  reel  seat.  Has 
double  cane  wound  grips,  trumpet  guides  and  double 
hole  tip  tops.  Nickel  mountings.  Length,  7  feet; 
weight,  11  to  12  ounces. 

4E4579   3£  $5.50 


"BEAVERKILL"  GREENHEART  RODS 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip 

Those  who  prefer  a  "wood"  rod  to  Split  Bambo', 
will  find  this  a  serviceable  rod  in  every  respect. 

Hand  made — German  silver  mounted — cork  grasp, 
solid  metal  reel  seats.  Fly  rods  have  snake  guides. 
Bait  rods  have  German  silver  trumpet  guides  and 
double  cork  grips.  Put  up  on  velvet-covered  form 
in  canvas  bag. 

Fly  Rods 

3E4531     9     ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  6     ozs.  1    .  c. 
3E4532     914  ft.  loner.  Wgt.  about  6^  ozs.  k£ny£"^ 
3E4533    10    ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  7    ozs.  J  %  *7-00 

Bait  Rods 

3E4534  6r/2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  6  ozs. 
3E4535  V/2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  7  ozs. 
3E4536    8l/>  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  8  ozs. 


Any  Size 

£  $7.00 


"CHAUTAUQUA"  LANCEWOOD  RODS 
Three  Pieces  and  Extra  Tip 

This  is  a  good  rod  at  a  very  low  price.  Its  bal- 
ance will  be  found  superior  to  rods  usually  sold  at 
so  low  a  figure.  It  has  none  of  the  stiff,  cumber- 
some action  of  cheap  rods. 

Xickel  mountings.  Solid  reel  seat.  Cork  grasp. 
Fly  rods  have  snake  guides ;  bait  rods  have  spiral 
wire  guides.  Put  up  on  flannel  covered  form  in 
cloth  bag. 

Fly  Rods 

3E4541     sy2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  6^  ozs.  )   A  ~. 
3E4542     9H  ft.  lone.  Wet.  about  7    ozs.  ^"v'™ 
3E4543    10     ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  7^  ozs.  J  ^  ^>uu 

Bait  Rods 
3E4544    6T/2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  6l/2  ozs. 
3E4545    iy2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  V/2  ozs. 
3E4546    8y2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  9  ozs. 

JOINTED  CALCUTTA  BAMBOO  RODS 
For  Pond  and  River  Fishing 

Well  seasoned,  good  stock — brass  mountings — well 
varnished  reel  bands  in  muslin  bag. 

4E4549    4  joints,   16   ft  %  $2.50 

4E4550    3  joints,   12   ft  2.00 


Any  Size 

^  $3.00 


BAIT  CASTING  RODS 


"Kezar  Special"  Split  Bamboo  Rods— Two  Pieces 
and  Independent  Butt — (See  Cut  1) 
A  first-class  bait-casting  rod  at  a  popular  price. 
The  design  is  excellent,  the  balance  perfect,  and  the 
action  quick  and  lively.  Made  from  extra  grade  of 
split  bamboo — six  strip.  Solid  metal  reel  seat.  All 
fittings  of  fine  German  silver.  Mounted  with  high 
set  narrow  agate  casting  guides  and  offset  agate  top. 
Solid  cork  grasp.  Closely  wound  with  black  silk 
and  finished  with  best  varnish. 

3E4556    Lengths,  5,  5J4  6  ft  3£  $10.00 

YELLOWSTONE  SPECIAL 

Two  pieces  and  extra  tip. 

Split  bamboo,  full  German  silver  mountings.  Tips 

four  inches  longer  than  butt  joint.  Raised  ring 
casting  guides,  offset  tops  and  finger  hook. 

4E4771    5y3  ft.  light    for  ^  or  H  oz.  baits  $6.00 

4E4772    5J/3  ft.  heavy  for  yA  to  1   oz.  baits  %  6.00 

"DELAWARE"  LANCEWOOD  RODS 

Two-piece  and  extra  tip.  Made  from  Cuban 
Lancevvood.  Double  grip,  wound  with  mottled  cord. 
Full  nickel-plated  mountings  ;  solid  metal  reel  seat ; 
finger  hook;  improved  ferrules,  welted;  large  two 
ring  guides  and  large  casting  tops  closely  wound  with 
silk. 

3E4553    Lengths,  5^  and  6  feet  %  $3.00 


HEDDON'S  MODEL  No.  6— Bamboo 

Two  pieces  and  extra  tip.  Has  a  double  rolled 
cork  grip ;  nickel  mountings ;  locking  reel  band ;  one 
tip  with  agate  first  guide  and  agate  tip  top  and  the 
other  file-proof  metal  guides. 

4E4920    5  or  5lA   ft  3£  $7.50 

HEDDON— No.  V/z  RODS— Split  Bamboo 

Two-piece  style.  Split  bamboo  tip,  solid  wood 
butt  with  maple  handle.  Nickel  reel  seat  and  finger 
hook.  Wrapped  with  silk  windings  in  two  colors. 
In  partitioned  cloth  bag.    Length,  5  feet;  weight, 

6y2  ozs. 

4E4564   $2.00 

"CHAMPLAIN"  PACK  RODS 
Four  Pieces  Split  Bamboo 

Split  bamboo,  nickel  mountings,  cork  grip,  large 
two  ring  guides,  and  tops,  wound  with  silk  and  well 
varnished.    Four  pieces  and  extra  tip. 
4E4562    Lengths,  5^  and  6  feet  f$  $3.00 


RUBBER  BUTT  PADS 

When  playing  fish,  butt  can 
be  rested  steadily  against  the 
body  in  any  position. 

3E3435    Small   ^    $  -25 

3E3436  Medium  .  . .40 
3E3437    Large   %  .50 


FISHING  TACKLE 


91 


COMBINATION  RODS 


DIVINE  TRAVELLING  MEN'S  FRIEND 

This  rod  is  the  perfection  of  a  trunk  rod,  making 
six  distinct  rods.  It  is  composed  of  nine  joints,  17 
inches  long,  with  reversible  butt. 

(1)  Take  six  joints,  together  with  the  butt, 
make  a  9-foot  Fly  Rod,  weighing  7  to  8  ozs. 

(2)  Remove  the  lower  joint  and  use  the  reducing 
ferrule  and  you  have  a  7>4-foot  light  Fly  Rod, 
weighing  4^4  to  5  ozs. 

(3)  Remove  the  two  upper  joints  and  put  in  the 
lighter  of  the  two  Bass  tips,  and  you  have  a  6^3- 
foot  Bass  Casting  Rod,  weighing  5  to  6^2  ozs. 

(4)  Add  to  this  the  first  joint  and  you  have  a 
75^-foot  Bass  Rod,  weighing  7  to  8  ozs. 

(5)  Remove  the  two  upper  joints  and  put  in  the 
heavy  Bass  tip,  and  you  have  a  6^2-foot  heavy  Bass 
or  light  Trolling  Rod,  weighing  6  to  7  ozs. 

(6)  Remove  lower  joint  and  use  the  reducing 
ferrule,  you  have  a  4^-foot  stiff  Bass  or  light  Troll- 
ing Rod,  weighing  5  to  6  ozs. 

The  Butt  is  reversible,  so  you  can  have  Reel  above 
or  below  the  hand,  on  any  of  the  Rods.  This  makes 
a  combination  of  six  good  practical  Rods  in  one. 

3E4646    Split   Bamboo  $20.00 

3E4647    Bethabarra   %  15.00 

3E4648    Lancewood   *t£  10.00 

"WYOMING"  PACK  FLY  OR  BAIT  ROD 
Split  Bamboo 

Selected  Calcutta  bamboo,  six-strip;  full  nickel 
plated  mountings,  cork  grasp,  welted  ferrules,  metal 
reel  seat.  Strongly  made  for  hard  service.  Con- 
sists of  six  pieces,  with  extra  tip ;  enclosed  in  cloth 

Sack-  .    Fly  Rods 

4E4607    sy2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  8  ozs.  J  Either  style 

Bait  Rod  |  $7.50 

4E4609    iy2  ft.  long.  Wgt.  about  6  ozs.  I 


TOURADIFF  COMBINATION  ROD 

(See  page  88) 
BIC  PACK  OR  TRUNK  FLY  ROD 

(See  page  89) 
"CANOE"  COMBINATION  ROD 
Split  Bamboo 

This  makes  a  three-piece  9^2-foot  fly  rod,  weigh- 
ing 6^4  ounces,  with  an  extra  tip,  or  a  5^2-foot,  two- 
piece  rod,  weighing  6  ounces,  for  bait  casting  or 
trolling.  Made  of  split  bamboo  with  a  reversible 
cork  grip.  Nickel  mountings,  solid  metal  reel,  and 
snake  guides,  wound  with  silk  and  well  varnished. 
Put  up  on  covered  wood  form  and  canvas  bag. 

3E4610   %  $6.50 

SIX  IN  ONE  ROD 

Consists  of  five  25-in.  Cuban  white  Lancewood 
joints,  nickel  mountings,  snake  guides  and  inde- 
pendent reversible  butt  with  cork  grasp.  Can  be 
made  into  three  kinds  of  rod  with  reel  below  the 
handle  and  by  reversing  the  butt  three  with  the 
reel  above. 

Makes  a  fly  rod  iy2  or  9  feet,  or  four  styles  of 
bait  rod,  5,  ll/2  or  9  feet  in  length. 
4E4612    In  cloth  bag  %  $4.00 

POCKET  COMBINATION  FLY  AND  BAIT 
ROD 
Split  Bamboo 

The  "handy  man"  of  the  rod  family.  A  convenient 
and  serviceable  little  rod  for  mountain  tramps, 
bicycle  trips,  or  when  packing  through  a  rough  coun- 
try. Well  made  of  good  materials.  Split  bamboo, 
six-strip,  nickel  mountings.  "Snake"  guides,  cork 
grasp,  metal  reel  seat.  Seven  pieces  and  reversible 
butt.  Length  of  joints,  13  inches.  Makes  a  7-foot 
fly  roc  weighing  4^4  ozs.,  or  a  5-foot  bait  rod  weigh- 
ing 5  ozs, 

4E46U   %  $4.50 


SALT  WATER  RODS 

There  has  been  such  wide-spread  interest  in  contests  for  salt  water  fish  and  standardization  of  tackle 
to  meet  the  regulations  of  fishing  clubs,  that  we  have  made  a  number  of  rods  to  comply  with  these  regu- 
lation standards. 

The  "West  Coast,"  "Tampico,"  "Sanibel,"  "California,"  "Light  Tackle"  and  "Three-Six"  Rods, 
which  are  fully  described  on  the  following  pages,  are  now  made  for  club  competition. 

In  the  manufacture  of  these  rods,  it  is  impossible  to  get  them  to  weigh  exact,  although  they  fluctuate 
but  a  trifle.  If  you  intend  to  enter  competition,  please  so  specify  and  we  will  select  a  rod  for  you  to  meet 
exact  regulations. 


THE  "WEST  COAST"  ROD 
For  Tuna,  Tarpon  and  Surf  Casting — Double- 
Built  Bamboo  (See  Cut  6) 

Made  to  meet  regulations  of  Tuna  Class.  For 
use  with  line  not  over  standard  24  thread. 

These  rods  are  as  light,  stiff  and  powerful  as  it  is 
possible  to  make.  When  Lised  for  surf  casting,  for 
which  they  are  finely  adapted,  their  springy  action 
and  great  casting  power  lend  an  added  charm  to  this 
interesting  sport.  These  rods  are  all  double  built — 
that  is,  one  rod  is  built  on  top  of  another, 

A  rod  of  this  style  has  nearly  twice  the  strength 
of  the  ordinary  rod  of  the  same  size  and  weight. 
Extra  heavy  German  silver  mountings  throughout. 
Hand-drawn,  hard-tempered  ferrules.  Extra  heavy 
solid  reel  seat,  New^pattern  locking  reel  band,  which 
locks  the  reel  firmly  to  the  plate  in  such  manner  that 
it  cannot  possibly  work  loose.  Mounted  with  double 
agate  guides.  Cane  wound  double  grasp.  Made  in 
one  piece  with  independent  handle. 

Length  of  tips,  5  ft.  4  in.,  6  in.  and  8  in. ;  weight, 
10  to  15  ounces ;  length  of  butt,  20  inches ;  weight, 
13  ozs, 

3E4488   Butt  with  one  tip  $25.00 

3E4489    Butt  "with  two  tips  45.00 

These  rods  will  be  supplied  with  spring  butt  of  any 
length  at  the  same  prices.  Any  other  lengths  and 
weights  can  be  supplied  to  order. 


"LIGHT  TACKLE" 
For  Tarpon,  Tuna,  Barracuda  and  Yellowtail 
"Light  Tackle"  Split  Bamboo  Rods  (See  Cut  6) 
Made  to  meet  regulations  of  Light  Tackle  Class. 
For  use  with  standard  9-thread  line.    Made  of  se- 
lected bamboo,  German  silver  mountings  throughout, 
agate  first  guide  and  top,  cane  wound  grasps  on  butt 
and  tip.    Length  of  tip  when  seated,  5  feet ;  weight 
of  tip,  6  ounces;  length  of  butt,  14  inches. 

3E4499    One  butt  and  one  tip  $12.00 

3E4500    One  butt  and  two  tips  %  20.00 

3E4501    Tips  only.....  9.00 

"THREE-SIX" 
Split  Bamboo  Rods  (See  Cut  6) 

Made  to  meet  the  regulations  of  the  Three-Six  Class. 

For  use  with  standard  6-thread  line.  Made  of  se- 
lected bamboo,  German  silver  mountings  throughout, 
agate  first  guide  and  top,  cane  wound  grasps  on  butt 
and  tip.  Length  of  tip  when  seated,  5  feet;  length 
of  butt,  12  inches;  weight  of  rod,  6  ounces. 

3E4502    One  butt  and  one  tip  %  $12.00 

3E4503    One  butt  and  two  tips  20.00 

3E4504    Tips   only  %  9.00 

Note— Both  the  "Light  Tackle"  and  "Three- 
Six"  Rods  are  splendid  for  Weakfish. 


92 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


"CALIFORNIA"  (See  Cut  6) 

Made  to  meet  the  regulations  of  the  TUNA 
CLASS. 

Made  of  selected  bamboo,  German  silver  mount- 
ings throughout,  agate  first  guide  and  top,  cane 
wound  grasps  on  butt  and  tip.  Length  of  tip  when 
seated,  5%  feet;  weight  of  tip,  13^2  to  16  ounces; 
length  of  butt,  20  inches. 

3E4496    One  butt  and  one  tip  tig  $15.00 

3E4497    One  butt  and  two  tips  tig  25.00 

3E4498    Tips  only  tig  12.00 

We  can  supply  this  rod  with  any  length  spring 
butt  at  the  same  prices. 

"SANIBEL"  HICKORY  RODS 
For  Tarpon,  Tuna  or  Surf  Fishing  (See  Cut  6) 

Made  to  meet  the  regulations  of  the  Tuna  Class. 

Hand  made  of  the  finest  quality  second  growth 
hickory.  They  are  thoroughly  made  and  are  prac- 
tically unbreakable.  Extra  heavy  hand  drawn  Ger- 
man silver  ferrules  and  mountings.  Double  agate 
guides  and  tip-top  of  special  pattern.  Double  cord 
wound  hand  grasps  Made  in  one  piece,  independ- 
ent handle.  Length  of  tip,  when  seated,  5l/2  feet, 
weight  of  tip,  14  ozs. ;  length  of  butt,  19  inches ; 
weight  of  butt,  9  ozs. 

3E4505    Butt  with  one  tip  tig  $12.00 

3E4506    Butt  with  two  tips  tig  20.00 

With  any  length  spring  butt  at  the  same  prices. 

THE  "TAMPICO"  ROD 
For  Tuna,  Tarpon  and  Surf  Casting — Greenheart 

(See  Cut  6) 

Hand  made  from  the  finest  quality  of  carefully 
selected  straight  grained  greenheart,  hand  riven  and 
free  from  knots.  Extra  heavy  German  silver  mount- 
ings throughout.  Hand-drawn,  hard-tempered  fer- 
rules. Made  in  one-piece  tip  with  connection  at 
reel  plate.  Heavy  solid  metal  reel  seat  with  new 
locking  reel  band.  Mounted  with  special  pattern 
agate  double  guides  and  agate  top — 5  in  all.  Cane 
wound  double  grasp.  These  are  splendid  rods  in 
every  wa}',  and  for  those  who  prefer  the  solid  wood 
to  the  split  cane  rod  nothing  better  or  finer  can  be 
devised. 

Length  of  tips,  5  feet,  4  in.,  6  in.,  and  8  in. ; 
weight,  10  to  15  ounces;  length  of  butt,  20  inches, 
weight,  13  ounces. 

3E4490  Butt  with  one  tip,  agate  guides.. 3£  $15.00 
3E4491    Butt  with  two  tips,  agate  guides.  .tig  25.00 

3E4494    Extra  tips  %  12.00 

With  any  length  spring  butt  at  the  same  prices! 
Any  other  lengths  and  weights  can  be  supplied  to 
order. 

BAHAMA  COMBINATION  RODS— Greenheart 

Solid  German  silver  mountings,  agate  first  guides 
and  top  double  trumpet  guides.    Has  two  tips  and 
two  joints  with  detachable  cord  wound  butt.  Makes 
two  good  rods  for  bay  and  ocean  fishing  in  one. 
4E4521    In  partition  bag  tig  $10.00 

HANDY  REEL  SEAT 


4E4921    Will  fit  any  rod— just  the  thing  for 
Calcutta  or  Japanese  poles — each  tig 


.20 


"VENGACA"  SPLIT  BAMBOO  RODS 

See  Cut  8. 

Here  is  a  good,  sound  rod  for  general  sea  fishing 
at  a  popular  price.  Made  from  a  high  grade  of  split 
bamboo,  carefully  finished,  well  modeled  and  very 
strong.  Mounted  throughout  with  German  silver. 
Solid  metal  reel-seat  and  extra  heavy  ferrules. 
Cane  wound  double  grasp  handle.  German  silver 
double  trumpet  guides  and  solid  tops.  Made  in  two- 
piece  model  with  extra  tip.    Length  over  all,  7  feet. 

4E4507    22   oz  tig  $10.00 

4E4516    16   oz  tig  10.00 

"SEABRIGHT"  LIGHT  SALT  WATER  RODS 
Greenheart — (See  Cut  8) 
Best  quality  hand  riven  greenheart,  finished  in 
the  most  careful  manner  throughout.  Heavy  Ger- 
man silver  mountings.  Extra  heavy  hand  drawn 
reinforced  ferrules.  Double  trumpet  guides  and 
solid  tip-top.  Double  cane  wound  hand  grasps.  A 
thoroughly  reliable  rod  in  every  way  and  warranted 
to  give  satisfaction.  Two-piece  and  extra  tip. 
Length,  6^4  feet.  Weight,  14  ounces. 
3E4508   tig  $7.50 

"JAMAICA"  WEAKFISH  RODS— Greenheart 
Two  Pieces  and  Extra  Tips— Detachable  Butt 

(See  Cut  7) 

A  good,  all  round  boat  rod,  very  popular  with  the 
Weakfish  fisherman. 

Made    of    selected    Greenheart;    German  silver 
mountings ;  two  piece,  extra  tip,  and  detachable  cord 
wound  butt.     Double  trumpet  guides.     Length,  6 
feet.    In  Cloth  Partitioned  Bag. 
3E4510  tig  $5.00 

"HIGHLANDS"   WEAKFISH  ROD— 
Lancewood 

Two-piece  rod  with  double  cord  wound  grasps. 
Double  German  silver  trumpet  guides  and  tube  top. 
Heavy  German  silver  mountings  throughout.  One 
of  the  best  rods  that  can  be  bought  at  the  price. 
Put  up  in  cloth  bag.  Length,  6  feet.  Weight  about 
10  oz. 

3E4511   $3.50 

"ATLANTIC"  COD  OR  BANK  ROD 

Two-piece  Cod  or  Bank  Rod,  all  ash,  brass  fer- 
rules and  reel  seat,  length  5  feet,  weight  20  ounces. 
4E4517    $1.50 

COMBINATION  ROD 

(An  all-round  rod  for  deep  sea  fishing,  also  used 
for  trolling  and  surf  fishing) 

Cuban  lancewood,  full  nickel  mountings,  solid  reel- 
seat,  enamel  grip,  welted  ferrules,  double  guides  and 
tops.  Makes  a  3-piece  rod  8  feet  long,  weight  about 
24  ounces,  or  2-piece  5l/2  feet,  extra  stiff  rod. 
Weight,  about  18  ounces. 

3E4514   %  $2.50 

"TAURUS"  ^OD  OR  BANK  ROD 

Two-piece  Lancewood  tip,  nickel  mountings,  cord 
wound,  ash  butt,  length  5  feet,  weight  21  ounces. 
4E4515   *®  $2.50 

RUBBER  ROD 
GRIPS 

Can    be  easily 
slipped  on  rods  over 
ordinary  guides. 
3E3440    Length,   2 $4 

inches  ...tig    $  .50 

TARPON  ROD  GRIP 

Similar  to  above,  5  inches  long  and  large  enough 
to  put  on  tarpon  and  tuna  rods. 
4E4995   tig    $  .50 


FISHING  TACKLE 


93 


BRISTOL  ADJUSTABLE  TELESCOPIC  RODS 


These  rods  can  be  adjusted  to  any  length  and  can 
be  taken  apart  as  easily  as  a  jointed  rod.  The 
joints  are  locked  in  place  by  a  very  ingenious  ar- 
rangement of  the  guides  which  are  interchangeable. 

Model  35  Bait  Rod 

Length,  9  feet,  joints,  25%  inches.  When  tele- 
scoped, the  whole  rod  is  only  29  inches  long.  Handle 
mountings  nickel,  trimmed  with  two-ring  German 
silver  tie  guides  and  German  silver  three-ring  top. 
Has  cork  reversible  handle. 

3E4420   tig  $4.60 

Model  37  Bait  Casting  Rod 

Length,  6  feet,  joints,  18%  inches.    When  tele- 


scoped, the  whole  rod  is  only  23  inches  long.  Short 
cork  grip  with  patent  detachable  finger  hook,  large 
German  silver  improved  casting  guides  and  solid 
agate  top. 

3E4421   .tig  $5.75 

3E4422    The  same  rod  fitted  with  all  agate 

casting  guides  and  top  tig  7.75 

Model  38  Fly  Rod 

Length,  9  feet,  joints,  27  inches.   When  telescoped 
whole  rod  is  only  31  inches.    Trimmed  with  two- 
ring  German  silver  tie  guides  and  German  silver 
one-ring  flv  top.    Has  cork  handle. 
3E4423  tig  $4.60 


BRISTOL  FLY  RODS 
Three  Joints  With  Independent  Handle 

3E4388  Model  29.  Cork  handle  with  lock- 
ing reel  band,  fitted  with  snake 
guides  and  one  ring  top.  One  length 
only— 8^  feet  tig  $5.75 

3E4389  Model  8.  Nickel  mountings,  2  ring 
guides.  Length,  10  ft.  With  maple 
handle   tig  3.80 

3E4390    Model  8.    With  cork  handle ....  4.60 

3E4391  Model  9.  German  silver  mount- 
ings. Drop  ring  guides.  Length, 
9%  feet.    Cork  or  celluloid  handle*®  5.75 

3E4392  Model  14.  Mounted  same  as  Model 
9.  Length,  8%  feet.  Cork  or  cel- 
luloid handle  tig  5.75 

3E4393    Model    16.      Nickel  Mountings. 

Drop  ring  guides.    Length,  9  feet. 

With  maple  handle  tig  3.80 

3E4394    Model  16.    With  cork  handle... tig  4.60 

BRISTOL  BAIT  RODS 
Three  Joints  With  Independent  Handle 

German  silver  two-ring  guides  and  three-ring  tips. 
Nickel  mountings. 

3E4399  With  maple  handle,  anv  model.. tig  $3.80 
3E4400  With  celluloid  handle,  anv  model  tig  4.20 
3E4401  With  cork  handle,  any  model.... tig  4.60 
3E4402    With   celluloid    double    grip,  any 

model   tig  5.00 

3E4403    With   cork   reversible   handle,  any 

model   tig  5.50 

Made  in  lengths  10  ft.,  8%  ft.,  7l/2  ft,  Q>%  ft.,  6  ft, 
5V2  ft,  5  ft. 

Give  order  number  and  length  when  ordering. 

BRISTOL  BAIT  CASTING  RODS 
Three  Joints  With  Independent  Handle 
Model   27.    Detachable    finger    hook.  Raised 
agate  guides  and  offset  agate  tip.    Cork  handle  only. 
3E4406    4%  ft.,  5  ft.,  5l/2  ft  tig  $9.20 


Model  25.  Extra  large  German  silver  two- 
ring  guides.  Solid  agate  tip.  Short  handle  with 
reel-seat  close  to  grip.  Detachable  finger  hook. 
Cork  handle  only. 

3E4409    5,  5%  and  6  feet  tig  $5.85 

Model  28 — Extra  Light 

Weight  only  5  ozs.  Fitted  with  three  improved 
casting  guides  and  special  light  offset  agate  casting 
top.    Cork  handle  with  locking  reel  band. 

3E4414    5  and  5%  feet  tig  $6.75 

Model  33 

This  is  the  finest  and  best  finished  Bristol  rod, 
weight  only  8  ounces.  Fitted  with  three  narrow 
agate  casting  guides  and  a  special  design  light  agate 
offset  top.  Double  grip  cork  handle  12^  inches 
long,  with  detachable  finger  hook.  Handle  mount- 
ings finished  in  French  grey  on  nickel. 
3E4416    4%,  5,  5%  and  6  feet  tig  $10.00 

BRISTOL  MUSCALLONGE  ROD 

Nickel  mountings.  German  silver  trumpet  guides 
and  double-hole  tip.    Two  joints  and  handle. 

Model  21.    Length,  7%  ft.,  joints,  38  in. 

Model  22.    Length,  6^  ft.,  joints,  32  in. 
3E4424    Either  model  with  celluloid  long  or 

double  grip  handle  tig  $5.65 


3E4425    Either  model  with  agate  first  guide 

and  solid  agate  tip  tig  $7.00 

BRISTOL  TROLLING  TIP 

To  shorten  and  stiffen  rods  for  trolling,  etc. 
Length,  9  inches. 

3E4428    Length,  9  inches.  Regular  guides. tig  $1.00 

3E4429    Same.    Agate  tip  tig  1.75 

BRISTOL  EMERGENCY  TOP 

3E4430    Two  inches  long  tig  $  .20 

Bait  Rods 

Three  joints  and  independent  cork  handle.  Two- 
ring  guides.    Lengths,  5,  5%,  6,  7,  8,  10  feet. 

3E4482    Any  length   tig  $1.50 

Bait  Casting  Rods 

Large  casting  guides  and  stirrup  tips.  Lengths, 
4%,  5,  5iy2,  6  feet. 

3E4483    Regular  model,  any  length  tig  $2.00 

3E4484    With  agate  first  guide  and  agate 

tip   tig  2.75 

3E4485    With  three  agate  casting  guides  and 

agate  tip   tig  3.60 

Trolling  Tips 

3E4486    Nine  inches  long.   Regular  guides  tig  $  .45 

3E4487    Same  with  agate  tip  %  .85 


"LUCKIE"  STEEL  RODS 

These  are  made  by  the  Horton  Manufacturing 
Company  and  are  not  guaranteed.  All  styles  finished 
in  brown  enamel. 

Fly  Rods 

Three  joints  and  independent  cork  handle.  Two- 
ring  guides.    Lengths,  8,  9,  10  feet. 
3E4479   Any  length   tig  $1.50 

Trunk  Fly  Rods 
3E4480    Model  909.    9  feet.    Has  6  joints 
17%  inches,  with  independent  cork 
butt,    nickel    mountings,  two-ring 
guides.   Weight,  8%  oz  tig  3.50 

Bait  Trunk  Rod 
3E4481    Model  907.    Same  as  Model  909  with 
reel  seat  above  the  hand,  7  ft.  8 
inches  long.    Weight,  9%  ozs  tig  3.50 


94 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  STEEL  RODS 
Guaranteed 

From  tip  to  butt,  the  finish  and  material  is  the  best  employed.  The  steel  is  of  extra  fine  quality—- 
tempered  so  as  to  give  it  the  greatest  strength  and  resiliency — all  the  rods  have  independent  solid  cork  grip 
handles  (Model  3E4442,  bait  casting  excepted)  with  patent  locking  reel  bands,  which  cannot  become  loose, 
and  is  very  easy  to  operate.  The  reel  seats  are  heavy  nickel  plated  and  six  coats  of  black  enamel  are 
baked  one  after  another,  making  them  very  handsome  rods. 

Fly  Rods.  Have  three  pieces — inde-   »  ■    1    a   — —  '  *  "° 

pendent  handle  with  patent  reel  seat   lca=p         u,         ,  m  r 

below  the  hand — snake  guide,  ring  top.    ,  ,  „ 

3E4431    Length,   9   feet  $4.50 

3E4432    Length,   10  feet  %  4.50 

Trunk  Fly  Rod — Same  style  as  above — 17^4  inches,  length  9  feet. 
3E4462    ...  .   %  $7-50 


1-  LH^iy-nM..,- 

Bass  Rods  have 
three  pieces,  inde- 
pendent handles  with 
patent  locking  reel 
bands,  reel  seat  above 
the  hand,  genuine  agate  first  guide  and  agate  tops, 
balance  of  guides  of  the  best  quality  German  silver 
trumpet  shape. 

3E4433    Lengths,  6^,  %  8^  and  10  feet  %  $6.00 
Bass  Rods.    The  same  as  above,  except  the 

Bait  Casting  Rod,  3  pieces,  inde- 
pendent    handles   with   finger   hook,  =-ss 
large  ring  guides  and  agate  top.  c 
3E4442    Lengths,   5   ft.,   5^  ft., 

6  ft  %    $5.75  c 

4E4512    With  agate  first  guides 

%  $6.75 

4E4513    With  agate  guides..  3£  $9.00 
Trolling  Tips  for  A.  &  F.  Rods.  9  in. 
3E4445    With  three-ring  top  


guides  are  two-ring  type  and  they  have  the  three- 
ring  top. 

3E4437   Lengths,  G^,  ^A,  8XA  and  10  feet  %  $4.00 
Trunk  Bass  Rod,  same  style  as  3E4433,  joints 
17^4  inches  long. 

3E4441    Length,  7^   feet  $7.50 


$  .85|3E4446    Trolling  tip  with  agate  top. 


$1.50 


A.  &  F.  LEATHER  BUTT  REST 
(Adjustable) 

Made  of  our  best  grade  heavy  leather 
and  hand  sewed  with  strongest  waxed 
thread.  Built  throughout  for  hard  ser- 
vice. The  fact  that  the  user  can  wear 
any  kind  of  belt  and  adjust  the  cup  to 
any  desired  height  makes  this  Rest  ex- 
ceptionally handy  for  surf  casters.  Has 
leather  thong  for  the  purpose  of  tying 
to  leg.  By  removing  the  strap  this  Rest 
can  also  be  used  on  the  seat  of  boat  or 
canoe,  in  which  case  it  should  be  fast- 
ened by  two  small  screws. 
3E3438   <ft  $1.75 

LEATHER  BUTT  RESTS 


A  great  aid  in  heavy  fishing  of  all  kinds.  Made 
of  best  quality  Russet  leather,  with  heavy  sole 
leather  cup  to  hold  butt  of  rod. 

3E3439   %  $2.25 


3E3439    Butt  rest, 


ROD  HARNESS 

This  harness  is  designed 
to  relieve  the  strain  from  the 
arms  when  playing  large  fish 
— by  the  use  of  a  strong  snap 
hook  which  catches  in  the 
ring  of  the  grip  above  the 
reel,  the 
rod  can 
be  freed 
from  the 
h  a  r  n  e  ss 
for  convenience  in 
casting  —  the  for- 
ward grip  is  laced 
to  the  rod  and  the  harness 
can  be  adjusted  to  the  body 
— made    of    fine  quality 
leather.    When  ordering  give 
chest  measurement. 

3E3521   %  $3.50 

extra  2.25 

ROD  HOLDERS 

Indispensable  for  trolling 
or  when  still  fishing  with 
more  than  one  rod. 

3E3441  Adjustable  any- 
where and  in  any  position. 
Strongly  made  and  well 
tinned  to  prevent  rust. 
Holds  the  rod  securely  and 
rod  may  be  set  in  rest  or 
removed  instantly  3£  $  .75 
Arm  rests  only.  To  screw 
into  seat  gunwale  %    $  .50 


3E3442 


FISHING  TACKLE 


ROD  TOPS 


Fishermen  have  heretofore  experienced  considerable 
difficulty  in  ordering  the  right  size  of  tip  top.  To 
make  selection  and  ordering  easy  we  have  made  the 
following  diagram  showing  the  complete  graduation 
of  sizes  in  which  tops  are  made.  The  illustration 
shows  from  the  smallest  size,  which  is  2-32  of  an  inch 
in  diameter  (Size  2)  up  to  14-32  of  an  inch  (Size  14) 
which  is  the  largest  size  regularly  made.  In  ordering 
any  style  of  top  refer  to  this  diagram  to  select  your 
size.   The  top  figure  in  the  fraction  is  our  size  number. 

Notice — If  you  have  any  difficulty  in  measuring 
your  size  there  is  one  sure  way  of  getting  it  right — 
whittle  a  piece  of  wood  the  size  of  your  tip,  send  it  in 
with  your  order  and  we  will  fit  a  top  to  it. 


oqqqOQOOOOOOO 

32   32   32   32  32    32     32     32     32       32       32         32  32 


STYLE  "A"— NICKEL  FLY  RING  TOPS 

Carried  regularly  in  sizes  2,  2]/2,  3,  3x/2,  4,  Al/2. 


4E4665    Any  of  the  above  sizes  Each 


.05 


STYLE  "B"— PLAIN  STIRRUP  GERMAN 
SILVER  TOPS— Without  Agate 

Sizes  2,  2K,  3,  3^,  4  Each^g 


3E4670 
3E4671 
3E4672 
3E4673 


Sizes  4^  and  5  Each^ 

Sizes  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11  Each^f 

Sizes  12,  13,  14  Each^J 


$  .15 
.20 
.25 
.30 


STYLE  "C"— GERMAN  SILVER  THREE 
RING  TOPS 

Carried  regularly  in  sizes  2,  2y2,  3,  3T/2,  4,  4^,  5 
and  6. 

3E4668    Any  of  the  above  sizes  Each    $  .05 

STYLE  "D"  —  STIRRUP  AGATE  TOPS 
GERMAN  SILVER 

Carried  in  sizes  4^,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 
3E4674    Any  of  the  above  sizes  Each<f    $  .75 


9_ 
32 

SPECIAL  STIRRUP  AGATE  TOPS 

For  surf  casting,  etc.  Made  with  a  wider  spread 
in  the  stirrup  and  a  much  larger  top  ring  necessi- 
tating a  large  agate.  In  other  respects  same  as 
Style  "D."  Carried  regularly  in  sizes  4^,  5,  6,  7,  8, 
9,  10,  11,  12,  13  and  14. 

3E4675    Any  of  the  above  sizes  Each<$  $1.00 

STYLE  "E"— OFFSET  AGATE  TOPS 

Carried  in  sizes  2%,  2^,  2H,  3,  3J/2,  4,  5,  6,  7  and  9. 
3E4669    Any  of  the  above  sizes  Each^g    $  .75 

STYLE  "F" — GERMAN  SILVER  ANGLE 
TOPS 

Carried  regularly  in  sizes  2,  2^2,  3,  3]/2,  4,  V/2. 
4E4666    Any  of  the  above  sizes  Each^g    $  .15 

STYLE  "G"— LIGHT  AGATE  FLY  TOPS 

Carried  in  sizes  2,  2%,  2l/2,  tyA,  .3,  3^,  4,  4*4  5 
and  6. 

4E4667    Any  of  the  above  sizes  Each^f    $  .75 


Ferrule  Cement 
3E3559    Dodge's,    the    best.      In  1-ounce 

tubes  %   $  .25 

Winding  Silk 
3E3560    Best   Italian  silk.     50-yard  spools. 

Black,  white,  red,  yellow  or  green^  .05 
Touradif  Rod  Varnish 
This  varnish  is  for  jobs  that  want  to  be  done  o'ver 
night.     Thin  with  alcohol.     Also  very  good  for 
snelling  hooks,  etc.    Put  up  in  two-ounce  screw- 
top  tin  cans. 

3E3239   %    $  .25 

Touradif  Waterproof  Rod  Varnish 

Dries  free  from  dust  in  two  hours — will  not  turn 
white  or  crack  when  exposed  to  the  actions  of  fresh 
or  salt  water.  Put  up  in  two-ounce  screw-top  tin  cans. 

3E3240   %    $  .25 

Silk  Color  Preservative 

To  use  on  silk  windings  before  varnishing. 

3E3241   %    $  .15 

Camel's  Hair  Brushes 

For  varnishing  rods — genuine  camels'  hair. 

3E3244   %    $  .15 

Ferrule  Grease 

Made  especially  for  greasing  and  lubricating  fer- 
rules and  reel  seats.  Positively  prevents  pitting  and 
corrosion  of  all  metals.  Put  up  in  1  ounce  friction- 
top  tins. 

3E3539  %    $  .20 


BABY  GIANT  SCALE 

Weight  from  5  to  350  lbs.    Size  5%  in.  long,  4  in. 
wide  with  heavy  hooks  and  rings,  brass  dial. 
4E3305   *f    $  .85 

FINEST  QUALITY  ENGLISH  SCALES 


4E3522 
4E3523 
4E3524 
4E3525 


Weighs  5  lbs 

Weighs  12  lbs 

Weighs  20  lbs 

Brass.  Reads 


m  ounces  

in  quarter  lbs. . . 
in  quarter  lbs. . . 
in  slots.     60  lbs. 


$2.75 
2.00 
2.75 


lb. 


by 

%  3.50 


STANDARD 
4E3526  Weighs  10  lbs.  by 
4E3527    Weighs  25  lbs.  by 


SCALES 

4  lb  

A  lb  


$1.20 
2.50 


4E3528 


NOVELTY  SCALES 

Weighs  15  lbs.  by  YA  lb  %    $  .30 


"VEST  POCKET"  SCALES 

American  make,  after  the  pattern  of  English 
scales.  Fine  quality  and  accurate.  Polish  brass  with 
steel  hook  and  ring. 

3E3529    Length,  3lA  inches.    Weighs  2  lbs. 

by  ozs  %  $1.85 


06 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


ROD  GUIDES  OR  RUNNERS 


We  handle  but  one  grade— the  best  we  can  buy.    All  agates  are  genuine 


4E4721    German  Silver  Trumpet  I  3 E4722    Steel  Snake  Guides,  any  I  4E4723    German    Silver  Bell 
Guides,  any  size.  Doz.       $  .90  |    size.    Doz  3g  $  .15  J    Guides,  any  size.  Doz.  %  $1.80 


Illustrations  Show  Actual  Sizes 


FISHING  TACKLE 


97 


EXPRESS  ROD  CASES 


Leather  covered,  stiffened  tubing,  strong  enough 
to  ship  by  express.  Flannel  lined  with  double  bot- 
tom and"  solid  leather  cap  end.  Leather  handle. 
Rods  used  in  estimating  capacity  are  regular  bait 
and  fly  rods  packed  on  wooden  forms. 
4E3511  40  in.  long,  3  in.  dia.,  capacity  3  rods  $7.00 
4E3512  40  in.  long,  4  in.  dia.,  capacity  4  rods  8.00 
4E3513  40  in.  long,  5  in.  dia.,  capacity  6  rods  9.00 
4E3514  44  in.  long,  3  in.  dia.,  capacity  3  rods  7.50 
4E3515  44  in.  long,  4  in.  dia.,  capacity  4  rods  8.50 
4E3733    44  in.  long,  5  in.  dia.,  capacity  6  rods  9.50 


4E3734    For  salmon  rods,  size  4x60  in   $11.25 

4E3735    For  salmon  rods,  size  5x60  in   12.25 

4E3762    For  salmon  rods,  size  4x66  in   13.50 

4E3764    For  tarpon  rods,  5x72  in   14.50 

Fitted  with  padlock,  extra  75 

ROD  TRUNKS 


Wood  frames,  canvas  covered,  iron  bound  and 
painted.  Two  hasp  locks,  iron  dowel,  brass  safety 
lock.  Best  case  for  shipping  tarpon  and  tuna  rods. 
4E3516    Length,  75  inches.    Width,  5  inches. 

Depth,  6  inches   $12.00 


FOLDING  ROD  CASE 


FOLDED 


This  convenient  little  case  carries  four  rods  and 
rolls  up  snug  and  compact.  Made  of  strong  water- 
proof Pantasote,  tied  with  tapes  and  has  leather 
handle.    A  most  excellent  means  for  carrying  sev- 


eral rods  and  landing  net. 
3E3520   $2.50 

Case  fitted  with  sling  strap  for  car- 
rying on  shoulder  %  3.50 


COMBINATION  ROD  AND  TACKLE  CASE 


Length,  inside  measurements,  42  ^  in. ;  body,  4^4 
in.  deep;  cover,  1  in.  deep;  width,  5%  in.  Made  of 
three-ply  basswood,  veneer  covered,  with  heavy 
enameled  black  duck.  Corners  and  bottom  rein- 
forced with  metal  clamps.  Two  trunk  clasps  and 
clasp  lock.  Two  metal  tackle  trays  cover  a  space 
large  enough  for  three  ordinary  rods  and  one  land- 
ing net.  Trays  are  3  in.  deep,  5^4  in.  wide  and  are 
spaced  for  reels,  baits,  fly  hooks,  hook  books,  leader 
cases,  repair  kit  and  sundries. 

4E     $13.50 


SPECIAL  "PACK  ROD"  CASE 


These  cases  are  light,  strong  as  steel,  cannot  be 
crushed  and  carry  a  rod  absolutely  safe.  Made  in 
lengths  up  to  25  inches  with  heavy  leather  cap  at 
ends  fastening  with  strap  and  buckle  and  has  loop 
for  carrying. 

3E3518  Plain  Case  with  leather  ends....<£  $3.50 
3E3519    Full  leather  covered  5.00 

SOLID  LEATHER  SINGLE  ROD  CASE 

All  hand  work.  Fine  grade  russet  leather.  These 
are  made  of  solid  leather.  Has  stitched  handle. 
Cap  closes  with  strap  and  buckle. 


3E4909  18  to  24  inches  long  %  $3.00 

3E4910  26,  28,  30  inches  long  %  3.25 

3E4911  32  and  34  inches  long  %  3.50 

3E4912  36,  38,  40  inches  long  <f  3.75 

3E4913  42  and  44  inches  long   4.00 


TALBOT  REELS 

Quadruple  Multi- 
plying— 

Style  53.  The  finest 
bait  casting 
reel  made. 
The  stud 


extends  through  plate 
and  is  double  capped, 
making  gears  dust- 
proof.  It  is  hollow 
ground  and  will  hold 
sufficient  oil  for  sev- 
eral months  use.  The  pinion  bearings  are  con- 
structed with  a  recess  which  will  also  hold  oil  for  a 
like  time.  Has  new  style  spiral  and  non-friction 
gears.  Very  sensitive  and  easy  running.  Has  no  oil 
caps.  Bearings  set  in  sapphire  jewels.  Made  of 
tested  German  silver  and  aluminum.  Diameter  of 
end  plates,  2  inches.  Length  of  spool,  V/>  inches. 
Capacity,  80  to  100  yards  of  fine  casting  line. 
3E3100  With  either  German  silver  or  alumi- 
num spool  and  handle  %  $50.00 

"PREMIER"— Quadruple  Multiplying  Reel 

Made  of  best  quality  German  silver.    Ivory  grasp. 


Steel  pinion,  studs  and  pivots  hardened  and  oil  tem- 
pered. Wheels  made  of  the  best  hard  rolled  alumi- 
num bronze  rods.    Talbot's  improved  spiral  gears. 

The  ideal  and  most  popular  sizes  from  the  bass 
to  the  muscallonge.    With  a  small  amount  of  care 
this  reel  will  last  a  lifetime. 
3E3104    Size  2,  diameter  of  end  plates,  1^4 
inches.    Length  of  spool,  inches. 
Capacity,  60  to  80  yards  fine  casting 
line.    With  click  and  oil  caps .  . .  *S  $20.00 

3ES105    Ditto,   full  jewelled  ^  36.00 

3E3106  Size  3,  diameter  of  end  plates,  2 
inches.  Length  of  spool,  V/2  inches. 
Capacity,  80  to  100  yards  fine  casting- 
line.    With  click  and  oil  caps  %  22.50 

3E3107    Ditto,  full  jewelled  %  38.50 

3E3108  Size  4,  diameter  of  end  plates,  2l,i 
inches.  Length  of  spool,  V>/%  inches. 
Capacity,  100  to  150  yards  fine 
casting  line.    With  click,  drag  and 

oil  caps   %  25.00 

3E3109    Ditto,  full  jewelled  %  41.00 

Extras  to  Order 

3E3110    Aluminum  spools   %  2.50 

Writh  drags,  extra  %  2.00 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


TALBOT  "COMET"  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

A  long  spool  model.  Diameter  of  end  plates,  \Y4 
inches;  length  of  spool,  1%  inches.  Capacity,  80  to 
100  yards  of  casting  line.  Made  of  best  German 
silver.  Steel  studs,  pinion  and  pivots  hardened  and 
oil  tempered. 

3E3123   $10.00 

3E3198    With  garnet  cap  jewels  <f  14.00 

3E3199    Drag  for  either  style,  extra  2.00 

TALBOT  "MARS"  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying  with, Forward  Handle 

Made  of  best  quality  German  silver;  steel  pinion, 
studs  and  pivots  hardened  and  oil  tempered.  Wheel 
made  of  best  hard  drawn  phosphor-bronze  rods. 
Talbot's  latest  improved  spiral  frictionless  gears. 
Holds  80  yards  size  3  Kingfisher  line.  Diameter  of 
end  plates,  2%  inches,  length  of  spool,  1%  inches, 
diameter  of  spool  ends,  l|^  inches. 

3E3116    As  described  above  %  $14.00 

3E3117    Jewelled  with  best  garnets  %  18.00 

3E3118    Drag  for  either  style,  extra  %  2.00 

TALBOT  "METEOR"  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

Diameter  of  end  plates,  2  inches.  Length  of  spool, 
1%  inches.    Capacity,  100  yards  medium  casting. 

Made  of  the  best  quality  German  silver.  Steel 
pinion,  studs  and  pivots  hardened  and  oil  tempered. 
Wheels  made  of  best  hand-drawn  aluminum  brass 
rods.  Talbot's  latest  improved  frictionless  spiral 
gears. 

3E3119    With  click  and  oil  caps  %  $12.00 

3E3120    With  jewelled  bearings  %  15.00 

Extras  to  Order 

3E3121    Drag   %  $2.00 

3E3122    Aluminum  spools  %  2.50 

ANTI-BACK-LASrt  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

This  new  model 
a  u  t  omatically 
checks    or  com- 
pletely   stops  the 
spool  the  instant  it 
shows  any  tendency 
to   over  -  run. 
Brake  may  be 
set  at  any  de- 
sired tension 
or  may  be  thrown  out  entirely.    Length  of  spool 
1$4  inches ;  capacity,  80  yards. 

3E3139   %  $7.50 

THE  MARKHOFF  LEVEL  WINDING  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

Length 
of  spool, 
\Y\  inches, 
diameter  of 
spool,  iy2  ins., 
100  yds.  capac- 
ity.   All  metal 
except  the  head 
plate,  which  is 
part  vulcanized 
rubber.  Steel 
pivots  and  fine 

quality   Bronze           showing  how  even  spool 
gearing.     Click  operates 
and  drag  on  thumbing  side. 
3E3141   Each  $15.00 

<    SUPERIOR  LEVEL  WINDING  REEL 

Similar  to  the  Markhoff  reel,  made  of  all  metal. 
Has  adjustable  click. 

4E3200    100  yards  capacity.    Each  %  $7.50 


MEEK   KENTUCKY  REELS 
Quadruple  Multiplying 


it** 

*3  Made  from 
finest  Ger- 
man silver. 
Stub  steel 
pivots  and 
pinions,  tem- 
pered, ground 
and  polished. 
Special  anti- 
friction bearings.  "Meek"  pattern  spiral  gears,  two- 
leaf  mesh.  Balanced  handle.  Ivory  grasp.  Handles 
set  at  top  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Size  2 

Diameter  of  end  plates,  1^4  inches.  Length  of 
spool,  ty%  inches.    Capacity,  80  yards  casting  line. 

3E3125    With  click,  drag  and  oil  caps  %  $26.00 

3E3126   With  jewelled  bearings  %  32.00 

Size  3 

The  most  popular  size  and  the  best  for  all  around 
work.  Diameter  of  end  plates,  2  inches.  Length  of 
spool,  ll/2  inches.    Capacity,  100  yards  casting  line. 

3E3127    With  click,  drag  and  oil  caps  $26.00 

3E3128    With  jewelled  bearings  *j£  32.00 

Size  4 

A  very  powerful  reel  of  large  line  capacity  and  a 
great  favorite  for  Northern  lake  use  and  for  heavy] 
fishing  in  general.  Diameter  of  end  plates,  2J4j 
inches.  Length  of  spool,  1^  inches.  Capacity,  150 
yards  casting  line. 

3E3129    With  click,  drag  and  oil  caps  % 

3E3130    With  jewelled  bearings  ^  I 

MEEK    "SPECIAL"  TOURNAMENT 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

A  very  si 
perior  r  e  e; 
for  both 

ounce  casl 
The  spool  1 
with  a  pressfl 
drum  or  arbB 
hich  is  a  grea 
antage  in  dis- 
tance casting.  Very  delicately  adjusted  and  light 
running.  Aluminum  spool.  Aluminum  handle,  set 
forward.  Length  of  spool,  1^6  inches.  Cork  arbor 
%-inch  diameter.  Adjustable  click. 
3E3131   $27.0C 

MEEK  "SIMPLEX"  TAKE-APART  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

Frame  madi 
from  one  pieo 
mSjjju     seamless  tu 

bing.  Fron 
plate  fixed  rigidly  ii 
frame.  Steel  pivots  am 
pinions.  Hard  bras 
gears.  Adjustable  elicit 
Handle  set  forward 
Reel  is  easily  taken  apar 
by  unscrewing  back  plate  and  thumb  nut  on  froi] 
end.  Made  of  German  silver  and  brass,  heavi? 
nickel  plated.  Diameter  of  spool,  l^i  inches,  leng 
of  spool,  l}i  inches.  Capacity,  100  yards  cast' 
line.  * 
3E3138   %  $7 


FISHING  TACKLE 


99 


MEISSALBACH  TAKAPART  AND  TRIPART 
REELS— Quadruple  Multiplying 


l^nffll     These  reels 
e^tHtP*    are  so  we^ 

*"  MM         known  that 
"~  it  is  hardly 
necessary  to 
go  into  the 
details  of 
their  con- 
struction. 
Special  features  of  these  reels — 
Can  be  taken  apart  without  tools  by  unscrewing 
either  end  plate. 
All  have  steel  pivots  and  steel  pinion  gears. 
By  tightening  the  end  cap  of  the  end  of  spool  you 
apply  friction  to  spool,  making  a  non-backlashing 
reel.    A  good  feature  for  those  who  are  learning  to 
cast  and  also  for  night  fishing. 

The  Free  Spool  reels  are  always  free  except  when 
reeling  in — you  touch  no  levers  or  buttons  to  dis- 
engage the  gears — they  are  always  ready  to  cast. 

Long  wearing  qualities  on  account  of  simple  con- 
struction. Easy  to  clean  and  oil  and  no  screws  to 
work  loose. 

Tripart  Spool  \Y%  x  1^4  inches,  60-yard  capacity. 

4E3143    Tripart  %  $4.00 

3E3144    Tripart  Free  Spool  Regular  %  5.00 

3E3145    Tripart  German  Silver  %  6.50 

3E3146    Tripart     German     Silver  Free 

Spool  %  8.50 

Takapart  Spool  1  9/16  x  154.    80-yard  capacity. 

4E3171    Takapart  Regular  %  $5.00 

3E3172    Takapart  Regular  Free  Spool. .%  6.00 

3E3195    Takapart  German  Silver  %  7.50 

3E3196    Takapart    German    Silver  Free 

Spool  %  9.50 

3E3202    Takapart  De  Luxe  German  Silver, 

fitted  with  genuine  Sapphires....^  11.50 
3E3203    Takapart  De   Luxe  Free  Spool, 
German  Silver  with  genuine  Sap- 
phires  %  13.50 

All  regular  reels  are  made  of  nickel-plated  brass 
with  German  Silver  spools  and  adjustable  clicks. 

REX  BAIT  CASTING  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

Similar  in  design  to  the  high-priced  reels  used 
for  tournament  casting.  They  have  long  spools, 
hard  metal  bushed  bearings,  steel  pinions,  which 
make  them  run  smooth  and  without  noise.  In  ap- 
pearance they  look  like  German  silver,  as  the}'  have 
a  dull  satin  finish.   With  adjustable  clicks  and  drags. 

3E3149    Capacity,  60  yards  $3.00 

3E3150    Capacity,  60  vards  with  full  jewels  %  4.00 

3E3151    Capacity,  80  yards  .%  3.50 

3E3152    Capacity,  80   yards  with  full  jewels  %  4.50 
BOMOSEEN  CASTING  &  TROLLING  REELS 
Quadruple  Multiplying 

Made    of  hard 
jjfiy-     ""^  rubber  with  nick- 
^{[&Sk  ^flA^MV  eled  safety  bands, 

steel  posts,  pivots 
and.  pinions,  ad- 
justable click  and 
drag.  A  good 
serviceable  reel. 
4E3159      60  yds. 

$2.00 

4E3160     80  yds. 

2.25 

4E3161    100  yds  2.50 


JULIUS  VOM  HOFE  ALL  METAL  REELS 
Double  Multiplying 

Raised  pillars. 
Back  -  sliding 
click.  Steel 
spring  and  ratch- 
et.   With  patent 
adjustable  pivot  cap  for 
compensating  lost  mo- 
tion in  the  spool.  Made 
of  hard   brass,  nickel 
plated.      Solid  metal 
throughout. 


Size    Yds.       Price                  Size    Yds.  Price 

3E3163    4       60      $1.40    4E3167     1    200  $2.20 

3E3164    zy2    80  %    1.50    4E3168  1— 0  250  %  2.40 

3E3165    3      100*$    1.70    4E3169  2— 0  300  %  2.50 

4E3166    2     150  %    2.00    3E3170  3—0  400  4.00 

"A.  &  F."  SPECIAL  CASTING  REEL 
Quadruple  Multiplying 


3 


The  best  reel 
made  at  the  price 
and  will  give 
perfect  satisfac- 
tion.  Strongly 
made  and  built  for  service.  Quiet  and  smooth-run- 
ning and  a  splendid  caster.  Solid  German  silver 
throughout.  Fine  gears.  Best  steel  and  bronze 
bearings.  Knurled  head  and  back  plates.  Ivory 
handle.  Goose-neck  click.  Screw-off  oil  caps.  Easy 
take-down  feature.  Diameter  of  end  plates,  1  15/16 
inches.  Diameter  of  spool  ends,  1^  inches.  Length 
of  spool,  lji  inches.  Adjustable  click  and  drag. 
3E3147  Regular  model,  capacity,  80  yards. ^  $7.50 
3E3148  Special  model,  with  agate  end  bear- 
ings  *jg  9.00 

ROCKLAND  BASS  AND  TROLLING  REEL 


Kentucky  Pattern 

Quadruple  multiply- 
ing with  click  and 
drag.  Made  in  the 
popular  long  spool 
stvle.  Nickel  plated. 
4E3156    60  yards 

*$  $1.50 

 1.75 

 3£  2.00 


4E3157     80  yards   

4E3158    100  yards   ■. 

ST.  LAWRENCE  CASTING  AND  TROLLING 
REEL— Quadruple  Multiplying 


Made  of 
hard  rubber 
and  German 
silver     spool,  metal 
bands  and  iront  plate. 
Pivots,  pinion,  ratchet 
and  spring,  of  fine- 
tempered    steel,  ad- 
justable  click  and 
drag.  Length  of  spool, 
end  plates,  2  inches.   Capacity,  100  yards. 
 3g  $3.50 


V/2  inches 
3E3162  . 


100 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


'TAMPICO"  TARPON  AND  TUNA  REEL 
Double  Multiplying 

Fine  hard  rub- 
ber side  plates 
with  heavy 
German  silver 
afety  bands. 
Gears  and 
bearings  of 
finest  steel, 
tempered  and 
hardened.  Heavy 
click.    The  work- 
manship is  of  the 
very   best.  Disk, 
4l/2  inches 
pacity,  500 

4E3207    German  silver   % 

4E3208    Same,  polished  nickel  

4E3209    Polished  nickel,  disk  4%  inches..^ 
JULIUS  VOM  HOFE  BASS  AND  TARPON 
REELS 


Ca 
yards. 
$28.00 
18.00 
12.00 


Size  Yds.  Price 
3E3173  4  60  <®  $4.25 
3E3174  3y2  80  %  4.75 
3E3175  3  100  *f  5.25 
3E3176  2      150  6.00 


JK  Double  multiply- 
ing. Rubber  and 
German  silver. 
Steel  click  cog, 
spring  and  ratchet. 
With  patent  ad- 
justing pivot  cap. 

Size  Yds.  Price 
3E3177  1  200  $7.00 
3E3178  1—0  250  %  9.00 
3E3179  2—0  300  %  10.00 
3E3180  3—0  350  15.00 


E.  VOM  HOFE  BASS,  TARPON  AND  TUNA 
REELS— "Universal  Special" 

The  standard 
for  heavy  fish- 
ing.  Finest 
quality  rubber 
and  German 
silver,  beauti- 
fully finished. 
Full  steel  pivot 
and  adjustable 
pivot  cap.  S- 
shaped  screw- 
off  balance 
handle.  Sliding 
oil  cap.  Fitted 
with  universal 
tension  drag, 
adjustable  fric- 
tion drag  and  locking  crank-post.  The  locking  crank- 
post  impedes  in  no  way  the  free  reeling  in  of  line, 
but  prevents  handle  from  being  suddenly  jerked 
around  and  smashing  fingers. 

4E3210  Size,  3—0,  diameter,  ZS/S  in.,  400  yds .  $40.00 
4E3211  Size,  4—0,  diameter,  3%  in.,  500  yds .  42.50 
4E3212  Size,  6—0,  diameter,  4%  in.,  600  yds .  45.00 
4E4899  Size,  9—0,  diameter,  5  in.,  900  yds. %  55.00 
E.  VOM  HOFE  "STAR  SPECIAL"  REEL 
Same  as  above  except  has  sliding  click,  and  front 
plate  reinforced  with  metal  plate. 
3E3213  Size,  3—0,  diameter,  3K  in.,  400  yds.^g  $53.00 
3E3214  Size,  4—0,  diameter,  37/8  in.,  500  yds .  55.00 
3E3215  Size,  6—0,  diameter,  4%  in.,  600  yds.<$  60.00 


MEISSELBACH  "FREE  SPOOL"  SURF  REEL 


Its  auto- 
matic drag 

acts  only  when 
the  fisn  runs,  never 
while  you  are  reeling 
in  your  line. 

Its  adjustable 
tension   screw  on 
the    spool    helps  to 
counteract  the  tend- 
ency of  the  line  to  "over-run"  when  making  a  cast. 

To  take  it  apart — just  push  the  button  and 
twist  your  wrist. 

Its  rigid  German  silver  rims  are  riveted  to  a  one- 
piece  cross-plate.  All  the  strain  is  on  the  metal ; 
none  upon  the  hard  rubber  plates.  Made  in  two 
widths  of  spool.  Wide  model,  1  iS-in. ;  narrow 
model,  iy2-'m. 

4E3197   *®  $20.00 

THE  "MARCO"  TARPON  REEL 
Holds  600  Feet  of  Tarpon  Line 

Similar  to  Meisselbach  Free  Spool  Surf  reel  in 
construction.  Diameter  of  spool  2^  inches  at  the 
pillars  and  2^4  inches  high,  fitted  with  a  Rabbeth  drag 
handle  and  a  locking  post  which  prevents  the  han- 
dle turning  back  when  fish  is  running. 

4E4923   %  $25.00 

MEISSELBACH  "NEPTUNE"  REEL 


AUTOMATIC  DRAG  TAKE  APART  BUTTON 


Hard  rubber  and  German  silver  of  best  quality 
are  used  in  its  construction.    An  automatic  drag 
operates  against  the  fish  and  makes  unnecessary  the 
use  of  thumb  cots  or  leather  brakes. 
3E4366    Diameter  of  end  plates,  3  inches; 

holds  100  yards  of  heavv  line  $10.00 

"THE  CEDARS"  SURF  REELS 


German  sil- 
ver and  hard 
rubber  adjust- 
able click, 
Steel  click 
cog,  spring 
and  ratchet, 
solid  reel 
plate  and  lev- 
er, free  spool 
attachment. 

 $18.00 

 <f  20.00 

 «  22.00 


4E4896 
4E4897 
4E4898 


Size  1,  200  yds.  9  

Size  1/0,  200  yds.  12. . 
Size  2/0,  200  yds.  15.. 


Capacities  of  salt-water  reels  are  based  upon  Rex  Standard  9-thread  linen  line  unless  other  size 

specified. 


FISHING  TACKLE 


101 


STANDARD  REELS 
For  Trolling,  Salt  Water  and  Surf  Casting,  Dou- 
ble Multiplying 


These  reels 
are  manufac- 
tured to  meet 
the  demand 
for  fair-sized 
salt  water 
reels  at  popu- 
lar prices,  and 
we  believe 
they   are  the 
best    on  the 
Have  extra  strong  gears ;  large 
grasp.    Heavy  spools  with 
Hard  rubber  end  plates  and 


Pattern 


market  at  the  price 
handle  with  improved 
fine  quality  steel  pivots, 
safety  bands. 

German  silver 

End 
Yards  Plates 
1E3183  150  27/s"  *  $5.75 
4E3201  200  3"     *  6.25 
4E3186  250  3V4"  *  7.75 
4E3188  300  3l/2"  3£  9.00 


Nickel 
End 

Yards  Plates 
4E3183I  150  2Ji" 
4E3184    200  3" 
4E3185    250  3*/4" 
4E3187    300  W2" 


With  Free  Spools  for  Surf  Casting 

German  silver  Nickel 

End  End 
Yards  Plates  Yards  Plates 

4E3190  200  3"  *  $7.75  4E3189  200  3"  * 
4E3192  250  3X4"  *  9.50  I4E3191  250  3%"  * 
4E3194  300  3^"  *  11.00  I4E3193  300  3^"  * 
B/OCEAN  REELS 


*  $4.00 

*  4.50 

*  5.00 

*  5.75 


$6.25 
6.75 
7.50 


For  tarpon,  tuna  and  sail  fish.  Made  of  the 
best  rubber  and  German  silver.  Has  locking  han- 
dle which  moves  forward  only,  preventing  bruising 
of  the  hand  when  the  fish  rushes.  Back  sliding 
click,  adjustable  pivot  caps,  sliding  pivot  oil  caps, 
left-hand  adjustment  for  independent  rim  drag,  ad- 
justable when  fishing,  leather  apron,  free  spool  and 
handle  drag  adjuster,  spider  right-hand  pilot,  post 
oil  cup  and  handle  ratchet. 

Size  Yds.  Line 

4E3694    2/0    350     9  thread   *  $45.00 

4E3695    4/0    300    15  thread   *  55.00 

4E3696    6/0    200    27  thread   *  60.00 

4E36E-7    9/0    300    39  thread   *  80.00 

IMPROVED  "CASSETTE"  FLY  REELS 
Single  Action 

Beautifully  made  and  fin- 
ished in  finest  hard  rubber 
and  polished  German  silver 
with  strong  safety  bands. 
Back  sliding  click,  steel 
click  cog,  spring  and 
ratchet. 

3E3266  40  yds..  .*  $4.00 
3E3267  60  yds...*  4.25 
3E3268  80  yds...*  4.50 
3E3269    100  yds...*  5.00 


EDWARD  VOM  HOFE  REELS 
Perfection"  Trout  and  Bass  Fly  Reel 

Extra  fine  quality 
rubber,  all  metal- 
work  of  German  sil- 
ver, S  strapped  bal- 
anced handle,  steel 
click  cog,  spring  and 
ratchet,  sliding  click 
drag,  and  adjustable 
automatic  silent  ten- 
sion drag.  It  permits 
the  angler  to  regulate 
the  drag  (light  or 
heavy)  at  will.  The 
drag  is  in  action  only 
when  line  is  being 
drawn  out,  it  being 
automatically  re- 
moved when  reeling  in. 
Diam.,  2>£  in.,  80  yds.. *  $13.00 
Diam.,  2l/2  in.,  100  yds. . *  14.00 
Diam.,  224  in.,  150yds..*  15.00 
Diam.,  3     in  ,  200  yds.  .*  16.00 


3E3245  Size,  3 

3E3246  Size,  3 

3E3247  Size,  2 

3E3248  Size,  1 


3E3249    Size,  1—0,  Diam.,  3^  in.,  250  yds. .  i 


17.00 


RESTIGOUCHE"  SALMON  AND  GRILSE 
REELS 
Same  Construction  as  Above 

Size,  2/0,  Diam.,  3-^  in.,  300  yds.  . 
Size,  3/0,  Diam.,  35/$  in.,;  350  yds.  . 
Size,  4/0,  Diam.,  3%  in.,  400  yds.  . 
Size,  6/0,  Diam.,  4%  in.,  500 yds.  J 

"SUNDOWN"    UNIQUE  TROUT 
SALMON  REELS 
With  Patent  Compensating  Check 


3E3227 
3E3228 
3E3229 
3E3230 


$22.00 
25.00 
28.00 
30.00 


AND 


This  is  the  lightest,  strongest  and  best  constructed 
fly  reel  that  we  carry.  The  frame  and  spool  are 
made  of  hard  bronze  aluminum,  the  spindle  of  fine 
bronze.  The  workmanship  and  gunmetal  finish  are 
of  a  higher  class  than  have  hitherto  been  introduced 
into  reels  for  fly  fishing.  Every  detail  being  most 
carefully  worked  out  and  all  springs,  tongues,  bridges, 
etc.,  properly  finished,  hardened  and  tempered  so 
that  they  will  wear  for  years.  All  striking  may  be 
done  directly  from  the  reel  on  account  of  the  tension 
spring  which  is  strong  when  the  fish  strikes  and 
very  light  when  reeling  in.  This  feature  will  be  ap- 
preciated by  every  angler.  The  spools  are  narrow 
and  the  walls  straight,  thus  giving  the  reel  great 
line  capacity. 

By  unseating  the  spring  on  trout  reel  and  slack- 
ening the  screw  on  washer  of  salmon  reel  at  the 
end  of  spindles,  the  reel  can  be  taken  apart  in  an 
instant  for  cleaning  and  oiling. 

4-INCH  AND  LARGER  ARE  FOR  SALMON 

$7.00 
8.25 


3E4946  25/6  in  J 

3E4947  27/8  inJ_ 

3E4948  3%  in.*  9.50 

3E4949  SH  in.*  10.50 


3E4950  35/g  in.*$11.00 

3E4951  4      in.*  12.00 

3E4952  4^   in*  13.00 

3E4953  4^  in.*  14.00 


102 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


IMPROVED  "BIJOU"  FLY  REELS 
Single  Action 

Fine  hard  rubber  and 
polished  nickel,  with  nickel 
safety  bands.  Back  sliding 
click,  steel  spring  and 
ratchet.  A  strong,  durable 
and  smooth  running  reel  of 
exceptional  quality. 
3E3259  40  yds...  3£  $1.40 
3E3260  GO  yds. .  .  1.50 
3E3261  80  vds...  1.60 
3E3262  100  yds...  1.75 

"MOUNTAIN  BROOK  TROUT  REELS" 
Single  Action 

The  lightest  of  all 
and  in  careful  hands 
a  perfectly  satisfac- 
tory reel.  Finest 
hard  rubber  and  rub- 
ber safety  bands. 
Back  sliding  click, 
steel  spring  and 
ratchet. 


NEW  MODEL  "IDEAL' 
.German  Silver 


Nickel  Plate 


3E3253 
3E3254 
3E3255 
3E3256 


3E3257 
3E3258 


40  yards. 
60  'yards. 
80  yards. 
100  "yards. 


German  Silver 


$1.00 

1.10 

1.20 

1.30 

2.00 

2.50 

"VERMONT"  TROUT  REEL 
Single  Action 

All  metal,  nickel  plated,  very  strong.  Plates 
screwed  to  pillars.  Protected  balanced  handle.  Ad- 
justable sliding  click. 

4E3263    40-yd.  capacity   %    $  .60 

3E3264    SO-yd.    capacity  %  .80 

Y.  &  E.  AUTOMATIC  REELS 

These    reels    bear  a 
standard     high  -  quality 
reputation. 
3E3296  Weight,  8 
ounces.  Carries 
and  automati- 
cally rewinds  90 
feet   of  No.  5 

silk  line  $4.50 

3E3297  Weight, 
12  ounces.  Car- 
ries  and  auto- 
feet  of  No.   5  silk 


matically  rewinds  150 
line   


%  5.40 


Y.  &  E.  AUTOMATIC  COMBINATION 

REELS 

May  be  made  either  automatic  or  free-running  by 
the  pressure  of  a  catch. 

3E3298  Style  A.  Weight,  V/2  oz.  Capacity 
125  feet  of  No.  5  silk  line.  Rewinds 
50  feet  automatically  %  $6.25 

3E3299  Style  B.  Weight,  11  oz.  Capacity 
300  feet  of  No.  5  silk  line.  Rewinds 
90  feet  automatically  %  7.00 

3E3300  Style  C.  Weight,  13  oz.  Capacity 
600  feet  of  No.  5  silk  line.  Rewinds 
150  feet  automatically  %  8.00 


REEL 

The  bearings 
are  reinforced  at 
wearing  points, 
perfectly  cen- 
tered, and  bal- 
anced. Adjust- 
able click  and 
drag,  phosphor- 
ous  bronze 
spring  and  large 
open  spool.  This 
reel  may  be 
taken  apart  by 
removing  one 
screw. 

,  80yds. %  $1.15 
,120  yds.  <t  1.75 


REELS 


The  lightest  reels  made  and  great  favorites.  Re- 
movable spool.  Back-sliding  steel  click  and  steel 
spindle.  The  large  diameter  of  winding  spool  reels 
in  the  line  considerably  faster  than  the  regular  sin- 
gle-action pattern,  while  the  open  frame  above  and 
below  allows  the  line  to  dry  on  the  spool.  Style  A 
represents  the  extra  light  construction. 

4E3276    Style  A.  40  yds.  Weight,  2i%  ozs . 

Style  A.  60  yds.  Weight,  3     ozs . 

Style  B.  70  yds.  Weight,  4    ozs . 

Stvle  B.  80  yds.  Weight,  4'^  ozs . 

Style  A.  100  vds.  Weight,  5V2  ozs . 


KELSO  AUTOMATIC  REELS 


4E3277 
4E3278 
4E3279 
4E3280 


%  $1.00 
<j£  1.25 
1.75 
3£  1.75 
5£  1.50 


A  decided  improvement  in  automatic  reels.    It  is 

considerably  lighter  than  the  old  style  ones;  weigh- 
ing but  iy2  ounces.  Case  made  of  aluminum  satin 
finished.  All  working  parts  enclosed.  Mechanism 
is  very  simple  and  not  likely  to  get  out  of  order. 
Spool  is  fitted  with  automatic  tension,  allowing  line 
to  be  unreeled  even  when  spring  is  fully  wound. 
Tension  can  be  increased  at  will  without  stopping 
the  spool ;  this  cannot  be  done  with  any  other  reel. 
Size  of  spool,  3%x%;  capacity,  100  yards  No.  5 
line. 

3E3291    Weight,  934  oz.  t  %  $3.50 


FISHING  TACKLE 


103 


MARTIN  AUTOMATIC  REELS 


4E3292    Style  1.    25  yards,  trout  size,  weight 

8  ounces   ^  $3.25 

4E3293    Style  2.    25  yards,  trout  size,  weight, 

8l/2  ounces   ^  3.50 

4E3294    Style  3.    50  yards,  bass  size,  weight, 

8y4  ounces   %  3.75 

4E3295    Style    4.     75    yards,    salmon  size, 

weight,  8J/2  ounces  %  4.00 

WIRE  LINE  REELS 
gjgfjSgag^  This  reel  is  made  espec- 

ially for  deep  trolling  with 

'&NWWf$flk      w*re    ^neS-      The  large, 
QQSSffjS||yA      narrow  spool  takes  in  the 
^f/vSKSI      line    quickly    and  evenly. 
^fr^SKIJ      Fitted    with    a  powerful 
*  ijs'l  v\  (h*ag,  which  is  controlled  by 

wjjMW$/W^**  one  fin£er-    Strongly  made 
J^rA       j  of  hard  brass  and  heavily 
nickeled.  Diameter  of  spool, 
inches,  width,-  1  inch; 
capacity,  150  to  200  yards. 

4E3281  %  $1-50 

HINGED  TOP  REEL  BOXES 

With  loop  for  belt. 
Fine   quality  leather 
lined  with  chamois. 
3E3569    For  Single 
Action  Reels,  25  to 
60  yards.  . .%  $1.00 
3E3570    For  Single 
Action  Reels,  80  to 
150  yards.. %  1.75 
3E3571    For  Salmon 

Reels   %  2.50 

3E3572    For  Multi- 
plying Reels,  25  to 
100  yards.. %  1.50 
3E3573    For  Multi- 
plying Reels,  150  to 
200  yds....*jg  2.00 
3E3574    For  Multi- 
plying Reels,  250  to  300  yards  %  2.50 

3E3575    For  Tarpon  Reels  <f  3.00 

When  ordering  give  dimensions  of  reel.  Special 
sizes  to  order. 

LEATHER 
BAGS 

Made  of 
roan  leather ; 
handy  for 
reels,  etc. 

3E3576  6^x4^ 
inches.       $  .50 

3E3577  7zAx5y2 
inches..  3§  .75 

SE3578  8x6^4 
inches..  3£  1.00 

3E3579  9  x8 
inches..^  1.25 


THE    "RABBETH"  ADJUSTABLE 
DRAG  OR  BRAKE 


REEL 


This  drag  is  suitable  for  tarpon,  tuna,  or  other 
large  fish.  It  is  made  from  German  silver,  highly 
finished,  and  the  workmanship  is  of  the  very  best. 
The  radical  advantage  of  this  drag  consists  of  an 
adjustable  connection  between  the  crank  handle  and 
the  winding  drum,  whereby  the  angler  is  enabled  to 
bring  a  fish  to  gaff  without  once  letting  go  of  the 
reel  handle  thereby  avoiding  the  liability  of  an  over- 
run or  of  the  fish  getting  slack  line.  The  friction 
connection  being  easily  adjustable  to  any  strength 
of  tackle,  it  becomes  impossible  for  the  fish  to  break 
it  or  escape  final  capture  if  fairly  hooked.  When 
a  fish  runs,  hold  the  handle,  and  never  let  go  of  it 
until  the  fish  is  brought  to  gaff ;  this  is  done  with 
less  exertion  than  is  required  in  any  other  way,  as 
with  this  device  the  drag  handle  does  not  revolve 
when  fish  is  running. 

3E3301   %  $4.50 

THE  "GOVERNOR"  DRAG 

A  reduced  form  of  the  Rabbeth  drag  with  one 
handle  for  smaller  sized  reels. 
4E3302    Style  2.    For  Striped  Bass,  Bluefish, 

Muscallonge,  etc.,  German  Silver  %  $2.00 
4E3303    Style  3.   For  Black  Bass,  Pike,  Pick- 
erel, etc.,  German  Silver  %  1.50 

(When   ordering   Governor   or    Rabbeth  Drag, 

specify  exact  size  of  hole  in  reel  handle,  or  better 
still,  send  us  your  reel  to  be  fitted.) 

HAND  LEATHER  DRAG 

The  drag  is  made  of 
heavy   leather   and  laces 
on  the  rod  forward  of  the 
reel  just  about  where  the 
left  hand  goes  in  fishing. 
When    necessary    to  use 
the    drag,    the    flap  is 
clamped    down    over  the 
line,  and  as  much  pressure  as  is  needed  can  be  applied 
to  check  the  run  on  the  line.    The  big  advantage  of 
this  device  is  that  it  leaves  the  right  hand  free  to 
manage  the  reel  and  take  in  slack. 
4E3304  $  .75 

THUMB  BRAKES 

To  attach  to  rear  pillar  of 
any  reel.  Best  leather  riveted 
to  German  silver  clasp.  Very 
useful  for  trolling  and  abso- 
lutely necessary  for  sea  fishing. 

To  order,  measure  the  dis- 
tance between  the  inner  sides 
of  end  plates  on  your  reel. 
3E3306  Size  1.  Width  clasp, 
1t9s  inches.  Length,  lj<i 
inches   $  «25 

3E3307    Size   2.    Width   clasp,   ill  inches. 

Length,  lfn  inches  ^§  .35 

3E3308    Size   3.    Width   clasp,   2^  inches. 

Length,  2  inches  %  »50 


104 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


LINES 

In  selection  of  the  proper  line  to  use  for  different  styles  of  fishing,  the  length  and  the  weight  of  the 
rod  should  be  considered.  In  fly  casting  particularly  the  line  should  fit  the  rod.  Too  heavy  a  line  will 
not  cast  far  and  too  light  a  line  will  not  cast  at  all.  Fly  casting  lines  should  be  enameled  braided  silk, 
smooth  and  flexible — heavy  enough  to  shoot  or  run  through  the  guides  easily  and  not  kink. 

For  bait  casting,  the  soft  braided  silk  line  that  is  smooth  and  does  not  hurt  the  thumb  is  preferred — 
this  line  will  not  wear  as  well  as  a  hard  braided  line.  The  experienced  bait  caster  knows  this  and  is 
willing  to  sacrifice  wearing  quality  for  good  casting  qualities,  often  using  up  a  new  line  in  a  day's  fishing. 

For  still  fishing  and  trolling  the  braided  lines  will  give  the  best  service. 

Linen  lines  are  made  in  all  sizes  for  the  many  kinds  of  fish  in  the  salt  water.  Lines,  when  not 
in  use,  should  not  be  stored  in  damp  places,  or  left  exposed  to  the  sun.  After  the  day's  fishing  is  over, 
dry  the  line  (see  line  Dryers  on  page  106)  thoroughly  before  putting  it  away,  so  that  it  will  not  rot  or 
mildew.  Enameled  lines  should  be  removed  from  the  fishing  reels  and  wound  loosely  on  large  spools 
or  reels  (see  page  108)  for  the  winter.  By  doing  this  you  will  give  the  line  a  rest  and  it  will  not  be 
full  of  kinks  or  cracked  on  account  of  being  left  packed  closely  on  the  reel. 

There  are  certain  waters  which  contain  much  alkali.  Waterproof  or  enamel  lines  will  give  the  best 
results  in  such  waters.  Plain  braided  silk  lines  will  seldom  last  a  day — the  action  of  the  water  even 
changing  the  color  of  the  line  in  a  few  hours. 


BRAIDED  AND  ENAMELED  WATERPROOF  SILK  LINES 


Size-  C  or  1 

v   p   ,  a 

.      E    «  3 
.      F    -  4 
/.      G    .  5 
■      H     .  6 
I     ,  7 

We  carry  several  grades  of  enameled  lines, 
made  of  braided  silk  and  varying  in  price  ac- 
cording to  their  quality.  There  are  two  methods 
of  designating  size ;  some  manufacturers  use 
letters  and  others  number  them.  In  order  to 
clearly  indicate  the  sizes  we  have  prepared  the 
diagram  herewith  which  shows  their  relative 
weight  and  the  letter  or  number  by  which  they 
are  known.  If,  in  making  a  selection  from  the 
lines  catalogued,  you  are  in  doubt  as  to  the 
size  you  should  order,  refer  to  this  illustration 
and  select  the  one  you  want. 


TAPERED  LINES 

Tapered  lines  are  of  larger  size  in  the  middle  and  gradually  taper  down  at  both  ends  to  a  smaller 
size.  This  feature  enables  the  caster  to  handle  a  longer  line  and  place  it  upon  the  water  more  delicately 
and  with  greater  skill.  In  specifying  the  sizes  of  tapered  lines  under  the  various  catalog  listings  the  size 
given  indicates  the  middle  of  the  line,  and  not  the  smaller  tapered  ends;  for  instance,  a  "C"  line  indicates 
that  the  heavier  or  middle  portion  of  the  line  is  "C"  in  size  and  tapers  to  "G"  at  the  ends.  The  correct 
tapers  of  all  lines  are  as  follows : 

Size  G  tapers  to    I  at  the  ends.  Size  F  tapers  to  H  at  the  ends. 

Size  E  tapers  to  H  at  the  ends.  Size  D  tapers  to  G  at  the  ends. 

Size  C  tapers  to  G  at  the  ends. 
In  the  salmon  si^ls  tapered  lines  are  carried  in  but  three  weights,  known  as  Heavy,  Medium,  and 
Light.    The  illustration  below  shows  the  thickness  of  these  lines,  the  center  portion  of  the  picture  show- 
ing the  approximate  thickness  of  the  middle  and  the  ends  in  the  picture  showing  the  approximate  thick- 
ness of  the  extreme  ends  of  the  line. 


HEAVY 

MEDIUM 

LIGHT 

"AYANEFCO"  IMPORTED  SOFT  ENAMEL 
LINES 

Double  Tapered  for  Fly  Fishing 

(Vacuum  Dressed) 
Finished  by  the  Halford  Process 

These  lines  are  absolutely  without  equal  for  finish, 
flexibility  and  wear.  They  positively  will  not  kink. 
In  casting  they  are  perfection,  as  the  long  tapers 
and  correct  balance  carry  true.  The  fisherman  who 
employs  the  "slack  line"  cast  will  find  they  render 
smoothly  and  without  snarling.  Their  wonderful 
flexibility  and  ease  of  floating  make  them  especially 
valuable  to  the  "dry  fly"  fisherman,  as  this  line  car- 
ries out  and  lies  upon  the  water  straight  and  true 


They  are  braided  solid  from  the  very  finest  silk, 
carefully  enameled  by  the  vacuum  process  and 
dressed  down  by  hand. 

Made  in  doubled  tapered  styles  only  and  finished 
in  a  brown  color. 

Size  F  is  for  rods  from  3  to  4  ozs. ;  E  for  rods 
4  to  5  ozs. ;  D  for  regular  fly  rods  and  C  for  very 
heavy  rods  or  grilse  rods. 

4E4863    All  sizes,  30  yards  long  %  $7.50 

4E4789    All  sizes,  40  yards  long  ^  10.00 

These  lines  are  soft  enamel  and  should  not  be 
wound  on  a  reel  having  small  drum.  Use  a  back- 
ing to  fill  the  spool  at  least  s/g  of  an  inch. 

Handle  carefully  as  they  will  not  stand  rough 
usage. 


FISHING  TACKLE 


105 


AYENFCO   DOUBLE   TAPERED  SALMON 
LINES 

(Described  on  Page  104) 

We  carry  these  three  sizes,  light,  medium  and 
heavy,  full  100-yard  lengths,  and  also  carry  them  in 
the  same  sizes  40  yards  long  for  splicing.  This 
means  that  the  40  yards  can  be  spliced  upon  a  linen 
line  of  50  or  100  yards  and  thus  furnish  sufficient 
length  of  enameled  line  for  casting.  A  considerable 
saving  is  accomplished  by  this  method  and  many 
fishermen  employ  it.  When  splices  are  properly 
made  the  use  of  the  line  is  equally  satisfactory.  The 
customary  sizes  of  linen  for  backing  is  12,  13 
or  18  thread,  according  to  the  weight  of  enameled 
line  to  be  backed  up.  Our  Rex  Linen  Lines,  listed 
elsewhere,  are  particularly  adaptable  for  this  pur- 
pose. 

3E4791    All  sizes,  40  yards  (for  splicing).  12.00 
We  will  splice  salmon  lines  at  a  cost  of  $1.00,  to 
which  must  be  added  the  cost  of  your  choice  of 
linen  line  for  "backing." 

"IMPERATRIX"  IMPORTED  LINES 

Soft  Enamel 

Braided  solid  from  the  very  finest  silk  and  are 
perfect  in  make  and  finish.  Enameled  by  a  new 
"Vacuum  Pump"  process  which  produces  a  line 
practically  one  solid  piece  of  silk  and  enamel.  Fin- 
ished and  polished  by  hand  until  they  are  as  soft, 
smooth  and  flexible  as  raw  silk  and  run  out  straight 
and  even — they  never  kink.  The  enamel  does  not 
"knuckle"  or  chip  off.  We  guarantee  them  perfect 
and  recommend  them  to  critical  anglers  who  desire 
a  fine,  smooth-casting  line. 

Level  Trout  Lines 

Put  up  in  coils  of  25  yards — 4  connected. 

Size 


3E4793  H 
3E4794  G 
3E4795  F 


Per  25  yds. 
$1.50 
1.75 
2.00 


Size 

3E4796  E 
3E4797  D 
3E4798  C 


Per  25  yds. 
.%  $2.50 
M  3.00 
M  3.50 


Double  Tapered  Trout  Lines 


Per  Per 
Size  30  yds.  40  yds. 

3E4799  F*$$3.00  3g$4.00 
3E4800  E3§  3.50  %  4.50 
3E4801  D<$  4.00  5.00 


Per  Per 
Size  30  yds.  40  yds. 

3E4802  C<$$5.00  *g$6.00 
3E4803         6.00  %  7.00 


Double  Tapered  Salmon  Lines 
3E4804  Light  42  <$$7.50  I  3E4806  H'vy  42  <$$9.50 
3E4805  Med.  42       8.50  | 

Any  of  these  lines  can  be  spliced  upon  a  linen  line 
"backing"  to  add  to  their  length  and  save  expense. 
This  plan  builds  up  the  spool.  We  will  splice  salmon 
lines  at  a  cost  of  $1.00,  to  which  must  be  added  the 
cost  of  your  choice  of  linen  line  for  "backing." 

THE  "BIC"  ENAMELED  SILK  LINE 

Made  of  pure  silk,  carefully  braided  and  enameled. 
This  line  is  offered  to  meet  a  demand  for  a  good 
durable  line  at  a  moderate  price.  It  is  an  excellent 
line  and  equal  to  many  sold  at  much  higher  prices. 
It  is  very  popular  for  general  fishing,  a  good 
free-running  line.  Color :  Mottled  light  olive  and 
black.  These  lines  come  in  25-yard  coils,  4  con- 
nected, level  lines  only. 

Size  Size 
3E4823  E  25  yds. ^$1.00    3E4825     G  25yds.<$$.65 
3E4824  F  25  yds. 3g    .73  |  3E4825^  H  25  yds.^g  .60 


"THE  TOURADIF"  FLY  CASTING  LINES 
Highest  Grade  Hard  Enameled  Silk  Lines 
Finished  in  "Water  Color" 

Made  of  best  Italian  filature  silk.  Very  carefully 
braided  and  months  taken  to  harden  the  enamel.  A 
perfectly  smooth  and  durable  line.  Runs  freely 
through  the  guides,  and  will  endure  the  hardest  kind 
of  casting. 


Level  Trout  and  Bass  Lines 

Put  up  on  cards  of  25  yards — 4  connected. 


Size         Per  25  yds. 

3E4807    D   <$$2.25 

3E4808    E   tig  1.75 

3E4809    F   3£  1.50 


Size  Per  25  yds. 

3E4810    G   f$$1.40 

3E4811    H   flE  1.40 


Double  Tapered  Trout  and  Bass  Lines 


Size 

3E4812  D  40  yds.*$$4.00 
3E4813  D  30  vds.^g  3.00 
3E4814  E  40  yds. <f  3.25 


Size 

3E4815  E  30  yds.qg$2.50 
3E4816  F  35  yds.<|  2.25 
3E4817  F  30 yds. 2.00 


Mansfield  Tournament  Line 

The  correct  size  for  4  and  5  oz.  rods. 
3E4818    115  feet  long  %  $5.00 

Single  Tapered  Salmon  and  Grilse  Lines 


Size 

3E4819  B  60  yds. ^$6.00 
3E4820  C  60  yds. 5.50 


3E4821  SC  C50  yds. *$$5.00 
3E4822  D  50yds.<f  4.50 


Any  of  these  lines  can  be  spliced  upon  a  linen  line 
"backing"  to  add  to  their  length  and  save  expense. 
This  plan  builds  up  the  spool.  We  will  splice  sal- 
mon lines  at  a  cost  of  $1.00  to  which  must  be  added 
the  cost  of  your  choice  of  linen  line  for  "backing." 

SALINE  ENAMELED  LINE 

Highest  quality  silk  line  treated  and  water-proofed 
giving  smooth,  even  enamel  of  great  toughness  and 
durability.  The  line  is  very  flexible.  Best  for  bait 
fishing,  casting  a  spoon  or  trolling  and  is  far  superior 
to  the  oiled  silk  lines  in  general  use.  Put  up  in  coils 
of  25  yards,  4  connected. 

Per  25  yds.  Per  100  yds. 

3E4826  Size  H  Pulls  12  lbs.  3£  $  .75  $2.75 
3E4827  Size  G  Pulls  16  lbs.  tft  .95  3.50 
3E4828    Size  F  Pulls  20  lbs.  1.10    *f  4.00 

KINGFISHER  ENAMELED  LINES 
Mist  Color 

One  of  the  first  "Kingfisher"  lines  put  upon  the 
market,  and  one  that  is  deservedly  popular.  Wound 
on  cards  of  25  yards  each  and  four  cards  connected. 


3E4833SHC25yds.^$  .70 
3E4834  G  25yds.<i  .85 


Size 

3E4835  F  25  yds.^$1.00 
3E4836  E  25yds.<f  1.25 


"VICTRIX"  TOURNAMENT  LINES 
For  Casting  %  and  y2  Oz.  Weights 

It  is  no  larger  in  size  than  regular  sewing  silk  yet  it 
is  braided  and  very  elastic.    It  is  the  smoothest  run- 
ning and  most  free  casting  line  ever  made  and 
carries  no  water.    Color:  White,  one  size  only. 
3E4956    300-yard  spool  (app.)  %  $2.00 

"AJAX"  HARD  BRAIDED  SILK  CASTING 
LINES 

A  fine  quality,  hard-braided  silk  line.  Black  and 
white  in  color.  Suitable  for  all  styles  of  general 
bait  fishing  and  a  good,  serviceable  line  in  every 
way.    Put  up  on  cards  of  25  yards,  four  connected. 

Per  25  yds.    Per  100  yds. 

3E4853    Size  6    Fine   <I$  .35  $1.25 

3E4854  Size  5  Medium....  <$  .40  1.50 
3E4855  Size  4  Heavy  ....  %  .45  1.75 
3E4856    Size  3    Extra  Heavy^g    .50  2.00 


106 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


DE  LUXE  SPECIAL 
Bait  Casting  and  Trolling  Line 

This  line  is  braided  of  the  very  finest  selected 
China  Steam  Filature  silk  especially  imported  for 
this  line. 

It  is  warranted  not  to  wear  flat,  kink  or  waterlog, 
and  it  is  absolutely  the  best  line  made  for  bait 
casting  or  trolling.  Will  stand  the  severest  tests. 
Carried  in  three  sizes,  and  one  color  only,  a  light 
olive,  which  is  practically  invisible  in  the  water,  and 
absolutely  fast  color. 

Put  up  on  50-vard  spools,  two  connected. 

4E4958    Size  6,  Pull  17  lbs.,  50  Yds  $1.50 

4E4959    Size  5,  Pull  23  lbs.,  50  Yds  1.60 

4E4960    Size  4,  Pull  28  lbs.,  50  Yds  1.75 

DE  LUXE  SPECIAL 
(Waterproof) 

The  same  quality  line  as  above  waterproofed— 
this  is  a  splendid  line  for  bait  casting  and  trolling 
in  deep  water— we  also  recommend  it  for  strip 
casting  with  long  bass  or  stiff  fly  rods,  using  pork 
rind  strips— live  bait  and  spinners— (black  color 
only).  On  spools  of  50  yds.  2  spools  connected. 
Can  be  used  in  waters  which  decay  other  lines. 

4E4829    Size  6,  Pull  18  lbs.,  50  Yds  <®  $1.65 

4E4830    Size  5,  Pull  24  lbs.,  50  Yds  3§  1.75 

4E4831    Size  4,  Pull  30  lbs.,  50  Yds  %  .1.85 

THE  "ACME"  LINE  DRYER 

Many  good  lines  are 
ruined  by  putting  them 
away  on  a  reel  before  dry- 
ing them.  It  takes  only  a 
few  minutes  to  do  this  if 
you  use  this  Line  Dryer 
and  you  will  find  that  your 
lines  will  last  much  longer 
and  that  they  are  less  liable 
to  become  sticky.  It  can  be 
opened  or  folded  in  a  min- 
ute and  can  be  held  in  the 
hand  or  put  in  the  ferrule 
of  rod  when  winding.  The 
reel  when  opened  is  10J/2 
inches  in  diameter,  .will 
wind  30  inches  of  line  at 
each  turn  and  hold  all  the 
lines  used  on  the  largest 
reels.  Made  of  steel  wire 
which  is  highly  finished  in 
nickel. 

When  folded  the  size  is 
10J/2  by  5  inches.    Put  up  in 
khaki  bag  with  snap  button 
to  hold  flap. 
3E4379    Weight,  5  ozs. 

$1.25 


STANDARD 
LINE 
DRYER 


Open  Closed 
Another  form  of  Line  Dryer  which  is  very  handy. 
Made  of  nickel  plated  brass.    Very  compact. 

3E4832    Weight,  8  ozs  %  $2.00 

GRAPHITE 
Specially  prepared  for  smoothing  and  polishing 
enameled  casting  lines.    Imparts  a  smooth,  glassy 
finish   and  prevents   the   line   from   kinking  and 
snarling. 

3E3538   %    $  £5 


MARTIN'S  "SLICKEST"  LINES 
For  Bait  Casting  and  Trolling 

Braided  of  the  best  silk  for  hard,  rough  fishing. 

These  lines  are  braided  "square"  and  are  very  close 
and  hard.  They  are  too  hard  for  long  casting  and 
fine  work.  Recommended  particularly  for  general 
lake  fishing  and  heavy  bait  casting.  Drab  in  color, 
speckled  with  red  and  green.  Spools  of  50  yards, 
two  connected. 

4E4844  Size  G  Pulls  16  lbs.  Per  50  yds.  $1.35 
4E4845    Size  E  Pulls  25  lbs.    Per  50  yds.  %  1.60 

MARTIN'S  "KINGFISHER"  LINES 
For  Bait  Casting 

Made  expressly  for  bait  casting  from  especially 
twisted  silk  of  fine  quality  and  is  a  splendid  line  for 
hard  service.     Color :     White  with  black  thread. 
Put  up  on  spools  of  50  yards,  two  connected. 
4E4846    Size  6.    Light.  Per50yds.q§    $  .75 

3E4847    Size  5.    Medium.  Per  50  yds.<t  .75 

3E4848    Size  4.    Heavy.  Per50yds.<i  1.00 

4E4849    Size  3.    Extra  heavy.    Per  50  yds.<f  1.25 

MARTIN'S  WATERPROOF  BAIT-CASTING 
LINES 

An  excellent  waterproof  braided  silk  line.  Very 
strong  and  durable.    Solid  black  or  mottled. 

4E4848^    Size  4.    50-yd.  spool  %  $1.35 

4E4847^    Size  5.    50-yd.  spool  1.10 

"KINGFISHER"  BRAIDED  SILK  LINES 
Italian — For  Casting  and  Trolling 

This  line  is  made  of  finished  silk,  medium  hard 
braided.  No  dressing  of  any  kind  on  it.  Intended 
for  general  lake  and  stream  fishing,  bait  casting  and 
trolling.  It's  a  beautiful,  high  grade,  well  made, 
smooth  running,  strong,  serviceable  line.  If  you 
prefer  a  dark  colored  line,  here  is  a  good  one.  Put 
up  50  yards  on  a  spool,  2  connected — 100  yards  in 
a  box.  Color :  Tan  with  Green  Stripe. 
4E4840  Size  5 ;  test,  12  lbs. ;  per  50  yards  %  $1.10 
4E4841  Size  4 ;  test,  18  lbs. ;  per  50  yards  3£  1.40 
4E4842    Size  3 ;  test,  23  lbs. ;  per  50  yards  <f  1.65 

""KINGFISHER"  BRAIDED  SILK  LINES~ 
Muscallonge 

Made  expressly  for  lake  trout  or  togwe,  pike  and 
"muskies."  A  tremendously  strong  and  durable  line 
and  yet  so  smooth  and  flexible  as  to  cast  and  reel 
nicely.  Much  preferable  to  linen  for  deep  or  heavy 
trolling  as  it  is  far  less  liable  to  kink.  No  dressing 
of  any  kind  on  it.  Closely  braided  and  free  running. 
Put  up  50  yards  on  a  spool,  2  connected — 100  yards 
in  a  box.  Color :  White,  with  Black  Stripe. 
4E4843    Test,  40  lbs.;  per  50  yards  $2.25 

"FLOATUM"  LINE  DRESSING 

This  preparation  is  not  for  refinishing  lines.  It 
is  applied  to  the  line  to  make  it  float  and  at  the  same 
time  soft,  smooth  and  flexible.  If  directions  are 
followed,  you  will  find  it  superior  to  deer  fat.  Take 
a  piece  of  chamois,  soft  leather  or  a  "Line  Greaser" 
and  put  a  little  Floatum  on  it.  Run  the  line  back- 
ward and  forward  between  the  Polisher.  Polish  un- 
til the  line  is  clean  and  bright — many  lines  have  been 
injured  by  leaving  a  surplus  of  dressing  on  the  line. 
3E4383    2  oz.  can  3£    $  .25 

POCKET  LINE  GREASER 

Invaluable  for  the  dry-fly  fisherman.  Fine  pig- 
skin case  with  best  felt  pad  for  rubbing  line  with 
deer  fat.  Pad  is  removable  and  has  lead  foil  back 
to  prevent  grease  working  through— fastens  with 
snap  button.    Size,  3^x1^4. 

4E3535  $  $  ^0 


FISHING  TACKLE 


107 


BRAIDED  LINES 

These  lines  are  known  by  sizes,  which,  unlike  twisted  lines,  do  not  represent  the  number  of  threads  in 
their  construction.  Braided  lines  are  considered  superior  to  twisted  lines  for  trolling  on  account  of  their 
non-kinking  qualities.  They  do  not  have  a  tendency  to  wind  and  twist.  Braiding  is  very  tight  and  the  line 
extremely  hard.    Illustration  shows  relative  sizes. 

"MOHEGAN"  WIRE  TROLLING  LINE 

These  lines  have  entirely  replaced  all  others  for 
deep  lake  trolling  for  such  fish  as  lake  trout,  togue, 
etc.  Their  great  advantage  is  that  they  require  no 
lead  or  sinkers  to  take  the  line  down  to  the  required 
depth,  unless  exceptionally  deep,  and  there  is  in 
consequence  much  less  drag  upon  the  line.  An- 
other thing  in  their  favor  is  that  the  line  is  always 
rigid  and  as  a  fish  must  strike  against  a  taut  line 
he  invariably  hooks  himself — there  is  no  stretch  or 
give  as  with  linen  or  other  lines.  The  "Mohegan" 
is  made  of  fine  bronzed  wire,  braided  over  a  core  of 
silk,  and  is  very  strong  and  will  not  rust.  Put  up  in 
50-vard  spools,  two  or  four  spools  connected. 
4E4860    Per  spool,  50  yds  %  $1.25 

COPPER  WIRE  FOR  TROLLING 

Used   largely   for   lake   trout   fishing.  Highest 
grade  copper  wire. 

4E4861    Regular  size,  spool  of  500  feet  $1.25 

4E4862   Heavy  size,  spool  of  350  feet   1.50 

REX  BRAIDED  LINEN  REEL  LINES        A  A         FURNISHED  LINES 

Green  Color  Only 

This  line  is  made  of  the  same  stock  as  our  Rex 
line  and  braided  by  an  improved  method  which  gives 
it  a  hard,  smooth  finish.  Stretched  before  they  are 
put  on  the  spools,  and  will  not  swell  like  the  ordi- 
nary braided  lines.  Guaranteed  to  test  2  pounds  to 
the  thread.  Put  up  on  spools  of  50  yards,  four 
connected. 

Size        Per  100  yds.  Size      Per  1-00  yds. 

4E4896    12  ^  $  .75     4E4899    21  .90 

4E4897    15  %     .80     4E4900    24  1.00 

4E4898    18  .85 

"FREEPORT"    BRAIDED    LINEN  REEL 
LINE 

A  good  grade  of  hard  braided  line  suitable  for 
reel  use  for  those  who  prefer  braided  to  twisted 
line.    Put  up  in  blocks  of  25  yards,  4  connected. 

Size  25  yds.  100  yds. 

4E4870   6.    Fine   $  .15         $  .55 

4E4871    4.    Medium   15  .55 

4E4872   2.    Heavy   15  .55 

"MONTAUK"  BRAIDED  LINEN  LINES 

Made  from  fine  quality  long-fibre  flax,  entirely 
free  from  sizing  and  injurious  dye-stuffs.  Smoothly 
braided,  of  uniform  size  and  texture  and  tremen- 
dously strong  for  its  size.  Put  up  in  coils  of  25 
yards  each,  four  connected. 

25  yds.       100  yds. 

4E4864    Size  3  to  6  ^  $  .25  $  .90 

4E4865    Size  2  %     .30  1.00 

4E4866    Size  1  <f     .30      <f  1.15 

4E4867    Size  1—0...  %     .35       ^  1.25 

4E4868    Size  2—0  %     .40       <S  1.50 

4E4869    Size  3—0  %     .50      <|  1.75 

BRAIDED  "SEA  ISLAND"  COTTON  LINES 

Sea  Island  cotton  is  the  longest  staple  cotton 
grown  and  makes  the  strongest  cotton  line.  Put 
up  in  "hanks"  of  84  feet,  two  connected. 
3E4873    Size  6,  5,  4,  3,  2  15c  per  hank 

Size  1 — 0   20c  per  hank 

Size  2—0  3—0  25c  per  hank 

BRAIDED  COD  LINES 

Braided  cod  lines  (coils  of  150  ft.,  2  connected). 
The  correct  size  to  use  when  hand  trolling  for 
bluefish. 

3E3996   Per  coil    $  .75 


Junior — 15  feet  of  green  line — adjustable  ring — 
sinker  snelled  hook — wood  float. 
3E4551    5x1^4  inches,   each   $  .10 

15  feet  of  braided  silk  line,  double  gut  snelled 
hook — ringed  sinker — hollow  float — painted  three 
colors. 

3E4552,    5x1^4  inches,  each...;   $.25 

For  flounders — 25  feet  of  green  line  snelled  hook 
— egg  sinker. 

3E4553    3^x334  inches,  each   $  .05 

For  flounders — same  as  above — 50  ft.  of  heavier 
line  and  sinker. 

3E4554    5x4H   inches,  each   $  .10 

For  black  fish — 60  feet  of  braided  line — %  lb. 
sinker — two  Virginia  hooks. 

3E4555    5x6  inches    $  .25 

"KINGFISHER"  LINE  DRESSING 
For  Oiled  and  Enameled  Lines 

Lines  treated  now  and  then  with  this  dressing 
will  keep  in  perfect  condition  for  years,  even  when 
in  everyday  use,  and  we  recommend  its  use  regularly 
on  all  oiled  or  enameled  lines. 

Put  up  in  handy  screw-top  cans.  Full  directions 
for  using  on  each  can. 

3E3541   $  .25 


108 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


TWISTED  LINES 

The  sizes  by  which  these  lines  are  known  differ  from  all  other  lines  and  indicate  the  number  of 
threads  used  in  their  construction.  For  instance,  size  36  is  twisted  from  36  threads  of  uniform  thickness 
and  strength  and  all  the  others  are  made  in  proportion.    The  illustration  shows  their  relative  thickness. 

"A.  &  F.  CUTTYHUNK"  LINE 

A  twisted  linen  line,  made  from  good  quality  flax 
and  an  excellent  line  for  general  use  at  a  moderate 
price.  Smooth,  strong  and  uniform.  Warranted 
free  from  sizing  and  dye,  finished  in  natural  color, 
and  will  be  found  perfectly  satisfactory  for  ordi- 
nary use.   Put  up  on  spools. 


50  yds. 

100  yds. 

4E4903 

Size 

$  .90 

$1.80 

4E4904 

Size 

.50 

1.00 

2.00 

4E4905 

Size 

15.... 

.  ,  .  .55 

1.10 

2.20 

4E4906 

Size 

18, . , . 

 60 

1.20 

2.40 

4E4907 

Size 

31.... 

 70 

1.40 

2.80 

"REX"  TWISTED  LINEN  LINES 
For  Tarpon,  Bass  and  Tuna 

We  offer  this  l'ne  with  our  unqualified  guarantee 
behind  it  as  the  very  finest  and  best  line  of  its  kind. 
Hand  laid  entire  and  made  from  the  finest  Irish  flax 
procurable.  Warranted  smooth  and  strong.^  The 
twist  in  this  line  is  laid  so  tight  it  is  almost  impos- 
sible to  upset  and  for  casting  from  the  reel  through 
the  surf,  bluefishing,  etc.,  it  is  absolutely  unexcelled. 
This  is  the  famous  line  of  the  "Three-Six"  and 
"Light  Tackle"  clubs  and  cannot  be  equalled  for 
strength,  smoothness  and  finish.  No  sizing,  dye  or 
filling  of  any  kind  is  used  and  all  sizes  are  made 
from  standard  No.  50  thread. 

Guaranteed  to  test  over  two  pounds  pull  per 
thread.  These  lines,  as  with  all  twisted  lines,  should 
be  "set"  before  using.  This  is  done  by  thoroughly 
soaking  the  line,  stretching  it  taut  and  allowing  to 
dry,  which  serves  to.«even  its  strength  and  also  ren- 
ders it  less  liable  to  kink  or  upset.  Size  18  is  stand- 
ard tarpon  line  and  size  21  the  regulation  tuna  line, 
though  lighter  lines  are  used.  Colors :  Natural  Flax 
or  Green.   Put  up  on  spools. 

Threads 

4E4883  6  

4E4884  9  

4E4885  12  

4E4886  15  

4E4887  18  

4E4888  21  

4E4889  24  

4E4890  27  

4E4891  30  

4E4892  36  

4E4984  39 ...  . 
% — Above  lines  delivered  free  in  the  United  States. 

REX  "27  SPECIAL"  SURF  CASTING  LINE 

This  is  a  special  line  made  of  27  threads  of  very 
fine  yarn,  and  is  no  larger  than  the  regular  15  thread 
size.  It  is  harder  laid  than  the  regular  reel  line  and 
has  no  starch,  glue,  wax  or  sizing  of  any  kind  on  it. 
The  lay  has  been  set  and  the  line  is  ready  for  use. 
Guaranteed  to  test  35  lbs.    Colors,  white  or  green. 

4E4893    100  yards,  27  thread  $1.65 

4E4894    200  yards,  27  thread  3g  3.25 

4E4895    300  yards,  27  thread  *j£  5.25 

Smaller  size  suitable  for  weak  and  bonefish. 

4E4850    100  yds  %  $1.50 

4E4851    200  yds  3.00 

4E4852    300  yds  %  4.75 


50 

100 

200 

300 

yds. 

yds. 

yds. 

yds. 

$"  .60 

$1.20 

$2.40 

$3.90 

.65 

1.30 

2.60 

4.25 

.70 

1.40 

2.80 

4.50 

1.50 

3.00 

4.75 

1.65 

3.30 

5.00 

1.75 

3.50 

5.25 

1.80 

3.60 

5.50 

1.85 

3.75 

6.00 

1.95 

3.90 

6.25 

2.10 

4.20 

6.50 
7.25 

— Above  lines  delivered  free  in  United  States. 

"SHARK"  FISHING  LINE 

Special  grade  of  ^-inch  twisted  cotton  line  with 
ends  whipped.   Put  up  in  coils. 

4E4907    100  yards    $2.25 

Longer  lines  furnished  at  2^c  per  yard. 

TWISTED  COTTON  LINES 

A  good,  strong  line  for  use  as  light  hand  line  with 
cane  poles  for  "spatting"  or  "skittering"  and  for  rig- 
ging up  pickerel  traps  for  fishing  through  the  ice. 
Put  up  in  hanks  of  50  feet. 

3E4908    Size  9.    Per  hank  %    $  .10 

THUMB-STALL  AND  HARNESS 


This  unique  little  device  should  appeal  to  all  fish- 
ermen using  the  thumb-stall,  especially  for  heavy 
sea-fishing  and  surf-casting.  It  holds  the  stall 
snugly,  preventing  it  from  working  loose  and  run- 
ning in  the  reel.  Made  of  soft,  waterproof  leather,' 
fastening  with  small  strap  and  buckle.  Very  light 
and  comfortable  and  is  adjusted  to  any  size  wrist 
or  length  of  finger. 

3E3311    Harness  complete   %    $  .35 

3E3309    Thumb-stalls  only.    Each  %  .10 

Per  dozen   %  1.00 

WOODEN  LINE  REELS 

The  only  safe 
and  proper  way 
.  to  keep  enamel 
1  lines  when  not 
P  in  use.  Such 
lines,  if  left  up- 
on the  fishing 
reels,  are  very 
apt  to  sweat, 
stick  and  rot. 
If  they  are 
kept  on  these  wood  spools  this  trouble  is  obviated 
and  the  lines  keep  straight  and  free  from  kinks. 
For  this  reason  they  are  invaluable  to  tournament 
casters.    Made  of  light,  tough  wood. 

3E3288    Diameter  8  inches   $  -50 

3E3289    5-inch  size  to  nest  inside  of  above..  .50 


FISHING  TACKLE 


109 


KNOTS  YOU  SHOULD  KNOW 

We  are  often  asked  what  is  the  best  way  to  tie  a  floating  fly  to  a  leader,  and  what  is  the  best  knot  to 
use  when  making  leaders.  The  following  instructions  accompanied  by  illustrations  show  the  knots  com- 
monly used  in  tying  eyed  flies,  leaders  and  lines  to  leaders.  A  little  practice  will  give  you  the  needed  skill 
to  make  these  knots  and  they  will  be  found  a  great  help  in  mounting  your  tackle  properly. 


The  "Turtle  Knot"  Attachment 
For  Eyed  Trout  Flies 


Pass  the  end  of  gut  through  the 
eye  of  hook,  then  make  a  running 
noose  or  slip-knot  as  Figure  A, 
then  draw  the  knot  tight  and  pass 
the  loop  over  the  hook  and  wings 
of  fly  as  Figure  B.  Then  draw 
the  loop  tight  around  head  of  fly, 
as  Figure  C,  cut  off  the  spare  end 
of  gut,  and  knot  is  complete. 


The  Jam  Knot  Attachment  for 
Eyed  Trout  Flies 


C-a  

Pass  the  end  of  gut  through  the 
eye  of  the  hook,  bend  it  back  and 
make  a  loop  or  slip-knot  on  the 
gut ;  draw  the  knot  tight  and  slide 
up  tight  to  the  hook  and  cut  off 
the  superfluous  gut  end. 


Figure  G 
Proper  Knot  for  End  of  Leader 

Make  a  double  loop  around  the 
piece  of  gut  as  in  Figure  G. 


Figure  H 

Pass  the  end  of  gut  between  the 
loops  as  in  Figure  H. 


Figure  I 

Pull  the  upper  loop  through  the 
lower,  and  pull  up  tight  as  in 
Figure  I.  Cut  off  the  superflu- 
ous gut  and,  if  you  have  followed 
instructions  closely,  you  have  a 
loop  that  pulls  straight,  will  not 
cut  and  lies  flat. 


Figure  J 

Figure  J  shows  ordinary  fisher- 
man's knot  which  is  made  by 
passing  the  line  through  the  loop 
of  leader,  then  around  the  loop 
and  between  the  loop  and  the  line, 
so  when  line  is  pulled  it  will  jam. 


Figure  K 

Figure  K  shows  variation  of  J 
made  by  passing  the  end  of  the 
line  back  through  the  loop  instead 
of  jamming  between  loop  and 
rest  of  line. 


Figure  L 

Figure  L  shows  the  figure 
eight  knot  which  is  used  to  fasten 
line  to  leader,  also  used  to  fasten 
eyed  salmon  flies  to  gut.  Pro- 
ceed as  Figure  J,  then  instead  of 
jamming  the  line  on  the  end  pass 
the  end  round  the  line  back 
through  the  loop  to  form  figure 
eight  and  pull  tight. 


Figure  M 

Figure  M  shows  single  water 
knot  used  in  tying  leaders :  lay 
the  two  strands  overlapping,  make 
a  single  slip-knot  around  each 
with  the  end  of  the  other,  pull 
tight  and  cut  off  superfluous  ends 
of  gut. 


Figure  N 

Figure  N  shows  double  water 
knot,  proceed  as  Figure  M,  but 
make  two  turns  of  gut  instead  of 
one  before  passing  end  through 
the  loop  to  form  slip-knot. 


Figure  O 

Figure  O,  method  of  fasten- 
ing fly  with  gut  loop  to  leader 
having  no  loop. 


Figure  P 

Figure  P  shows  method  of 
tying  a  strand  of  gut  on  a  leader 
for  dropper  loop. 


Figure  Q 

Figure  Q  is  Figure  P  pulled 
tight. 


Figure  R 

Figures  R,  S,  T,  and  U  show 
the  different  stages  of  the  barrel 
knot;  to  tie  Figure  R,  lay  the 
two  strands  of  gut  over-lapping. 


Figure  S 

Figure  S,  take  one  end  and 
make  two  turns  around  the  other 
which  come  back  over  the  one 
you  "are  working  with ;  pass  the 
end  of  the  gut  between  the  two 
pieces. 


Figure  T 

Figure  T,  doing  the  same  with 
the  end  of  the  other  strand  and 
pass  it  between  the  two  strands 
in  the  opposite  direction;  then 


Figure  U 

Figure  U,  pull  up  the  knot, 
being  very  careful  that  the  turns 
around  the  gut  lie  very  snug, 
regular  and  close,  then  cut  off 
the  ends. 


110 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


LEADERS 


A.  &  F.  HIGHEST  QUALITY 
Mist  Colored  Silkworm  Gut 

The  very  finest  quality  imported  stock,  great  care 
being  taken  in  the  selection. 

All  our  leaders  may  be  had  with  or  without  loops, 
as  desired,  but  unless  specified  we  will  send  loops. 

Salmon  Leaders — Single  Gut 

We  use  nothing  but  fresh,  imported  stock  and  all 
are  tied  with  extra  long  end  loops.  Every  leader  is 
carefully  tested  and  warranted  perfect. 

Regular  stock  is  all  in  3-yard  lengths,  but  we  will 
tie  shorter  or  longer  lengths  to  order  at  propor- 
tionate prices. 

Style  Grade                            Each  Doz. 

3E3580    A.  S.    Light  $1.50  $15.00 

3E3581    B.  S.    Medium                     2.00  20.00 

3E3582    C.  S.    Heavy                       2.50  25.00 

3E3585    F.  S.  Heaviest  Imperial  . .  6.50  60.00 

Trout  and  Bass  Leaders — Single  Gut 


Style 

For  Flies  Nos 

Each 

Doz. 

3E3586 

A 

Light  Trout. . . 

.     12  to  16 

$  .15 

$1.50 

3E3587 

B 

Regular  Trout 

 8-10 

.20 

2.00 

3E3588 

C 

Heavv   Trout. . 

 4-8 

.25 

2.50 

3E3589 

D 

Extra  Heavy 

or  Bass 

1/0  to  6  

.35 

3.50 

3E3591 
3E3592 
3E3593 
3E3594 
3E3595 


3E3597 
3E3598 
3E3599 
3E3600 
3E3601 


X 
A 
B 
C 
D 


6  Feet  Long 
Extra  Lt.  Trout. ..  .14,16 

Light  Trout   12-16 

Regular  Trout   8-10 

Heavy  Trout   4-6-8 

Extra  Hvy.  or  Bass  1/0-6 


.35 
.25 
.30 
.45 
.75 


9  Feet  Long 

Extra  Light  Trout  $  .50 

Light  Trout  40 

Regular  Trout  45 

Heavy  Trout  65 

Extra  Heavy  or  Bass. . . .  1.00 


Tapered  Leaders  for  Dry  Flies 
No  Dropper  Loops 
6  Feet  Long 

Style  Each 
3E3602  M.  Tapers  from  regular  trout 

to  light  trout  $  .30 

3E3603  N.  Tapers    from   heavy  trout 

to  extra  light  trout  30 

3E3781  O.  Tapered  from  medium  trout 

to  fine  drawn  gut  35 

9  Feet  Long 
3E3604  M.  Tapers  from  regular  trout 

to  light  trout  $  .45 

3E3605  N.  Tapers    from   heavy  trout 

to  extra  light  trout  45 

3E3782  O.  Tapered  from  medium  trout 

to  fine  drawn  gut  50 


$3.50 
2.50 
3.00 
4.50 
7.50 


$5.00 
4.00 
4.50 
6.50 

10.00 


Doz. 

$3.00 
3.00 
3.50 


$4.50 
4.50 


5.00 


A.  &  F.  TROLLING  LEADERS  AND  TRACES 
Highest  Quality 
3  Feet  Long 

Style 

3E3608    A.  T.    Double  Gut  .... 
3E3609 


3E3610 


3E3611 
3E3612 


B.  T. 
D.  T. 


A.  T. 
C.  T. 


Twisted  Treble  Gut — 

1  swivel   

6-ply    Cable    Gut  — 

lashed  ends  

6  Feet  Long 


THE  NEW  "ZEPHYR"  LEADER 

After  years  of  experiment  a  method  has  at  last 

been  discovered  whereby  it  is  possible  to  produce 
strands  of  the  most  perfect  gut  three  feet  in  lengtli! 
Mist  color.    For  use  with  No.  12  to  16  flies. 

Each  Doz. 

3E3606    6  feet    $  .65  $6.50 

3E3607    9  feet    1.00  10.00 

NOTE:— Not  less  than  %  doz.  leaders  sold  at 
the  dozen  prices.  All  of  the  above  leaders  de- 
livered free  in  the  U.  S. 


Each 

Doz. 

$  .25 

$2.50 

.35 

3.50 

.30 

3.25 

$  .50 

$5.00 

.75 

7.50 

Twisted  Treble  Gut 
2  swivels   

A.  &  F.  "BULL  DOG"  TRACES 

Made  of  manufactured  gut,  a  good,  strong  trace 

for  trolling  and  heavy  fishing  at  a  moderate  price. 
Mist  color,  with  extra  large  end  loops  for  use 
with  baits  and  spoons.  Made  in  one  length  with  no 
knots.    All  3  feet  long. 

Each  Doz. 

3E3640    Light  Cable  Twist  $  .35  $3.50 

3E3641    Heavy  Cable  Twist  50  5.00 

STANDARD  QUALITY  LEADERS 
Salmon  Leaders — Mist  Color 
3  Feet  Long 

Style                                                Each  Doz. 

3E3618    1    Light   $  .25  $2.50 

6  Feet  Long 

3E3619    1    Light   $  .50  $5.00 

9  Feet  Long 

3E3620    1    Light   $  .75  $7.50 

3E3621    2    Heavy                                 1.25  12.00 

3E3622    3    Heaviest  Imperial                3.50  36.00 

Trout  and  Bass  Leaders — Mist  Colored 

3  Feet  Long 

3E3623    A.  O.    Light  Trout   $  .08  $  .75 

3E3624    B.  O.    Medium   Trout  10  1.00 

3E3625    C.  O.    Heavy  Trout  15  1.50 

3E3626    D.  O.    Bass   20  2.00 

6  Feet  Long 

3E3627    A.  O.    Light  Trout   $  .15  $1.50 

3E3628    B.  O.    Medium  Trout  20  2.00 

3E3629    C.  O.    Heavv  Trout  30  3.00 

3E3630    D.  O.    Bass   40  4.00 


3E3631 
3E3632 


Trolling  and  Salt-Water  Leaders 


T. 
T. 


.15 


$1.50 


3E3633    H.  T. 


3E3634 


4E3698 


J.  T. 
K.  T. 


.25 


.20 


Double  Gut,  3  ft.  long.$ 
Double    Gut,    6  ft. 

long   

3-Ply  Twisted  Extra 
Stout  Gut  Trace,  with 
two  swivels,  3- ft.  long 
6-ply  Twisted  Leaders, 

2  feet  long  15 

6-ply  cable,  1  ft.  long  .10 
I.  T.  Extra  Stout,  3-ply,  soft  hand  twisted  leader 
are  carried  in  four  lengths  as  follows: 

3E3635    12  inches  long  $  .08 

3E3636    18  inches  long  10 

3E3637    24  inches  long  12 

3E3639    36  inches  long  18 

"SAFETY"  CAST  OR  LEADER  CASE 

Made  of  fine  Eng- 
lish pigskin  with  lin- 
ing and  three  inner 
pockets  of  non-dele- 
terious chamois. 
Leather  contains  an 
ingredient  which  has 
the  peculiar  property 
of  preserving  silk- 
worm gut.  Size, 
5x414  inches. 
4E3350   


2.50 


2.00 

1.5" 
V 


$  .75 
1.00 
1.25 
1.75 


$2.25 


FISHING  TACKLE 


111 


SILK  WORM  GUT 
Very  Finest  Quality  Imported 

Put  up  in  Hanks  of  25  Strands. 

The  average  angler  is  not  aware  of  the  vast  dif- 
ference in  quality  and  cost  of  imported  gut  and  of 
the  fact  that  it  is  often  extremely  difficult  to  procure 
the  first  quality.  Our  gut  is  all  hand  polished  and 
carefully  selected,  which  naturally  adds  to  the  cost, 
but  the  benefit  to  the  user  is  more  than  commensu- 
rate with  the  price.  For  the  greater  convenience  of 
anglers,  we  are  now  putting  up  our  gut  in  hanks  of 
25  strands. 

SELECTED  STAINED  GUT 
Mist  Color 

Length  in  inches    14     15    16    17  18 

3E3661    Light  Trout   $  .50  $.55  $.65  $.75 

3E3662  Medium  Trout:  ...$  .35  .40  .50  .65  .75 
3E3663    Heavy  Trout  35    .45  .50 

Length  in  inches     10     12     13     14  15 

3E3664    Regular   Bass   $.40  $.45  $.50  $.65 

3E3665    Heavy  Bass   .55    .60    .65  .85 

3E3666    Ex.  Heaw  Bass.. $1.00  1.10  1.15  1.25  1.50 
3E3667    Medium  Salmon...    .85  1.35  2.25  2.75 
3E3668    Heavy   Salmon  . . .  1.50  2.00  3.50 

DRAWN  GUT 

Stained  and  Selected 

Length  in  inches    15     16     17    18  20 
3E3669    Spec.  Ex.  Light..         $  .60    ,85  1.00  1.50 

3E3670    Very  Light  $  .40    .50    .65    .85  1.25 

3E3671    Medium   Light  40    .45    .50  .75 

3E3672    Light   45    .55  .65 

3E3673    Medium   60  .75 

In  ordering  gut  state  the  length  desired. 

All  above  Gut  delivered  free  anywhere  in  the  U.  S. 

"ZEPHYR"  SILK  WORM  GUT 

The  same  from  which  we  make  our  famous 
"Zephyr"  Leaders.  All  strands  are  36  inches  long 
and  warranted  perfect.  Stained  mist  color.  Hanks 
of  25  strands. 

3E3660   $3.00 

TIPPETTS— OR  LOOPED  GUT  ENDS 
Mist  Color 

To  use  with  dry  flies  or  for  snelling.    Best  quality 
Gut.    Prices  per  dozen : 
6  inches  10  inches 

3E3613  $  .20    Very  Light      3E4967   $  .25 

3E3614     .15    Light  3E4968   20 

3E3615     .15    Medium  3E4969   20 

3E3616     .20    Heavy  3E4970   25 

3E3617     .25    Extra  Heavy    3E4971   30 


ENGLISH  TWISTED  STEEL  LEADERS 

Made  from  the  finest  steel,  amalgamated  and  sil- 
ver plated.  They  possess  enormous  strength — and 
are  as  flexible  as  heavy  gut.  They  are  very  light  in 
weight  and  can  be  used  in  any  style  of  fishing.  It  is 
ideal  for  such  fishing  as  muscallonge,  pike,  pickerel, 
and  all  fish  which  are  likely  to  cut  or  "strip"  a  line. 
Fitted  with  bronze  swivels  and  clew  springs. 

Each  Doz. 

3E3650      8  inches  <$$  .25  $2.75 

3E3651    12  inches  %    .35  3.75 

3E3652    18  inches  f$    .50  5.50 

3E3653    36  inches..  .75  8  00 


"WIRE  LEADERS" 
For  Trolling  and  Casting 

Styles  1  and  2  are  for  Pickerel  and  Muscallonge. 

E.  T.  leaders  are  for  saltwater  fishing. 

The  Tarpon  and  Tuna  leaders  for  all  kinds  of 
heavy  trolling.  They  are  made  of  heavy  wire  and 
have  large  swivels. 

Style.  Each.  Doz. 

3E3642  1  3  ft. ;  swivel  at  each  end  *$$  .10  $1.00 
3E3643    2    6  ft. ;  swivel  each  end  and  in 

center  %  .25  2.50 

3E3646    E.  T.        3  ft. ;  bronze  wire,  rust 

proof — 2  swivels  and 

link   %  .10  1.00 

3E3647    E.  T.  H.  Same  as  E.  T.,  extra 

heavy   %  .20  2.00 

3E3648    E.  T.  L.  Same  as  E.  T.,  10  in. 

for  surf  casting... 3£  .10  1.00 
3E3649    E.  T.  H.  L.  Same  as  E.  T.  H.; 

10  inches  long  for  surf 

casting   %  .20  2.00 

3E3351    Tarpon  and  Tuna,  6  ft  %  .60  6.00 

"PIKOMUSKE  LEADERS" 
For  Muscallonge,  Pike  and  Lake  Trout 

Made  of  flexible  phosphor  bronze  wire.  Light 
and  strong,  with  swivel  and  long  loop  at  one  end 
for  convenience  in  changing  hooks,  spinners,  etc. 

3E3644    12  inches  long   %    $  .15 

3E3645    54  inches  long   %  .40 


STRAIGHTENED  WIRE  FOR  LEADERS 

Put  up  in  packages  of  1  dozen  strands. 

Light  Weight,  39  inches  long 

4E3654    Steel  (tinned)    $  .20 

4E3655    Bronze  (rust  proof)   25 

Medium  Weight,  39  inches  long 

4E3656    Steel  (tinned)   25 

4E3657    Bronze    (rust   proof)  30 

Heavy  Weight,  75  inches  long 

4E3658    Steel  (tinned)   50 

4E3659    Bronze  (rust  proof)  60 


"JEWEL"  LEADER  BOXES 

Made  of  solid  copper, 
heavily  oxidized  in  black 
on  the  outside  and  lined 
with  white  enamel.  Has 
protecting  flange  around 
top  to  prevent  leaders 
being  accidentally  with- 
drawn or  spilled  out. 
Fitted  with  extra  quality 
absorbent  felt  pads  with 
lifting  button.  Diameter, 
4  inches — Y§  inch  thick. 

4E3346   %  $1.00 

3E3347    Same  style  as  above,  made  of  alu- 
minum   $  .35 

NOTE:— Not  less  than  y2  doz.  Leaders  sold  at 
dozen  prices. 

'All  leaders  delivered  free  in  the  United  States. 


112 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


FLIES  AND  THEIR  USE 

How  many  times  have  fishermen  discussed  the  merits  of  one  fly  as  against  another? 
We  all  know,  however,  by  experience,  that  there  are  times,  localities  or  conditions  which  affect  the 
result.    At  evening  around  the  fire  it  is  discovered  by  two  fishermen  having  fished  the  same  stream. 

One  returns  with  a  full  creel,  while  the  other  declares  there  are  no  fish 
in  the  brook,  and  then  it  transpires  that  the  successful  Nimrod  had  all 
his  luck  on  a  little  black  gnat,  while  the  other  used  every  bright  colored 
fly  he  had  in  his  book.  Certain  it  is,  there  are  a  few  points  in  regard  to 
fly  fishing  that  may  justly  be  observed. 

First — If  one  fishes  in  no  fixed  locality,  a  well-stocked  fly  book,  con- 
taining many  varieties  and  of  va  rious  sizes,  is  most  desirable. 

Second — If  it  is  a  bright  day  and  the  water  •  is  clear,  select  dark 
flies  of  small  size.  If  a  dark  day  and  the  water  brown  in  color,  take 
a  larger  fly  and  more  gaudy  in  hue. 

Being  practical  anglers  ourselves  and  familiar  with  the  various  styles 
of  fishing  in  vogue  in  different  parts  of  the  country  and  abroad,  as  well 
as  the  proper  tackle  and  equipment  required,  we  are  in  a  position  to 
advise  and  assist  patrons  outfitting  for  strange  waters,  which  we  shall 
be  most  pleased  to  do  at  all  times.  The  illustration  represents  a  few 
of  the  sizes  carried  regularly  and  following  is  a  list  of  our  stock  patterns: 


Alexandria 

Caddis 

Queen  of  Waters 

Alder 

Evening  Dun 

Quaker 

Abbey 

♦Ferguson 

♦Red  Ibis 

♦Babcock 

Grey  Fox 

Red  Spinner 

*  Bloody  Butcher 

Grey  Hackle 

Red  Hackle 

Black  Drake 

Grey  Hackle 

Red  Ant 

Black  Gnat 

(Red  Body) 

Red  Tag 

Black  Hackle 

Grey  Drake 

Rube  Wood 

Black  Palmer 

Grey  Palmer 

♦Royal  Coachman 

Black  Ant 

Green  Drake 

♦Seth  Green 

Brown  Hackle 

Golden  Spinner 

♦Silver  Doctfor 

Brown  Hackle 

Gordon 

Silver  Dun 

(Red  Body) 

♦Grizzly  King 

Stone  Fly 

♦Brown  Hackle 

Gold  Stork 

♦Sassycat 

(Yellow  Body) 

Hare's  Ear 

♦White  Tip  Montreal 

♦Brown  Palmer 

Jenny  Lind 

White  Miller 

Brown  Ant 

Lead  Wing  Gnat 

White  Aloth 

Beaverkill 

Lead  Wing  Coachman 

Willow 

Blue  Bottle 

♦Little  Injun 

♦Wickham's  Fancy 

*Bee 

♦Montreal 

♦Yellow  Coachman 

Cahill 

March  Brown 

Yellow  Professor 

Catskill 

Orange  Spinner 

♦Yellow  Sally 

♦Coachman 

♦Oriole 

♦Yellow  May 

Canada 

Parmachenee  Belle 

Zulu 

Cowdung 

♦Professor 

Cut  Shows  Exact  Sizes 

SILVER  BODY  FLIES 
With  Non-Tarnishing  Bodies 

Carried  in  stock  in  the  following  patterns,  sizes  8, 
10  and  12. 

Montreal,  Parmachenee  Belle,  Coachman,  Grey 
Hackle,  Little  Injun,  Professor,  Ibis,  Col.  Fuller, 
Black  Prince,  White  Tip  Montreal,  Quaker,  Cahill. 
Any  patterns  tied  to  order  in  lots  of  one-half  dozen 
of  a  size  and  pattern  and  at  same  prices,  except  for 
larger  sizes  and  special  patterns. 
Price  per  dozen  $1.25 

RINGED  FLIES 

For  use  with  fly  spinners,  spoons,  trolling,  etc. 
Tied  on  sneck  hooks,  sizes  2-0,  2,  8.  in  following 
patterns : 

Parmachenee  Belle,  Scarlet  Ibis,  Royal  Coachman. 
Per  dozen  $1.50 


Patterns  Marked  (*)  Considered  Good  for  Bass  Are  Carried  in 
Stock  in  Sizes  1/0,  1,  2,  4,  6,  8,  10,  12,  14,  16 

The  other  patterns  are  for  trout  mostly,  and  we  carry  them  in  stock 
on  hooks,  sizes  6,  8,  10,  12,  14,  16. 

Jungle  Cock  wings  on  all  flies  supplied  to  order,  50  cents  per  dozen 
extra.  Special  patterns  tied  to  order  at  short  notice,  in  lots  of  not  less 
than  one-half  dozen  of  a  size  and  pattern. 

Regular  Snelled  Flies 

Single  Snell.    Per  dozen   %  $1.25 

Single  Snell,  with  ''helper."    Per  dozen   1.75 

Single  Snell,  with  "helper."   Per  dozen   2-00 

FANCY  FLIES 
For  Lake,  Grilse  and  Salmon  Fishing 

These  flies  cost  more  than  our  regular  grade  of 
flies,  because  the  majority  have  Jungle  Cock  wings; 
fancy  and  better  grade  of  feathers  are  used.  The 
feathers  are  all  selected  and  extra  care  is  taken  in 
tying  them.  These  flies  are  considered  much  more 
attractive  and  better  killers. 

LIST  OF  PATTERNS  CARRIED  IN  STOCK 


Sizes  14  to 
Sizes  6  to 
Sizes    2  to 


4. 

1-0. 


Belgrade 
Blue  Jay 
Col.  Fuller 
Dr.  Breck 
Dr.  Johnson 
Dusty  Miller 
Fairy 

Parmachenee  Beau 
Tied  on  Sproat  Hooks, 
Per  dozen  


Jock  Scolt 
Jungle  Cock 
Lord  Baltimore 
Silver  Doctor 
Professor 

Red  Ibis — Silver  body 
White  Tip  Montreal 
Whiskers 

sizes  4-6-8,  with  helpers. 
 %  $2.00 


FISHING  TACKLE 


113 


ENGLISH  FLOATING  FLIES 
For  Dry  Fly  Fishing 

Our    flies    are    all  tied 
abroad  on  turn-down  eyed 
sneck   hooks   with  double 
split  wings   (four  feathers 
being    used    to    make  the 
wings)     and    very  full 
hackles.     This   makes  the 
flies  float  perfectly. 
Apple  Green  Catskill 
Beaverkill  Coachman 
Black  Gnat  Cowdung 
Brown  Palmer  Downlooker 
Caddis  Evening  Dun 

Cahill  Ginger  Quill 

Olive  Dun  Rube  Wood 

Olive  Gnat  Silver  Sedge 


J 

Gray  Drake 
Gray  Hackle 

Greenwells  Glory Parmachenee  BelleStone 


Grizzly  King  Professor 


Queen  of  Waters 
Red  Quill 
Red  Spinner 
Royal  Coachman 

Nos.  6  and  8  Perdoz. 

Nos.  10,  12  and  14  Per  doz 

Nos.  6  and  8  Perdoz, 

Nos.  10,  12  and  14  Per  doz 


Whirling  Dun 
White  Miller 
Wickhams  Fancy 
Willow 
Yellow  May 

$1.50 
1.25 


Hare's  Ear 
Iron  Blue  Dun 
March  Brown 
Montreal 
Without  Snells, 
Without  Snells, 

With       Snells,  Nos.  6  and  8  Perdoz.^  1.75 

With       Snells,  Nos.  10,  12  and  14  Perdoz.^  1.50 

SPECIAL  FLOATING  FLIES 

The  following  are  the  "New  Series"  Dry  Flies,  as 
described  by  F.  M.  Halford  in  his  book,  "Modern 
Development  of  the  Dry  Fly.1"  All  patterns  are  tied 
on  turn-down  eyed  Sneck  hooks. 


No. 

17  Pale  W'try  Spin'r  Fie. 

18  Iron  Blue  Dun  Male 

19  Iron  Blue  Dun  Female 

20  Iron  Blue  Spin'r  Male 

21  Iron  Blue  Sp'r  Female 

22  Blue  Wing  Olive  Male 

23  Blue  Wing  Olive  Fie. 

24  Sherry  Spinner  Male 

25  Sherrv  Spinner  Female 

26  Black  Gnat  Male 

27  Black  Gnat  Female 

28  Brown  Ant 

29  Welchman's  But'n  Male 

30  Welchman's  B'tn  Fie. 

31  Small  Dark  Sedge 


No. 

1  Green  May  Male 

2  Green  May  Female 

3  Brown  May  Male 

4  Brown  May  Female 

5  Spent  Gnat  Male 

6  Spent  Gnat  Female 

7  Olive  Dun  Male 

8  Olive  Dun  Female 

9  Dark  Olive  Dun  Male 

10  Dark  Olive  Dun  F'le. 

11  Olive  Spinner  Male 

12  Olive  Spinner  Female 

13  Olive  Red  Spinner 

14  Pale  W'try  Dun  Male 

15  Pale  W't'ry  Dun  F'le. 

16  Pale  W't'ry  Sp'n'r  Male  33  Cinnamon  Sedge 
Patterns  Nos.  1  to  6,  tied  on  No.  12  hook. 

Per  dozen  

All  other  patterns  tied  on  Nos.  12  and  15 
hooks.    Per  dozen   % 

ENGLISH  FLOATING  FLIES 
For  Bass 

No  2  turn-down  eyed  Sneck  hooks,  with 
full  bodies  and  hackles  for  bass  fishing. 
Parmachenee  Belle  Royal  Coachman  Brown  Palmer 
White  Tip  Mont'l     •  Ferguson  Alder 
Per   dozen  %  $2.25 

SPECIAL  SOUTHERN  FLIES 

For  fishing  in  Southern  waters  for  sea  trout,  chan- 
nel bass,  tarpon,  etc.  Tied  on  extra  quality,  hand- 
forged  O'Shaughnessy  hooks  with  twisted  gut  loops, 
in  the  following  patterns : 

Parmachenee  Belle     Silver  Doctor      Col.  Hopkins 
Silver  Jungle  Cock      Alexandria  Sassycat 
Homosassa  Ferguson 
Royal  Coachman  Cracker 

Size,  5-0  Per  dozen  $5.00 

Size,  1-0  Per  dozen  *|  3.50 

Col.  Hopkins,  sizes  1-0  and  5-0. Per  dozen  %  5.00 
Homosassa,  sizes  1-0  and  5-0.. Per  dozen  fl£  5.00 


$2.00 
1.25 


very 


"FLOATUM"  DRY-FLY  OIL 

The  very  finest  preparation  of  the  kind  for  water- 
proofing dry  flies. 

3E3530    Per  bottle   %   $  ,25 

DRY  FLY  BOTTLE 

A  neat,  handy  and  practical  device 
for  the  dry-fly  fisherman.  Bottle  is 
fitted  with  brush  and  wood-topped 
stopper  in  one  piece,  secured  by  pig- 
skin strap  and  snap-button.  A  second 
strap  has  buttonhole  which  is  slipped 
over  the  coat  button  and  so  carried 
always  convenient. 

4E3532   $  .40 


POCKET  DRY  FLY  VAPORIZERS 

The  right  size  for  the  pocket.  Well 
protected  when  closed. 
When  using,  hold  the 
bulb  firmly  and  press  the 
metal  valve  until  you 
can  catch  the  glass  con- 
tainer and  pull  it  in 
place. 

3F3319    Length,  3 

inches. . .  $  .75 
4E3380    As  above 

with  Cuttyhunk 

green  mesh  cover 

and  loop  to  hang 

on  coat  button  3£  $1.50 

"ADAMS"  FLOATING  BUG 

Mr.  L.  B.  Adams,  of 
New  York,  who  is  the 
originator  of  this  killing 
fly  for  bass  and  large 
trout,  has  had  wonderful 
success,  having  caught 
more  than  50  bass  in  one 
day  and  killed  as  many 
as  150  bass  on  the  same 
bug. 

Our  patterns  are  all 
made  from  samples  of 
and  approved  by  Mr. 
Adams,  both  as  to  mate- 
rial and  method  of  tying. 
To  get  the  best  results 
do  not  move  it  after  it 
strikes  the  water;  wait  four  or  five  seconds  and 
make  another  cast  if  you  do  not  get  a  strike.  We 
use  fancy  feathers  and  tie  them  in  the  most  durable 
way  on  well-finished  cork  bodies,  reinforced  snells. 

3E3313   %    $  .30 

ROOSTERS  REGRET"  FLIES 


This  fly  looks  very  much  like  a  smelt,  which 
salmon  and  large  trout  feed  on  after  the  ice  leaves 
the  lakes  in  the  spring.  It  is  a  good  killer  for 
these  fish  and  bass  also.  It  should  be  cast  and 
then  drawn  through  the  water  in  short,  quick 
jerks  to  imitate  a  small  fish  when  swimming. 

Hooks  are  No.  2  and  No.  8  sproat,  tied  to  re- 
inforced gut  snells. 

3E3316    Per  dozen   %  $2.50 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


BUCKTAIL  BASS 
FLIES 

Wings  and  hackles  made 
from  the  hair  of  a  buck's 
tail.    Tied  on  best  hollow- 
point  sproat  hooks,  snelled 
with  helpers,  sizes  2,  4  and 
6  in  the  following  patterns : 
Buck         King  Buck 
Doe           Princess  Fawn 
Fawn         Queen  Doe 
Any  pattern  and  size. 
Per  dozen  <$  $1.20 


SALMON  FLIES 


Brownie  Lord 
Brown  Palmer  Monk 


LOOPED  FLIES 

A  fine  style  of  fly 
and  much  used  for 
salmon,  bass,  large 
trout,  and  all.  heavy 
fishing  — also  for  fly 
spoons,  spinners,  etc. 
Beautifully  tied  on 
sproat  hooks  with 
twisted  gut  loops. 

The    following  pat- 
terns carried  in  stock : 
B.  Pond 
Bee 

Belgrade 
Benny 
Bloody  Butcher 
Baltimore    Royal  Coachman 
Seth  Green 


Ferguson 
Gold  Stork 
Ibis,  J.  C. 
Jenny  Lind 
Jungle  Cock 
Little  Injun 


Montreal  Silver  Doctor 

Sassycat  Wh.  Tip  Montreal 

Parmachenee  Beau  Wickham's  Fancy 
Parmachenee  B'le  Yellow  Sally 
Professor 
Queen  of  Waters 
(Any  pattern  tied  to  order.) 

Sizes,  6,  4,  2.   Per  dozen...  %  $2.00 

Sizes,  1  to  1-0.    Per  dozen  %  2.50 

We  believe  this  style  fly,  with  the  twisted  gut 
loops,  superior  to  the  eyed  fly  for  the  reason  that 
leaders  are  more  easily  adjusted  and  there  is  no 
danger  of  the  hook  rusting  and  injuring  the  leader. 
For  those  who  prefer  the  eyed  fly,  however,  we  will 
so  tie  them  to  order,  in  lots  of  one-half  dozen,  of  a 
size  and  kind,  at  same  prices. 

SPECIAL  GRADE  LOOPED  FLIES 

We  have  developed 
this  superb  line  of 
flies  to  meet  the 
wants  of  those  desir- 
ing an  extra  fine  fly. 

They  are  all  hand- 
some, "showy"  pat- 
terns and  have  proved 
great  "killers"  for 
large  trout,  bass,  and1 
salmon.  Tied  on  fin- 
est quality  sproat 
hooks,  with  twisted 
gut  loops.  The  fol- 
lowing patterns  car- 
ried in  stock : 


Blue  Jay  Fiery  Brown 

Cheney  Golden  Pheasant 

Cracker 

Sizes,  8  to  1.    Per  dozen  

Tomah  Joe,  sizes  2  to  8.  Per  dozen 
Col.  Hopkins,  all  sizes.    Per  dozen 


Golden  Rod 
Grasshopper 


The  hooks  are  the  best 
quality  made,  each  one  care- 
fully tested,  and  no  expense 
is  spared  in  either  material 
or  making  in  order  to  pro- 
duce the  finest  possible  line 
of  flies.  They  are  very 
strongly  made  and  the  bod- 
ies and  dressings  of  these 
flies  will  not  strip  or  twist 
off.  The  loops  are  of  very 
best  hard  twisted  gut  and 
are  made  extra  long  in  or- 
der to  facilitate  the  attach- 
ing of  leaders. 


$3.00 
3.50 
5.00 


DOUBLE  HOOK  SALMON  FLIES 
With  Twisted  Gut  Loops 


Black  Doctor  

Black  Dose  

Butcher   

Durham  Ranger. 

Dusty  Miller  

Fairy   

Fiery   Brown.  . . . 

Jock  Scott  

Mitchell   % 

Night  Hawk  

President   

Silver  Doctor  

Silver  Grey  

Thunder  and  Lightning^ 

SINGLE  HOOK  SALMON  FLIES 
With  Twisted  Gut  Loops 

While  the  double  hook  is  the  American  favorite 
for  Salmon  fishing,  and  may  be  called  the  standard, 
the  single  hook  is  the  English  favorite,  and  is  also 
preferred  by  many  of  our  anglers,  especially  for 
fishing  in  rough  streams  or  in  very  "high  water." 
Patterns  in  Stock 
No.    1-0     1        2       4       6  8 
Each  Each  Each  Each  Each  Each 


ze  1 

2 

4 

6 

8 

Each  Each  Each  Each  Each 

^$.75 

$.65 

$.60 

$.55 

$.50 

3£  .70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

AS 

^  .70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

M  -70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

^  .70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

%  AO 

.35 

.30 

.25 

.25 

.(§  .60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

.40 

^  .75 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.75 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.50 

%  .75 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

M  -70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

3£  .70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

S^E  .70 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

Black  Doctor  

m 

.70  $.65 

$.60 

$.55 

$.55 

$.50 

Black  Dose  

% 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

.45 

.40 

Butcher   

.60 

.55 

.50 

.50 

.45 

.45 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.50 

.45 

.45 

Dusty  Miller  

.60 

.55 

.50 

.50 

.45 

.45 

.35 

.30 

.30 

.25 

.20 

.20 

m 

.50 

.45 

.40 

.35 

.35 

.35 

Jock  Scott..  

.70 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.55 

.50 

Mitchell   

.70 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.55 

.50 

Night  Hawk  

.70 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.55 

.50 

President   

.65 

.60 

.55 

.50 

.45 

.45 

Silver  Doctor   

.65 

.60 

.55 

.55 

.50 

.50 

Silver  Grey   

% 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.55 

.50 

.50 

Thunder  &  Lightning 

.65 

.60 

.55 

.55 

.50 

.50 

SNELLED  SALMON  FLIES 
Single  Hook 

Snelled  with  best  salmon  gut  and  whipped  helpers. 
Largely  used  by  experienced  anglers  for  small  salmon 
grilse,  ounananichs  and  sea  trout.  We  use  in  this 
grade  only  the  very  finest  of  natural  feathers,  fully 
dressed,  on  the  best  quality  sproat  hooks. 

Patterns  Carried  in  Stock 
Jock  Scott       Fairy       Black  Dose       Silver  Grey 
Durham  Ranger    Silver  Doctor    Fiery  Brown 
Per  dozen  Assorted. 


Size  2. 
Size  6, 


56.50 
5.75 


Size  4  %  $6.25 

Size  8  <®  5.50 


FISHING  TACKLE 


115 


A.  &  F.  FLY  BOOKS 


The  book  contains  Zylonite  transparent  envelopes, 
which  turn  like  leaves  of  a  book  and  have  open  ends. 
Each  envelope  will  hold  a  dozen  flies  and  the  book 
you  select  should  have  enough  envelopes  to  hold  all 
the  styles  of  flies  you  carry.  You  can  see  each  fly 
through  the  transparent  Zylonite. 
3E3324    Contains  24  envelopes,  size  of  book, 

6^  in.  long,  5  in.  wide,  5/s  in.  thick  tfg  $4.00 
3E3325    Contains  12  envelopes,  size  of  book, 

6  in.  long,  2l/2  in.  wide,  %  in.  thick  %  2.50 
3E3326    Contains  6  envelopes,  size  of  book,  6 

in.  long,  2Y2  in.  wide,  %  in.  thick  %  1.50 

OUR  PERFECT 
FLY  BOOKS 

In  this  book  each 
fly  is  held  separately 
by  a  clip  and  spring. 
This  method  of  hold- 
ing the  flies  also  keeps 
the  snells  of  the  flies 
straight.  Leaves  in 
book  made  of  best 
quality  parchment  pa- 
per. Books  have  felt 
pads  between  the 
leaves  for  drying  flies 
and  a  pocket  inside 
of  cover  for  leaders, 
etc. 

Imitation  seal  grain  cover,  holding 
48  flies;  size,  7^x4^  inches.... $5.00 
Genuine  solid  pigskin  cover,  holding 
60  flies;  size,  7^x4^x1  inches..  6.00 

THE  ALL-AROUND  FLY  BOOK 

For  Wet  and  Dry  Flies     Fly  book) 

cover  made 
of  long 
grain,  wa- 
t  e  rproof 
cowhide.  It 
c  o  ntains 
an  alumi- 
num box 
with  four 
rows  of  cork 
and  a  dry- 
ing pad  for 

the  purpose  of  carrying  eyed  flies.  The  book  also 
contains  two  celluloid  leaves  with  spring  attach- 
ments to  carry  four  dozen  gutted  flies,  each  leaf 
having  a  drying  pad. 

4E3322    Size,  6^x3^    $2.25 

STOCK  FLY  BOOK 

Pigskin  Cover,  7l4  inches  long,  4%  inches  wide, 
V/>  inches  thick,  with  nickel  clasp ;  has  8  pockets  full 
width  of  page  and  32  pockets  one-half  the  width. 
The  large  pockets  are  for  holding  leaders,  made-up 
casts,  etc.,  the  small  pockets  for  holding  flies  at  full 
length.  The  leaves  are  made  of  genuine  parchment, 
and  you  can  write  on  the  outside  of  envelope  the 
pattern  which  it  contains. 

3E4343   %  $3.75 


4E4649 
4E4650 


3E3564 
3E3565 
3E3566 

3E3567 
3E3568 


BEAVERKILL"  FLY  BOOK 

35^  inch  x  634  inch 

Made  to  carry  from  three 
to  thirty-six  dozen  snelled 
flies ;  flies  carried  in  visible 
pockets ;  easy  to  get  at ; 
light  and  durable. 

The  24  ana  36  envelope 
books  have  a  strap  and 
buckle  and  can  be  safely 
carried  on  the  belt  of  bas- 
ket sling.  Back  of  en- 
velopes made  of  celluloid 
and  can  be  used  for  making 
memoranda. 

4E3561    Imitation  seal 

cover  with  3 
pockets   $  .85 

4E3562  Pigskin  cover 
with  6  envel- 
opes   2.25 

3E3563  Pigskin  cover 
with  12  envel- 
opes  3.75 

with  18  envelopes   5.50 

with  24  envelopes   7.00 

with  36  envelopes   9.50 


Pigskin  cover 
Pigskin  cover 
Pigskin  cover 

Extra  Envelopes 
For  seal       cover,  12c.  each,  $1.00  dozen 
For  pigskin  cover,  25c.  each,  $2.50  dozen 

"REX"  FLY  BOOKS 

In  the  "Rex" 
book  the  flies 
are  held  se- 
curely by  slip- 
ping the  point 
of  hook  un- 
der slotted 
bar  and  the 
snells  in  the 
spiral  spring 
clips.  The 
pages  are  of 
polished  cel- 
luloid, held  by 
patent  hinges, 
and  are  inter- 
leaved with 
|  fine  felt  pads  for  quick  drying  of  flies. 

Vest  Pocket  Size— Holds  2  Dozen  Flies 

|4E3312    Solid  cowhide  covers  %    %\  Q0 

3E3314    Genuine  Pigskin  %  2.25 

Regular  Books— 2  Leather  Pockets  in  Cover 
3E3315 


3E3317 
3E3318 
3E3320 
3E3321 
3E3323 


Solid  cowhide  covers ; 

for  4 

doz. 

$1.50 

Genuine  pigskin  covers 

;  for  4 

doz. 

3.00 

Solid  cowhide  covers ; 

for  8 

doz. 

flies   

2.25 

Genuine  pigskin  covers 

;  for  8 

doz. 

3,75 

Solid  cowhide  covers ; 

for  12 

doz. 

flies   

2.50 

Genuine  pigskin  covers  ; 

for  12  doz. 

4.50 

"REX"  HOOK  BOOK 

Made  on  the  same  principle  as  the  "Rex"  Fly  Book 
but  of  a  proper  length  for  snelled  hooks.  Very  con- 
venient for  the  day's  fishing  as  an  assortment  of  dif- 
ferent sizes  may  be  handily  carried  in  the  pocket. 
Size,  10x2^  inches.  Fitted  with  felt  drying  pads. 
3E4280   Cowhide  cover  %  $1.25 


UG 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


Improved 


FLY  BOXES 
Parfait"  Eyed  Fly  Boxes 

The  handiest  form 
of  box  in  which 
to  carry  a  gener- 
ous assortment  of 
flies,  as  quite  a 
number  may  be 
placed  in  each 
space.  Made  of 
stiff  aluminum 
alloy,  satin  finish. 
Have  transparent 
lids  that  are  fitted 
with  springs  and 
catches,  so  that 
when  the  catch  is  released  the  lid  springs  open. 
3E3337    Style  H.    6  inches  long,  33^  inches 

wide.    16  compartments  $4.75 

4E3338    Style  t    43^  inches  long,  334  inches 

wide,  12  compartments  3. 50 

AYANEFCO"  PATENT  FLY  BOXES 


Style  A  Style  D 

irF?T  rUSC  with  eyed*  dry'  lo°Ped  or  salmon  flies. 
-Made  from  a  special  grade  of  aluminum  alloy,  hard 
and  strong,  finished  in  frosted  silver.  Lined  with 
fine  polished  zylonite,  which  is  much  superior  to 
enamel. 

The  covers  are  tight  fitting,  maki.ig  the  boxes 
moth-proof  and  moisture-proof,  and  the  rust-proof 
clips  are  riveted  to  the  zylonite  lining  instead  of 
through  the  box.  Much  lighter  than  the  old  style 
boxes. 

3E3332    Style  A.    6  inches  long.  Fitted  with 
grooved  cork  sheets  for  holding  flies, 


3E3333 
3E3334 
3E3335 
3E3336 


long. 


Style  B.    454  inches 

85  trout  flies  

Style  C.    434    inches  long. 


Holds 
...  .^g 

Holds 


$2.50 


%  2.50 


24  salmon  flies.  . . 

Style  D.    6  inches  long.  Holds  119 

trout  flies   fjg 

Style  E.  6  inches  long.' '  iioids  40 
salmon   flies   fi£ 


%  2.50 


3.00 


3E4289 
3E4290 
3E4291 


SALMON  FLY  CASES 

Outside  case  is 
English  crinkled 
cowhide,  hand 
sewed.  Lined 
with  anti-moth' 
leather  and  has 
silica  writing 
tab  -t  in  lid.  In- 
ner cases  made 
of  fine  red  cedar 
with  two  folding 
leaves  and  one 
sliding  panel  of 
zylonite  (moth- 
proof),  fitted 
with  rustproof 
fly  clips. 

For  single 
hook  flies  both 
leaves  and  panel 
are  used,  but  for 
double  hook  pat- 
terns the  sliding 
is  removed  to  prevent  hooks 

Holds 

160  flies  <jg  $10.00 

240  flies  *f  12.50 

320  flies  m  15.00 


TACKLE  BOOKS 


3.00 


THE  "DRY  FLY"  BOX 

Made  of  alumi- 
num, polished 
bright  or  black 
enameled  6J/2 

incheslong,3?4 
inches  wide, 54- 
inch  deep  and 
weighs  but  2 
oz.  Fitted  with 
slotted  strip  at 
each  end  and 
with  felt  pads. 
With  it  y  o  u 
can  keep  your 
flies  dry  and 
your  snells  wet,  so  that  when  a  fly  is  changed  the 
loop  of  the  snell  can  be  drawn  down  tightly  on  the 
leader  at  once. 

4E4916    Either  style   $  .50 


3E4282 

4E4283 

3E4284 

3E4287 
3E4288 


Fine  quality  orange  leather.  Well 
lined  and  with  bound  edges.  10l/2 
inches  long.  Has  7  pockets.  Se- 
cured with  strap  and  loop  ^ 

Fine  English  pigskin,  10  inches  long, 
3J/>  inches  wide.    7  pockets.  Best 

made,  has  strap  and  buckle  ^ 

Good   quality   leather.     Lined  and 


$3.00 


LOO 


bound  edges.     10  inches  long,  3 


inches  wide.  Has  7  pockets . . 
Waterproof  enamel  duck  with  glove 
snap.  10  inches  long.  Four  pockets 
Waterproof  enamel  duck  with  glove 
snap.   12  inches  long.  Four  pockets 


qg  1.75 


.50 


.50 


MALLOCH  PATENT  FLY  BOX 

8x5x1^4  inches 
Black  enamel  outside.    White  enamel  inside.  Has 
hinged  inside  leaf  and  compartment   for  leaders. 
'Will  hold  90  large,  double-hook  salmon  flies  on 
silver  clips 

3E3344   £  $5.50 

"SERVICE"  EYED  FLY  BOXES 

Similar  to  the  "Ayanefco"  boxes,  but  made  of 
strong  tin,  handsomely  enameled,  with  nickel-plated 
flv  clips.  4  inches  long,  3  inches  wide,  %  in.  deep. 
3E4914    Grooved  cork  one  side,  50  fly  clips 

other  side   $  .75 

3E4915    50  clips  for  small  and  35  for  medium 

flies   .75 


FISHING  TACKLE 


11? 


IMPERIAL"  TACKLE  BOXES 


THE  "USEPPA"  NON-CORROSIVE  TACKLE 
BOXES 


(This  cut  illustrates  3E3492.) 

Hard  wood  frames,  covered  with  best  quality 
russet  leather,  seamless  and  is  sewed  by  hand. 

Finely  finished  trays  and  divisions.    Solid  leather 
hinges.    Fitted  with  patent  snap  lock  and  key.  All 
have  hinged  compartment  in  lid  for  fly  and  hook 
books,  etc.    All  partitions  removable. 
3E3485    Model  1,  13  inches  long,  6  inches 
wide,  7  inches  deep.    Has  two  trays 
and  three  spaces  for  reels,  etc.... 
Model  2,  10  inches  long,  8T/2  inches 
wide,  6  inches  deep.    Has  one  tray, 
space  for  two  reels  and  three  tackle 
divisions   


$8.50 


3E3486 


7.50 


SUITCASE  MODEL 


13  inches  long,  10^  inches  wide,  6l/2  inches  deep, 
has  two  trays,  spaces  for  4  reels  and  23  tackle  di- 
visions, two  of  them  large  enough  to  carry  a  fly 
book  and  one  Leader  Box,  an  ideal  box  for  the 
person  who  carries  a  large  assortment  of  wooden 
minnows,  spinners,  etc. 

3E3540    $10.00 


"DE  LUXE" TACKLE  BOXES 

Made  in  the  same  manner  as  our  "Imperial"  boxes 
but  lined  throughout  with  fine  tan  colored  suede 
leather.  This  not  only  gives  to  the  box  a  very 
handsome  appearance  but  greatly  enhances  its  value 
by  its  durability.  Sizes  and  interior  arrangements 
same  as  "Imperial." 

3E3491  Model  3,  14  inches  long,  9  inches 
wide,  6z/2  inches  deep.  Has  one  tray, 
spaces  for  two  reels  and  four  tackle 
divisions    $12.50 

3E3492  Model  4,  16  inches  long,  9  inches 
wide,  9  inches  deep.  Has  three  trays 
and  two  tackle  divisions.  Space  for 
two  large  reels  and  three  medium  and 
small  reels.  Compartments  in  lid 
for  flv  books,  tackle  books,  etc. 
A  fine  "kit"  box   17.50 

GALVANIZED  BOXES 
3E3502    This  box  is  galvanized,  has  two  compart- 
ments for  two  or  three  reels,  fly  book,  etc.,  and  two 
trays  divided  in  six  spaces.    Size,  12^  inches  long, 

§l/2  inches  wide,  ol/2  inches  deep   $2.00 

3E4882  Extra  strong,  reinforced  handle,  two 
trays,  thirteen  spaces,  12l/2  inches 
long,  8.  inches  wide,  5^4  inches 
deep    4.00 


(This  cut  illustrates  3E3497U.) 

Copper  and  other  metals  previously  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  tackle  boxes  corrode,  form  verdi- 
gris or  rust.  These  new  boxes,  while  they  cost 
more,  will  outlast  any  box  heretofore  put  on  the 
market — will  not  rust  or  corrode  and  no  weather 
conditions  nor  salt  water  can  affect  them.  In  addi- 
tion to  its  non-corrosive  quality,  the  metal  is  very 
much  stronger  than  copper,  or  other  metals  com- 
monly in  use,  and  is  lighter  than  copper. 

4E3493U  Style  "A"— A  very  desirable  box  for 
the  black  bass  fisherman.  Has  two 
trays,  one  tray  has  compartments. 
Two  reel  spaces.  Size,  \Ql/2  inches 
long,  7  inches  wide,  6%  inches  deep  $14.00 

4E3494U  Style  "B"— Of  similar  design  as  our 
"A"  box,  only  larger.  Has  two 
trays,  one  tray  has  five  compart- 
ments, and  space  for  two  large  reels, 
etc.  Size,  11  inches  long,  9T/2  inches 
wide,  1%  inches  deep   18.50 

4E3495U  Style  "C"— A  very  suitable  case  for 
salt  water  fishing,  also  tarpon  and 
tuna  tackle.  Has  two  trays,  one 
tray  has  five  small  compartments; 
three  large  other  compartments. 
Size,  14  inches  long,  §l/2  inches  wide, 
~l/2  inches  deep   24.00 

4E3496U  Style  "O"— Same  size  and  design  as 

3E3501,  page  118   10.00 

4E3497U  Style  "D"— This  box  was  designed 
to  earn-  a  general  line  of  tackle. 
Has  five  trays  containing  13  com- 
partments and  one  covered  tray  with 
small  compartments.  Body  of  box 
divided  into  9  spaces  suitable  for 
large  and  small  reels,  and  other 
tackle.  Size,  17^  .  inches  long,  10^ 
inches  wide,  8^4  inches  deep   30.00 


FISHING  TACKLE  TRUNK 

Length,  22^  inches;  width,  \2l/2  inches;  height. 
§x/2  inches.  Made  of  bass  wood  and  covered  with 
h^avy  enameled,  black,  waterproof  duck;  cover  re- 
ir  forced  with  metal,  corners  with  leather  and  metal 
A  well-made  box  built  for  service.  Leather  handle 
on  top  and  metal  loops  on  each  end  to  pass  leather 
strap  for  carrying  or  strapping  to  auto.  Bod)-  of 
trunk  divided  in  three  spaces.  One  large  tray 
divided  in  two  large  and  four  smaller  compartments. 
Will  hold  the  most  complete  fresh  and  salt  water 
outfit  excepting  rods  and  long  gaff  hooks.  Fitted 
with  spring  snap  and  lock. 

4E4998    $12.50 


118 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


NEW  IDEA  TACKLE  BOX 


Made  narrow  and 
high.  Will  not  knock 
against  the  k  n  e  e  6 
when  walking.  Par- 
ticularly adapted  for 
the  bass  fisherman. 
Made  of  extra  heavy 
tin,  finished  with  two 
coats  of  black  Japan 
and  one  coat  of  var- 
nish. There  are  two 
loops  on  each  end  so 
that  a  leather  strap 
may  be  used  to  sling  . 
it  from  the  shoulder. 
Lock  and  key.  Height, 
Thickness,  oY2  inches. 
3E3536   


\y2  inches;  width  9  inches. 


TWO  IN  ONE  TACKLE  BAG" 

14   inches  long. 


$3.00 


"THE  TRAIL 


7 

inches  wide,  9  inches 
high.  Closes  and 
hooks  like  a  leather 
traveling  bag.  Yale 
lock,  brass  side 
catches  and  corner 
clasps.  Makes  an  ex- 
c  e  1 1  e  n  t  watertight 
shell  or  ammunition 
case.  Strong,  light 
and  durable.  Baked 
enameled  finish. 

4E3381    $4.50 

TACKLE  BOX" 


Made  of  pressed  steel,  galvanized  inside  and  out 
and  finished  in  black  enamel.  Has  lock  and  key. 
folding  handle  and  is  just  the  thing  to  pack  on  short 
fishing  trips.  Seven  spaces  of  convenient  sizes  for 
hooks,  sinkers,  80-yard  reel,  baits,  etc.  %  Inside  di- 
mensions 11  inches  long,  5%  inches  wide  and  2% 
inches  deep. 

4E3766    $1.15 

3E3501  Size, 

10^4  x  4^  x  V/2 
inches.  Fine 
hand-made  box. 
Reinforced  rims 
and  corners.  Has 
compartment  for 
one  large  or  two 
medium  size 
reels;  two  large 
compartments  for 
baits,  floats,  etc., 
and  has  tray  with 
one  open  and  one  closed  compartment.  Lid  is  of 
proper  size  for  fly  hooks,  snelled  hooks,  etc.  Has 
movable  partition  lengthwise  and  has  hinged  inside 
cover.    Has  fine  snap  lock  and  key   $3.00 


SERVICE"  TACKLE  BOX 
The  Strongest  Made 

Made  through- 
out of  IXXXX? 
tin  plate  and 
highly  finished 
in  jet  enamel. 
Has  one  large 
and  two  small 
reel  spaces  and 
three  large 
c  o  mpartments 
for  fly  books, 
lines,  floats,  etc. 
Has  one  tray 
with  two  long 
spaces  for  snelled  hooks,  baits,  etc.,  and  cne  tray 
with  cover  having  six  compartments  for  loose  hooks, 
sinkers,  swivels,  small  baits,  etc.  Fitted  with  fine 
snap  lock  and  key,  and  has  heavy  leather  strap 
handle.  Size,  12^x4^x8  inches. 
3E3503    $5.00 

TRAYLESS  TIN  TACKLE  BOX 

Size  Ilif)sx6x4^ 
Opens  like  a  dress  suit  case  and  lays  open  so  that 
all  tackle  is  exposed — cover  has  one  long  compart- 
ment for  snelled  hooks  and  three  smaller  compart- 
ments— bottom  is  divided  in  two  so  that  it  will  hold 
either  small  or  large  salt  water  reel,  fly  book, 
leader  box,  etc.,  and  is  fitted  with  cover  and  catch 
so  that  nothing  can  come  out  or  change  place  when 
opening  or  closing  the  box.  Box  is  nicely  japanned 
and  has  a  lock  and  key. 

3K4978   tig  $2.00 

ENGLISH  SPINNER  BOX 


This  box,  designed  to  hold  spoons,  minnows,  bait, 
etc.,  is  made  of  metal  highly  finished  in  black  enamel 
on  the  outside  and  aluminum  on  inside.  The  par- 
titions run  in  grooves  and  can  be  removed  sepa- 
rately to  make  the  spaces  larger  or  all  taken  out  if 
desired.     Transparent  pockets   for  leaders  in  the 


covers. 
4E4385 
4E4386 
4E4387 
4E4918 


Stvle  1,  weight,    9  oz.  6y4x3%xl^  $2.00 
Stvle  2,  weight,  13  oz.  7^x4^x1%  2.25 
Style  3,  weight,  18  oz.  8^x5    xl^  %  2.50 
We  also  carry  the  Style  1  size  with 
rounded  corners   2.25 


TIN  MINNOW  BOXES 

Made  especially  for  carrying  wood  minnows, 
spoons,  hooks,  etc.,  divided  in  six  compartments, 
lacquered  inside  and  japanned  outside,  snap  cover. 
3E4979    llx.^xl^   inches..  _   $.60 

Smaller  size  for  spoons,  sinkers,  swivels,  gangs, 
etc.,  divided  in  six  spaces. 

3E4980    8^x4^x1   inches   $  .40 


FISHING  TACKLE 


119 


SINKERS 


"COIL" 


Pyramid 


"  Monitor" 


'Swivel" 


Mackinac  Sinkers 

Unsurpassed  for  use  on  real 
good  lines  and  leaders.  Its  ad- 
justable screw  and  new  safety 
edge  make  it  perfect  Turn  to 
right  to  fasten  and  to  the  left  to 
take  off.  No  more  broken  finger- 
nails or  damaged  lines.  Specify 
size  when  ordering. 


Ounces  . 
4E4226  Price,  doz. 


.15    .20    .25    .30    .35    .40  .45 


Bank  Sinkers 


Weight 

Doz. 

Weight 

Doz. 

4E4210 

1  oz. 

$  .15 

4E4215 

6  oz. 

$  .90 

4E4211 

2  oz. 

.30 

4E4216 

8  oz. 

1.20 

4E4212 

3  oz. 

.45 

4E4217 

10  oz. 

1.50 

4E4213 

4  oz. 

.60 

4E4218 

12  oz. 

1.80 

4E4214 

5  oz. 

.75 

4E4219 

15  oz. 

2.25 

Egg  Sinkers 

Weight 

Doz. 

Weight 

Doz. 

4E4200 

lA  oz 

$  .10 

4E4205 

3  oz. 

$  .45 

4E4201 

V2  oz. 

.12 

4E4206 

4  oz. 

.60 

4E4202 

1  oz. 

.15 

4E4207 

5  oz. 

.75 

4E4203 

V/2  oz. 

.25 

4E4208 

7  oz. 

1.08 

4E4204 

2  oz. 

.30 

4E4209 

10  oz. 

1.50 

Pyramid  Casting  Sinkers 

Best 

for  surf  casting. 

Does  not 

roll  on 

bottom. 

Weight 

Doz. 

Weight 

Doz. 

4E3956 

2  oz. 

$  .45 

4E3959 

5  oz. 

$  .90 

4E3957 

3  oz. 

.60 

4E3960 

6  oz. 

1.08 

4E3958 

4  oz. 

.72 

TROLLING  KEEL  SINKERS 


To  prevent  the  line  from  kinking. 
3E4397    Weight,   %  oz   $  .10 

Split  Shot  Sinkers 

3E4227    Small   Per  Box    $  .05 

3E4228    Large   Per  Box  .05 

Coil  or  Worm  Sinkers 

Any  weight  can  be  attached  or  detached  in  a  mo- 
ment. No  kinks  or  knots  necessary.  Six  in  a  box. 
The  best  for  general  fishing. 

4E4223    Light   Per  Box  $^20 

4E4224    Medium   Per  Box  .22 

4E4225    Heavy   Per  Box  .25 


"Monitor"  Bottom  Trolling  Sinkers 

The  best  for  bottom  trolling.  Will  follow  the 
bottom  easily  and  seldom  catch  or  foul,  as  their 
shape  permits  them  to  "follow  through." 

Length  Weight 
124-inch  3/4  oz. 

2^4-inch  1  oz. 

3    -inch  1%  oz. 

3^ -inch  iy2  oz. 


3E3992 
3E3993 
3E3994 
3E3995 


Doz. 

P  .50 
.75 
1.00 
1.20 


Swivel  Dipsey  Casting  Sinkers 


Weight 

Doz. 

3E3944 

Vg  oz. 

$  .40 

3E3950 

3E3945 

Va  oz. 

.40 

3E3951 

3E3946 

Vs  oz. 

.40 

3E3952 

3E3947 

y%  oz. 

.48 

3E3953 

3E3948 

1  oz. 

.54 

3E3954 

3E3949 

iy2  oz. 

.60 

3E3955 

Rangeley  Sinkers 

Weight 

Doz. 

3E3961 

V16  oz. 

$  .08 

3E3967 

3E3962 

V12  oz. 

.08 

3E3968 

3E3963 

Vs  oz. 

.10 

3E3969 

3E3964 

%6  OZ. 

.10 

3E3970 

3E3965 

y  oz. 

.12 

3E3971 

3E3966 

%6  OZ. 

.12 

Weight 

Doz. 

2%  oz. 

$.60 

3H  oz. 

.72 

±y2  oz. 

6*4  oz. 

.96 

1.20 

9%  oz. 

1.80 

14  oz. 

3.60 

Weight 

Doz. 

%e  oz. 

$  .15 

Vi  oz. 

.15 

%  oz. 

.18 

%  oz. 

.20 

1  oz. 

.25 

"Coin"  Sinker 

A  circular  piece  of  sheet  lead,  with  slot  in  center. 
The  line  is  placed  in  the  slot  and  the  sinker  clamped 
over  it  with  the  fingers.  Will  positively  prevent 
kinking  and  twisting  of  the  line. 

4E4220    Size  1.   Weight,  i%  ounce  Doz.    $  .08 

4E4221    Size  2.    Weight,  y3  ounce  Doz.  .18 

4E4222    Size  3.    Weight,  %  ounce  Doz.  .35 

Swivel  Sinkers 


Weight 

Doz. 

Weight 

Doz. 

3E3972  M2 

oz. 

$  .66 

3E3977  % 

oz. 

$  .96 

3E3973  % 

oz. 

.72 

3E3979  lYs 

oz. 

1.08 

3E3975  % 

oz. 

.78 

3E3981  1% 

oz. 

1.44 

3E3976  V2 

oz. 

.90 

TOURNAMENT  CASTING  "PLUGS" 

For  tournament 
and  practice 
casting.  Size  and 
shape  correct. 
Made  of  alumi- 


num and  exact  weight. 
3E3943    Half  ounce  or 


quarter  ounce   $  .10 


120 


ABERCROMRIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


HOOKS 


HOW   TO   PICK  THE 
RIGHT  SIZE  HOOK 
IN   THE  STYLE 
YOU  WANT 

This  illustration  shows  the 
exact  sizes  of  Sproat,  Pennell, 
Carlisle,  Aberdeen,  Sneck  and 
O'Shaughnessy  hooks.  We 
have  made  these  sizes  standard 
and  have  listed  the  correspond- 
ing- sizes  of  other  makes  in 
the  proper  columns  below. 
Thus  to  find  the  size  hook  you 
want  in  Cincinnati  Bass,  or 
other  make,  read  down  the 
column  in  the  illustration 
which  corresponds  to  the  size 
you  want.  For  example,  size 
6-0  in  the  illustration  is  the 
same  as  size  ]  6  in  Cincinnati 
Bass,  size  2  in  Chestertown 
and    size    1-0    in  Virginia. 


Sproat,  Pennell  -.  1 

Carlisle,  Aberdeen  k-0    5-0    4-0    3-0    2-0    1-0  V/2    1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9    10    11  12 

Sneck,   O'Shaughnessy  J 

Cincinnati  Bass                      16     17     18     19     20     21  22  23  24  25  26 

Chestertown   2       3       4       5       6       7  8    9  10  11  12 

Virginia  Blackfish   1-0     12345  678 


Ringed  End  Cincinnati    Chester-  Virginia  Pennell  O'Shaugh- 

Style        Sneck  Bass         town       Carlisle  Flatted  End    Aberdeen      Eyed  nessy  Sproat 

All  these  styles  have  straight  points  All  these  styles  have  turned  out  points 

The  above  illustration  shows  ten  of  the  most  popular  fish  hooks  which  we  carry  regu- 
larly in  stock.  Five  of  these  have  the  curved  or  "turned  out''  point  and  five  are  perfectly 
straight  as  indicated  in  the  illustration.  We  show  all  styles  together  so  that  anglers  may  com- 
pare their  relative  size  of  bend,  length  of  shank,  character  of  point,  etc.  In  the  following 
pages  these  hooks  are  listed  in  the  sizes  we  carry  and  the  different  styles  of  snells,  mountings, 
etc.,  are  fully  described. 


FISHING  TACKLE 


121 


Double 

Treble 

Gimp 

Gut 

Gut 

Per  Doz. 

Per  Doz 

Per  Doz. 

$  .40 

$  .50 

$  .50 

.50 

.50 

.50 

.60 

.60 

.55 

.75 

.75 

.65 

SNELLED  HOOKS 

The  hooks  are  the  highest  grade  of  fine  spring 
steel,  beautifully  tempered  and  carefully  selected. ' 
Points  are  all  hollow  ground  and  the  bronzing  is 
perfect.    Put  up  one-half  dozen  in  a  package. 

NOTE — Sizes  smaller  than  No.  4  are  carried  in 
stock  tied  on  single  gut  only,  as  the  gut  is  strong 
enough  to  break  the  hooks. 

Smaller  sizes,  on  double  gut,  as  catalogued,  will 
be  tied  to  order  only  and  require  three  to  four  days 
for  delivery- 

Aberdeen,  Sneck,  Sproat  and  Carlisle 
One-half  dozen  in  a  package. 
Single 
Gut 

Size  Per  Doz. 

1  to  10.  .30 
1-0  to  3-0. .35 
4-0  to  5-0.*$; 
6-0  to  7-0.  qg 

Snelled  Cincinnati  Bass  Hooks 
Finest  Imported  Grade.    Hooks  Finished  in 
Bright  Steel. 
Sizes,  21,  22,  23  and  24,  on  single  gut,  Per  doz. 
Sizes,  21,  22,  23  and  24,  on  double  gut,  Per  doz.^B 
Snelled  Pennell  Hooks — Tapered  Shank 
The     finest     quality     Pennell  turn-down-eyed, 
bronzed,  snelled  with  finest  selected  mist  color  sin- 
gle gut.    One-half  dozen  in  package. 

Sizes,  5,  7  and  9.  per  dozen  $  .50 

Sizes,  3  and  1,  per  dozen  ^  .55 

Sizes,  1-0  and  2-0,  per  dozen  .60 

LOOPED  O'SHAUGHNESSY  HOOKS 
With  Baiting  Pin 
This  style  hook  is  a  great  favorite  for  salt  water 
fishing.  Finest  hand  forged  hooks,  mounted  with 
best  quality  treble  twisted  gut  loops.  The  end  of 
the  shank,  which  is  tapered,  is  allowed  to  project 
one-half  inch  beyond  the  wrapping  and  holds  the 
bait  securely  in  place.  Especially  desirable  for  surf 
casting. 

One-half  dozen  in  a  package, 


.35 
.50 


Size  Per  Doz. 

3-  0   <S  $  .60 

4-  0   «  .70 


Size 

5-  0 

6-  0 


Per  Doz. 
i  $  .80 
ffi  1.00 


SNELLED  O'SHAUGHNESSY  HOOKS 
Hand   Forged  — 4-Ply   Gut.     For    Salt  Water 
Fishing 

These  are  tied  to  four-ply  mist  color,  round 
twisted  gut.  The  wrapping  and  loops  are  carefully 
tied  with  heavy  silk  and  water-proofed.  Put  up  in 
packages  of  one-half  dozen. 


Size 

2-  0,  1-0  and  1 

3-  0   

4-  0   


Per  Doz. 
1  $  .50 
E$  .60 
V  .70 


Size 

5-  0 

6-  0 
8-0 


Per  Doz. 
.<$  $  .85 
.90 

C  1.00 


"MATT  STRATTON"  STYLE  SURF  HOOKS 

"Harrison's"  best  O'Shaughnessy  hooks,  tied  to 
6-ply  cabled  gut  18  inches  long,  with  wire  bound 
snelling  to  prevent  chafing. 

Sizes  6-0  to  10-0  Per  dozen  $2.25 

Sizes  5-0  to  4-0  Per  dozen  2.00 

Sizes  2-0  to  1  Per  dozen  1.75 

"CUTTYHUNK"  TANDEM  HOOK 


Hand  forged  hooks  of  fine  quality.  For  use  with 
or  without  spinner. 

3E3674  Size  4-0,  5-0  and  6-0  hooks,  with 
4-plv  hand  twisted  gut  loops. 
Each   %    $  .20 

3E3675    Same  sizes  of  hooks,  with  rust-proof 

phosphor-bronze  wire  loops.  Each  .25 


PERFECT  TROUT  HOOKS 
Hand  Forged 

Snelled  especially  for  worm, 
grasshopper  and  grub  fishing  for 
trout — the  best  grade  of  steel  is 
used  and  the  wire  is  very  fine 
and  forged  making  them  very- 
strong.    Another  feature  is  their 

0 special  shape  and  bend  and  the 
short  shank,  which  makes  it  easy 
to  string  a  worm,  and  it  is  sure 
to  hook   a  fish   every  time  it 
takes  the  bait. 
Tied  to  first  quality  single  gut. 
Six  in  a  package. 
Small,  medium  and  large,  per  doz.. .    $  .60 
LOOPED  SPROAT  HOOKS 
One-half  dozen  in  a  package. 
The  most  durable  and  convenient  to  carry  and 
adjust  to  either  spinner  or  leader. 

Very  highest  quality  hooks,  hollow  point 
with  extra  grade  gut  loop  one  inch  long. 

Single  Double 

Gut  Gut 
Per  Doz.    Per  Doz 
$  .40 
.45  .60 
«  .70 


3E4340 


Sizes 
1  to  5... 
1-0  to  2-0 

3-  0   

4-  0  to  6-0 


Snelled 

Treble 
Gut 
Per  Doz. 


PIKOMUSKY  HOOKS 


$1.00 


PIKOMUSKY     WIRE   SNELLED  HOOK 
"WILL    NOT    CUT  OFF" 
BRAIDED    THROUGH    THE  EYE 


2-0,  4-0  and  6-0  heavy,  best  quality  eyed  sneck 
hooks  whipped  to  flexible  phosphor  bronzed  wire 
loops,  2^>  inches  long.  No  whipping  on  the  shank 
of  the  hook. 

3E4341    Any  size.   Per  doz    $  .90 

FROG  CASTING  GANGS 

The  Best.  Two  Hooks  and  Adjustable  Lip  Hook. 
3E3681    Size   1   hooks,   on  single  gut  and 

swivel.    Each   3g    $  .30 

3E3682    Size  2-0  hooks,  on  double  gut  and 

swivel.    Each   .40 

WORM  GANGS 

Three  fine  Sproat  hooks  mounted  on  5-inch  snell 
for  brook  fishing  with  worms,  grubs,  etc. 
3E3683    Sizes  5,  8  and  10  hooks.    Each...^    $  .10 
GANGS 


3E3676    Two  treble  hooks  and  lip  hook,  on 
treble  twisted  gut,  6  inches  long, 

with  swivel.    Each  %    $  .30 

3E3677    Same  as  above  with  Gimp  trace, 

6  inches  long  with  swivel.    Each  3§  .25 
3E3678    Three  treble  hooks  and  lip  hook,  on 
treble  twisted  gut,  12  inches  long 

with  two  swivels.     Each  ^  .40 

3E3679    Same  as  above  with  Gimp  trace,  12 
inches     long    with    two  swivels. 

Each   $  .35 

SNAPPER  HOOKS 
Extra  long  shank  Carlisle  hooks  on  treble  gut. 

Sizes.  1,  1-0  and  2-0  Per  doz.    *S    $  .40 

BLACKFISH  HOOKS 
Sizes,  3,  4,  5  and  6  Virginia  Hooks,  on  4-plv 

Gut.     Per  dozen  %    $  .40 

Same  on  Tarred  lines,  two  hooks  on  each 

line.    Per  dozen  pairs  ^  .80 


122 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  IMPROVED  VAN  VLECK  HOOK 

"The  Hook  With 
the  Forked  Barb." 
Made  in  different  size 
for  Tarpon,  Tuna, 
Barracuda,  Yellow- 
tail,  Amber-jack, 
Bonefish,  Muscal- 
longe  and  Black 
Bass. 

All  the  improved 
Van  Vleck  hooks 
from  the  largest  tar- 
pon to  the  smallest 
bass  are  hand-  forged, 
evenly  tempered  and 
of  the  best  steel. 

Each  Dozen 


Size 


and  Tuna, 
piano  wire 
and 


chain 


3E4344  1  For  Tarpon 
mounted  on 
with  bronze 
swivel   3§$  .50  $5.00 

3E4345  2  For  Tarpon  and  Tuna, 
mounted  the  same  as  Size 
1,  but  with  smaller  hook  %     .50  5.00 

3E4346  3  For  Barracuda,  Amber 
Jack,  Albacore  and  Yel- 
lowtail,  mounted  on  rust- 
proof wire  with  bronze  chain 
and  swivel  ^    .40  .4.50 

3E4347  4  For  Grouper  or  Cod, 
mounted  on  piano  wire 
with  bronze  chain  and 
swivel   ^    .40  4.00 

4E4348    5    For     Bonefish,  Weakfish, 
Bluefish   and  Muscallonge, 
mounted  on  heavv  twisted 
gut   3g    .20  2.00 

3E4349  6  For  the  same  fish  as  Size 
5,  but  with  smaller  hook. 
Mounted  on  heavy  twisted 
gut   ^     .15  1.50 

3E4350    7    For  Black  Bass,  mounted 

on  double  gut  .15  1.50 

3E4351    8    For  Black  Bass,  mounted 
on  double  gut,  same  as  Size 
7,  but  with  smaller  hook  %    .15  1.50 
O'SHAUGHNESSY    WIRE  MOUNTED 
HOOKS 

Used  as  chum  hooks  for  Bluefish,  Kingfish,  Chan- 
nel Bass,  Crevalle,  etc.  O'Shaughnessy  high  quality, 
hand  forged  bronze  hooks  on  two-jointed  special 
bronze  wire  8  inches  long,  with  swivel 

Size 


Each 
5  .20 
.18 
.15 
.14 


Dozer. 
$2.00 
1.80 
1.60 
1.50 


M  1.45 


3E4352  10-0   % 

3E4353    8-0   ^ 

3E4354    6-0   3§ 

3E4355  4-0   

3E4356  2-0   

3E4359  10-0  O'Shaughnessy  turned  eyed 
hook  mounted  on  20-in. 
tinned  three  ply  steel  wire 
with  swivel   %    .20  2.00 

HOOK  DISGORGERS 


3E4276    Does  the  work  easily  and  cleanly. 

Nickel   plated   $  .20 

HOOK  STONE 

Every  fisherman  should  own  a  hook  stone  and 
keep  his  barbs  sharp  and  bright-  A  dull  hook  is  use- 
less. This  stone  is  made  of  genuine  Arkansas  White 
Stone,  made  flat  and  thin  to  work  under  beard  or 

narb-        t  *  +~ 

3E3557    $  -15 


TARPON,  TUNA  AND  SHARK  HOOKS 
Mounted  Hooks 

For  general  fishing  we  recommend  Styles  1  and  3. 

These  hooks,  while  they  will  hold  the  largest 
tarpon,  are  so  mounted  that  a  shark,  the  bane  of 
tarpon  fishermen,  will  ''chaw  off"  and  save  you  much 
time  and  tackle. 

4E4710  Style  1.  For  gen- 
eral fishing;  mounted  with 
plaited  cotton  snood,  bound 
wire;  size  11-0,  each 

%  $  .25 

4E4711     Style    2.  For 
amxa^   J-^^s.        surface     fishing     in  the 
\      "passes"  or  over  the  bars ; 
/  1     mounted  with  30-inch,  3-ply 

\  /     tinned  steel  wire  snood  and 

swivel;  each,  size  11-0. 
V  %  $  .30 

4E4712  Style  3.  For 
deep  fishing  and  "inside 
trolling" ;  mounted  on  raw- 
hide snood;  our  special 
model    and    a    very  good 

general  hook   %  $  .35 

4E4713  Style  4.  For 
general  deep  fishing  and 
trolling ;  mounted  on  5-ft. 
tinned  steel  snood  with  4-in. 
German  silver  chain  be- 
tween hook  and  snell ; 
swivel ;  hook  is  the  famous 
"Van  Vleck."     Size,  11-0. 

Each   %  $  45 

4E4714  Style  4%.  Same  style  mounting  bu" 
heavier  for  extra  heavy  fish  including  sharks  with 
14-0  hook.    Each  %  $  .6 

t3mr*~~  /  4E4715    Style  5.  Mount 

ff  \  ed  on  30-in.  heavy  phos 
H  J  phor-bronze     cable  snoo 

\  /  and    two    swivels;  meta 

N^^^  sheath    over    knots ;  siz 

V   ^^a^^      11-0.     Each   %  $ 

4E4357  For  tuna  and  horse  mackerel  up  to  1,00 
lbs.,  12  feet  heavy  wire  snell  with  9  inches  bronz 

chain  and  special  shaped  hook.    Each   $  / 

Dozen    6. 

4E4358    The  "Miami  Special"  for  all  large  gam 

fish,  two  10-0  O'Shaughnessy  hooks  linked  with 
inches  of  chain  and  3  feet  of  tinned  steel  wire.  Fis 
cannot  remove  the  bait  from  these  hooks. 

Each    $  .7 

Dozen    7. 

SHARK  HOOK 

Best  pattern.  Hand 
forged  steel  with  chai 
and  swivel. 

3E4716  Width  of  hook,  2     in   $  .75 

3E4717  Width  of  hook,  2^  in   1.00 

4E4718    Width  of  hook,  2^  in   1.25 

4E4719    Width  of  hook,  3     in   1.50 

ABERDEEN  WIRE  MOUNTED  HOOKS 

The  short-shank,  heavy  wire  Aberdeen  Hooks, 
with  turn-down  eyes,  are  used  for  mounting.  The 
snood  consists  of  8  inches  of  soft  cable  laid  bronze 
wire.    Put  up  in  packages  of  6. 

Size         PerPkge.  Size         Per  Pkge. 

3E4361  8-0  %  $  .65     3E4363  5-0  %  $  .50 

3E4362  6-0  3g     .55     3E4364  4-0  .45 


FISHING  TACKLE 


123 


PLAIN  HOOKS 

We  carry  in  stock  a  selected  assortment  of  various 
popular  hooks  and  of  the  very  highest  quality.  We 
list  herewith  a  few  special  patterns,  but  will  fill  or- 
ders for  any  style  at  regular  prices,  and  will  be 
pleased  to  quote  prices  upon  request. 


HAND  FORGED  O'SHAUGHNESSY  HOOKS 
Bronzed  Ringed 


Size 

Per 

Per 

Size 

Per 

Per 

Doz. 

100 

Doz. 

100 

3E3685 

1-0 

$.25 

$1.50 

4E4921 

7-0 

$.50 

$2.75 

3E3686 

2-0 

.25 

1.55 

4E3691 

8-0 

.60 

3.25 

3E3687 

3-0 

.30 

1.60 

4E4360 

9-0 

.70 

4.50 

4E3688 

4-0 

.30 

1.65 

4E3692 

10-0 

.85 

5.00 

4E3689 

5-0 

.35 

1.95 

4E3693 

12-0 

1.10 

7.50 

4E3690 

6-0 

.40 

2.25 

EXTRA  HEAVY  LONG  SHANK  CARLISLE 
HOOKS 


Ringed — Bronze 


Size 

3E3739  6-0. 
3E3740  8-0. 


Per  doz. 
..  $.25 
..  .30 


Size       Per  doz. 

3E3736    1,  1-0   $.10 

3E3737  2-0,  3-0...  .15 
3E3738    4-0,  5-0...  .20 


'SPECIAL  GRADE"  VIRGINIA  HOOKS 
Ringed — Blued  with  turned  out  points 


Size  Per  doz. 

3E3712    6,  5  and  3.. $.15 

3E3713    2   20 

3E3714    1   25 


3E3715 
3E3716 
3E3717 


Size 

1-  0 

2-  0 

3-  0 


Per  doz. 
...$.30 
.  ..  .40 
...  .50 


GENUINE  VIRGINIA  HOOKS 

In  two 


3E3718 
3E3719 
3E3720 
3E3721 


styles — Ringed 
which  style 

Size  Per  doz. 

10  to  6  $.10 

5    ....„  10 

3   12 

2   15 


or  Flatted 
is  wanted. 


-BLUED 

Ends.  State 


3E3722 
3E3723 
3E3724 
3E3725 


Size 
1  .. 

1-  0 

2-  0 

3-  0 


Per  doz. 

...$.20 

 20 

 25 

...  .30 


RINGED  LONG  SHANK  BLUEFISH  HOOKS 


4E3741 
4E3742 


Per  doz. 
Small  ...  .$.40 
Medium    . .  .50 


4E3743  Large 


Per  doz. 

. . .  $.60 


RINGED  HOOKS— BRONZED 

Sneck  or  Carlisle.  State 


In  three  styles — Sproat 
style  and  size  wanted. 

Size  Per  Per 
aize       Doz.  100 

3E3726  10  to  1  $.10  $.75 

3E3727    1-0  12  .85 

3E3728  2-0  12  .90 

3E3729  3-0  15  1.00 


3E3730 
3E3731 
3E3732 


Size 

4-  0.  . 

5-  0. 
8-0. 


Per  Per 
Doz.  100 
£.20  $1.10 
.25  1.15 
.35  2.00 


SPROAT  OR  SNECK— TAPERED  ENDS 
For  Fly  Tying 

Put  up  in  boxes  of  100  in  all  sizes. 


Size 

4E3699  14  to 
4E3700  1-0  . 
4E3701    2-0  . 


Per  box 

.  .  $.50 
.  ..  .70 
.  ..  .80 


4E3702 
4E3703 
4E3704 


Size 

3-  0 

4-  0 

5-  0 


Per  box 
...$.85 
...  .90 
...1.00 


PENNELL  EYED  HOOKS 

In  three  styles — Sproat,  Sneck  or  Limerick.  State 
style  wanted. 

Per    Per  c. 

Slze       Doz.     100  Slze 

4E3705    12  to  5  $.15  $.95  4E3709  2-0 

4E3706    3    ....  .15    .95  4E3710  3-0 

4E3707    1   15    .95  4E3711  5-0 

4E3708    1-0  ...  .15  .90 


Per  Per 
Doz.  100 
$.18  $1.15 
.25  1.20 
.30  1.30 


PLAIN  RINGED  TREBLE  HOOKS 


3E3744 
3E3745 
3E3746 
3E3747 
3E3748 


Size 
10  to 

1-  0  . 

2-  0  . 

3-  0  . 

4-  0  . 


Per  doz. 
. .  .$.30 
...  .35 
...  .40 
...  .45 
...  .50 


3E3749 
3E3750 
3E3751 
3E3752 


Size 

5-  0 

6-  0 

7-  0 

8-  0 


Per  doz. 
.  .  .$.60 
...  .70 
...  .85 
.  . .  1.00 


FEATHERED  RINGED  TREBLE  HOOKS 

Per  doz. 
....$.80 
....  1.00 
....1.15 
....  1.30 


Size 

Per  doz. 

Size 

3E3753 

10  to 

1.  .  .  .$.45 

3E3758 

5-0 

3E3754 

1-0 

.50 

3E3759 

6-0 

3E3755 

2-0  . 

 55 

3E3760 

7-0 

3E3756 

3-0  . 

 65 

3E3761 

8-0 

3E3757 

4-0  , 

 75 

MINNOW  HOOKS 

The  proper  size  and  shape  for  catching  minnows, 
shiners,  grubs,  etc.     Packed  100  in  a  box. 
3E3684    Per  box  


$  .10 


CRESCENT 


BAIT 
SURF 


BOXES 
CASTERS 


SPECIAL 


This  box  made 
of  new  metal, 
crescent  shape,  is 
the  box  for  the 
most  critical  salt 
water  fisherman. 
It  will  not  rust  or 
corrode. 

3E4303    Weight,  11  oz.,  8  inch  $2.25 

4E4304    Same    as    above    except    made  of 

zinc   ($  1.25 

TIN  BOXES 
Basket  Pattern  Crescent  Pattern 


3E4300  Basket 
3E4301  Crescent 

"HOPPER-COOP"  LIVE  BOX  FOR  INSECTS 

rMade  of  tin  plate, 
enamel  finish,  for 
carrying  such  baits  as 
crickets,  grasshop- 
pers, beetles,  June 
bugs,  grubs,  helgram- 
ites,  crawfish,  lamp- 
reys,   small  frogs. 

The  size  just  fits 
the  pocket,  and,  as 
all  corners  are 
rounded,  there  are  no 
sharp  points.  Size. 
3l/2  in.  high,  3^  in. 
wide,  1*4  in-  thick. 
3E3362   f$    $  .15 


HOPPER  COOP 

LIVE  BOX 

-. — ►  roR  ; — ■• 

INSECTS 

PAT  APP  LlfJD  FOR 


124 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


SQUIDS— FOR 

Style  1.  Loaded  Red  Cedar 

3E3769I/4  Length  of  body,  4^ 

ins.  Each  $  .30 

4E3769  Length  of  body,  6  ins. 

Each    $  .45 

Style  2.  Eel 
3E3770  Length  of  body,  4% 

ins.    Each   $  .40 

Style  3.    Loaded  Bonefish 
Length  of  body, 

inches   Sl/2  4^  5^ 

3E3771    Each....  $.45    .50  .55 

Style  4.  Fish 
4E3772    Length  of  body,  4^ 

ins.    Each    $  .60 

Style  5.  Bluefish 
We  carry  the  best  quality 
block  tin,  with  swivel. 

Length  Weight  Each 
4E3773  3  ins.  1#  ozs.  $.35 
4E3774  V/2  ins.  2  oz.  .40 
4E3775  4  ins.  2lA  ozs  .45 
4E3776  4y2  ins.  2^  ozs.  .50 
4E3777    5V2  ins.  4     ozs.  .75 

Atlantic  Coast  Tuna 
4E3778   A  large  sized  bluefish 
squid  which  is  used  success- 
fully on  the  Atlantic  coast 
for  Tuna  fishing.  6  ins.  long 
4E4981 


CASTING  AND  TROLLING 


4E3779 
4E3408 


3E3780 


extra  strong    $  .90 
ins.  long,  forged  hook   1.50 

Style  6.  Belmar 

Length  of  body,  4^4  inches.  Each  $  .65 
Length  of  body,  4     inches.    Each  .60 

Style  7.  Pearl  Weakfish 

On  size  7-0,  6-0,  5-0  and  4-0,  hooks 

any  size   $  .10 


Style  8.    Mackerel  and  Weakfish 

Best  quality  block  tin  with  patent  swivel.  A 
favorite  for  both  casting  and  trolling. 
3E3783    Length  of  tin,  lH,  1*4  iy8  inches..  $.10 

SKITTERING  GANGS 

3E4342   Each   $  .15 

For  pork  rind,  belly  of  perch,  etc.  Made  up  of 
two  Cincinnati  bass  hooks,  tied  tandem  style  on 
treble  twisted  gut  and  a  lip  hook. 


STANLEY  WEEDLESS  SPINNER 


Weedless  both  coming  and  going. 
The  guard  folds  back  when  fish  is  hooked. 
4E3237    Size  4-0  or  5-0   $  .30 

WEEDLESS  CASTING  HOOKS 

Absolutely  weed-proof  and  always 
retains  its  proper  position.  By  yield- 
ing readily,  it  insures  hooking  the 
fish  when  a  strike  is  made  from  any 
direction. 

The  double  ring  and  swivel  com- 
bination makes  it  non-kinking,  pre- 
vents twisting  of  bait  and  adds  life- 
like action  to  minnow  or  pork  rind. 

Made  of  the  highest  grade  hollow- 
point  hooks  and  the  best  music  wire, 
and  is  nickeled  over  a  heavy  copper 
plate  to  prevent  rusting. 
3E3806    4-0  and  6-0  Carlisle, 

plain   %    $  .15 

3E3807    3-0  and  5-0  Sproat, 

plain   %  .15 

3E3808    5-0    Sproat    or  6-0 

Carlisle  weighted  %  .20 


LIVE  FROG  HARNESS 


The  frog  is  held  without  hooking,  and  it  is  always 
in  natural  position.    Extra  quality  filed  pointed,  4-0 
Sproat  style  hook,  front,  with  6-0  Carlisle  style  hook, 
rear,  and  the  best  music  wire  nickel  plated. 
3E3680    Two    sizes,    medium    and  small. 

Each   $  .35 

COOPER'S  WEEDLESS  PORKER 


For  bass,  pike,  and  pickerel. 
3E3805    Carlisle  hooks.    Sizes  3-0,  4-0,  5-0, 

Each   $  .25 

One-half   dozen  : 1.25 


WEEDLESS  BUCKTAIL  "BOBS" 

For  bass  and  pickerel  casting  or 
"skittering."    Mounted  on  large  size 
sinple  hook  of  proper  size. 
3E3809    Length,    about  3 

inches   %    $  .25 


FISHING  TACKLE 


125 


SWIVEL  AND  LINK  COMBINATIONS 

(Q)Wh 


Style  1— "Yankee"  Trolling 

A  "new  wrinkle"  for  deep  trolling  where  a  heavy 
sinker  is  used.    Fish  always  strikes  against  taut  line. 

3E4245   Each    $  .10 

Style  2— "Cross-Line"  Swivel 

For  use  in  sea  and  river  fishing  where  there  is 
much  tide  or  current.  Bait  swings  free  in  all  di- 
rections. 

4E4246    Size  6,  4,  1.    Per  dozen   $  .30 


$  .05 


$  .40 
.50 


4E4247    Size  1-0.    Per  dozen  

4E4248    Size  3-0.    Per  dozen  

Style  3— Split  Rings 

For  attaching  hooks  or  flies  to  casting  baits. 
3E4249    Small,  medium  and  large.. Per  doz. 

Style  4— "Treble"  Casting 

Used  largely  in  surf-casting,  also  trolling. 
3E4250    Made  of  size  1-0  swivels.. Per  Doz. 
3E4251    Made  of  size  3-0  swivels.. Per  Doz. 
Style  5 — Brass  Snap  Hooks  and  Rings 

For  attaching  hooks  to  trawl  or  set  lines. 
3E4252   Per  Doz.    $  .20 

Hook  Spreader  (Collapsing) 

For  fishing  with  live  bait.    A  swivel  placed  in 
center  of  a  spring  wire  spread  12  inches,  allowing 
the  bait  on  the  hooks  on  each  end  to  move  around 
without  tangling  the  line  or  each  other. 
4E4900    Each    $  .15 

CLEW  SPRINGS 

The  safest  attachment  for  spoons,  spinners,  etc. 

3E4261    On  size  10  swivels  Per  Doz.    $  .30 

3E4262    On  size    4  swivels  Per  Doz.  .35 

3E4263    On  size  1/0  swivels  Per  Doz.  .40 


Style  7— "Allright"  Cross  Line 

Used  for  Salt  Water  bait  fishing.  Will  keep  the 
leader  from  twisting  around  the  line.  Holds  bait 
desired  distance  from  the  bottom  and  lets  it  drift 
With  the  tide. 

3E4254   Each   $  .10 

Style  8— Fine  Steel  Watch  Spring  Swivels 

3E4255    On  size  4  swivels  Per  Doz.    $  .35 

3E4256    On  size  2  swivels  .„  Per  Doz.  .35 

3E4257    On  size  1  swivel  Per  Doz.  .35 

German  Silver  Connecting  Links 

For  attaching  lines  to  leaders,  gangs,  traces. 

3E4258    About  size  4  swivel  Per  Doz.    $  .10 

3E4259    About  size  2  swivel  Per  Doz.  .15 

3E4260    About  size  1  swivel  Per  Doz.  .20 

Style  9— Swivel  Gangs 

For  use  in  trolling  with  spinning  baits  to  prevent 
line  from  kinking.  Six  best  bronze  barrel  swivels 
connected.  Has  bronze  clew  spring  one  end  for  at- 
taching hooks  or  spoons. 

3E4264  Gang  of  6;  size  10  swivels ...  Each  $  .15 
3E4265  Gang  of  6;  size  6  swivels ...  Each  .20 
3E4266    Gang  of  6;  size    3  swivels ...  Each  .35 

Style  10— Catalina  Swivel 

This  swivel  was  designed  to  relieve  the  strain  and 
strengthen  the  weak  spot  in  a  line  when  it  is  at- 
tached to  a  line — namely  the  knot — as  it  is  a  known 
fact  that  a  knot  reduces  the  strength  of  a  line  at 
least  25  per  cent. 

3E4267   Each    $  .10 


4E4229 
4E4230 
4E4233 
3E4234 
4E4235 
3E4236 
4E4231 


Style  A  Swivels— Best  Imported  Goods 

Bronzed  or  brass  barrel  at  option. 


3E4241 
3E4242 
3E4243 
3E4244 

r.Finfirn  t 

Cooper's  Snap  Swivel 

The  strongest  attachment  of  its  kind.  Endorsed  by  all  bait- 
casting  experts. 

4E4509    Size  1  to  5.    Dozen   $  .50 

4E4901    Size  1-0.    Dozen  60 

PATENTED  4E4902    Size  2-0.  Dozen  80 

Dozen  prices  will  apply  to  orders.of  6  or  more.   All  Swivels  on  this  page  delivered  free  in  the  United 

States  when  ordered  in  this  quantity. 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


IMPORTED  INSECTS 


STONE 


Very  fine  soft  rubber  bodies 
on  highest  quality  eyed  hooks 
(without  snells),  and  with 
silk  gauze  wings.  All  are 
beautifully  made  and  true  to 
life  in  the  smallest  detail.  The 
closest  possible  imitation  of 
the  natural  insects  and  a  most 
deadly  lure  at  all  seasons,  and 
especially  so  during  the  low 
water  of  summer. 

Stone  Fly  Cricket 
Shad  Fly  Wasp 
Grasshopper     May  Fly 


Blue  Bottle 
Bee 


House  Fly 
Beetle 


3E3936  Anv  Style.  Each<$$  .25 
3E3937   Full  assortment 
of  10  2.25 


IiELGRAMITES  OR  DOBSONS 


Fine  quality  soft  rubber 
bronze  heads. 

3E3931    Lengths,  1,  1^,  2l/2  inches.  Each 
ENGLISH  WORM  TACKLE 


Black   bodies  with 
$  .25 


Soft  rubber,  hand  painted. 
3E3934   Lengths,  V/2  and  2  inches.  Each        $  .25 
FLY  MINNOWS 


3E4994   Made  of  soft  rubber  single  hook  and  gut 

loop  V/2  inches  long.    Each  $  .20 

LAMPER  EELS 


The  most  used  for  bass  and  wall  eyed  pike. 
Made  of  soft  rubber. 

With  tandem  forged  or  treble  hook  as  illustrated. 

3E4991    Each   $  .60 

KENT  CHAMPION  FLOATER 


Made  of  cedar  wood.  Finished  only  in  one  style, 
to  imitate  a  yellow  belly  frog.  A  killer  for  bass. 
Length  of  body,  2%  inches.  Fitted  with  three  treble 
hooks. 

8E3919  %  $  .50 


QUILL  DEVON  MINNOW 


For  trout  and  salmon.  Light  in  weight  and  can 
be  cast  with  the  lightest  fly  rod. 

3E4656    Length,  1  inch.    Each  $  .50 

3E4987    iy4  inches  long.    Each  .75 

3E4988    2l/2  inches  long.    Each  1.00 

CALEDONIAN  MINNOW 


Hard  rubber  with  curved  forms.  An  especially 
good  spinning  bait  for  large  trout  and  bass. 

3E4657    Length,  2  inches.    Each  ^    $  .40 

3E4989    3  inches  long.    Each  fjg  .60 

3E4990    4  inches  long.    Each  <f  .75 

ENGLISH  "DACE"  BAIT 


A  particularly  effective  bait  for  black  bass,  pike, 
pickerel,  etc.    Colored  by  hand  true  to  life. 
3E4658    Length,  4  inches.    Each  fj£    $  .80 

MOUSE  BAIT 


Soft  rubber,  covered  with  real  skin.  A  splendid 
bait  for  black  bass.    Mounted  with  single  hook. 

3E3890    Grey  Mouse,  body  2  inches  $  .60 

3E3891   White  Mouse,  body  2  inches  %  .60 


FISHING  TACKLE 


127 


THE  "ELFIN' 


SPINNER 

Weighs  but  1/16  of 
an  ounce.  Finest 
treble  hook  mounted 
on  split  ring  and  de- 
tachable. 

Each  Dozen 

3E3792    Nickel  or  brass  blades  qg$.15  $1.65 

3E3793    Pearl  blades,  small  %  .25    %  2.50 

3E3794    Pearl  blades,  large  %  .35    %  3.50 

HILDEBRANDT  SPINNERS 

Nickel  plated,  mounted  on  piano  wire,  with  rever- 
sible spoon  carriers,  which  enables  the  spoon  to  re- 
verse when  playing  a  fish. 


Sizes  0  and  X 
Sizes  1  and  A, 
Sizes  2  and  B, 


Size 

0,  1,  2,  3,  3y2. 
X,  A,  B,  C,  D. 
4 
E 


Standard 

Table  Showing  Size  of  Blades 


FAR  CASTING  BAIT  FOR  ALL  GAME  FISH 


inch, 
^-inch. 
'g-inch. 


Blades 
Single. . 
Double. 
Single. . 
Double. 


Sizes  3 
Sizes  3] 
Sizes  4 
With 
Bucktail 
Fly 

Each  $ 
.Each  *$ 
.Each  *$ 
.Each  % 


and  C,  1^8-inch 
and  D,  1^-inch 
and  E,  l^-inch 
With 
Fancy 
Fly 

.25  $  .30 

.35  .40 
.30  .35 
.40       3g  .45 


Slim  Eli 

Table  showing  size  of  blades. 


Size  1  and  A 
Size  2  and  B 

Sizes 


1,  2 
A,  B 


3,  sy. 
C,  D. 


1  -inch. 
1%6-inch. 

Blades 
.  Single. . 
Double . 


1^-inch. 
1^-inch. 

Fancy  Fly 

$  .30 
m  .35 


Size  3    and  C, 
Size  3y2  and  D, 

Bucktail  Fly 

.Each  $  .25 
.Each  .30 

"NEPIGON"  SPINNER 

Aluminum  head  and 
bright  silver  or  gold 
body.  Peacock  herl 
at  head  and  red  feath- 
ered tail.  Finest  qual- 
ity treble  hooks. 

3E3787    Length,  1     inch   $  .40 

3E3788    Length,  V/4  inches   .50 

THE  "HALCYON"  SPINNER 

For  large 
trout  and 
bass.  Swiv- 
eled  head 
and  the 
whole  fly 
spins.  Alu- 
minum head 
and  bright 
silver  body. 
Dressed 

with  peacock  herl,  touched  with  red  at  shoulder  and 
tail.    Size  1  Sproat  hooks. 

3E3786   $  .50 


A  small  spinner  of  just  the  right  weight  to  cast 
with  a  bait-casting  rod — spins  very  easily — has  snap 
connection  for  changing  flies  and  hooks. 

3E3290    Single  or  treble  hooks  $.35 

THE  JAMISON  TROUT  SPOON 

Nickel  plated  spoon  blades, 
three   sizes,    four  different 
V^Vg^     colors   of    feathers — white, 
^^^j/S^^^L    yellow,  red,  and  brown. 
e*feHj^"C,  ;--     -)       These    spoons    are  espe- 
t^^k       ^^B^F    cially   suitable    for  casting 
\  sjs  with  fly  rods. 

3E3789    No.  2,  large.  No. 

4,  medium.  No.  6, 
small  Each      $  .25    Doz.  $2.50 

SKINNER'S  CASTING  AND  TROLLING 
SPOONS 


Used  with  or  without  bait. 
No.  1  has  size  ll/2  hook;  No.  2,  size  2-0;  No.  3, 
3-0.    Two  styles — nickel  and  white. 
3E3834   Each  ^    $  .20 

SKINNER'S  AUXILIARY  SPOON 


Made  in  nickel  and  enamel  finish. 
3E3835    Sproat  hooks,  sizes,  2-0  and  1.. 
3E3836    Sproat  hooks,  sizes  3-0  and  1-0. 

BASS  SPINNERS 
Brass  Nickel  Plated 


$  .25 
.25 


Very  good  for  striped  bass. 
3E3855    Blades  1,  llA  or  m  inches.    Each  3g  $ 

"MONTAUK"  SPINNER 


.15 


Nickel  blades,  red  enamel  inside.  The  best  spin- 
ner for  striped  bass.  Also  used  as  an  "attractor"  in 
trolling  for  togue,  lake  trout,  etc.  Length  of  blade, 
2  inches. 

3E3854   %    $  .20 


128 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  "CASSETTE"  SPINNER 


3^8-inch  treble  twisted  snells  with  silver-plated 
spoon.    Snell  is  protected  by  rubber  sheath.  For 
bass  and  large  trout,  ouananiche,  etc. 
"Parmachenee  Belle,"  "Silver  Doctor,"  "Montreal." 

3E3790    Trout.    Any  pattern  <®    $  .50 

3E3791    Bass.     Any  pattern  %  .50 

THE  "RAINBOW"  FLEXIBLE  MINNOW 


Soft,  flexible  bodies.  Beautifully  colored  true  to 
life,  in  brown  and  green.  For  large  trout  in  either 
stream  or  lake  fishing.  Very  light  in  weight  and  can 
be  easily  cast  by  fly  rod. 

3E4659    Style  A,  1^-in.  long,  1  treble  hook. 

Each   ,  $  .30 

3E4660    Stvle  B,  2*4-in.  long,  2  treble  hook. 

Each   %  .45 

THE  SPINNING  SYLPH 


Horn  bodies.  Easily  cast  with  fly  rod  and  a  par- 
ticularly fetching  bait  for  large  trout. 

3E4655    V/2  inches  long  3£    $  .50 

3E4985    2y2  inches  long  <jg  .75 

3E4986    ?>y2  inches  long  %  1.00 

WATERWITCH  SPINNING  BAIT 
For  Trout,  Ouananiche,  Black  Bass,  Lake  Trout 


Composed  of  a  series  of  metal  ball  strung  on  a 
wire  shank,  which,  when  being  trolled,  causes  a  dis- 
placement of  water,  the  spinner  flashing  like  a  small 
fish  escaping  for  its  life.  Mounted  with  three  treble 
hooks,  which  can  be  removed  if  you  desire  to  fish 
with  only  one  hook. 

3E4651    Length  of  body,  V/2  inches,  small  trout  *$$.65 

3E4652    Length  of  bodv,  2     inches,  trout  .65 

3E4653    Length  of  body,  2l/2  inches,  salmon  %  .75 

THE    IMPROVED    "SILVER  SOLDIER" 
SPOON 


Size  Length 

3E4661    1  2% 

3E4662    4  254 

3E4663    5  2*/4 

3E4664    6  V/2 


For  Hooks  Each 

Lake  Trout  Treble. ^$.75 
Salmon  and  Bass  Treble.^  .60 
Salmon  and  Bass  Single.^  .50 
Trout  Single.^  -50 


PEARL  MINNOW 


Mounted  with  German  silver  fins  and  wire  run- 
ning lengthwise  of  the  bait. 

3E3930    Length  of  Pearl,  2%  inches  $  .75 

3E3930^  With  curved  body  %  .50 

PEARL  SPOONS 


Very  successful  for  lake  trout. 
3E3840    Single  blades,   small,  medium  and 

large   Each  <$   $  .35 

PEARL  WOBBLER 


3E3847  Blade,  2l/2  in.  Treble  Hook.  Each.^g  $  .25 
3E3847I/4  Blade,  3^  in.  Treble  Hook.  Each.<f  .30 

"GOLDEN  WOBBLER"  SPOON 


For  pike,  pickerel  and  lake  trout, 
gold  color,  which  will  not  tarnish. 

3E3802    Blade  2VA  inches  

3E3803    Blade  3lA  inches  


Polished  metal, 


$  .35 
.35 


LOWE'S  "STAR"  SPOONS 


The  blades  are  "hump-back"  shape,  upper  half  sil- 
ver plated,  lower  half  gold  plated. 


Single  Spoons 

3E3818  <$$ 

3E3819  % 

3E3820  % 

3E3821  3£ 

3E3822  qg 

3E3823  

3E3824  

3E3825  


Size 
.75  1-0 


Blade               Double  Spoon 
2Vr  in.  3E3826  3g§1.00 


.55 
.55 
.50 
.50 
.50 
.40 
.40 


1 

2 
3 
4 

5 
6 


2^  in.  3E3827  % 

VA'm.  3E3828  

15/6  in.  3E3829  

iy2  in.  3E3830  £ 

1*4  in.  3E3831  ^ 

1^  in.  3E3832  % 

1     in.  3E3833  


.85 
.85 
.75 
.70 
.70 
.70 
.70 


TEMAGAMI"  LAKE  TROUT  SPOON 


Designed  for  heavy  fishing. 

3E3844    Sizel.    Blade  2  in  Each  3£ 

3E3845    Size  2.    Blade  3  in  Each  % 

3E3846    Size  3.    Blade  4  in  Each 


.40 
.50 


FISHING  TACKLE 


129 


FLUTED  CASTING  &  TROLLING  SPOONS 


Shanks  of  heavy  steel  wire,  mounted  with  swivel 
and  6-inch  twisted  steel  wire  leader,  silvered.  Blades 
heavily  nickeled.  Treble  hooks,  bright,  and  finely 
feathered. 

Blade      Each  r 

1    in.  <$$.25 


Size 
3E3810  8 
3E3811  7 
3E3812  6 
3E3813  4 


l*A'm.%  .25 
1*4  in.  ^  .25 
l§^in.<ffi  .30 


Size  Blade  Each 
3E3814  3  V/s  in.  *$$.35 
3E3815  2  2l/2  in.  *f  .40 
2E3816  1-0  2}i  in.  <j|  .50 


ARCHER  SPINNER 


Run  the  needle  through  minnow,  press  down  points 
of  adjustable  metal  fins  into  gills  and  minnow  is  held 
securely.  Five  sizes:  Trout,  Small  Salmon,  Salm- 
on, Small  Pike,  Pike. 

3E3884   Any  size  %    $  .50 


"MAINE"  SPINNERS 

(To  conform  with  Special  Laws) 
Similar  to  Archer.  The  new  styles  are  in  various 
sizes  same  as  old  styles  and  differ  only  in  the  fact 
that  they  have  a  lip  and  one  trailer  hook  instead  of 
treble  gangs.  Five  sizes:  Trout,  Small  Salmon, 
Salmon,  Small  Pike,  Pike. 

3E3885    Any  size  %    $  .50 

CORNWALL  SPINNER 

Can  be  used  with 
any  size  minnow. 

For  wall  -  eyed 
pike,  pickerel,  etc., 
on  3-foot  piano 
wire  leader  and 
swivel.  Spoon  V/i 
inches  long. 

Take  off  the 
hook,  run  the  wire 
loop  into  the  min- 
now's mouth  and 
out  at  the  tail, 
then  put  on  the 
hook,  press  the 
tube  down  the 
throat. 

3E3842   f$    $  .30 

3E3843    With  (2^-inch)  nickel  blade. .. .50 

CORNWALL  SPINNER 

Similar  to  above. 

For  Muscallonge  and  other  large  fish. 

Made  extra  strong  and  with  two  large  treble 
hooks;  one  of  these  is  on  a  piece  of  chain  ahead  of 
the  spoon,  which  is  3^2  inches  long  and  is  used  for 
a  lip  hook  to  hold  the  bait. 

3E4982   %  $1.00 


'DOUBLE  EAGLE"  BASS  SPINNER 


Non-tarnishing  gold  color  metal.  For  bass  and 
lake  trout. 

3E3804    Full  length,  5  inches  $  .50 

THE  "TANDEM"  SPOON 


Blades  spin  fast  and  easily — one  right  and  one  left 


No 

3E3798  9 
3E3799  8 
3E3800  7 
3E3801  5 


Blade 
&-in. 

1  -in. 

1^-in. 

VA-in. 


Nickel  or  White  Enamel  %  $.25 
Nickel  or  White  Enamel  <jg  .30 
Nickel  or  White  Enamel  %  .35 
Nickel,  Enamel  or  Gold  <jg  .50 


ATTRACTORS 


For  all  deep  water  trolling.  It  is  generally  placed 
from  10  to  20  feet  ahead  of  the  bait  or  spoon  and  its 
purpose  is  to  draw  fish  from  a  distance.  Made  of 
hard  rolled  plate,  finished  one  side  silver  and  one 
side  copper,  with  swivel  at  each  end.  Length,  6 
inches. 

3E3889   $  .50 


THE  CELEBRATED  "PHANTOM"  MINNOW 


Finest  quality  pure  silk  bodies,  beautifully  colored. 
Furnished  in  blue  and  silver,  brown  spotted  or  silver. 


Size 

3E3892  0 
3E3893 
3E3894 
3E3895 
3E3896 
3E3897 


Length  Each 
l%in.3E$.35 
2  in.<$  .35 
2^in.^  -35 
2y2inM  -35 
2^in.<$  .35 
3*4  in. .35 


3E3898 
3E3899  7 
3E3900  8 
3E3901  9 
3E3902  10 


Size  Length  Each 
6  3%in.3£$.45 
414  in.^B  .55 
4^in.*£  .65 
5^in.*£  .75 
6    in.«  .85 


THE  "PORPOISE"  MINNOW 

Same  style  as  above,  but  made  from  fine  porpoise 
hide,  with  metal  head  and  fins.  Hooks  mounted  on 
heavy  six-ply  twisted  gut,  and  has  10-inch  six-ply  gut 
leader  with  two  swivels.  Made  expressly  for  the 
heavy  fishing  and  practically  indestructible.  Fin- 
ished in  blue  and  silver  or  plain  silver. 


3E3903 
3E3904 
3E3905 
3E3906 
3E3907 
3E3908 


Size 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 

10 


Length 


43/4 
6 


inches  

inches  3§ 

inches  <f 

inches  3£ 

inches  % 

inches  % 


Each 
£  .90 
1.00 
1.10 
1.20 
1.35 
1.50 


130 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


CHAUTAUQUA  SPINNER— RUBBER  JOINT 


For  bass,  pickerel,  pike  and  muscallonge.  By  an 
ingenious  fastening  the  hooks  on  this  spinner  are 
always  held  out  straight. 

3E3880    Length  of  Blade,  2lA  inches....  $.65 

CANADA  SPOON  No.  4  WITH  BUCKTAIL 
GANG 

For  All  Large  Game  Fish 


Has  hard,  lieht  c 
3E3879   


r  blade,  3%  inches  long. 
 $  .85 

CORBETT"  MUSCALLONGE  SPOON 


Blades  spin  close  to  shanks  and  are  striped  with 
white  enamel. 

3E3872    Size  1.    Blade,  3     inches  $  .75 

3E3873    Size  2.    Blade,  4     inches  %  .90 

THE  "ONTARIO"  MUSCALLONGE  SPOON 


3E3874  Size  1.  One  4^-in.  and  3-in.  blade, 
double  hook  0$ 

3E3876  Size  3.  One  3-in.  blade,  2  treble 
hooks   % 


$  .85 
.65 


CANADA  MUSCALLONGE  No.  5 
Lip  Hook  Spoon  With  All  Steel  Gang 


To  be  used  with  a  bait  of  frog  or  perch.  Bronze 
color  or  white  spoon. 

3E3877    Blades  3J4  inches  long  %    $  .85 

3E3878    Extra  blades  for  above  Each  *jg  .20 

Doz.  %  2.25 

THE  "SIX-RAY"  SPOON 


The  favorite  salmon  spoon  of  the  Pacific  coast. 
Also  very  effective  for  Kingfish,  Bluefish,  Channel 
Bass,  Barracuda,  Muscallonge,  Pike,  etc. 

Size       Blade       Earh  Size       Blade  Each 


3K3848  3       2lA  in.^>.25 
31-  3849  4 
3E3850  5 


2YA'm.%  .45 
.45 


31-3851  5}i 
3 1  3852  6 
3E3853  7 


LAKE  GEORGE  LAKE  TROUT,  PIKE  AND 
MUSCALLONGE  SPOON 

To  take  trout 
by  deep  trolling 
on  grounds  in- 
habited by  the 
small  white  fish. 
3E4993    Length  of  spoon,  ±T/2  inches;  width, 

VA   inches.    Each  %    $  .65 

THE  "FLORIDA"  SPOON 


For  casting,  skittering,  trolling,  with  and  without 
bait.  Finished,  nickel  outside,  white  enamel  inside. 
3E3858    Size  1.    Tarpon  and  Bluefish  ;  length. 

5   inches  $  .50 

3E3859    Size  2.    Muscallonge   and  Pike; 

length,  3^4  inches  3§  .30 

3E3860    Size  3.    Bass  and  Pickerel;  length. 

2  inches  .20 

"BIG  FOUR"  COMBINATION  SPOONS 


Each  spoon  has  four  blades,  easily  attached,  fin- 
ished in  silver,  copper,  brass  and  white.  Mounted 
with  twisted  wire  trace  and  swivel. 
3E3881  Sizel.  Bass  and  togue.  Blade,2  in.3gS.65 
3E3882  Size  2.  Pike  and  pickerel.  Blade,  2^4  in.<f  .75 
3E3883  Size  3.  Muscallonge.         Blade, 3l/2  m.%  .85 

AUTOMATIC  STRIKER  SPOON  BAIT 
Silver  Finish 


For  large  trout,  bass,  salmon  and  salt  water  game 
fish,  including  tarpon.  The  spoon  is  slotted  and  the 
eye  of  the  hook  set  through  the  small  trigger  piece 
which  runs  in  the  slot.  When  the  fish  strikes,  the 
hook  automatically  releases  itself  and  the  strike  is 
made  by  the  fish  at  exactlv  the  right  instant. 
3E3869"  Size  4.  Spoon  length,  2H  inches. .  %  $.55 
3E3870  Size  5.  Spoon  length,  3 A  inches.  .65 
3E3871  Size  6.  Spoon  length,  4 V2  inches. .  %  .80 
3E3871I/4  Size  7.    Spoon  length.  h}A  inches.. 3£  1.00 

AL.  WILSON  SPOON 


For  large  game  fish  trolling  in  Florida,  the  Gulf 
and  California  and  fresh-water  game  fishes.  Ger- 
man silver  blades,  hooks  attached  with  patent  link, 
which  allows  them  to  swing  free  in  all  directions. 

31.3861    Size  3.     Blade,  2%  inches  %  $.35 

3E3862    Size  4.     Blade,  2$.  inches  %  .40 

4     in.*$$.65  3E3863    Size  5.     Blade,  3 $  inches  .50 

414  in.<$  .75  3H3864    Size  0.     Blade,  V/2  inches  <jg  .65 

5M'm.%  .90'3E3865    Size  7.     Blade,  5^  inches  €  .75 


FISHING  TACKLE 


131 


DOWAGIAC  MINNOWS 

Dowagiacs  are  the  best  finished  of  any  wooden  lures.  They  will  be  found  in  the  kits  oi  ^Western 
Anglers  where  the  water  conditions  particularly  favor  their  use.  Eastern  Anglers  have  also  found  them 
good  killers  in  casting  and  trolling. 


Series  1800 
THE  CRAB  "WIGGLER" 

Floats  and  wiggles  like  a  crab  or  crawfish— as- 
sorted colors. 

4E4990    Regular  size.    Each   $  .85 

4E4991    Baby  size.    Each  85 


1700  Series 


Floats,  dives  and  swims.  The  Wiggler  floats 
when  at  rest.  As  soon  as  the  bait  is  moved  it 
dives  under  the  water  and  swims  from  side  to 
side. 

3E4404    $  -75 


Series  100 


Length  of  minnow  is  2^4  inches  and  weighs  ap- 
proximately 14  dwts.    Underwater  Bait. 
3E4311    Popular  colors,  any  style  3£    S  .75 

Series  10 


Body  shaped  with  five  flat  surfaces,  length  of 
body,  inches. 
Style 

3E4309    10    White  body  with  t routed  spots 

$    $  -75 

314310    11    Yellow  bodv  with  trouted  spots 

.75 

MANHATTAN  SURFACE  BAIT 

The  old  reli- 
able surface 
bait,  made  of 
white  enam 
eled  wood 
with  three 
single  hooks 
as  illustrated 
or  with  three 
treble  hooks 

3E4522    No.  1.    Length,  234  inches   $  .40 

3E4523    No.  2.    Length,  VA  inches  50 


Series  150 


Length  of  minnow,  334  inches. 
Iwts.    Underwater  Bait. 
.E4317    Popular  colors   


Weight,  about  IS 


$  .85 


MOONLIGHT  FLOATING  BAIT 


For  large  and  small  mouth  bass,  pickerel  and  mus- 
callonge.  This  bait  is  excellent  for  night  fishing. 
It  casts  a  glowing  phosphorescent  light  when  on  the 
water,  and  is  called  the  "luminous,  self  glowing 
bait."  It  is  also  equally  successful  for  day  fishing. 
3E3920    Length,  4  inches  *S    $  -65 

THE  TROUT  BOB 


Similar  to  Moonlight  Floating  Bait  and  used  for 
trout. 

3E3921    Length,  VA  inches  %    $  -35 


133 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


RUSH'S  TANGO  MINNOW 


Has  all  the  life-like  swimming  motions  of  a  min- 
now in  action.  When  not  in  action  it  floats.  Hooks 
being  behind  the  body  of  bait,  it  is  practically  a 
WEEDLESS  BAIT. 

3E4405    Assorted  colors.    Each   $  .75 

4E4992    Baby  size   


WILSON'S  FLUTED  WOBBLER 


M/NNOW 


Semi-Surface  Bait 
Floats  when  Not  in  Motion. 
3E4985  Each  

SIX  IN  ONE  WOBBLER 


$  .75 


MECHANICAL  SWIMMING  FROG 

True  to  life  in  action  and 
appearance.  More  alive  than 
a  live  frog. 

Tie  the  line  to  the  eyelet 
at   the  head   of   frog  and, 
after  making  the  cast,  jerk 
the  same  as  with  a  live  frog 
and    the  results 
will    be  exactly 
life-like. 

3E3914  $1.00 


New  and  original  adjustable  planes.  Will  float  or 
dive  from  either  one  to  six  feet  at  will  of  the  caster. 
4E4253   %    $  .75 

THE  "COAXER"  BAITS 


Made  with  white  bodies,  red  fins  and  tail. 

Surface  Baits 

3E3909    Size  1.    Length,  3J/2  inches  $  .50 

3E3910    Size  2.    Length,  2]/2  inches  <®  .50 

3E3911    Luminous   Coaxer    for   night  fish- 
ing  ^  .75 

3E3912    Muskie  "Coaxer."  Made  extra  large 

and  strong  for  Muscallonge  3£  1.00 

Sinking  Baits 
31.3913    Tor  casting  or  trolling,  with  weed- 
less  guard.    Length,  3l/2  inches  %  .40 


Made  of  finest  quality  hollow,  soft  rubber,  beau- 
tifully finished  and  painted  true  to  nature.  Mountec 
with  bright  treble  hooks  and  gimp  loop. 

3E3915    Length,  2*/2  inches  %    $  .3( 

3E3916    Length,  3^  inches  .3! 

GREEN  FROGS 

Same  quality  as  "Meadow"  Frogs. 
Solid  soft  rubber  mounted  with  best  treble  hooks 
and  gimp  loop. 

3E3917    Frog,  \yA  inches  long  %    $  .25 

3E3918    Froggie,  1  inch  long  %  .20 


LUTZ  PORK  RIND  BAIT 

This  pork  is  especially  cured; 
tough  and  lasting,  yet  soft  and  pli- 
able to  give  that  minnow  tail  wig- 
gle, the  secret  of  its  great  success 
for  Bass,  Pike,  Pickerel  and  alj 
game  fish.  At  times  a  strand  oi 
scarlet  yarn  sewed  through  the  side 
or  a  bow  knot  tied  in  the  bend  ol 
the  hook  will  bring  good  results- 
one  dozen  in  screw-top  bottle. 

3E4985    $  .25 

By  mail  25c.  extra. 


PORK  RIND  BAIT 


A  most  effect- 
ive bait  for  Bass 
and  Pickerel,  es- 
pecially for  cast- 
ing in  connection 
with  enameled 
casting  spoons.  Cut 
minnow  shape  and 
packed  8  in  a  box. 
4E3939   ....  $  .1 


FISHING  TACKLE 


133 


HORSE  MACKEREL 
GAFF 


Made  in  the  same  finish  as  3E3422,  except  that 
the  hook  has  2  barbs  and  a  5-foot  wire  cable  at- 
tached. The  object  of  this  gaff  is  that  when  the 
hook  has  been  driven  into  the  fish  the  handle  comes 
away  from  hook,  the  angler  then  having  the  hand- 

4E4339  Each   


ling  of  the  fish  with  a  rope  which 
has  been  previously  attached  to  wire 
leader.  These  gaffs  are  recom- 
mended for  use  in  gaffing  large 
fish  in  high  seas. 
  $7.25 


DEVIL   FISH  LANCE 


Made  especially  to  kill  large  fish  which  have  been 
brought  to  or  approached  by  the  boat.  21  inches, 
hand  forged  steel  blade,  ground  to  a  knife  edge  on 
both  sides.  Polished  and  nickel  plated.  Blade  is 
3  inches  wide  and  screws  into  a  6-ft.  ash  handle. 
3E3531  Complete   $10.00 

SPECIAL  TARPON  GAFFS 
4E3421    Fine  tempered  steel  tang  hook,  pol- 
ished and  plated,  with  6-foot  ash 

handle,  slot  for  hook   $2.75 

4E3422  Extra  fine  and  heavy  gaff  hook, 
ground,  tempered  and  plated.  Hook 
screws  into  strong  waterproof  socket 
on  6-foot  straight  grained  selected 
ash  handle,  with  cord  wrapped  hand 
grasps   


5.00 


MOUNTED  GAFFS— Style  A 


Made  from  fine  spring  steel.  Hook  8  inches  long, 
%y2  inches  wide,  with  two  jointed,  4-foot  handle. 
4E3412    $1J0 

Style  B 


Size  of  hook,  7  inches  long  by  2  inches  wide. 
Handle,  3  feet  long  with  scored  grip 
3E3413    $>50 


SPEARS 

3E3425    $  .50 

Hand-forged  5-prong  barbed 
with  long  screw  tong  and  fer- 
rule, 3^4  spread. 
3E3426    $  .75 

SUCKER  SPEARS 

3E3270    5-prong  3-inch 

spread  tonged.    $  .18 

3E3271    6-prong  3^-in. 

spread  tonged.  .20 

FROG  SPEARS 

3E3424    5-prong  socket 

and  guard. . .     $  .20 

EEL  SPEARS 
3E3427    For  mud  6  chant  $1.25 
8E3428    For  sand  7  chant  1.50 


TELESCOPING  IMPORTED  ENGLISH 
SALMON  GAFFS 


Style  1.  15 y2  inches  when  closed— opened,  28 
inches  long.  Barbed  point  protected  by  screw  cap. 
4E3414   *®  $4.00 


Style  2.  A  very  strong,  serviceable  gaff,  15  inches 
when  closed,  36  inches  when  opened.  _  Has  three 
sections.  The  guard,  which  protects  point  of  gaff, 
folds  against  shaft  when  in  use.  Weight,  15  ounces. 
4E3415   3£  $6.00 


IDEAL"  SECTIONAL  GAFF  HOOKS 


Set  up,  is  as  strong  and  rigid  as  one  piece.  Length, 
set  up,  21  inches;  unjointed,  7  inches.    Weighs  but  5 
ounces.    Nickel  plated,  ebonized  handle. 
4E3423   %  $1.00 

SCREW  GAFF  HOOKS 

These  hooks  are  threaded  and  will  screw  into  all 
"Harrimac"  handles. 

3E3416  Size,  8  inches  long,  2l/2  inches  wide  $  .50 
3E3417    Socket  to  fit  hook  to  plain  handle. .  .25 

TANG  HOOKS 

For  lashing  upon  plain  handles. 
4E3418    Size,  7  inches  long  by  3  inches  wide  $  .30 
4E3419    Size,  7  inches  long  by  2  inches  wide  .25 
4E3420    Tarpon  gaff  Hand  forge  steel,  tem- 
pered and  plated   1.50 

HARPOONS 

Best  pattern  folding  leaf 
head.  The  most  approved  de- 
sign for  harpooning  all  large 
fish.  Made  of  best  tool  steel, 
hand  forged  and  tempered, 
heavily  nickel  plated  over  cop- 
per. Prices  include  steel  bar 
for  connection  with  handle. 

4E3429    Small    $3.50 

4E4999    Medium    3.75 

4E3430   Large    4.00 

4-foot  bronze  wire  cable 
spliced  in  eye  of  har- 
poon, with  swivel  at 

end,  extra    1.50 

JOINTED 
HARPOON  HANDLES 
Made    of    selected  second- 
growth  ash  in  5- foot  sections 
joining  with  waterproof  screw 
connection,    making  complete 
handle  10   feet  long.  Fitted 
with  slotted  head  and  set  screw 
for  attaching  harpoon. 
4E3431    $4.50 


134 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-5 


5-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  JOHN  BRIGHT  SALMON  LANDING 
NET 
(Imported) 

Made  for  landing  heavy 
fish.  This  net  is  made 
with  hickory  arms,  28 
inches  long,  and  a  heavy 
leather  thong  across  the 
top  and  fitted  with  a  37- 
inch  strong  black  English 
salmon  net.  Hickory 
handle  A]/2  feet  long, 
which  screws  on  the 
frame. 

The  frame  is  easily  put 
together  and  can  be  taken 
apart  without  removing 
the  net  for  convenience  in 
packing. 

3E4381  Complete  %  $8.50 
3E4382  Extra  nets, 

each  .  %  1.75 

'BROOK"  LANDING  NET 


FOLDING   LANDING   NET   RINGS  WITH 
STAFF 


A  good  model  for  trout  fishing.  Well  made  with 
rattan  frame  and  wood  handle,  fitted  with  elastic 
rubber  cord  for  carrying  over  shoulder,  which  per- 
mits of  the  net  being  stretched  to  full  arm's  length 
adjusting  itself  close  under  the  arm  when  released. 
3E3391    Complete  with  good  net  %    $  .75 

SQUARE  BOTTOM  LANDING  NETS 


When  netted,  the  fish  lie  flat  in 
the  bottom,  lessening  the  chance 
of  escape,  and  they  are  more 
easily  removed.  They  are  also 
much  easier  to  handle  as  they 
open  out  full  and  roomy  _  when 
scooping,  and  do  not  pull  in  the 
water  as  the  taper  nets  do. 

All  have  double  top  loops  to  fit 
over  net  frame,  insuring  greater 
Strength  and  durability. 


Deep  Waterproof  Linen 

3E3393    20  inches   %    $  .60    %  $.35 

3E3394    24  inches   %       .75    %  .50 

3E3395    30  inches   <®     1.00  .65 

3E3396    36  inches   %     1.25    ^  .75 

When  ordering  give  number  and  state  which 
material  is  desired. 

RONDACK 
Square  Bottom  Fine  Mesh  Landing  Nets 

Hard  finish  and  waterproof.  These  nets  are  a 
great  improvement  over  the  ordinary  kind — many 
times  when  landing  small  fish,  they  get  caught  by 
the  gills  in  the  coarse  mesh.  A  fish  so  caught  will 
die  even  if  it  is  released  immediately. 

Deep  Deep 
3E4996  18  in.  <$    $1.25  I  3E4998  24  in.  *ft  2.00 
3E4997  21  in.  1.50  I  3E4999  30  in.  2.50 

They  can  also  be  used  for  catching  minnows. 


They  are  very  light,  yet  strong  and  durable.  The 
ring  is  folded  or  expanded  easily  and  quickly,  and 

it  is  never  necessary  to  remove  the  net.  The 
handles,  which  are  made  in  two  pieces,  are  jointed 

by  a  strong  ferrule  the  same  as  a  rod,  and  are  4 

feet  long  when  jointed.  Size  of  ring  when  open, 
15x13-34  inches. 

4E3400    Steel    frame,    nickel   plated,  wood 

handle    $2.50 

4E3401    Steel  frame,  nickel  plated,  bamboo 

handle    2.75 

4E3402    Bronze  frame  (rust-proof),  bamboo 

handle   3g  3.50 

4E3403    Steel  frame,  extra  strong,  bamboo 

handle   3£  3.75 

(All  fitted  with  Waterproof  Nets). 

4E3400R  Frame  with  Rondack  Net   $3.75 

4E3401R  Frame  with  Rondack  Net  %  4.00 

4E3402R  Frame  with  Rondack  Net  *f  5.00 

4E3403R  Frame  with  Rondack  Net   5.25 

Salmon  Model 

Made  especially  for  salmon  fishing,  for  fish  of 
medium  size,  and  when  it  is  more  desirable  to  net 
the  fish  instead  of  gaffing.    Has  6-foot,  2-jointed 
bamboo  handle.    Ring  when  open,  19x16  inches. 
4E3404    Steel  frame,  japanned,  with  braided 

linen  waterproof  net  ^  $4.00 

With  Rondack  Net  5.75 

"I  D  L"  Wading  Model 
■in      ■  i  —         For  wading  streams  and 

— ^  ^^""""N  a^  purposes  where  a 
f     "^^-3    f  \     "handy"    net    is  required. 

^^B»=/ "^nrc*  I    Has  a  6-inch  scored  wood 
V  I    handle  and  elastic  cord  for 

/  carrying  the  net  over  the 
^^■^  shoulder — it  allows  the  net 
to  be  stretched  at  arm's  length  and,  when  released, 
holds  it  snugly  below  the  arm.  Size  when  opened, 
9^x11  inches.  Trout  size.  Japanned  frame  with 
linen  net. 

4E3405   %  $1.35 

4E5000    I  D  L  Wading  Model  with  water- 
proof square  bottom  net  %  1.60 

3E5001    With  Rondack  Net  %  2.25 

"I  D  L"  Canoe  Model 

This  model  is  a  general  favorite  where  a  me- 
dium size  is  required,  when  the  elastic  cord  is  not 
favortd.  It  has  a  30-inch  bamboo  handle.  Size 
of  ring  when  opened,  11^4x13  inches. 

Bass  size. 

4E5002    With  square  bottom  net  ^  $1.35 

4E3406    With  square  bottom  waterproof  net 

%  1.60 

4E5003   With  Rondack  Net  %  2.25 

REGULAR  COTTON  MINNOW  DIP  NETS 

The  best  quality  and  make.  Mesh  is  ^-inch  at 
top,  tapering  to  3-16-inch  at  bottom. 

Deep  Deep 


3E3384  18  in. 
3E3385  24  in. 
3E3386  30  in. 


$  .45 
.70 
.95 


3E3387  36  in.  %  $1.25 
3E3388  48  in.  %  1.75 
3E3389  60  in.  %  3.60 


FISHING  TACKLE 


135 


THE  "BEAVERKILL"  LANDING  NET— (Not  collapsible) 
A  bully  little  net  for  trout  fishing 

Weighs  4^4  oz.,  20  inches  long,  10x8-inch  ring, 
waterproof  net,  hickory  bow,  cord-wound  handle, 
all  well  varnished  and  fitted  with  a  simple  aluminum 
snap  catch  (to  hang  on  basket  strap,  suspender  or 
loop)  that  can  be  released  in  an  instant  to  land 
your  fish.  Always  ready  and  at  hand  when  wanted 
and  nothing  to  get  out  of  order. 
4E4997  «  $i.5o 


THE 
'GUIDES" 


RANGELY  LANDING 
NET 

Made  with  a  14-inch  galvan- 
ized ring  which  does  not  col- 
lapse. The  bamboo  handle  is  4 
feet  long. 

4E3409    $1.25 


THE  BARNES  LANDING 
NET 

(Collapsible) 

Made  of  aluminum  through- 
out. The  simplest,  strongest 
and  lightest  landing  net  frame 
made.  Handle  folds  back  into 
ring.  When  folded  the  net  can 
be  attached  by  a  leather  loop 
to  belt  or  coat  button,  where  it 
can  be  reached  easily  and 
opened  automatically  with  one 
hand,  making  it  very  conveni- 
ent. 

4E3997  Frame  with  net  $2.25 


THE  KING  UMBRELLA  MINNOW  NET 

Arms   are   28  inches 


are 
-opens  and 


closes 


long 

like  an  umbrella. 

Net  is  3  feet  square 
when    opened  —  when 
closed  30  inches — put  up 
in  cloth  bag. 
3E4530   Price  ..  $1.70 


Folding 
Minnow  Net 


Used  in  all  Canad 
by  the  men  who 


and  Maine  camps 
supply  live  bait. 


Hie  nets  are  hand  made  of  fine  quality,  barked' 
or  tan  color,  hung  on  iron  ring  which  folds  in  the 
center  for  convenience  in  carrying  or  packing. 

3E5004    Net  3  ft.  diameter,  3  ft.  deep   $6.50 

3E5005    Net  4  ft.  diameter,  4  ft.  deep   8.00 


CHUMMING 
MACHINE 

For  grinding 
Menhaden  or 
Mossbunkers  with 
which  to  "chum" 
or  bait  up  the  fish- 
ing grounds. 
4E3379  $6.50 


Rigged  with  floats  and  sinkers,  ready 
for  use.  All  finished  in  mud  color.  4 
ft.  deep,  5^-inch  mesh. 

3E3366^  4  feet   $  .48 

3E3367     8   feet  96 

3E3368    12  feet   1.44 

3E3369    15  feet   1.80 

3E3370    20  feet   2.40 

3E3370^    30  ft   2.60 

EXTRA  QUALITY  MINNOW  SEINES 

Fine  hand-made  netting  built  for  service,  brown 
color,  thoroughly  waterproofed,  20  feet  long,  4  feet 
deep,  ^-inch  mesh.  Rigged  with  cork  floats  and 
leads,  readv  for  use. 

3E3371    $8.50 

MINNOW  PAIL  DIP  NETS 

For  removing  minnows 
safely  from  bait  pails, 
seines  and  traps.  Nickel- 
plated  frame  with  6-inch 
net. 

3E3390   $  .25 


PLAIN  MINNOW  SEINES 


■ : . . 


• 


MINNOW  OR  SHRIMP  NETS 

Three-eighth-inch  mesh.  Twine  20-6 
Rigged  ready  for  use. 

3E3372  4  feet   

3E3373  \y2  feet   


MULLET  CASTING  NETS 

One-inch  mesh.  Twine  20-9  cord.  Rigged 
for  use. 

3E3374  4^  feet   

3E3375  5  feet   

3E3376  6  feet   


cord. 

$7.30 
8.50 


ready 

$3.25 
3.50 
4.50 


136 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


BASKET  SLINGS  AND  STRAPS 

If  the  basket  is  to  be 
carried  on  the  left  side, 
as    usual,    the  carrying 
strap  passes  over  the  left 
shoulder,  leaving  the  right 
arm  entirely  free  for  cast- 
ing.    Basket  is   held  in 
place    by    strap  around 
body,-  fastening  with 
snap-hook,    and    can  be 
carried  on  either  side  as 
preferred. 
3E3466  Plain 
leather  strap. 
For  creels  and 
bait  boxes 
%  $  .20 

j  3E3467  Leather 

and  webbing 
%    $  .20 
4E3468  New  style. 
Made  of  brown 
webbing      $  .50 
4E3469    New   style.     All   leather.  Padded 

shoulder  strap   1.25 

4E3470    New  style.    Made  of  finest  quality 

webbing  and  leather  %  1.75 

4E3471    New  style.     Made  of  soft,  water- 
proof leather   %  2.25 

COLLAPSIBLE  WATERPROOF  FISH  AND 
GAME  BAG 

Made  of  waterproof  canvas 
with  shoulder  straps.  Has  an 
extra  pocket  outside  to  hold 
Fly  Book,  Lunch,  etc.  Grass 
or  moss  may  be  wet  to  keep 
fish  fresh,  as  the  bag  is  water 
tight  and  will  not  drip. 

NOTE:— Use    soap,  water 
and  brush  when  cleaning.   Do      flW     jj  Ji 
not  boil.  IliSSili 
3E3483  10x12  inches  3§  $1.00 
3E3484  11x15  inches  1.25 

Loose  lining  which  can  be  taken  out  and  washed. 

Extra   %    $  .50 

CORK  FLOATS 


'DUPLEX"  FOLDING  CANVAS  CREEL 
Waterproof 


Open 


3E3478 
3E3479 


$2.00 
2.50 


Folded 

Made  of  heavy 
brown  waterproof 
canvas  with  japanned 
steel  frame  and 
braces.  Its  portabil- 
ity is  a  great  feature. 
Can  be  washed  with  hot  water,  keeping  it  sweet  and 
clean.  Rigid  when  set  up  and  ventilation  is  secured 
by  eyelets  in  sides  and  bottom.  Price  includes 
shoulder  straps. 

Length    Width    Depth  Folded 
10        4l/2  6x7x3 
12        5y2         V/2  7x8x3 
"HANDY"  FOLDING  CREEL 

Made  of  good  can- 
vas, tan  color,  and  is 
strong  and  durable. 
A  convenient  creel 
for  either  fish  or 
small  gajne.  Can  be 
folded  flat  and  car- 
ried in  the  valise  or 
pocket.  Made  in  two 
sizes  of  20  or  25  lbs. 
capacity. 

4E3480  Any  size, 
including  shoulder 

straps  %  $1.00 

SNAGGED  HOOK  RELEASER 


3E4377 
3E4378 


Small 

Barrel  shape,  each..$  .05 
Egg     shape,  each . .  .10 


Medium 
$  .10 
.15 


Large 

$  .15 
.20 


IDEAL  FISHING  FLOATS 


More  service  in  one  "Ideal"  than  in  dozens  of  old 
style  floats.  Metal  band  doesn't  break  and  cannot 
come  off.  Metal  ferrule  at  bottom— no  getting  out 
of  order.  Colors— red  and  green  or  white  and  green 

3E4268    Length,  2 ^4-inch  

3E4269    Length,  3^-inch  

3E4270    Length,  5  -inch  

3£4271    Length,  6  -inch  

PORCUPINE  QUILL  FLOATS 

4E          Double  tapered  4,  6,  8  inches  long. 

Each    $  .10 


$  .10 

% 

.15 

.40 

% 

.50 

When  "snagged,"  don't  pull,  break  and  lose  several 
feet  of  line.  The  Snagged  Hook  Releaser  releases 
snagged  hooks,  spoons,  spinners,  minnows,  etc. 

3E4274    Trout  and  bass  size  $  .25 

3E4275    Pike,  pickerel  and  muscallonge. .35 
LINE  RELEASER 


Fits  into  your 
Rod  Top 

Sometimes  by  carelessness  a  fly  is  caught  on  the 
twig  of  a  tree  and  often  beyond  the  reach.  This  lit- 
tle tool,  when  used  as  per  illustration,  and  which  is 
easy  to  manipulate,  will  release  it  and  save  the  fish- 
erman money  and  bother.  Made  of  fine  steel, 
ground  and  finished.  Size,  2-}4xl^  inches.  Weight, 
y2  ounce. 

3E3544V£    In  leather  carrying  case   $1.00 


FISHING  TACKLE 


137 


LIVE  MINNOW  FLOAT 


As  it  is  only  perforated  for  half  its  length  it  can 
be  carried  the  same  as  the  regular  pail.    Made  of 
heavy  galvanized  iron  finished  in  best  baked  enamel. 
Has  self-locking  sliding  cover. 
3E3358    Length,  24  inches.     Diameter,  V/2 

inches.    Capacity,  10  quarts   $1.75 

BRIGGS  "LEAD-IN"  TRAP 


An  inexpensive  minnow  trap  when  connected  with 
a  Mason  fruit  jar  or  other  suitable  screen. 
3E3361    Trap  only   %    $  .50 


"GEE" 
MINNOW 
TRAP 


Made  of  steel  wire  netting,  heavily  galvanized. 
Diameter,  10  inches.    Length,  16  inches.    Breaks  in 
the  center  and  one  piece  packs  inside  the  other. 
4E3359    $1.00 

"CAMP"  MINNOW  TRAP 

Just  the  thing  for  bungalow  or  permanent  camp 
use.  Similar  to  Gee  minnow  trap  with  solid  flat 
bottom  and  sliding  door  at  back  end  for  taking  out 
bait.  Length  30  inches,  height  13 y2,  width  16.  One 
size  only.  All  galvanized  metal  and  wire. 
3E4606    Each    $3.00 


PYOTT'S  IDEAL  FROG  CARRIER 

It  is  light,  compact 
and  sanitary.  After 
being  used  it  can  be 
compressed  into  a  space 
of  five  inches  wide  and 
one-half  an  inch  deep 
and  can  be  slipped  into 
the  coat  pocket  if  de- 
sired. 

It  is  made  in  two 
sizes.  The  small  one,  5x7 
inches  high,  will  carry 
two  dozen  frogs.  The 
large  one,  8x8  inches 
high,  will  carry  five 
dozen  frogs. 
Each   $  .50 


3E4237 


Small  size 

Postage,  5  cents  extra 

3E4238    Large  size.  Each  

Postage,  10  cents  extra. 


.75 


French  willow  and  Canadian  Creels  are  made 
abroad.  Prices  are  temporarily  withdrawn,  as  sup- 
ply is  uncertain.    Prices  on  application. 

FRENCH  WILLOW  BASKETS— Special  Make 


We  equip  these  baskets  with  heavy  hand-sewed 
leather  hinges  and  with  straps  and  buckle  fasten- 
ing, making  them  durable  and  secure.  All  have 
the  opening  on  the  forward  side  of  cover.  Made 
of  pressed  willow,  with  curved  backs  to  fit  close 
to  the  body. 


Capacity 
3E3443     6  lbs, 
3E3444     9  lbs. 
3E3445    12  lbs. 
3E3446    20  lbs. 


Capacity 
3E3447  25  lbs. 
3E3448  30  lbs. 
3E3449    35  lbs. 


FRENCH  WILLOW  BASKETS 
Grade  B— With  Willow  Hinges 

These  are  made  of  round  willow,  and  not  so 
closely  woven  as  our  own  special  make.  In  all  other 
respects  they  have  the  same  appearance  as  French 
willow  baskets  shown  above. 

Capacity  Capacity 

3E3450     6  lbs   3E3454    25  lbs  

3E3451     9  lbs   3E3455    30  lbs  

3E3452    12  lbs   3E3456    35  lbs  

3E3453    20  lbs  

THE  CANADIAN  CREEL 
Designed  Especially  for  Carrying  Large  Fish 


It  is  18  inches  long,  but  only  8  inches  high.  Made 
very  strong,  of  extra  quality  willow,  stained  brown. 

The  hole  in  cover  is  placed  near  the  end. 

3E3459    Made  in  one  size  only  

With  leather  hinges,  extra  

WATERPROOF  POCKETS  FOR  BASKETS 

For  use  with  the  willow  basket  and  a  very  handy 
device  for  carrying  lunch,  fly  books,  etc.,  in  the 
basket.  Made  of  pantasote,  perfectly  waterproof 
and  can  be  washed  as  often  as  necessary.  Fits 
inside  the  basket  and  is  held  in  place  by  passing 
the  carrying  strap  through  the  slits  in  the  pocket. 
In  ordering  give  the  length  and  height  of  basket 
at  the  back. 

3E3460  Small  $  .75 

3E3461  Medium  1.00 

3E3462  Large  1.50 


138 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


THE  "JONES"  MINNOW  PAIL 


t  Wherever  minnows  must  be  kept  for  any  length  of 
time  or  transported  for  any  considerable  distance 
this  pail  will  be  found  invaluable.  Its  great  ad- 
vantage is  the  compressed  air  tank  at  top,  which  is 
pumped  up  with  an  ordinary  bicycle  pump.  The 
tank  is  connected  with  the  water  reservoir  in  which 
the  minnows  are  kept  and  sends  a  constant  supply 
of  air  through  the  water,  keeping  it  perfectly  aerated 
and  preserving  the  minnows  indefinitely.  The  tank 
also  serves  as  a  float  when  it  is  desired  to  place  the 
inset  in  a  lake  or  stream.  The  flow  of  air  may  be 
regulated  at  pleasure  by  opening  or  pinching  to- 
gether the  end  of  air  pipe.  Both  pails  are  oblong 
in  shape,  which  is  best  for  minnows  and  also  more 
convenient  to  carry.  3E3356  has  inset  cover  for  ice. 
3E3355  Size  6  x  8x15  ins.  Capacity,  8  qts.  $2.25 
3E3356  Size  6^x10x16  ins.  Capacity,12  qts.  3.00 
3E3357   Pumps,  for  use  with  above  pails  25 

THE  BANTA  AERATING  MINNOW  PAIL 
Oval  Shape 


a>  


7  


Fig.  1,  Handle;  Fig.  2,  Air  Pump  Handle;  Fig.  3, 
Cloth  Covering;  Fig.  4,  Perforated  Lid;  Fig.  5,  Min- 
nows; Fig.  6,  Water;  Fig.  7,  Air  Bubbles  from  the 
Pump;  Fig.  8,  Galvanized  Top;  Fig.  9,  Lid  Hinge. 

The  pail  is  covered  with  cloth  to  which  is  attached 
a  small  bunch  of  candle  wick  that  goes  down  into 
the  water  from  the  top  of  the  pail.  This  keeps  the 
cloth  damp  and  the  evaporation  keeps  the  water  cool 
in  the  bucket. 

The  Banta  Pail  "keeps  'em  alive."  Don't  change 
the  water.  Push  the  air-pump  now  and  then;  that 
puts  new  air  into  the  water— new  LIFE  into  the 
minnows. 

3E4338    10-quart.    (Oval  shape)   $2.00 


THE  "WONDER" 
Combination  Bait  Pail  and  Trap  for  Minnows, 
Frogs,  Crawfish,  Helgramites  and  Killies 


For  fresh  and  salt-water  fishing.  Made  of  gal- 
vanized metal  and  wire  in  the  best  possible  manner. 
Unlike  any  other  trap  or  bait  pail  made. 

A  first-class  bait  trap. 

A  convenient  bait  pail. 

Will  make  one  large  or  two  small  traps. 

Will  make  two  bait  holders. 

Used  for  two  different  kinds  of  bait. 

Ice  can  be  used  in  one  side  where  it  will  not  crush 
or  kill  bait  in  the  other. 

If  bait  runs  low,  one  side  can  be  set  as  trap  for 
more  bait,  while  other  is  being  used  for  fishing. 
3E4922   ....  $3.00 

'A.  &  F."  FLOATER 

Pail  and  inset  both  gal- 
vamzed — perfectly  rust  and 
^IMBrN  Avcatncr-Pr°oi-   Inset  is  gal- 
••//riiBtt  vanized  wire.  All  galvaniz- 
y ^KtMjllM  inff    is    done    after  being 
made  up,  filling  all  seams 
and  joints.    Has  sunk  top 
for  holding  ice.    Inset  has 
solid   bottom   and   rim  to 
hold    water    while  being 
transferred,   and  has  wire 
'   bail  and  self-locking  perfo- 
rated cover.     Capacity,  10 
quarts. 

3E3352  Round   $1.50 

3E4239    Oval,  10  quarts   1.50 

3E4240    Oval,   12  quarts   1.75 

"DUPLEX"  FOLDING  BAIT  PAIL 

It    can  be 
opened  or  fold- 
ed   in    an  in- 
stant,  and  the 
Folded  metal    rim  at 

DOttom  raises  the  pail  from  the 
floor  and  the  side  arms  hold  it 
rigid  and  upright.  The  top  has 
raised  edge  for  ice-cooling,  and 
perfect  aeration  is  secured  by 
numerous  metal  eyelets.  Water  is  easily  and  quickly 
changed  without  any  injury  to  minnows.  Made  of 
heavy  brown  canvas,  with  pantasote  bottoms,  and 
are  absolutely  waterproof.  Rims  and  braces  of 
strong  spring  steel,  heavily  japanned.  Fitted  with 
strong  handles. 

Style      Qts.  Dia.  Depth  Folded 
3E3481    Round      6     10    7y2    10^x6    x2^  $1.50 
3E3482    Oval        10    12    9^    12^x6*4*2^  250 


Open 


FISHING T  TACKLE 


139 


'FISHERMAN'S  CARRYALL"  BELT 

Bait  Casters —  No 
more  worrying  about 
your  wooden  minnows 
— this  belt  will  take 
care  of  them  at  home, 
when  traveling  and 
when  fishing  out  of  a 
boat  or  from  the  shore. 
There  is  a  place  for 
the  fly  book,  leader 
box,  hooks,  sinkers, 
small  spinners,  dry  fly 
bottle,  etc.,  if  used  for 
fly  and  light  bait  fish- 
ing. It  will  carry  six 
wooden  minnows,  two 
Decker  bass  baits  or  a 
tackle  book  or  reel, 
hooks,  sinkers,  swivels, 
etc.  You  can  change 
minnows  in  an  instant 
as  there  are  no  more 
foul  hooks  to  be  taken  care  of.  Boxes  will  also 
hold  bait. 

The  belts  are  made  of  Olive  Drab  material  which 
is  waterproof  and  can  be  folded  in  a  small  space 
and  carried  in  a  waterproof  bag. 

□»  3E3231  Carrvall  Belt  ^  $3.25 
3E3232  Carryall  Bag  %  .50 
We  also  supply  lacqueied  tin  boxes 
in  which  the  wood  minnows  can  be 
dropped  and  removed  from  easily. 
These  are  the  correct  size  to  fit  the 
pockets  in  the  belt,  and  can  also  be 
used  for  taking  care  of  minnows, 
spoons,  etc.,  in  the  tackle  box  or  trunk. 
3E3233    Carryall   Boxes,   each   $  .15 

PICKEREL  TRAPS 

A  new  model  trap  that  is  a  favorite 
wherever  used.  Constructed  on  the 
"tip-up"  principle.  20-inch  strong 
maple  upright,  brass  trigger  arm  and 
steel  standard  with  red  signal  flag. 
Upright  is  notched  both  ends  so  that 
line  can  be  wound  up  with  trap  quicklv. 

3E3433    Each    $  .10 

Dozen    1.00 

3E3434  Lines  suitable  for  use 
with  above,  in  hanks, 
per  dozen   1.25 

"FISHING  RECORDS"  (or  Memorandum) 

3^4  inches  wide,  ±l/2  inches  long.  Fine  quality 
paper — gilt  edge  and  leather  bound.  Ruled  under 
the  following  headings :  "Date,"  "Where  Caught," 
"Wind,"  "Weather,"  "Water,"  "Fish,"  "Weight," 
"Remarks." 

Many  incidents  occur  on  a  fishing  trip  which  are 
interesting  and  worth  while  to  remember.  Write 
them  in  this  little  book  and  the  next  time  you  leave 
for  a  trip  (perhaps  to  the  same  place)  you  will  find 
them  valuable. 

3E4463   %    $  .75 


3E4278 


FISH  STRINGERS 

Chain  stringer,  threading 
patent  handle   , 


needle, 


$  .15 


FISH  BAGS  OR  LIVE  NETS 

To  keep  fish  alive  by  tying  bag  to  side  of  boat — 
1-inch  square  mesh. 

3E4297    24  inches  deep  %    $  .30 

3E4298    30  inches  deep  ^  .40 

3E4299    36  inches  deep  %  .50 


U  BUTTERFLY  AND  GRASSHOPPER  NET 


Light  fine  mesh  green  net  that  will 
balloon  out  when  drawn  through  the 
air,  with  bamboo  handles  and  metal 
rings.  Just  the  thing  for  butterflies, 
moths  and  the  elusive  grasshopper 
and  meadow  frog. 
3E4494^    With   one    piece,  4-foot 


handh 


Round  ring,  11  inches  diameter. 


$  .85 

BUTTERFLY  CARRIER— OR  VASCULUM 

Made  of  tin 
baked  in  green 
enamel,  fitted  with 
a  sliding  door  and 
sling  strap  for 
carrying  over  the 
shoulder  —  oval 
shape  with  flat 
ends  —  14  inches 
long. 

3E4495  Each  $2.00 

THE  "REFRIGERETTE" 
Lunch  and  Fish  Refrigerator 


1854x16x6^4  inches — Case  is  made  of  three-ply 
Basswood  Veneer,  covered  with  heavy  waterproof 
enameled  duck  in  black.  Corners  reinforced  with 
metal — handle  on  cover,  which  closes  with  nickel 
spring  clasps  and  lock. 

The  inside  and  ice  retort  is  of  galvanized  metal ; 
is  removable,  and  will  not  rust.  Refreshments  can  be 
carried  to  the  fishing  ground  and  kept  cool  while 
the-  day's  catch  may  be  brought  home  in  splendid 
condition  if  ice  retort  is  kept  filled.  Fish  can  be 
kept  fresh  in  this  case  forty-eight  hours. 
3E4773    $12.00 


KEEP  'EM 
ALIVE 
FISH 
STRINGER 

This  fish  stringer 
is    the  strongest' 
and   safest  made. 
Will  stand  a  hun- 
dred pound  strain  distrib- 
uted on  the  different  hooks. 
Each  fish  is  secured  sepa- 
rately, and  can  be  kept  alive 
2  or  3  days. 
The  "Keep  'em  Alive"  may  be  used  when  hunting, 
as  it  is  equally  as  convenient  and  serviceable  for 
stringing    rabbits,   squirrels,   partridge,   quail,  and 


other  small  game. 
3E4279  Each  


,<$    $  .50 


140 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


ANGLER'S  TOOLS  AND  SUNDRIES 

All  of  best  make  and  finest  quality. 

Tweezers 

3E3548    Fine  tempered  steel,  nickel-plated, 

matted  sides  and  grip  ^    $  .35 

Screwdrivers 

Best  quality  jeweler's  "one-hand"  screwdrivers. 
Held  and  operated  with  3  fingers.    Finely  nickel- 
plated  ;  for  small  screws  in  reels,  guns,  etc. 
4E3550   36    $  .50 


Pliers 


4E3551    One  of  the  best  tools  of  its  kind. 

Made  of  fine  quality  steel,  full  nickel-  . 
plated,  open  throat.     Parallel  jaws 

(for  cutting).    Length,  5  in  3£  $1.25 

4E3552    Flat  nose,  3^  inches  long  (not  cut- 


ting).    Parallel  jaws  .75 

4E3553  Round  Nose,  4  inches  long  (not  cut- 
ting).   Parallel  jaws  .75 

4E4993  Round  pointed  nose  with  straight 
jaws  and  wire  cutter  on  the  side  for 
leader  wire.    4  inch  ^  .75 

Files 

Best  Quality  Imported.   Very  Fine. 

3E3554    Flat  Hook  Files,  tapered  3g    $  .25 

4E3555    3-Cornered  Cutting  Files  3§  .25 


3E3556    Round  or  "Rat-tail"  for  reaming. 3£  .25 

"Vest  Pocket"  Screwdrivers 

Especially  useful  for  starting  large  screws  in  reels. 
Fine  tempered  steel,  blued,  with  broad  finger  grasp. 
Worn  on  watch  chain  or  key-ring.  1%  inch  long. 
3E3558   ^    $  .10 

Pocket  Oiler 

"One  Drop"  oilers — the  best  made.  Solid  metal 
and  cannot  break.  Milled  cap  with  wire  dropper. 
3E2240   $  .15 

A.  &  F.  FINE  REEL  OIL 

In  the  care  of  fine  reels  the  quality  of  oil  should 
not  be  overlooked.    Our  oil  will  not  thicken  or  gum. 
A  few  drops  of  oil  occasionally  applied  to  clean  bear- 
ings will  double  the  life  of  any  reel. 
3E3272   Per  bottle  3£    $  .15 

FISH  AND  CRAB  TONGS 


They  can't  get  away  from  them.  Just  the  thing  to 
hold  eels,  crabs  and  fish  when  removing  the  hooks. 
Made  of  steel  nickel  plated.  Length  8  inches,  weight 
514  oz. 

4E4996    Each    $  .25 


PERFECTION  REPAIR  KIT 


Highest  quality,  finely  nickel  plated,  round-nose 
and  flat-nose  pliers,  both  "parallel  opening,"  fine 
tempered  close-cutting  nippers,  jeweler's  rotary 
screwdriver,  prick  punch,  instead  of  spool  of  wire 
shown  in  the  cut,  pocket  screwdriver,  tweezers,  one- 
drop  .oil  can,  polishing  paper,  emery  cloth,  ferrule 
cement,  hook  file,  cutting  file,  round  file,  wrapping 
silk,  wrapping  linen  and  piece  of  wax.  Put  up  in  a 
handsome  morocco  or  pigsjdn  case,  with  extra 
pocket  for  "odds  and  ends."  Case  opens  flat.  Size 
when  closed,  6  inches  by  1  inch  thick.  Weight,  10 
ounces. 

4E3546    Morocco  case   3£  $8.50 

4E3547    Pigskin  case   *jg  9.00 

VEST  POCKET  FORCEPS  AND  CUTTERS 


Finest  quality  tempered  steel,  heavily  nickel  plated. 
Useful  for  snipping  off  frayed  ends  of  line,  gut,  etc., 
and  for  picking  out  snarls  in  reel.  Indispensable  to 
those  who  use  eyed  flies. 

4E3545    Finest  quality  steel.  Nickel  plated. $1.50 
"GLOUCESTER"  FISH  KNIFE 


It  is  the  best  knife  made  for  scaling,  slitting  and 
skinning  fish.  Finest  steel  and  carefully  made.  Top 
of  point  is  sharp  for  slitting,  and  saw-back  gives  a 
steady  hold,  and  is  excellent  for  rough  scaling. 
Scored  cocobolo  handle  with  bolster  and  hole  for 
thong  or  lanyard. 

4E1656X,   Length  of  blade,  4^  in.;  weight, 

4^2  oz.   In  leather  sheath   $  .65 


MARBLE'S  SAFETY  FISH  KNIFE 


A  handy  knife  with  a  blade  patterned  somewhat 
after  our  "Gloucester."  Good  steel  with  saw-tooth 
back.  Stamped  German  silver  handle.  Made  like  a 
clasp  knife. 

4E1657   Length  of  blade,  4  in.;  wgt,  VA  oz.<$  $1.25 


FISHING  TACKLE 


141 


'SMOKER'S" 


These  are  made  abroad  and  the  supply  is  un- 
certain. If  out  of  stock  we  will  send  the  sportsman's 
head  net  inscead. 

HEAD  PROTECTOR 

Adjustable  over  hat 
band  and  around  the  neck. 
The  material  is  a  very  fine 
gauze,  into  the  front  of 
which  is  inserted  a  net 
made  of  horse  hair,  which 
is  strong,  flexible  and  will 
not  break.  Into  the  horse 
hair  net  is  set  a  button- 
shaped  self-closing  valve 
covered  with  slotted  rub- 
ber; through  this  a  pipe 
may  be  inserted. 

3E1790   «  $1.00 

SPORTSMAN'S  HEAD  NET 

It  does  not  gather 
around  the  neck;  the 
yoke  holds  the  net 
well  away  from  the 
face.  It  has  a  top  of 
light  weight  twill,  the 
spread  of  which  is 
held  in  shape  by  the 
hat.  The  material  is 
all-over  English  net, 
and  the  bottom  is 
fitted  with  a  yoke 
which  sets  snugly 
over  the  shoulders 
and  ties  with  lacing 
under  the  arms.  We  have  this  head  net  with  green, 
brown  and  white  netting. 

3E1790    Any  color  f$  $1.00 

GAUNTLET  FISHING  GLOVES 

Offers  best 
protection  from 
bites  of  flies 
and  mosquitoes 
and  will  retain 
softness  and 
pliability  re- 
gardless of  re- 
peated soak- 
ings.  Tan  color 
and  open  fin- 
gertips for  han- 
dling flies,  lead- 
ers, etc.  Tana- 
lite  cloth  above 

the  wrist  with  elastic  to  clasp  above  the  elbow. 
4E4395   %  $2-00 

Gloves  without  the  Tanalite  sleeves  as  illustrated. 
4E4305   $125 

Regular  cotton  gloves  to  protect  the  hands  when 
trolling,  etc. 

4E4494   $  .15 

FISHING  AND  PACK  BASKET 

Made  of  combined 
Willow  and  Rattan, 
metal  hinges,  lock  and 
hasp,  all  strongly  rivet- 
ed. The  very  strong 
construction  of  this  bas- 
ket allows  it  to  be  used 
as  a  seat  for  the  angler 
or  camper.  Light  brown 
in  color,  well  varnished. 
3E3463  Capacity, 

20  lbs...  $2.25 
3E3464  Capacity, 

25  lbs...  2.50 
3E3465  Capacity, 

30  lbs  ..  2.75 


FLY  DOPE 

No  "North  Woods  toilet" 
for  the  spring  and  summer  is 
complete  without  a  generous 
supply  of  good  "dope."  The 
"Touradif"  fly  dope  is  com- 
pounded and  put  up  by  our- 
selves on  our  own  original  for- 
mula and  none  but  the  purest 
ingredients  are  used.  As  a  protection  against  the 
bites  of  black  flies  and  gnats  it  has  no  equal.  As  it 
has  a  good  heavy  base,  it  is  more  lasting  in  effects 
than  most  "dopes,"  and  an  occasional  application  is 
all  that  will  be  required.  Clean  and  pleasant  to 
handle  and  agreeably  scented.  It  is  also  a  most  ex- 
cellent skin  softener.  Excellent  for  chap  or  sunburn. 

3E1794   In  Friction-Top  Tins,  1  oz  $  .25 

3E1795    In  Collapsible  Tubes,  2  oz  .25 


DARLING'S  BLACK-FLY  LOTION 

This  is  not  a  preventive,  but  a  cure  for 
the  bite  of  this  merciless  pest.  It  will  be 
found  most  efficacious  in  practically  all 
cases  and  should  be  included  in  the  kit  of 
every  sportsman  and  tourist  in  "fly  time." 
Its  base  is  a  pure,  sweet  oil  and  contains 
nothing  to  injure  the  most  tender  skin,  but 
on  the  contrary  is  a  skin  emollient  and  an 
excellent  remedy  for  sunburn. 
3E1796    Per  2  oz.  vial   $  .25 


"MOSQUITO-FOE"; 

Mosquito-Foe  is  a  short 
black  stick,  one-quarter  of 
an  inch  thick,  which  is  set 
into  a  holder  and  will  burn 
for  about  one  hour,  giving 
off  a  fragrant  odor  of  the 
woods.  Two  of  the  sticks 
allowed  to  burn  for  one 
hour  in  a  closed  tent  or 
room  will  eliminate  every 
mosquito.  Its  use  will  give 
positive  relief,  as  mosqui- 
toes clear  out  or  die  in  con- 
t  a  c  t  with  these  fumes. 
Packed  in  box  of  16  sticks 
with  holder. 

3E1374    $  .25 


FISH  SCALER  AND  SHREDDER 

No  trouble  -to 
scale  the  largest  fish 
with  this  scaler.  Just 
scrape  the  scales  off. 
Is  also  the  very  best 
means  of  shredding  fish  meat. 

3E4654    $  .10 

BOAT  ROD  REST 


Made  of  best  quality  sole  leather.  The  flat  or 
bottom  plate,  also  the  cups,  are  lined  with  a  brass 
plate  to  keep  them  rigid — clamps  are  solid  brass. 

3E4944    Rest  only   %  $1.75 

3E4945    Rest  with  clamps  %  2.5Q 


143 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  5?-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


OUTDOOR  CLOTHES 

We  are  embracing  in  this  catalog  those  clothes  for  Outdoor  Sports,  for  men,  women 
and  children,  which  have  stood  the  test  of  actual  sportsmen's  use.  Abercrombie  &  Fitch 
Clothes  for  the  Big  Game  Hunter,  the  Fisherman,  the  Explorer  and  the  Mountain  Climber 
have  a  world-wide  reputation.  This  house  has  devoted  years  of  study  and  thought  to  the 
subject,  and  is  the  originator  of  many  garments  specially  designed  to  combine  the  necessary 
freedom  of  limb  and  protection  against  weather  conditions.  These  designs  are  all  based  upon 
an  unlimited  fund  of  personal  experience.  Much  of  the  clothing  listed  here  cannot  be 
obtained  elsewhere. 

In  addition  to  these  clothes  for  rougher  use,  the  Abercrombie  &  Fitch  Company  makes 
a  specialty  of  men's  and  women's  apparel  for  Golf,  Tennis,  Motoring  and  general  Country 
use,  embracing  the  very  latest  things  in  model  and  fabric  used  by  the  leading  sportsmen  and 
sportswomen  of  both  Europe  and  America. 

While  this  apparel  is  not  listed  here,  samples  and  information  will  be  given  by  our  mail 
order  department  on  application. 

References  are  made  in  the  following  pages  to  special  materials  from  which  %  clothing 
is  made,  a  description  of  these  materials  will  be  found  on  page  150. 


MEN'S  AND  BOYS'  OUTING  CLOTHING 


4B7739  Price   

Hunting  model  cap  as 
4B7757  Price   


8-OZ.  DUCK 
HUNTING 
JACKETS 

A  very  service- 
able hunting  coat 
made  to  conform 
to  the  demands 
of  a  field  coat  in 
every  way  —  of 
heavy  olive 
brown  duck. 
Edges  of  coat 
and  pocket  flaps 
leather  bound  and 
all  corners  of 
pockets  leather 
stayed.  Corduroy 
collar  inside 
roomy  game  pock- 
et ;  access  to  pock- 
et from  front  and 
side. 

 3g  $7.50 

llustrated  of  covey  cloth. 
 %  $2.50 


TRAP  SHOOTERS'  COAT 

of    fine    quality     reindeer   leather,  with 


Made 

sweater  collar  and 
wristlets.  Body  of 
garment  covered  with 
woolen  cloth ;  has 
stretching  pleat  in 
back  to  allow  perfect 
freedom. 

4B77o8  Colors, 
grey  zibeline  writh 
red  stripe,  tan  suede 

cloth    $12.00 

Tan  camelshair  $15.00 
Light  grey  zibeline. 

$15.00 
Light  green  zibeline. 

$15.00 

Tan  check  cashmere. 

$15.00 

4B7093  Extra 
length  coat  covered 
with  our  "Thorn- 
tweed"  fabric. 

f$  $18.00 


Shoes,  Men's  Moccasin 
Spring  Leggins,  Pigskin 


OUR    COVEY  CLOTH 
SHOOTING  SUIT 

Coat  is  our  field  model, 
with  back  pleats  and  arm 
pleats;  big  roomy  pockets 
bellowsed.  The  de  Luxe 
outfit  for  southern  stub- 
bles or  following  the  field 
trials  and  chickens  on  the 
prairie. 

4B7740  Coat  strictly 
tailored  throughout. 

%  $28.00 
Trousers  laced  bottom. 

(ft  $15.00 

The  perfect  shooting  cap 
of  khaki  $1.50 

Style  tig  $6.75 

and  Russian  calf  tig  $7.50 


SLEEVELESS  MODEL 
HUNTING  COAT 

3B7214  Hunting  Coat, 
Sleeveless  Model.  Made 
practically  the  same  as  a 
regular  Hunting  Coat  but 
without  sleeves.  Has  four 
large  and  one  small  outside 
patch  pocket.  Very  large 
inside  pocket  for  carrying 
game.  This  pocket  runs  all 
around  the  bottom  of  the 
coat   tig  $5.00 


MEN'S  CLOTHING 


143 


KHAKI  GARMENTS  FOR  OUTING  WEAR 


Khaki  is  a  great  favorite  among  all  sportsmen  for  warm  weather  use  and  is  the  best  material  made 
for  light  weight  clothing.  There  are  many  grades  of  inferior  cloth  on  the  market,  but  in  the  making 
of  these  garments  we  use  only  the  U.  S.  Gov't,  standard  cloth,  which  is  the  best  made.  Sizes  carried  in 
stock :   Coats :  34  to  50  in  chest  measure ;  Trousers,  30  to  50  in  waist  measure. 


KHAKI  HUNTING  COAT 


Made  of  U.  S.  Govt, 
khaki,  best  grade.  Has 
three  large  outside  pockets 
and  small  one  for  whistle. 
Extra  large  inside  detach- 
able game  pockets.  Cordu- 
roy collar,  khaki  gun  pad 
on  right  shoulder,  wind 
tabs  on  sleeves.  This  is  an 
exceptionally  fine  hunting 
coat.  Color,  light  tan. 
4B7117   3£  $7.50 

KHAKI  TROUSERS 
3B7119  Best  quality  stand- 
ard khaki.  Cut  peg  top 
and  finished  with  one  watch 
and  two  side  pockets ;  two 
hip  pockets  with  flaps.  Belt 
loops  and  suspender  but- 
tons. Color,  light  tan  to 
match  coat. 

4B7216   $3.00 


RIDING  BREECHES 

Cut  very  full  in  the  hips  and  seat  and  made  to 
lace  below  the  knee.  Seat  and  inside  of  knee  are 
reinforced.  Furnished  with  two  hip  pockets  with 
buttoned  flaps;  one  watch  and  two  side  pockets. 
Sizes,  30  to  44  waist.  Color  light  tan  to  match 
coat. 

4B7092   $4.50 


Norfolk  coat  of  nine-ounce  olive  drab  khaki,  a 
most  satisfactory  coat  for  rough  work  afield.  Its 
Norfolk  cut  ^nd  belt  are  sportsmanlike  in  appear- 
ance. Unlined. 

3B7734   $4.00 

Trousers,  olive  green,  cut 
very  full  and  roomy,  two 
side  pockets,  two  hip  pock- 
ets with  flap  and  button. 
An  ideal  garment  for  out- 
door summer  wear.  Cool 
and  serviceable. 

4B7735   *f  $2.75 

Riding  breeches,  olive 
green  — ■  cut  on  regulation 
Government  model  with  full 
reinforcement  and  double 
seat  finished  with  lace  cuff. 
3B7736   $4.50 

KHAKI 
KNICKERBOCKERS- 

Made  of  9  oz.  standard 
olive  green,  cut  full  and 
roomy  through  seat  and 
hips;  two  side,  two  hip 
pockets  closed  with  flap  and 
button;  two  fob  pockets, 
four-button  cuff  on  bottom. 
4B7759   ^  $3.50 


4B7213  Hunting  Coat.  Made  of  Standard 
olive  green  Khaki  of  best  quality. 
Has  two  large  fower  outside  pock- 
ets, one  large  and  one  small  breast 
pocket  and  has  very  large  inside 
pocket  for  carrying  game.  This 
pocket  formed  by  lining  of  the  coat. 
Wind  tabs  on  sleeves  %  $7.00 

4B7296  Long  Trousers.  Cut  good  and 
full  through  hips  and  seat;  two  side, 
two  hip  and  one  watch  pocket. 
Belt  loops  and  suspender  buttons. 
Color,  olive  green  %  $2.75 

4B7736  Riding  Breeches.  Cut  very  full 
through  the  seat,  giving  ample 
freedom.  Made  to  lace  below  the 
knee.  Two  hip,  two  top  and  one 
watch  pocket.  Belt  loops  and  sus- 
pender buttons.  Seat  and  inside  of 
leg  reinforced.  Color,  olive  green 
to  match  coat  3B7117  $4.50 

487787    Riding  Breeches,  same  as  above  in 

cheaper  quality,  olive  khaki  ^  $3.50 

Trousers,  same  quality  as  above....  $1.75 

KHAKI  FISHING  COAT 

This  coat  was  designed  by  us  expressly  for  fish- 
ermen's use.  Made  of  olive  drab  khaki,  two  large 
lower  pockets,  one  breast  pocket — deep  convertible 
collar.  Coat  is  cut  full  and  roomy  with  plenty  of 
shoulder  room,  allowing  perfect  freedom  in  casting. 
Sizes  run  from  34  to  50  chest  measurement. 

3B7737   3§  $5.00 

Trousers  %  1.75 

Khaki  Fishing  Helmets  '.  1.75 

THE  STILL 
HUNTER 

Protection  from  cold 
makes  still  hunting  a  pleas- 
ure. Coat  is  a  new, model — 
big  and  roomy  ; —  rolling 
standing  collar  to  button 
close,  plenty  of 

m    pockets   and  is 

made  of  our 
new  32  oz.  Uyak 
cloth — better  than  Mackinaw. 
4B773  Coat  unlined.  %  $18.00 
Lined,  W.  P.  plaid. ^  $20.00 
Breeches  laced  bottom,  rein- 
forced with  duck  over  knees. 

4B774   %  $10.00 

Windsor  stvle  cap,  same  ma- 
terial.    4B775  $2.00 

Boots.  "The  Laurentide,"  an 
Oil  Tanned  Moccasin  Boot 
with  Sole  and  Heel. 

$12.00 

16  in.  high  %  $14.00 


Samples  of  any  of  our  clothing  materials  sent  on  request. 


144 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


CORDUROY  HUNTING  COAT 

Made  of  best  quality  domestic  corduroy,  olive 
drab  in  color. 

Has  three  large  outside  pockets  and  small  one  for 
whistle.  Extra  large  detachable  game  pocket  on 
inside.  Convertible  collar,  worn  either  buttoned  to 
neck  or  open.  Gun  pad  of  material  on  right  shoul- 
der. 

Sizes,  36  to  50  chest  measurement. 

4B7110   $11.00 

4B7788  Men's  Ccrduroy  Norfolk  Coat...<|  8.50 
4B7789    Boy's  Corduroy  Hunting  Coat...<|  9.00 

CORDUROY  LONG  TROUSERS 

Of  extra  quality  and  weight  olive  drab  cordu- 
roy. Made  with  two  side  pockets,  two  fob  pockets 
and  two  hip  pockets  closed  with  flaps  and  buttons. 
Doubly  stitched  throughout,  with  extra  heavy 
pockets. 

3B7114   Pair,  to  match  coat  4B7110  $5.00 

CORDUROY  LONG  TROUSERS 

Good  quality  olive  drab  corduroy,  made  same 
style  as  above  but  of  a  lighter  weight  material. 
3B7760   Pair  $4.00 

CORDUROY  RIDING  BREECHES 

Olive  drab  corduroy,  extra  quality,  made  with 
side  pockets — two  fob  pockets  and  two  hip  pockets 
— closed  with  flaps  and  buttons.  Lace  cuffs  and  leg 
reinforcements. 

4B7761    Pair  to  match  coat  4B7110  %  $7.00 

4B7790    Boy's  Corduroy  Riding  Breeches  to 

match  coat  4B7789  %  6.00 

CORDUROY  KNICKERBOCKERS 

Olive  bronze  domestic  corduroy  of  extra  quality. 
Made  with  full  seat  and  hips — side  pockets — two 
fob  pockets — two  hip  pockets,  closed  with  flap  and 
buttons.  Bottoms  are  furnished  with  four-but- 
ton cuff. 

4B7116   Pair  to  match  coat  4B7110  $6.00 

SEPARATE  TROUSERS 

3B7762  Grey  mixture,  double  and  twist  woolen 
trousers,  proofed  to  render  them  water  repellent. 
Extra  well  and  strongly  made,  with  two  side,  two 
watch  and  two  hip  pockets — hip  pockets  closed  with 
flaps  and  buttons. 

Sizes,  30  to  46  waists  3g  $5.00 

4B7763  Brown  mixture  kersey  trousers  of  excel- 
lent quality,  made  same  as  above,  except  that  fabric 
is  not  proofed. 

Brown  and  Gray  mixture  trousers  ^£  $5.00 

Sizes,  30  to  46  waists  %  $4.00 

3B7764    Grey    mixture    melton    trousers,  made 
same  as  above,  not  absolutely  all  wool,  but  of  a 
fabric  which  will  give  lots  of  good,  hard  service. 
Sizes,  30  to  46  waists  3g  $3  00 

FUSTIAN  TROUSERS 

Splendid  quality  domestic  fustian,  made  on  a  full, 
roomy  model,  with  plenty  of  hip  room.  Has  two 
side,  two  watch  and  two  hip  pockets,  closed  with 
flaps  and  buttons.  Extra  well  made,  with  strong 
pockets.    Color,  olive  bronze. 

3B7766  Pair   $2.50 

Finest  quality  olive  bronze,  fancy  stripe,  fustian 
trousers.    Extra  well  made  on  full,  roomy  model, 
with  plenty  of  pockets,  same  as  above. 
3B7767   Pair   %  $3.00 


NORFOLK  COAT  SUIT 

Forestry  serge — this  cloth 
adopted  by  the  forestry  di- 
vision U.  S.  Government. 
Most  satisfactory  for  rough 
field  work.  Coat,  skeleton 
lined,  well  tailored,  one  in- 
side breast,  two  lower  outside 
patch  pockets.  Color,  for- 
estry green.    Sizes,  36  to  46. 

4B7268    $20.00 

Long  trousers  to  match  $10.00 
Riding  breeches,  latest  Eng- 
lish pattern   $12.50 

Riding  Breeches 

Finest  quality  woolen  whip- 
cord.   Finished  same  as  for- 
estry   serge.     Colors,  olive, 
tan,  oxford  grey.     Sizes  30        :HVfi  %]{  w  Ji 
to  44.  |>t 
4B7366    $16.50  if**** 

KNICKERBOCKERS 

4B7157  Made  of  13  oz.  Forestry  Serge,  side 
pockets,  two  hip  and  fob  pockets 
finished  with  four-button  cuff  at 
bottom;  suspender  buttons  and  belt 
loops   *jg  $11.50 

3B7769  Tweed  Knickers  made  same  as 
above,  in  a  variety  of  grey  and 
brown  mixtures  tifc  $7.50  and  10.00 

3B7770  Engladine  Knickers,  same  as  style 
above,  made  of  Swiss  Engladine, 
probably  the  most  waterproof  and 
mudproof  fabric  made  <jg  13.50 

"DUXBAK"  CANVAS  GARMENTS 

Coat  sizes,  36  to  48;  pants,  30  to  44  waist. 
4B7533    Hunting  coat,  corduroy  color.. 3£  $6.00 
4B7534    Norfolk  jacket   6.00 

4B7535  Duck-shooter's  coat,  especially  for 
duck-shooters.  Lined  with  a  good 
quality  of  flannel  and  interlined 
with  oilskin   12.00 

4B7536    Long  trousers,  belt  loops  3.50 

4B7537    Knickerbocker,  knee  buckle  4.00 

4B7744    Shell  vests,  12,  16  and  20  %  2.50 

4B7745    Riding  Breeches  with  lace  cuff  and 

reinforcement   <|£  4.00 

"DUXBAK"  HATS 

Made  of  cravenetted  canvas  and  is  a  very  satis- 
factory light-weight  hat.  Material  is  practically 
waterproof. 

3B7030  Round  Hat,  "Boston"  style,  with 
flat  top,  ventilated.    Weight,  4^4  oz. 


$1.00 


3B7031  Havelock  Cap,  similar  to  "Wind- 
sor," with  long  cape  or  flap  to  pull 
down  in  back,  covering  neck,  and 
ties  in  front.  Flap  lined  with  cor 
duroy.     Weight,  5]4  oz... 

Adirondack   hunting    cap,   reversible  red 
flannel  crown  for  deer  shooting  % 


%  1.25 


1.25 


MEN'S  CLOTHING 


145 


Double  Breasted 
Mackinaw  _ 


MEN'S  DOUBLE  BREAST- 
Mf|  ED    MACKINAW  COATS 

32-oz.  cloth.  Length,  35  in- 
ches. Continuous  single-piece 
shawl  collar.  Adjustable  disap- 
pearing belts.  Large  self-pock- 
ets with  flap.  Sizes  34  to  46 
inclusive.  This  is  the  real 
Mackinaw  of  favorite  North- 
western design  and  generous 
comfort  features.  Colors :  Olive 
Tan  mixture  with  fancy  over- 
plaid;  Brown  mixture,  Shadow 
Plaid,  Green  Oxford  and  Grey 
Oxford  with  fancy  overplaid, 
plain  light  Grey  and  Oxford 
Grey. 

4B7741   $  $15.00 

Cheaper  grade  Mackinaw  coats  from 

$10.00  to  $13.00 

BOYS'  AND  GIRLS'  DOUBLE  BREASTED 
MACKINAWS 

Popular  with  young  folks 
for  school,  play  and  outing 
wear.  Made  of  the  genuine 
32-ounce  Mackinaw  Cloth. 
Two  set-in  pockets  with 
flaps.  Two  -  button  belt. 
Sizes,  28  to  34.  Maroon 
and  black  plaid,  brown 
plaid. 

3B7710   $10.00 

3B7772  Same  style  coat  as 
above  in  durable  wool  Mackinaw ;  grey,  brown 
and  green  mixture  plaids  fj§  $7.50 

MACKINAW  HUNTING  BREECHES 

Style  B — The  front  and  seat  are  reinforced 
with  a  waterproofed  canvas  just  on  the  part  of  the 
trousers  where  the  wear  comes,  made  to  lace  below 
the  knee  so  they  fit  close  to  the  leg.  Furnished  with 
belt  loops  and  suspender  buttons.  Two  top,  two  hip, 
and  one  watch  pocket.  Color :  Dead  Grass. 
3B7120    Sizes,  30  to  44  waist  3g  $9.00 


JACK  FROST  SLEEPING 
SUIT 

Used  in  connection  with  our 
Sleeping  Bags.    Ideal  for  out-o'- 
door    sleeping.      Campers  and 
health  seekers  will  appreciate  this 
garment.    For  men  and  boys.  Of 
extra  heavy  quality  Domet  cot- 
ton flannel.    Is  extremely  warm 
and  non-irritating. 
One   piece    as  illustrated, 
with  detachable  hood  and 
feet   %  $3.50 

Two  piece,  with  detachable 

hood  only   %  2.50 


SWEATERS 

4B7407  Standard  U.  S.  Government 
Sweater.  Made  of  a  very  hard 
twisted  Australian  wool,  thoroughly 
shrunk,  non-fading  and  expected  to 
withstand  unusually  hard  wear. 
With  three-button  opening  down 
front  to  center  of  body.  Has  V/i- 
inch  standing  collar,  which  fits  snug- 
ly to  the  neck.  Two  lower  pockets. 
Color,   Olive   Drab  %  $5.00 

4B7408    Government  Olive  Drab  Sweater 

Same  as  above  only  coat  style  %  5.00 

4B7795  Pure  worsted  shaker  knit  sweaters, 
•V  neck,  colors,  light  and  dark  gray, 
navy,  maroon  and  heather  %  7.00 

4B7796    Same  as  above,  with  ruff  neck 

collar  ,  8.50 

4B7797  Boy's  ruff  neck,  same  quality  as 
above  in  dark  gray,  navy,  maroon 
and  heather  6-50 

4B7791  Light  weight  unbrushed  Mohair 
V-neck  golf  sweater,  in  green, 
brown,  heather  and  sand  color  12.50 

4B7870    Same  in  brushed  finish  V-neck.. 12.50 

4B7871  "       "       "  Ruff  Neck  %  15.00 

4B7792  Vicuna  V-neck,  gray,  green,  rus- 
set and  natural,  light  weight...^  15.00 

4B7793    Vicuna,     same    colors    as  above, 

in  special  Shetland  stitch  %  12.50 

4B7794    Genuine    Angoras,    V-neck,  Dark 

and  Lt.  Gray,  Brown  and  Natural..  18.00 

3B7071  Men's  Shaker  Knit  "Ruff  Neck" 
Sweater  Coat  with  combination 
collar,  which  can  be  worn  in  four 
positions.  Regular  shoulders.  Has 
two  side  pockets.  Colors:  Dark 
Oxford,  light  Oxford,  Heather  10.00 

4B7872    Same  in  heavier  weight  %  12.50 

4B7367  Llama  Sweater  Coat.  Cut  V-neck, 
single  breasted.  This  model  is  worn 
extensively  by  both  men  and  women. 
Has  two  side  pockets.  Colors :  Ox- 
ford Grey,  Brown  Heather,  Olive 
Drab  mixture   3£  10.00 

4B7370  Llama  Sweater  Coats.  Single- 
breasted  with  "ruff  neck"  and  two 
side  pockets.  This  model  is  particu- 
larly suitable  for  outdoor  sports  in 
crisp  air.  Colors :  Oxford,  Brown, 
Heather  and  Olive  Drab  mixture  %  12.00 

SOCKS 

4B7415  English  Woolen  Socks.  Made  of  the 
finest  Australian  wool,  which  is  very  soft  and  easy 
on  the  feet.  The  proper  socks  for  golf,  skating, 
tennis,  etc.  Colors,  White,  Oxford  Grey  and  Heather 
Brown   mixtures  $1.25 

3B7425  Heavy  Wool  Socks.  Made  from  the 
finest  Australian  wool.  The  proper  kind  to  wear 
with  moccasins  or  heavy  hunting  boots.  We  rec- 
ommend these  to  anyone  who  has  difficulty  in  keep- 
ing his  feet  warm  in  extremely  cold  weather.  Color, 
Grey  with  white  toes,  heels  and  tops  ^  $1.00 

3B7416  Lumbermen's  Wool  Socks.  Made  of 
a  good  quality  of  wool,  very  strong.  The  socks  to 
wear  inside  of  rubber  boots,  moccasins  and  hunting 
boots.  Extensively  used  by  the  lumber  jacks 
throughout  the  Northwest.    Color,  Oxford  Grey. 

3g    $  .50 

3B7414  Medium  Weight  Socks.  Shaped  like 
the  "Lumberman's."  Many  are  unable  to  wear  the 
regular  weight  lumberman's  socks,  and  to  meet  their 
requirements  we  have  added  this  one,  which  is  much 
lighter  in  weight.  Will  be  found  easy  on  the  feet 
and  comfortable  to  wear  in  hunting  boots  or  mocca- 
sins.  Color,  Brown  Mixture  <ft   $  .75 


146 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


4B7715 
4B7798 


%  22.00 


SHEEPSKIN  LINED  COAT 

An  unusually  warm 
coat. 

Outside  of  fustian, 
lined  with  sheepskin,  in 
natural  or  "  chamois " 
color;  the  body  and  half 
of  the  sleeves  interlined 
with  oilskin,  making  the 
coat  waterproof.  Sleeves 
lined  with  sheepskin  on 
the  outer  half  and  the 
under  side  has  strong 
woolen  cloth  lining. 
Knitted  wind  cuffs  are 
sewed  in  at  the  wrist. 
Double  breasted,  two 
extra  large  outside  low- 
er pockets,  one  small 
breast  and  large  game 
pocket.  Six-inch  sheep- 
skin collar,  dyed  beaver 
shade.  Sizes,  36  to  48, 
36  inches  long. 

4B7462   <  $12.50 

4B7713    Same  as  above,  with  outside  of  cor- 
duroy in  olive  shade  3§  11.00 

Bov's   sheep-lined  coat,   same  as 
4B7462,  in  14  to  18-yr.  sizes  only  10.00 
Fine  Drab  Moleskin,  with  import 
ed  natural  black  rat  collar 

SHEEPSKIN  VESTS 

Made  from  fine  quality  skins,  soft  tanned,  with 
the  natural  fleece  inside  and  leather  outside.  Ex- 
cellent for  duck  shooting,  motoring,  ice-boating,  etc. 
Color:    Both  skin  and  fleece  light  tan. 
3B7201    Sizes,  36  to  48  %  $4.50 

MOLESKIN  VEST 
SHEEPSKIN  LINED 

Double  breasted.  The  mole- 
skin is  of  a  fine  grade,  very 
pliable  and  strong.  The  sheep- 
skin is  clipped  and  of  best 
quality  natural  or  "chamois" 
color.  With  ordinary  care  this 
garment  should  last  for  years. 
Cut  to  fit  high  in  the  neck. 
Two  lower  and  two  breast 
pockets.    Sizes,  36  to  48. 

4B7467   $5.00 

Moleskin  Vest,  with  leather  sleeves  3§  8.50 

MACKENZIE  GREAT^COAT 
Warmer  Than  a  Heavy  Fur  Coat  and  Lighter 
The  outside  of  this  coat  is  made  of  a  fine  quality 
of  dark  slate  moleskin.  Next  underneath,  extending 
down  as  far  as  the  waist  line,  is  an  interlining  of 
thin  oilskin  which  makes  the  garment  waterproof 
where  needed.  This  interlining  also  extends  the  full 
length  of  the  sleeves.  The  fine  clipped  sheepskin 
lining  extends  throughout  the  body  of  the  coat  down 
to  within  a  few  inches  of  the  bottom.  This  sheep- 
skin is  natural  or  "chamois"  color.  Sleeves  are  lined 
with  a  strong  woolen  cloth  and  have  knitted  wrist- 
lets sewed  in.  Collar  is  sheepskin  dyed  beaver 
shade.  Two  large  lower  and  two  tipper  slash  pock- 
ets. Corners  of  pockets  are  reinforced  with  leather. 
52  inches  long. 

3B7461    Size  36  to  48  $25.00 

WASHABLE  CHAMOIS  GARMENTS 

Light,  soft  and  pliable  and  washes  perfectly  with- 
out hardening.  A  great  protection  against  wind  and 
cold,  especially  desirable  on  account  of  its  lightness 
and  small  bulk. 


Chamois  Coats  and  Vests 

Made  with  loose,  comfortable  shoulders,  afford- 
ing plenty  of  room  for  movement.  Regular  chest 
sizes,  36  to  46. 

3B7173    Coat,  natural  chamois  color  $12.00 

3B7174    Vest,  natural  color,  4  pockets  tffc  7.00 

4B7175  Vest,  with  sleeves,  natural  color  3£  10.00 
4B7799    Coat,  selected  skins,  full  tailored  %  15.00 

Hunting  Shirts 

Made  loose  and  roomy  for  outside  wear.  Abso- 
,  lutely  windproof.     In  ordering  state  your  regular 
collar  size  and  whether  to  be  worn  regularly  or  over 
another  heavy  shirt,  in  which  case  we  will  supply  one 
size  larger. 

3B7177    Natural  color,  sizes  14  to  18....*$  $12.00 

Sleeveless  Undershirts 

3B7178    Sizes,  36  to  44  %  $7.50 

3B7771    Undershirt  with  sleeves  %  10.00 

Drawers 

3B7179    Knee  length.    Sizes,  30  to  44  waist. 

3g  $8.00 

3B7180 . .  Full  length.  Sizes,  30  to  44  waist.  %  9.00 

SWEDISH  DOGSKIN  GARMENTS 

Invaluable  for  motoring, 
riding,  driving,  ice-boating, 
skate-sailing,  shooting  and 
kindred  winter  sports.  Skins 
perfectly  matched  and  very 
soft  and  pliable.  Lined  with 
fine  mercerized  cotton.  The 
very  best  quality  obtainable. 
Sizes,  36  to  48. 
4B7170  Jacket,  selected 
imported  skins. $25.00 
4B7171  Jacket,  imported 
skins   %  $18.00 

3B7182  Jacket  (Rever- 
sible), dogskin  and  drab 
corduroy   %  $15.00 

4B7169  Jacket,  body  lined 
with  finest  quality  medium- 
weight  red  flannel ;  sleeves 
lined  with  mercerized  cot- 
ton  %  $20.00 

Dogskin  Vest   <®  8. 

Dogskin  Vest  with  red  flannel  lining..^  8. 

In  ordering  chamois  and  dogskin  garments,  giv 
full  measurements  as  indicated  on  our  order  blan 
to  insure  perfect  fit. 

A  NEW  FISHING  COAT 

Made  of  our  new  material — 
Coldstream  Duck — a  tough 
water-repelling  fabric  very 
suited  to  outing  clothing  of 
this  character.  Coat  made  with 
2  large  lower  pockets — one  di- 
vided for  fly  books,  one  upper 
Stanley  pocket ;  all  pockets  but- 
ton shut  with  flap.  Back  is 
made  to  insure  perfect  free- 
dom in  casting.  Coat  has  one 
large  inside  pocket  for  lunch, 
game,  etc. 

3B7158   $7.50 

3B7160    Helmet  2.50 
3B7185    Trousers  ...<{  3.50 
3B7192    Riding  Breeches 
%  $6.00 

This  same  model  suit  may 
also  be  had  in  Dark  Olive 
Khaki  at  the  same  price. 


MEN'S  CLOTHING 


147 


OILSKINS 

Regulation   weight  and   style.    Coats  all  made 
double  breasted  with  storm  fronts.    Coats  and  trou- 
sers made  in  small,  medium,  large  and  extra  large 
sizes.    Color:    Black  or  Yellow. 
3B7148    Short  Coats.    Weight,  2x/2  lbs. 
3B7149    Long  Coats.   Weight,  5  lbs. .  . 
3B7150    Saddle  Slickers.  Weight,  &]/2  lbs.*® 
3B7151    Fishing    Shirt,    yellow  only. 

Weight,  3y2  lbs  %  5.00 

Overall 

lbs  

Sou'Wester 
ozs  


3B7152 


3B7153 


Trousers. 


Hats. 


Weight,  ax 

Weight,  ey2 


$1.75 
3.50 
4.25 


<f  1.75 


.75 


'FEATHERWEIGHT"  OILSKINS 


Made  by  a  new  process,  very  light  in  weight,  with 
a  high,  glossy  finish.  Ivory  buttons.  Coats  have 
corduroy  collars  and  cuffs  are  lined  with  corduroy 
and  have  inner  storm  cuffs.    Yellow  color  only. 


$4.00 
3.00 
2.00 
2.00 


lined, 


3B7154   Long  Coats,  Men's,  3^  lbs 

3B7155    Medium  Coats,  Men's,  3  lbs 

3B7156    Short  Coats,  Men's,  2  lbs.. 

3B7159    Trousers,  lj£  lbs  

4B7161    Sou'Wester     Hats,  silk 

4  ozs  

4B7802    New  model  oilskin  auto  and  gen- 
eral utility  slicker  

4B7803    Boys'   featherweight  yellow  oilskin 
long  coats,  4  to  16  year  % 

4B7804    Boys'  Sou'wester  hats  % 

OILSKIN  SHOOTING  SUIT 

Made  of  fine  quality  oilskin,  Olive  Green 
Coat  has  corduroy  lined  collar  and  cuffs, 
front  with  patent  fasteners.  Pants  made  to  be  worn 
with  belt.  Makes  an  excellent  suit  for  duck  shooting 
in  bad  weather. 

3B7162    Coat.    39  inches  long.    Weight,  4 

lbs  % 

2B7163    Pants.    Weight,  2%  lbs  % 

3B7164    Hat.    Boston  style  % 


%  1.00 


%  6.00 


3.50 
1.00 


color. 
Storm 


$4.25 
2.50 
1.00 


FEDERAL  SADDLE  SLICKER 
As  An  Ordinary  Raincoat  When  Walking 

Convertible  corduroy  collar,  fly  front,  with  buckle 
clasps,  giving  absolute  protection  in  stormy  weather, 
yoke  inside,  two  patch  pockets,  stayed  with  leather. 
Snap  fasteners  on  sleeves,  when  adjusted,  act  as 
wind  protectors.  Ventilation  eyelets  under  arms. 
Vent  in  back  with  adjustable  snap  fasteners. 
3B7708    Sizes,  36  to  46  breast;  lengths,  52  to 

56  inches  

3B7705    Driving  Slicker,  36  to  46  breast 
length,  52  to  56  inches  $ 


,%  $9.00 


9.00 


DUCKING  FROCK 

Thirty-nine  inches  long,  standing  collar  lined  with 
corduroy  throat  tab.    Fly  front  with  buckle  clasps, 
giving  absolute  protection  in  stormy  weather ;  pocket 
flaps  ;  ventilation  eyelets  under  arms. 
J3B7700 
B7704 


$6.50 
3.50 


MEN'S  AND  BOYS' 
RUBBER  COATS 
4B7800   Black  heavyweight 

long  coat   %  $5.00 

Black  sou'wester  hat. 

%  $1.00 

Olive,  tan,  medium  length 
hunting  and  fishing 
coat  %  $6.00 

Leggins  to  match  %  $3.00 

Sou'wester  hat.  .  $1.50 

Boys'  long  black  rubber 
coat   %  $5.00 

Boys'  black  sou'wester 
hat  %  $1.00 

Men's  tan  and  gray,  silk 
lined  mackintosh  coats. 

$20.00 

Rubberized  silk  coat. 

%  $15.00 

"Swithin"  silk  Golf  Coat. 

$10.00 


^^^^ 


FISHING  SHIRTS 

4B7801  Light  and  easy  to 
carry,  roll  up  in  a  small  pack- 
age, long  and  full,  an  absolute 
protection  against  wind  and 
rain. 

.         Light   weight   black  fishing 

\  shirt   <$  $6.50 

|\      4B7137    "Fairy."— Made  for 
l\      us     exclusively    by    a  new 
I  ^     and  greatly  improved  process. 
. "  X    Finest  cambric  sheeting  coated 
with  Para  pure  rubber  gum. 
The  lightest  garments  of  the 
kind  made  and  very  cool  for 
warm  weather  wear.  Willow 
Green  in  color.  Small,  medium 
and  large  sizes.    Weight,  20  to 

25  ozs  3g  $6.50 

4B7138  "Standard"  —  Made 
of  best  quality  black  rubber 
sheeting.  Small,  medium  and 
large  sizes.    Weight,  26  to  30 

ozs  $5.00 

MP  *^  4B7139  "Travellers."— Light 
*  -  weight  and  excellent  quality. 

Tan  in  color.    Small,  medium 
and  large  sizes.    Weight,  24  to  28  ozs..^  $6.50 

"FAIRY"   RUBBER  GARMENTS 
4B7143    Short  Coats — Same  material  and 

color  as  our  "Fairy"  Fishing  Shirts, 

but  made  regular  short  coat  length. 

Weight,  10  ozs  $5.50 

4B7144    Capes — 34    inches    long.  Open 

front,   fasten   with  snap-buttons. 

Standing  collar.  Weight,  21  ozs.^g  5.00 

NEVERSINK  LIFE  SAVING  GARMENTS 

All  of  these  garments  are  made  to  protect  the 
wearer  while  in  the  water — made  of  a  soft  Javanese 
Fibre,  Khaki  covered ;  can  be  immersed  and  dried 
any  number  of  times  without  deterioration.  Will 
sustain  weight  of  a  fully  dressed  man  in  water. 
Sizes  34  to  48. 

4B7730    Men's  Hunt  Coat  3£  $15.00 

3B7732    Swimming  Belt  for  Men,  Women 

and  Children.    Sizes  24  to  50... 4.00 


Fishing  Pants,  34  to  44  waist.. % 

Samples  of  all  materials  sent  on  request— also  cuts  and  samples  of  Golf, 

Tennis  and  other  clothing 


148 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


SHIRTS 

For  the  man  who 
goes  into  the  woods, 
or  who  dresses  for 
the  out-of-doors,  no 
garment  carries  with 
it  the  comfort  and 
enjoyment  of  a  well 
fitting  shirt. 

Ours  are  made 
I  '  >  \  with  this  idea  in 
I^H^r  view.  They  are 
entirely  different 
from  the  ordinary 
stock  shirt.  De- 
signed by  us  to  meet 
the  needs  of  the  critical  sportsman,  they  stand  for 
satisfaction  wherever  they  are  worn.  Cut  on  gener- 
ous patterns ;  wide,  roomy  shoulders ;  a  collar  that 
fits;  generous  skirts  and  long  sleeves;  two  Stanley 
pockets,  with  flaps  that  button  shut.  Finished 
throughout  to  pass  a  very  critical  inspection.  When 
ordering,  give  size  of  collar  usually  worn. 
4B7041  Khaki  Cotton.  An  excellent  shirt  for 
summer.  Light  weight  Khaki  colored 

cloth;  cool  and  comfoitable  ^    $  .75 

4B7043  Khaki  Shirts.  Very  similar  to 
4B7041,  but  made  of  special  grade  of 

extra  light-weight  material  %  1.25 

4B7043  White  Rep,  a  very  strong  cotton  fab- 
ric, which  wears  well.  Makes  an  ex- 
cellent outing  shirt ;  both  cool  and 

comfortable   3£  1.50 

3B7046  Strongly  made  of  "Cochiquo"  mixed 
flannel — good  for  rough  wear.  Color, 

light  grey  2.25 

3B7746  Rambler  Flannel  Shirts.  Made  of 
an  excellent  quality  medium-weight 
flannel.  An  ideal  summer  outing 
shirt.  Colors,  light  and  dark  grey.^E  2.50 
4B7747  Palmetto  Flannel  Shirts  of  extra 
quality — very  light  in  weight  and 
splendid   wearing.     Light   grey  in 

color   3.25 

4B7748  Same  as  above,  except  with  new 
golf  collar,  which  permits  collar 
being  worn  open  at  the  throat  or  » 

as  a  high  band  collar  %  3.25 

4B7749    Mackinaw  cruiser   shirt   of  22  oz. 

Mackinaw    short    body,  abundant 

pockets.    Gray  and  tan  6.50 

4B7750  Megantic  Flannel  Shirts— splendid 
quality,  all  wool  flannel  in  light  grey, 
dark  grey,  olive  drab,  or  forestry 
green  shades,  for  camping  or  outing 
wear,    a    shirt    of   medium  heavy 

weight   3.50 

4B7751  Nutley  Flannel  Shirts— the  best 
shirt  we  have  ever  sold  at  the 
price.  All  wool  flannel,  sewed  with 
silk,  pearl  buttons  well  sewed  on. 
Cut  on  very  roomy  model,  with 
full  length  skirt.  Colors,  light 
grey,  dark  grey,  olive  drab  or  for- 
estry green   4.50 

4B7752  Navy  Blue  Flannel  'Shirts— regula- 
tion Government  blue  flannel,  cold 
water  shrunk,  made  with  two  Stan- 
ley pockets  and  extra  length  of  skirt. 
The  best  blue  flannel  shirt  we  know 

of   f£  5.50 

4B7052  Worsted  Shirt.  The  strongest  and 
best  wearing  shirt  made.  Excellent 
for  fall  and  winter  wear.  Thor- 
oughly shrunk.  Colors,  olive  tan  and 
forestry  green   8.00 


CORDUROY  HUNTING  CAP 

Has  2y2-'m.  visor  peak 
and  ear  flaps  and,  back 
piece  to  pull  down.  Made 
of  fine  corduroy  in  beaver 
brown  shade. 

4B7036  Weight, 

4  ozs  <fe  $1.50 

Same  model  in  dark  green,  extra  quality 

corduroy    2  00 

Uyak  cloth    2.00 

Covey  cloth    2.50 

"WINDSOR"  HATS 

The  popular  shape  among 
shooters  for  years.  The 
sharply  peaked  brim,  while 
short,  makes  a  perfect  shade 
for  the  eyes,'  and  the  turn- 
down flap  at  back  cov- 
ers the  neck  and  ears  in 
cold  weather. 

3B7028    Corduroy.    Weight,  5  oz  $1.00 

4B7029  Wool  Mackinaw.  Wgt.,  5y2  oz.tifc  1.50 
4B7874    Uyak  cloth   fg  2.00 

KHAKI  HATS 

Made  of  gen- 
uine U.  S.  Army 
Khaki  cloth  in 
round  or  "Bos- 
ton" style.  Very 
light,  cool  and 
comfortable.  Can 
be  rolled  up  and 
carried  in  the  pocket  and  easily  washed  when  soiled. 
3B7027    Weight,    4    oz.    Colors,    light  and 

olive  tan  f$   $  .75 

STETSON 

LARMY 
MODEL 
Crown,  4^2  in. ; 
brim,  3  in.,  made 
k         of     clean  nutria 
w         fur.    Color,  Bel- 
gian Belly  (light 
tan). 

4B7003    Weight,  4^  oz  f£  $6.00 

4B7805    A.  &  F.  Army  Model,  waterproof  felt,  olive, 

drab  $4.00 

4B7806   A.  &  F.  Hunting  Model,  waterproof  felt, 

olive,  drab   $4.00 

4B7807    Boys'  Hunting  Scout  Model,  olive, 

drab   $1.50 

"STANLEY"  PITH  HELMETS 

The  popular  favor- 
ite for  tropical  wear 
the  world  over.  Gen- 
uine Chinese  pith  hel- 
mets, covered  with 
pongee  silk  and  with 
ventilating  sweat- 
band. 

3B7000    Weight,  V/2  oz  %  $3.50 

CORK  HELMETS 

Same  style  as  the  celebrated  "Stanley"  Pith  Hel- 
mets. These  helmets  have  the  advantage  over  the 
Pith,  as  they  are  not  affected  by  dampness.  They 
are  made  of  cork,  covered  with  good  grade  khaki. 
3B7033    Weight,  9  oz  %  $3.00,  $4.00  and  $5.00 


MEN'S  CLOTHING 


149 


DOMESTIC  WOOL  YARN  STOCKING 

An  especially  selected  and  recommended  stocking, 
strictly  all  wool,  reinforced  toe  and  heel,  plain  knit 
foot  and  leg  with  deep  rib  top,  allowing  stockings 
to  be  worn  as  straight  and  regular  stocking  or  as 
a  golf  hose  with  cuff  top.  Three  sizes — small,  me- 
dium and  large — made  of  Government  standard 
yarns  in  Brown  color  only. 

4B7723   $1.50 

4B7413  Outing  Stockings.  Made  with  cuff 
tops,  of  the  finest  Australian  wool.  The  soft  char- 
acter of  this  wool  enables  people  with  tender  feet 
to  wear  it  in  perfect  comfort.  Suitable  for  any 
sporting  purpose  where  a  medium  weight  is  required. 
Colors,  Steel  Grey  and  Heather  Mixtures..  3g  $2.50 

GERMAN  SOCKS 

Made  of  heavy  double  knit  wool  and  the  boot  is 
tufted  or  "fulled"  on  the  inside,  making  it  soft  and 
easy  on  the  feet.  Fitted  with  strap  and  buckle  at 
top.  Color,  Mottled  Grey.  Give  regular  sock  size. 
Weight,  12  oz.  per  pair. 

4B7075  %  $1.50 

4B7808    Heavyweight  wool  underwear,  shirts  and 

drawers,  per  garment  3§  $2.50 

4B7809    Medium  weight   %  $2.00 

TWO-IN-ONE  GLOVES 

The  lining  and  cover 
of  these  are  separate. 
The  cover  is  made  of  a 
very  soft  and  tough  leath- 
er, will  never  become  stiff 
even  after  repeated  wet- 
tings. Covers  are  cut  to 
fit  perfectly  over  the 
woolen  linings,  with  a 
reefing  strap  at  the  wrist 
to  tighten  the  glove.  The 
lining  glove  is  of  light 
wool.  Furnished  in  tan 
only. 

4B7218  Including 

lining..  <g  $4.00 
Shells  only   $3.50 

BUCKSKIN  GAUNTLETS 

Made  from  genu- 
ine buckskin.  Extra 
heavy  selected. 
These  gloves  are  the 
standard  of  the 
U.  S.  Army  service, 
and  are  unequaled 
for  quality  and  du- 
rability. May  be 
washed  when  soiled 
and  return  to  their 
original  softness. 
Cut  on  army  model, 
to  fit  snug  at  wrist. 
Color,  Smoke  Grey 
only. 

3B7191  Heavy  skin. 

Weight,  per  pair,  5^  %  $3.00 

3B7773..  Boys'    Buckskin    Gauntlets.  Made 

exactly  like  the  men's   $2.50 

BUCKSKIN  GLOVES 

Used  for  many  years  in  the  U.  S.  Army.  Intend- 
ed for  a  hard-service  glove.  The  buckskin  from 
which  this  glove  is  made  is  of  heavy  grade  and  can- 
not easily  be  torn.  Has  one  button  to  close.  When 
soiled  the  glove  can  be  washed,  and  will  not  dry 
hard,  but  should  not  be  dried  near  heat.  Color, 
smoke  grey.    Weight,  3ji  ozs. 

3B7196   $2.25 


WESTERN  GAUNTLETS 

4B7193    "Colorado"     Gauntlets,  heavy 

weight,  6%  oz  %  $1.75 

4B7195    "Arizona"    Gloves,    light  leather 

(no  gauntlets).    Weight,  334  oz..%  $1.50 
Lined  or  Unlined 
4B7810    Texas  Gauntlet,  with  red  star  and 

fringe  on  cuffs  %  1.75 

4B7811    Chrome    tanned    horsehide  glove, 

reef  strap  on  waist  ^  2.00 

4B7812    Same  as  above,  cut  for  use  as  shell 

to  be  worn  over  woolen  gloves  %  2.75 


FINGER  MITT 

This  mitt  has  the 
thumb  and  forefinger 
free  and  is  practically 
as  handy  as  a  glove. 
A  splendid  glove  for 
winter  shooting.  Of 
finest  grade  buff  col- 
ored horsehide,  light  and  tough.  Lined  with  heavy 
fleece  and  has  long  elastic  wristband. 
4B7186    Weight,  per  pair,  6li  ozs  $2.25 

FRENCH   "WRISTFIT"   SOFT  GAUNTLET 
GLOVES 


This  glove,  made  of 
a  superior  quality 
cape  stock,  saddler's 
stitch  outseam,  is 
shirred  in  at  the  wrist 
with  an  elastic  band, 
has  4^-inch  gauntlet. 
A  perfect  fitting,  well 
made  glove,  unusual- 
ly strong  and  excel- 
lent wearing  for  mo- 
toring, riding  or  dri- 
ving. 

3B7717  $3.50 


SCOTCH  WOOL  GLOVES 

Made  specially  for  us  by  the 
best  glovemaker  in  Scotland.  Ex- 
ceptionally warm  and  strong,  snap 
fastener  at  wrist.  Made  very 
long  so  that  they  come  well  up  on 
the  wrist,  and  act  as  a  pulse 
warmer.  Color,  Heather  mixture. 
Weight,  3  oz.  Sizes,  small,  me- 
dium and  large. 

3B7221   $1.25  and  $1.50 

Regulation  Army  Gloves  %    $  .75 

Regulation  Army  Mitts  .75 

Regulation  Army  1  finger  Mitts  3£  .75 


4B7222 
4B7223 
4B7224 


MOTOR  GLOVES  AND  GAUNTLETS 

4B7226  .  Tan  Cape,  slip-on  glove,  no  but- 
tons or  straps,  ribbed  grip  palm  %  $2.50 
4B7227    Lisle    back    gray    cape  driving 

gauntlet   *®  3.50 

4B7228    Gray  cape  soft  gauntlet  glove.. ^  5.00 

4B7229    Same  as  above,  wool  lined   6.00 

4B7230    Tan  cape  wool  lined  glove  ^  2.50 


150 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


SPECIAL  A.  &  F.  CO.  WOOLEN  FABRICS  FOR  OUTDOOR  WEAR 

Our  wide  acquaintance  among  sportsmen  and  sportswomen  of  every  calling,  and  our  thorough  knowledge  of  their  re- 
quirements, enable  us  to  present  a  choice  of  materials  for  clothing  which  are  the  best  and  most  serviceable  to  be  had.  '  Most 
of  them  are  either  especially  manufactured  for,  or  imported  by  the  Abercrombie  &  Fitch  Company  and  cannot  be  procured 
elsewhere. 

In  addition  to  the  ready-made  garments  of  Engladine,  Woolen  Gabardine,  Mackinaw,  Forestry  Serge,  Arm/7 Cloth, 
Khaki,  Moleskin,  Corduroy  and  Cotton  Gabardine,  we  carry  ?.  large  stock  of  special  materials  for  our  custom  tailoring 
departments  adapted  for  special  uses.  Most  important  of  these  special  materials  are  our  celebrated  Thorntweeds,  Jungle 
Cloth,  Solario  Cloth  and  Shackleton  Cloth.  * 

Our  custom  tailoring  departments  are  prepared  to  make  to  order  garments  for  sporting  purposes  for  both  men  and 
women,  combining  the  proper  cut  and  style  with  suitable  materials  for  aeroplaning,  motoring,  and  for  exploring  expeditions 
to  the  Arctics  or  the  tropics. 

Samples  of  any  of  our  materials  hereinafter  listed,  with  self-measurement  blank  with  full  instructions  together"  with 
cuts  and  booklets  showing  styles  for  both  men  and  women,  will  be  mailed  upon  request. 


ENGLADINE 

A  strong  waterproof  woolen  fabric  made  in  Switz- 
erland— the  favorite  cloth  for  Alpine  tourists.  This 
cloth  is  not  imported  by  any  other  firm  in  America 
and  is  very  far  superior  to  the  Loden  cloth  used  by 
the  peasants  in  the  Austrian  Tyrol.  We  especially 
recommend  Engladine  for  use  in  cold  climates,  win- 
ter motoring  andTwet  snow. 

MACKINAW 

The  mackinaw  used  by  us  is  made  of  long  staple 
yarn,  all  wool,  strong  and  durable,  combining 
strength  and  warmth,  and  is  recommended  for  win- 
ter use. 

UYAK  CLOTH 

A  30  oz.  fabric  of  special  construction  which  is 
windproof  and  water  repellent;  has  been  crav- 
enetted  to  further  increase  its  capacity  to  resist 
wetting  through. 

This  is  an  ideal  fabric  for  the  still  hunter  and 
duck  shooter,  and  will  give  excellent  service  when 
subjected  to  hard  wear. 

WOOL  GABARDINE 

Our  wool  gabardines  are  made  by  the  best  English 
manufacturers,  closely  woven,  waterproof,  and  are 
the  best  light  weight  woolen  cloths  to  be  had. 
Recommended  for  summer  motoring. 

FORESTRY  CLOTH 

An  all  wool  domestic  serge,  color  grey  green,  used 
by  the  U.  S.  Forestry  Department;  carried  in  13 
oz.    Cravenetted  to  render  it  water  repellent. 


SOLARIO  CLOTH 

This  cloth  is  made  in  England  for  the  African 
market.  No  white  hunter  in  British  East  Africa  will 
use  anything  but  Solario  Cloth — it  is  especially  de- 
signed to  shed  the  actinic  rays  of  the  sun.  The  ma- 
terial is  of  a  light  tan  color  interwoven  with  red,  is 
very  fine  spun,  light  in  weight,  strong  and  water  re- 
pellent. W  e  recommend  this  cloth  in  preference  to 
any  other  cloth  made  for  use  in  the  tropics — it  is 
ideal  for  tropical  motoring. 

THORNTWEED 

A  cloth  especially  manufactured  for  us  for  hunters 
and  fishermen.  Made  from  selected  long  staple  Aus- 
tralian wool,  the  yarns  double  twisted  in  both  warp 
and  filling  to  render  the  fabric  tough,  warm  and 
water  repellent,  as  well  as  briarproof.  Special  atten- 
tion has  been  given  to  the  selection  of  the  color  mix- 
tures emploved,  to  obtain  a  neutral  shade,  giving  the 
hunter  the  benefit  o$  concealing  coloration.  Thorn- 
tweed  is  an  excellent  cloth  for  motor  clothing,  moun- 
tain, field  and  woods  wear.    Carried  in  15  and  19  oz. 


TROPICLOTHS 

A  new  group  of  English  fabrics,  exclusive  to 
Abercrombie  &  Fitch  Co-.,  made  from  fine  spun, 
long  staple  camels'  hair  stock,  cravenette-proof, 
and  used  chiefly  in  natural  tan.  This  cloth  is 
very  light  in  weight,  but  so  constructed  that  it 
will  give  excellent  wear  and  is  specially  adapted  to 
hot  weather,  being  largely  used  ift  the  Tropics. 


Samples  of  Any  of  the  Above  Materials  Sent  on  Request 


SPECIAL  A.  &  F.  CO.  COTTON  FABRICS  FOR  OUTDOOR  WEAR 


COLDSTREAM  DUCK 

A  fine  spun,  closely  woven  cotton  duck,  water  re- 
pellent, olive  brown  in  color,  which  makes  an  ideal 
suit  for  fishing,  bird  shooting  and  general  country 
wear,  where  an  inexpensive  light  weight  cotton  fab- 
ric is  required. 

MOLESKIN 

Finest  English  imported  Moleskin,  waterproof, 
strong  and  durable,  slate  color,  soft  and  pliable,  espe- 
cially adapted  for  hunting  in  temperate  climate,  will 
resist  briars. 

CORDUROY 

Corduroy  is  so  well  known  that  it  does  not  require 
description.  Our  Corduroys  are  imported,  light 
weight,  strong  and  durable — are  dyed  by  a  new  proc- 
ess which  prevents  the  disagreeable  odor  found  in 
cheap  corduroys  when  wet. 

KHAKI 

Best  domestic  Khaki,  U.  S.  Government  standard, 
in  olive  drab  and  khaki  shade.  In  use  by  nearly  all 
armies  for  summer  wear. 


JUNGLE  CLOTH 

Made  in  England  especially  for  use  in  India. 
Water  repellent, '  very  tough,  and  is  the  strongest 
light  weight  cotton  cloth  made.  Colors,  tan  brown 
and  olive  brown. 

COVEY  CLOTH 

A  medium-weight  briarproof  cotton  cloth,  spe- 
cially made  for  us,  having  a  very  short  nap  which 
gives  it  the  appearance  of  suede  leather;  craven- 
etted to  render  it  water  repellant. 

An  excellent  fabric  for  use  in  Southern  field 
shooting  and  for  riding  coats  and  breeches. 

SHACKLETON  CLOTH 

So  named  after  Colonel  Shackleton,  who  used  this 
cloth  in  his  Antarctic  work.  A  very  fine,  closely 
woven  cotton  fabric,  dark  brown  mixture,  waterproof 
and  very  light.  Outer  garments  made  of  this  mate- 
rial act  as  wind-break  over  heavy  woolens  for  use  in 
the  Arctics.  We  use  this  cloth  extensively  in  our 
aeroplaning  suits  over  woolen  or  llama  clothing. 

Directions  for  Sending  Measurements  for  Clothing  Will  Be  Found  on  Back  of  Order  Blank  in 

Back  of  This  Catalog 


WOMEN'S  CLOTHING 


151 


4C7672 
4C7875 


SIERRA  OUTING  SUIT 

One  of  our  most  popular 
designs — a  splendid  suit  for 
all  out-of-door  wear,  such 
as    canoeing,    golfing  and 
H  motoring.    It  is  made  of  a 

A  knit  material  known  as  our 

Innsbrook  and  we  do  not 
recommend  it  for  extreme- 
ly rough  wear,  following 
trail,  through  heavy  brush, 
etc.,  as  the  fabric  is  too  soft 
in  texture.  Coat  is  plain, 
mannish  cut,  unlined ;  two 
large  pockets  and  belt,  with 
full  skirt  buttoned  down  the 
front.  Can  be  had  in  all 
desirable  colors — rose,  old 
blue,  light  tan,  green, 
brown,  blue,  oxford  grey, 
heather. 

4C7671   $25.00 

Colored,  white  or  natural  linen. %  18.50 
Hand-made   Harris   or  Killicrankie 
tweeds   flE  55.00 


A.  &  F.  "RUFSTUFF" 
Coat  and  Breeches  Riding  Habit 

These  garments  are  made  of 
good,  heavy  khaki  drill,  olive  drab 
color,  just  right  for  hard  usage  in 
the  country.  They  are  not  fin- 
ished quite  as  carefully  as  our 
better  garments,  but  they  are  well 
cut  and  have  good  lines. 

4C7877  Riding  coat....<£  $5.00 

4C7878  Hat   1.00 

4C7879    Well-fitting  breeches, 

made  with  laced  cuffs  ^  $3.00 

4C7880  Hat   %  100 

4C7871  Leggins   1.25 

For    better    grade    of  riding 

habits  see  booklet. 


ALAMO  SUIT 

A  most  serviceable 
suit  for  all-around  sports 
wear.  Coat  is  made  on 
mannish  lines,  with  two 
large  patch  pockets 
— belted  at  the  waist. 
Skirt  buttons  down  back 
and  front.  Material,  ^ 
men's  wear  corduroy,  in 
beaver  or  medium  grey. 
Venetian  lining  through- 
out. The  coat,  when 
worn  with  riding 
breeches  makes  an  ex- 
cellent combination  for 
Western  riding.  Wrorn 
with  knickerbockers  for 
hiking.  Suit  as  shown 
with  coat  and  shell  skirt. 

4C7674  $31.00 

4C7465  Thorntweed 
$44.00 

4C7676    Hat  shown  on  the  figure  made 

of  corduroy  $4.50 

4C7876    Thorntweed   ($  5.00 

For  knickers  and  breeches  see  pages  153  and  154. 

DOGSKIN  COAT 

A  most  comfortable  garment,  as  a-  wind-breaker 
has  no  equal.  Of  splendid  soft,  pliable  skins,  lined 
with  flannel.  An  invaluable  garment  for  motoring, 
riding,  driving,  shooting  and  all  other  out-of-door 
wear.  - 

IC7783  :  <g  $25.00 


COUNTRY  SUIT 

Especially  good  for  cross- 
country hikes.  The  coat 
has  big  useful  pockets  and 
the  skirt  buttons  to  the 
hem  both  front  and  back, 
so  that  with  breeches  it 
can  be  worn  for  riding. 
A  neat,  inexpensive  outfit 
that  will  give  excellent 
service. 

4C7882    Norfolk  coat. 

36  $3.50 

4C7883    Shell  skirt. 

$4.00 

4C7884    Divided  skirt, 
not  illustrated  ..^$4.50 
4C7885    Hat   .  $1.00 
4C7886    Soft    felt  hat. 

$3.00 

4C7887  Black  or  tan 
oxfords   $6.50 


HIKING  SUIT 

With  this  good-looking, 
sensible  outfit  a  woman 
need  not  fear  tangled 
brush,  fallen  trees,  or  even 
an  occasional  mountain 
or  two.  Comfortable 
shirts  suitable  for  wear 
with  it  are  listed  on 
page  153. 

4C7888    Norfolk  coat. 

$3.50 

4C7889  Bloomers,  fas- 
tening with  strap  at  knee. 

$2.25 

4C7890  Leggins. 

f§  $1.25 

4C7891  All  white  duck 
hat  or  white  with  facing 
of  black,  brown,  blue  or 
green   $2.00 


153 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  *3-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


ing  used  extensively  for  skat- 
ing and  tobogganing. 

4C7781  First-class  mack- 
inaw  in  blue,  green,  gray  and 
brown  mixtures.  Sizes  range 
from  12  to  16  years  3g  $10.00 

4C7849  Same  style  coat  in 
durable  wool  mackinaw,  grey, 
brown  and  green  plaids. 

$7.50 

WOMEN'S  RAINCOATS 
4C7789      Light,  rubberized 
canton  material,  tan  or  olive 

color   $7.00 

4C7790  Rubberized  cash- 
mere, with  belt  at  back,  in 
black,  navy  blue  or  tan. 

3g  $13.00 

4C7791  Black  or  tan  rub- 
ber, as  illustrated.  Very  serv- 
iceable for  camp  or  school 
wear.  Sizes  9  to  15  years  and 
32  to  42  bust  3£  $5.00 


UTILITY  COAT 

A  warm,  comfortable,  knock- 
about coat,  equally  serviceable 
for  motor,  camp  or  rough 
weather  wear,  made  of  proofed 
English  tweeds. 
4C4891    Medium  weight. 

%  $19.50 
4C7892   Heavy  weight. 

$29.50 

4C7893  Mannish  velour  hat, 
plain   colors  $10.00 

WOMEN'S  MACKINAW 
COATS 

4C7780  Made  on  same  lines 
as  men's,  in  blue,  green,  gray 
and  brown  mixtures  $15.00 

CHILDREN'S  MACKINAW 
COATS 

Always  a  practical  garment 
for  out-of-door  use  for  chil- 
dren who  do  not  like  to  be 
hampered  with 
long  coats,  be- 


A.  &  F.  MIAMI  OIL- 
SKIN COAT 

4C7786  This  coat,  for  any- 
one who  goes  camping,  fish- 
ing, motoring  or  boating, 
will  be  found  a  great  com- 
fort. It  has  an  extremely 
full  sweep  around  the  bot- 
tom and  laps  double  across 
the  front.  Collar  is  fas- 
tened at  neck  by  a  leather 
strap.  In  yellow  Seabrook. 
Sizes    small,    medium  and 

large   $6.00 

4C7848    Sou'wester  hat, 

same  color  <t£  $1.00 

4C7788  Regulation  Sea- 
brook  coat  $4.00 

4C7787    Oilskin  skirt. 

$  $3.oo 

4C7894  Misses'  and  chil- 
dren's oilskin  coats,  ages  6 
to  16  <{g  $3.50 


GLACIER  PARK  SUIT 

This  suit  is  light  in 
weight,  and  though 
practically  windproof 
is  not  waterproof.  It 
does  not  stiffen  after 
becoming  wet.  In 
reindeer  tan  and  soft 
grey. 

4C7895  Coat,  un- 
lined,  has  box  pleat 
down  center  back, 
sizes  32  to  44  bust. 

$20.00 

4C7896  Skirt  but- 
tons down  front  and 
closes  in  back  with 
patent  fasteners,  25 
to  35  waist. 

$20.00 

4C7897  Breeches, 
with  long,  laced  cuff. 

3£  $20.00 
4C8521  Shirt  which 
can  be  worn  on  out- 
side of  skirt;  with 
corduroy  collar  and 
cuffs  '  $12.00 

4C7898  Shirt  with 
knit  wristbands  and 
collar   $12.00 

4C7899    Hat,  of  suede,  without  feather.. 3§  $7.00 

4C8450    Handkerchief  ties,  various  colors. 

%  $1.50 

4C8451    Soft  cuff  buckskin  gauntlets.... $3.75 


EL  RANCHO  SUIT 

A  practical  outfit  for  the 
ranch,  camp  or  for  any  ex- 
tra rough  usage,  with  shell 
skirt  as  illustrated. 

4C8452  Suit  of  U.  S. 
Army  Khaki,  in  new  shade 
of  dark  olive  drab,  natural 
linen  or  white  khaki  drill. 

3g  $18.00 
4C8453    Same  coat,  with 
divided  skirt,  of  olive  khaki. 

%  $15.00 
4C8454    Same  coat,  with 
divided  skirt,  made  on  or- 
der, stock  sizes,  of  natural 
linen  or  white  khaki  drill. 

f£  $20.00 
4C8455    Same    coat,  di- 
vided skirt,  made  on  order, 
stock  sizes,  of  Thorntweed 
or  13  oz.  forestry  cloth. 

<$  $49.00 
4C8456    Same  coat,  shell 
skirt,  made  on  order,  stock 
sizes,    of    Thorntweed  or 
13  oz.  forestry  cloth. 

$44.00 

4C8457  Same  coat,  shell 
skirt,  made  on  order,  stock 
sizesA  of  Covey  Cloth. 

%  $49.00 

4C8458    Stetson  felt  hat  $6.00 

4C8459    Leather  braided  quirt  <f  $3.50 

4C8517    Silk  handkerchiefs,  from  %    $2.00  up 


WOMEN'S  CLOTHING 


153 


rA.  &  F.  CAMP 
OUTFIT 
Shirts,  Sizes  32  to  42 
4C8460    Camp  and 
wood     shirt;  collar 
jdf*         buttons   at  neck;  of 
Hk  &f?  Gonic    flannel,  army 

tan  or  forestry  green. 
Vf  %  $3.25 

f/f  4C8461     Same  of 

lightweight  flannel, 
light  blue,  natural  tan 
^  or  olive  tan.<$  $3.00 

4C8462    Tan  or 
l^k.  white  soisette. 

%  $1.75 
4C8463  Chamois 
v       Wk         color  Viyella  flannel. 
Mm  M     "         W  %  $6.00 

^^H^H^^^I^n       4C8464     Shirt  of 
B&m  Mj     ft  U.    S.    Army  khaki, 

M&U  ^4i^Hn  gathered  into  band  at 

■  flBflHF  l'u'  an<^  worn 

ft  ^9  with     skirt  shown 

m(         ^^HH^H    makes  complete 

^  shirt. 

3g  $4.50 

Shell  Skirts 

These  skirts  button  to  the  hem  both  front  and 
back  and  with  breeches  can  be  used  for  riding. 

4C8465    U.  S.  Army  khaki  %  $5.00 

4C8466    Of  Thorntweed   %  $15.00 

4C8467    Of  cravenetted  wool  gabardine. %  $12.00 

4C7794    Of  men's  wear  corduroy  %  $10.00 

Hats 

4C8469    Of  U.  S.  Armv  khaki  %  $1.50 

4C8470    Of  Thorntweed   %  $5.00 

4C8471     Golf  stockings 
range  in  price  from 

t&    $2.00  to  $5.00 
4C8468     Harness  leather 
belt,  tan  or  black.  $1.25 

Knickerbockers  -i^Mi 

4C8472  Of  U.  S.  Army 
khaki,  5  in.  cuff  3£  $5.00 

4C8473  Of  Thorntweed  or 
13  oz.  forestry  cloth  $14.00 

4C7858    Of    men's     wear     A      k  *Nj  lJ 
corduroy,  with  2  in.  strap  at    ^ft  HH^P^ 
knee   .   $10.00  M8M     f  ^ 

ADIRONDACK  CAMP 
DRESS 

4C7677  Of  tan,  blue  or 
white   galatea  ^  $8.00 

4C8474  Made  on  order, 
stock  sizes,  of  Thorntweed,  13 
oz.  forestry,  or  wool  gabar- 
dine  %  $35.00 

KNICKERS 
For  Wear  Under  Skirts 

A  very  desirable  garment  for  any  sporting  pur- 
pose, especially  for  those  who  go  into  the  woods 
hunting  and  fishing.  Ours  are  made  very  full  in 
the  seat  and  hips,  with  smooth,  well-fitting  front, 
drop  back,  shirr  string  at  wraist  and  elastic  in  the 
knees. 

4C7274    Tan  cotton  pongee  or  black  sateen  3£  $3.00 

4C7276    Gonic  flannel   fj£  4.50 

4C8475  Black  satin  with  albatross  lining  10.00 
4C7430    English  repp,  in  brown  or  black.. %  6.00 


OUTING  SHIRT 
AND  SKIRT 

gsa  4C8476  Shirt,  cut  on 
same  lines  as  men's, 
with  long  tails  and  col- 
lar which  can  be  worn 
open  as  shown,  or  fas- 
1     \  tened  at  neck  with  tab 

V  and  button,  French  cuffs, 

W  ,A        in  white  or  tan  English 

\  \L»       oxford   $2.50 

\f  4C8477    Tennis  or 

ft  m  golf  skirt  of  white  khaki 
i,  \  drill;  buttons  down  front 

||l  and  has  spacious  pocket. 

\  %  $5.00 

\  4C8478    Same  skirt  of 

\\         U.  S.  Army  khaki,  dark 

olive  drab  %  $5.00 

4C8479  Same  skirt  of 
brown,  green  and  grey 
tweed  mixtures  %  $15.00 
4C8480  Milan  hemp 
hat,  in  white  with  green, 
blue,  rose,  black  or  navy 

blue  facing,  or  solid  colors  %  $6.00 

4C8481    Windsor  ties,  all  colors  %    $  .50 

4C8482  Ooze  or  Russian  leather  belt,  in  black, 
white  or  colors  %  $3.50 

FAIRY  RUBBER  FISHING  SHIRTS 
4C8483  Light  and  easy  to  carry,  they  roll  up  in  a 
small  package  and  are  long  and  full,  an  absolute 
protection  against  wind  and  rain.  Especially  good 
for  camp  wear.  Finest  cambric  sheeting,  coated 
with  Para  pure  gum  rubber ;  willow  green  in  color ; 
small,  medium  and  large  sizes;  weight  20  to  25 

ounces    $6.50 

4C8519    Hood  to  match   $1.35 

OUTING  STOCKINGS 

4C7732  Made  of  the  finest  quality  Australian 
wool,  medium  weight.  Colors,  steel  grey  and  heather 
mixtures.    Sizes  8  to  10  %  $2.25 

WOMEN'S  WOOL  SOCKS 

4C7733  For  the  past  few  years  a  number  of 
women  have  been  wearing  wool  socks  in  preference 
to  long  stockings.  We  have  made  these  especially 
for  women's  wear.  Wool  used  is  of  first  quality. 
Colors,  steel  grey  and  heather  mixtures. . . .%  $1.00 

LLAMA  BED  SOCKS 

4C7734  Made  in  three  sizes,  small,  medium  and 
"arge.     Medium   grey  %  $1.50 

PAJAMAS 

4C8484  .  Women's  well-cut,  comfortable  pajamas, 

tan  or  light  blue  soisette  %  $2.00 

4C8485    Flannelette  with  extra  bed  socks  <f  $2.50 

TIES 

Middy  squares — a  tie  for  middy  blouses,  shirt- 
waists, etc.  Suitable  as  an  added  touch  to  a  wom- 
an's costume  for  about  camp  or  on  outings.  In 
blue,  red,  green,  black  or  maize. 

4C7740   %  $1.50 

4C7741  Middy  ties  in  same  colors  as  above  %  .75 
4C7742    Four-in-hand    ties     in     all  bright 

colors   %  1.50 

4C7743    Silk   bandana   kerchief   in  various 

colors   2.00 

4C7354    Windsor  ties,  all  colors  %  .50 


154 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


BREECHES 


I 

Hunting  Tape  Bottom 

Riding  Breeches -Cut  same  as  men's  breeches,  fly 
or  side  fastening  and  laced  at  knee.  Reinforced  with 
self  material. 

4C7860    Of  U.  S.  Army  Khaki  %  $8.00 

4C7861    Of  15-oz.  Thorntweed  Army  or  13- 

oz.  forestry  cloth.,  %  16.00 

4C8486'   Polo    Breeches    of    white  khaki 

drill   %  8.00 

Hunting  Breeches— Made  same  as  riding  breeches 
except  that  they  are  cut  fuller  at  the  knee  to  allow 
freedom.  Reinforced  from  thigh  to  small  of  knee 
in  front — a  great  protection  in  going  through  brush. 

4C7863    Of  Thorntweed  or  Covey  Cloth. $18.00 

4C8487    Same,  made  on  order,  stock  sizes, 

of  khaki   %  10.00 

4C8488    Same,  made  on  order,  stock  sizes, 
of  men's-wear  corduroy,  not  rein- 
forced  %  12.00 

Tape-bottom  Trousers — Just  the  thing  for  the 
woman  who  tramps  and  roughs  it — fly  fastening. 

4C7866    Of  19-oz.  Thorntweed  or  Engladine. 

Made  on  order,  stock  sizes  ^  $18.00 


SLIP-ON  COAT 

4C8520  Of  Innsbrook  knit 
material,  with  lined  sleeves, 
wind  cuffs  and  a  collar  that 
can  be  buttoned  up  at  the  neck. 
Roomy  pockets  and  a  pleat 
down  the  center  back.  In  good 
heather  mixtures  0$  $35.00 

This  is  a  splendid  coat  for 
week-end  trips,  good  for  all 
kinds  of  weather  and  comfort- 
ably light  weight. 

Same  model  of  imported 
coatings  in  tan,  wth  red  or 
blue   overplaid  %  $39.50 


MIDDY  BLOUSES 

Sizes  10  to  20  years. 

4C7802  As  shown  on  figure, 
suitable  for  outing  wear,  made  of 
unbleached     muslin,     with  long 

sleeves   %    $  .85 

4C8489    Same    model    of  tan 

W    Galatea   1.50 

4C8490  Middy  blouse  of  white 
cotton   jean,   laced   at  neck  and 

hips.    $1.25 

4C8491    Middy  blouse  of  navy 

blue  galatea    $1.25 

4C7867    Blue     flannel  middy 

with  braid  trimming  4.50 

4C7741    Middy  ties,  green,  red, 

blue,  black   .75 

4C8492  Middy  squares,  same 
colors   1.50 

Bloomers 
4C8493    Plaited,   tan   or  navy 

Galatea   ^  $3.00 

4C7805    Plaited,  blue  serge. 

%  $4.00 
4C8494    Oil  tan  moccasins. 

$2.25 

GIRLS'  TWO-PIECE  TAN  KHAKI  SUIT 

As  shown  in  cut — the  most 
practical  and  comfortable  cos- 
tume for  girls'  wear.  Will 
give  good  service  and  is  made 
with  the  idea  of  giving  wearer 
perfect  freedom  in  every  par- 
ticular. Garments  can  be  worn 
with  or  without  shirtwaist. 
Coat  is  made  of  an  excellent 
tan  khaki,  with  three  large 
pockets — wide  rolling  collar — 
buttons  down  front.  Skirt  also 
buttons  down  front.  Sizes  from 
9  to  15  years. 

4C7775   %  $7.50 

4C7776  Khaki  hat  shown  in 
the  figure  is  made  to  match  the 
suit   $1.00 

BOYS'    AND    GIRLS'  RAIN 
COAT  WITH  SOU'WESTER 
HAT 

A  splendid  garment  for  rainy 
weather  for  children,  as  it  is  long 
enough  to  cover  them  completely  JHrli' 
to  bottom  of  dress.  Made  of 
rubberized  poplin.  Buttons  tight 
at  the  neck,  buttons  in  at  the 
wrist,  and  with  Sou'wester  Hat, 
which  can  be  pulled  down  closely 
over  the  head,  forms  a  splendid 
protection  in  bad  weather  for 
either  school  or  outing  use.  The 
garments  fold  very  compactly  in 
a  bag  when  not  in  use.  Sizes,  9 
to  15  years. 

4C7792    Tan  only  $5.75 


WOMEN'S  CLOTHING 


155 


SCHOOL-GIRLS'  OUT-1 
DOOR  SPORTS 
OUTFIT 

4C8495    Tarn  O'Shanter, 
plain  colors  or  plaids. 

(ft  $2.50 
4C8496    Shaker  -  knit 
sweater,   pure   worsted,  in 
heather  colors,  gray,  navy 

Hue  or  white  %  $8.00 

4C8497    Sweater  with  V-  ' 

neck  (ft  $6.50 

4C8498    Skirt  of  domes- 
tic tweeds,  grav,  brown  or 
green  mixtures. .  .(ft  $15.00 
4C8499    Oil  tanned 

bluchers   (ft    $8.50  j 

4C8500    Gray   buckskin  | 
gauntlets   3g    $3.75  j 

4C7709    Brushed  worsted 
sweater,  as  illustrated,  me- 1 
dium  weight,  with  high  ro 
collar 
pockets, 


close-fitting  knit 


wristlets  and  two 
in  rose,  old  blue,  green, 
brown  or  grey....*j£  $6.50 
4C7710  Cap  and  scarf  to 
match   (ft  $2.50 

ANGORA  SWEATER 
COAT 

4C7712  Not  illustrated.  A 
good,  roomy,  comfortable 
garment,  giving  all  the  de- 
sired warmth  and  comfort 
necessary  for  outing  wear 
of  every  description.  Has 
a  wide  roll  collar,  belt  and 
cuffs  of  same  material ;  but- 
tons up  tight  around  the 
throat.  In  old  blue,  white, 
rose,  grey  and  heather  mix- 
tures, with  contrasting  bor- 
ders  (ft  $15.00 

4C8501  Cap  or  scarf  to 
match.    Each  (ft  $2.00 


GLOVES 

4C7735  Buckskin  gauntlets,  made  of  genuine 
buckskin,  especially  to  our  order.  Fit,  workmanship 
and  general  appearance  of  these  gloves  are  of  the 
best.  For  riding,  driving,  gkd  general  outing  wear 
they  are  more  popular  than  any  other  style.  Color, 
smoke  grey   *®  $2.50 

4C7736    Without  gauntlet   (ft  $2.00 

4C7737  Gauntlet,  made  of  tan  cape,  a  soft  and 
very  desirable  skin  which  will  not,  however,  stand 
the  rough  usage  of  the  buckskin  (ft  $2.00 

4C7738  Two-in-One  gloves.  The  lining  and 
cover  are  separate,  making  them  much  warmer  than 
any  glove  where  the  lining  is  attached.  Reefing 
strap  at  wrist.    Color,  tan. 

Price,  including  lining  (ft  $3.50 

4C8502  Short  woolen  gloves,  white,  oxford  or 
heather  mixture   (ft    $  .75 

4C8503  Long  woolen  gloves,  white  or  heather 
mixtures   '  (ft  $1.50 

4C8504  Scotch  wool,  one  clasp,  leather  bound, 
oxford  or  heather  mixtures  (ft  $1.25 


A.  &  F.  ONE-PIECE  SWIM- 
MING SUITS 
4C8505  Of  knit  worsted,  in 
black,  grey,  blue  or  heather  mix- 
tures. Combination  and  skirt 
knit  all  in  one  piece,  buttoning 

at   shoulder  (ft  $6.50 

4C7715  One-piece  suit,  not 
illustrated,  made  of  mohair,  but- 
toning on  shoulder,   with  belt. 

(ft  $3.75 

4C7716  Skirt  of  mohair,  ex- 
tra (ft  $1.00 

4C8506    One-piece  suit,  black 

or  tan  cotton  repp  (ft  $3.75 

4C7721  Combination  swim- 
ming suit,  with  feet;  black  or 

grey  worsted  (ft  $4.00 

4C7722    Same,    without  feet. 

(ft  $2.50 

4C8507  Rubber  cap,  as  illus- 
trated, green,  red,  blue,  black, 

tan,  violet   (ft  $1.00 

4C7718    Rubber    diving  cap, 

same  colors   (ft    $  .50 

4C8508    Sateen  bathing  shoe, 

as  illustrated  (ft  $2.50 

POLAND  SWEATER  SET 

4C8509  Good  quality 
brushed  mohair  comes  in 
black  or  white,  green,  blue 
brown  and  grey  heather 
mixtures ;  sweater  only. 

(ft  $15.00 
4C8510  Cap  ...(ft  $2.50 
4C8511    Scarf,  12x60 

inches   (ft  $3.00 

4C8512  Same  model  with 
I  Byron  collar  which  can  be 
m  buttoned  up  around  neck, 
1|  made  of  vicuna,  an  exceed- 

J|  ingly     lightweight,  soft, 
1  warm    material,   in  violet, 
blue,    rose,    tan,    black  or 
white;  sweater  onlv  $20.00 
4C8513    Cap    .  $5.00 
4C8514    Scarf,  12x60 
inches   (ft  $5.00 


4C8515  Mannish  White 
Panama  hat  with  black 
band   (ft    S9  00 


4C8516  White  flannel 
with  woolen  eponge  rim 
in  rose,  blue,  tan,  green 
or  black,  or  all  white. 

(ft  $5.00 

4C8518  Madagascar 
straw  with  colored  silk 
facings  and  Puggaree 
-and  of  rose,  green, 
Alice  blue,  black  or 
brown   (ft  $3.50 


156 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


FOOTWEAR 


By  far  the  most  important  of  all  outdoor  equipment  is  your  footwear.  When  your  feet  hurt,  you 
hurt  all  over.  Loose,  leaky,  non-supporting  shoes  have  kept  many  a  hunter  sick  in  camp — lost  more  than 
one  important  tennis  match — spoiled  many  a  good  "end  run."  Whether  you  climb  a  mountain  trail,  play 
baseball,  golf,  or  only  walk  a  country  road,  your  shoes  must  fit  and  your  feet  must  be  kept  dry.  These 
two  considerations  outweigh  all  others.  f 

From  all  the  four  ways  of  the  earth  we  have  drawn  our  knowledge  of  shoe  making  as  best  suited 
to  each  outdoor  game.  Our  stock  represents  the  best  selected  models  and  styles  to  be  had  in  every  sport- 
ing line,  whether  it's  a  Moccasin,  Hunting  Boot  or  the  newest  Golf  or  Soccer  Shoe. 

In  hunting  footwear  we  use  mostly  a  chrome  tanned  leather,  which  always  remains  soft  and  pli- 
able, and  will  not  dry  out  hard  under  any  circumstances.  Most  hunting  boots  are  made  of  heavy, 
stiff  leather,  are  never  comfortable,  and  they  tire  the  wearer  after  tramping  but  a  short  distance.  Our 
boots  will  stand  nearly  as  much  abuse  as  the  heavier  ones,  but  they  only  weigh  about  one-half  as 
much.  Double  oak  soles  are  furnished  with  these  shoes.  We  have  found  from  experience  that  the 
oak  leather  is  the  best  wearing  and  most  water-proof  sole  leather  obtainable,  also  that  hobs  will 
stay  in  much  better  than  in  any  other.  Hob  nails  are  put  in  only  when  ordered.  Conical  nails  will 
be  supplied  without  charge,  but  where  Swiss  nails  or  screw  calks  are  required  there  will  be  an  extra 
charge  according  to  quantity  used.    No  boots  will  be  exchanged  that  have  been  hobnailed. 

Our  Women's  Sporting  Footwear  is  unequalled  anywhere  in  the  world  to-day.  Made  of  the  same 
splendid  material  as  our  men's  shoes  and  in  the  same  attractive 
styles,  but  remodelled  expressly  to  suit  a  woman's  foot.  They 
are  the  only  shoes  obtainable  that  duplicate  the  fine  qualities 
of  our  sportsmen's  footwear  and  that  will,  under  the  trying 
conditions  for  which  they  are  intended,  keep  a  woman's  feet 
comfortable  and  dry. 


AROUND  LEG 


HOW  TO  MEASURE  FOR  SHOES 

First,  take  measurements  over  the  stockings.  Second,  give 
every  measurement  indicated  on  diagram  exact — make  no  al- 
lowances. If  you  want  your  shoes  snug  or  loose  let  us  make 
the  allowances.  Third,  take  measurements  without  weight  bear- 
ing on  foot.  Draw  the  tape  to  an  easy  pressure.  Fourth,  place 
foot  on  sheet  of  paper  and  draw  outline,  being  sure  to 
hold  pencil  perpendicularly.  Do  not  retrace  your  outlines. 
Fifth,  give  size  and  width  of  shoes  usually  worn.  Sixth,  give 
distance  from  sole  of  foot  at  heel  to  EACH  leg  measurement. 
This  is  very  important,  as  we  make  the  taper  of  the  shoe  or 
boot  according  to  these  measurements. 


AROUND  LEG 


AROUND  LEG 


AROUND  ANKLE 
HEEL 
INSTEP 

-  WA/ST 

-  BALL 


LAURENTIDE 
HUNTING  BOOT 

An  oil-tanned  moccasin 
boot  with  sole  and  heel. 
Sole  is  attached  in  a  man- 
ner to  give  great  flexibility, 
at  the  same  time  stiff 
enough  to  give  ample  pro- 
tection. The  boot  is  made 
over  broad,  easy  lasts  and 
is  very  well  shaped. 

3D10851     16-inch   t  o  p 
$14.00 

3D10852    10-inch    t  o  p 
$  $12.00 


FOREST  RANGER 
BOOTS 

A  good  heavy,  service- 
able boot.    Made  of  oil 
grain  tan  leather.    It  is 
used  extensively  by  riv- 
ermen   and  lumbermen, 
or  where  a  heavy  boot  is  re- 
quired.   Plain  toe,  large  eye- 
lets.    Soles  are  both  pegged 
and  sewed. 

4D10849  No  straps  and 
buckles  at  top,  12  ins.  high. 
Sizes,  6  to  11 ;  weight,  3  lbs. 

14  oz  %  $7.00 

4D10850   With  wide 
double  straps  and  buckles 
at  top.    16  inches  high. 
Sizes,  6  to  11.  Weight, 
4  lbs.  7  oz...%  $8.50 


FOOTWEAR 


157 


HUNTERS',  PROSPECTORS'  AND  SUR- 
VEYORS' BOOTS 

These   are   light   in   proportion   to   their  great 

strength  and  durability.    They  are  built  for  hard 

wear  and  are  as  waterproof  as  boots  can  be  made. 

Made  of  drab-colored  chrome 

tanned  kip  with  toe  foxing 

of  same  material  for  protec- 
tion of  the  side  of  the  foot 

from  rocks  or  rough  ground. 

While  a  very  substantial  boot, 

the  leather  is  soft  and  the 

boot  is  as  comfortable  new 

as  when  broken  in.  Sizes, 

5  to  11.    Widths,  B  to  E. 
When  these  boots  are  to  be 

used  for  unusually  hard  wear, 

such  as  mountain  work,  we 

recommend  the  addition  of 

sole  leather  outside  coun- 
ters— this  strengthens  the 

boot  considerably  and 

keeps  the  uppers  in  good 

shape  at  the  heels — 

there    is   an  extra 

charge  of  50  cents 

for  this  work,  and 

it  takes  two  weeks' 

time  to  make  the  shoes  this  way. 

4D10864     8  inches  high,  weight,  3  lbs..<$  $11.00 

4D10862    12  inches  high,  weight,  3  lbs.  10 

oz  %  12.50 

4D10863    17  inches  high,  weight  4  lbs.  5  oz. 

This  boot  has  double  straps  and 
buckles  at  top  3£  15.00 

STORM  BLUCHER  SHOE 

An  excellent  boot  for  hunt- 
ing or  any  hard  wear  where 
lightness  and  durability  are 
both  considered.  It  is  exten- 
sively used  also  as  a  storm 
boot  in  very  bad  weather. 

Made  of  brown  chrome 
tanned  kip,  soft,  easy-fitting, 
waterproof,  good  looking. 
Heavy  oak  soles  with  horse- 
hide  slip  sole.  Sizes, 
5  to  11.  Width,  B 
to  E. 

4D10866  8  inches 
high;  weight,   3  lbs. 

%  $9.00 

4D10867  12  ins.  high;  weight,  3  lbs.  6  oz.  $11.00 
4D10865    17  inches  high;  has  two  straps  and 

buckles  on  top;  weight,  4  lbs.^g  13.00 

BOYS'  CAMPING  SHOE 

The  uppers  are  made  of  calfskin.  The  soles  are 
of  chrome  tanned  horsehide  which  make  the  shoe 
very  light.  Low  broad  heels.  The  uppers  have  been 
designed  for  both  fit  and  com- 
fort. For  a  boy's  shoe  for 
general  outdoor  wear,  this  one 
cannot  be  excelled. 

3D10858  Youth's,  5  ins.  high, 
sizes,  11  to  2,  widths  B  to  D, 

weight,  21  oz  3£  $3.50 

3D10857  Boy's,  5  inches  high, 
sizes,  2Y2  to  5lA,  width, 
B  to  E,  weight,  22  oz. 

3g  $3.75 
3D10859  Big 
Boy's,  5  ins.  high, 
Sizes  6  to  9. 

%  $4.50 


MEN'S  MOCCASIN  SHOE 

This  shoe  is  as  easy  on  the  foot  as  a  moccasin  and 
almost  as  quiet.  Uppers  made  of  drab-colored 
chrome  tanned  kip  (which  always  dries  out  soft  and 
pliable)  ;  chrome  elk  soles  are  flexible  and  quiet. 
Sizes,  5  to  12.    Width,  A  to  E. 

3D10868   5H  inches  high,  weight,  28  oz..^  $6.25 

BOYS'  MOCCASIN  SHOE 

Made  same  as  the  men's 
listed  above,  but  over  regu- 
lar   Boys'    lasts — with  good 
roomy  toes.    These  shoes  are 
also  worn  extensively 
by  women  who  wish 
a    very  comfortable 
camp  or  canoe  shoe 
that  is  light  in  weight. 

3D10900    5  inches  high,  weight,  24  oz.  Sizes, 

2  to  5j/2.    Widths,  B  to  E  $6.00 

Extra  for  attaching  heels  50 

3D10861    12  inches  high,  weight,  36  oz.,  has 

low  broad  heels  10.00 

BOYS'  STORM  BOOT 

The  uppers  are  made  of  the 
best  quality  of  heavy 
weight,  dark  tan,  water- 
proof oil  grain  leather. 
The  heels  are  low  and 
broad.  Soles  extra  heavy. 

3D10826  Boy's,  9  ins. 
high,  sizes,  2l/2  to  5^,  widths, 
B  to  E,  weight,  2  lbs.  8  oz. 

%  $5.50 

3D10827  Youth's,  8^  inches 
high,  sizes,  13  to  2, 
widths,    B    to  D, 
weight,  2  lbs.  4  oz. 

%  $5.00 


CRUISERS 


This  is  a  good  old  back- 
woods favorite  and  they  are 
well  made.  Have  a  good  firm 
sole  sewed  on.  Made  of 
brown  oil  tanned  leather — • 
have  low  heels.  For  those 
who  prefer  the  low  or  In- 
dian moccasins  they  will 
find  the  low  Cruiser  the 
best  of  the  kind. 

3D10845  15  inches  high; 
sizes,  3  to  12 ;  weight,  3 
lbs.  12  oz  $9.00 

4D10844  9  ins.  high; 
sizes,  3  to  12 ;  weight,  2 
lbs.  14  oz  %  $8.00 

3D10846    Low  moc- 
casins  (no  hobnails)  ; 
sizes,    5    to  12; 
weight,  1  lb.  3  oz. 

%  $3.00 


158 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO,  53-55-57  W.  3Gth  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


WATERPROOF  DOUBLE 
BOTTOM  MOCCASINS 

They  are  the  most  popular 
style  of  footgear  ever  made 
for  woods  wear.  Specially 
adapted  to  still-hunting  and 
snow-shoeing.  The  leather  used 
in  these  is  the  most  waterproof 
obtainable.  Made  large  enough 
so  that  two  or  more  pairs  of 
heavy  woolen  socks  can  be 
worn. 

4D10842  Sizes,  5  to 
12  ;  10  in.  high  ;  weight, 
2  lbs  $5.50 

"AYANEFCO" 

SPECIAL 
SHOE  PACK 

Made  by  the  best 
moccasin  maker  in 
Canada  exclusively  for  us.  Made  of  oil  tanned 
leather  with  single  bottoms.  Carried  in  stock  in  10- 
inch  height  only. 

3D10877    Sizes,  3  to  12.  Weight,  2  lbs.  8  oz.  3§  $8.50 
Special  heights  made  to  order.    Furnished  with 
soles  and  heels  on  special  order.    Prices  on  appli- 
cation. 

ELKSKIN  MOCCASINS 

Recommended  for  snow-shoeing  on  dry  snow. 
Made  of  soft  smoke  tanned  elkskin,  chamois  color. 
3D10839    Men's  sizes,  6  to  12,  0  in.  high, 

weight,  1  lb.  3  oz  $3.50 

3D10739    Women's  sizes,  3  to  7,  6  inches 

high,  weight,  14  oz  3.25 

3D10887    Men's  Elkskin  moccasin,  10  inches 

high,  with  soles.  Sizes  6  to  12.  4.25 
3D10787    Women's,  same  as  above.  Sizes 

3  to  7  %  4.00 

MECCOMOC  SHOES 

Made  of  chrome  kip,  which  always 
dries  out  soft.    Has  horsehide  out- 
soles,    which   are   sewn  on 
with  two  rows  of  stitching. 

3D10869  Men's,  5  ins.  high, 
sizes,  6  to  11,  weight,  1  lb. 

4  oz  $5.00 

3D10733  Women's,  5 
inches  high,  sizes,  3 
to  7.  Weight,  17 
oz  $5.00 

MECCOMOC  OXFORD 

Same  material  and  construction  as  Meccomoc  Shoe. 

3D10881    Men's  sizes,  6  to  11  %  $3.75 

3D10734    Women's  sizes,  3  to  7  %  3.50 

3D10735    Misses'  sizes,  11  to  2  ^  3.00 

3D10736    Children's  sizes,  7  to  10  %  2.50 

TOBIQUE  SINGLE  BOTTOM  MOCCASINS 

Used  extensively  for  still-hunting,  trailing  and 
canoe  wear.  The  leather,  oil-tanned  calf.  Made 
large  enough  to  be  worn  over  two  or  more  pairs  of 
woolen  socks.    Sizes,  5  to  12. 

3D10843  8  inches  high.  Weight,  1  lb.  8  oz.^g  $3.50 
3D10847    5  inches  high.  Weight,  1  lb.  6  oz.<f  3.00 

» 

SHEEPSKIN  SLIPPERS 

Made  with  the  natural  fleece  inside— horsehide 
soles — tops  bound — an^  ideal  slipper  for  use  as  a 
lining  for  rubber  boots  in  extremely  cold  weather,  but 
they  are  mostly  used  as 
cabin  and  bedroom  slip- 
pers. 

3D10883  Sizes,  3  to 
12 ;  weight,  8  $1.00 


LEATHER  TOP  RUBBER  SHOES 

Specially  adapted  to  still- 
hunting  in  bog,  marsh,  or 
snow  —  can  be  worn  for 
snow-shoeing.  Bottoms  are 
of  gum  rubber.  Tops  of 
black  leather.  Men's  sizes,  5 
to  12 ;  Women's,  4  to  7. 

3D10853  Men's  10-in. 
spring    heel,    2    lbs.    8  oz. 

%  $3.75 

3D10854  Men's  lG-in. 
spring  heel,   2   lbs.    12  oz. 

$4.75 

3D10855  Men's  10-inch 
with  heel,  2  lbs.  15  oz. 
<S  $4.00 
3D10756  Wom- 
en's 10-inch  spring 
heel,    2    lbs.  2 

oz  %  $3.75 

HURON  INDIAN  MOCCASINS 
Made  from  chrome  tanned  kip. 
3D10870    Made  in  two  widths,  the  narrow  one  is 
suitable  to  be  worn  over 
-  thin  sock  and  the  wide  ^ 


one  can  be  worn  over 
heavy  woolen  socks. 
Sizes,  1  to  12  $2.25 

Same  as  above,  made  of  a  lighter  weight  leather. 
Wide  width  only.    Sizes,  5  to  12.    Weight,  11  ozs. 

3D10848  %  $1.75 

Same  as  the  Huron  Indian  Moccasin  but  made  of 
a  much  heavier  weight  leather. 

3D10837    Men's  sizes,  5  to  12   $2.50 

3D10737    Women's  sizes,  3  to  7   2.25 

IMPORTED  SWISS  HOBNAILS 
Actual  Size 


2    3    4  5  6 


7   8  9  10  11 

Malleable  iron,  hand  forged,  regarded  by  Alpine 
guides  as  safest  for  mountain  climbing.  Styles  1,  6 
and  7  are  edging  nails. 

Styles  3,  4,  5,  8,  9,  10,  11.  Perdoz.^g  $.05 


3D10938 
3D10939 
3D10940 
3D10941 


Styles   2,  7  

Style  6   

Style  1   

3D10924— SCREW  CALKS 

Actual  size  illustrated 


10 
.15 
.20 


Made  of  steel,  can  be  quickly  placed  in  shoes  by  a 
simple  tool,  which  screws  them  in  or  out  as  desired. 
Price,  per  box  of  50,  including  tool  wrench. 3£  $  .50- 

Price,  per  dozen,  without  wrench  3§  .15 

3D10929  Golf  set.  Size  G.  or  00. 24  and  wrench  %  .3ft 


FOOTWEAR 


159 


WOMEN'S  HUNTING  BOOTS 

The  shoes  usually  sold  for  women's  sporting  wear  are 
made  on  boys'  lasts  and  are  too  wide  in  the  shank,  heel 
and  ankle,  and  flat  over  the  arch — ours  are  made  on  spe- 
cial lasts  and  are  very  carefully  modeled  to  overcome 
these  defects.  They  are  as  waterproof  as  it  is  possible 
to  make  a  leather  shoe.  The  leather  from  which  they 
are  made  is  the  most  durable  known,  and  will  not  dry 
hard  after  repeated  wettings.  Made  of  brown  calfskin 
with  oak  soles.    Sizes,  2  to  7.    Widths,  A  to  E. 

4D10761  8  inches  high;  weight,  1  lb.  13  oz. .  .  $8.50 
4D10762  12  inches  high;  weight,  1  lb.  15  oz....%  11.00 
4D10763    16  inches  high;  weight,  2  lbs.  8  oz  %  12.50 

WOMEN'S  SPECIAL  HUNTING  BOOTS 

Made  of  a  drab-colored  chrome  tanned  kid  (same  as 
we  use  in  our  men's  hunting  boots)  ;  they  are  made 
over  lasts  which  are  good  and  roomy  at  the  toes. 
These  boots  are  particularly  adapted  for  the  hardest 
kind  of  wear.  They  are  not  heavy  and  they  are  un- 
usually comfortable — made  with  low,  broad  heels  and 
very  heavy  soles. 

4D10764    10  inches  high,  weight,  2 
lbs.  8  oz  %  $11.00 

4D10760    16  inches  high,  weight,  2 
lbs.  12  oz  $13.00 


4D10760 


WOMEN'S 
MOCCASIN  BOOT 

Made  of  soft,  smoke 
tanned,  grey  chrome  leather 
— has  a  single  sole  and  low 
hsel.  This  shoe  is  designed 
for  women's  hunting  wear, 
when  more  protection  is 
wanted  than  is  given  in  the 
ordinary  moccasin. 

3D10794  Sizes  3  to  7,  no 
half  sizes;  one  width  only; 
height,  llJ/2  ins.;  weight,  32 
ounces.   .  $9.00 


WOMEN'S  OIL 
TANNED  MOCCASIN 

Made  of  light  weight 
brown,  oil  tanned,  a  flex- 
ible sewed  sole,  has  a  low 
outside  heel ;  is  designed 
for  canoe  and  light  trail 
use. 

3D10774  Sizes,  3  to  7,  no 
half  sizes;  one  width  only; 
height  8^-inch;  weight,  28 
oz  $5.50 


SWISS  SPIRAL  PUTTEES 

A  very  popular  leg  covering,  ex- 
tensively worn  for  tramping  or  for 
hunting.  The  spiral  puttee  winds 
round  and  round  the  leg  like  a  sur- 
geon's bandage,  exactly  long  enough 
to  cover  the  leg  and  woven  to  shape, 
making  a  most  comfortable  and  sat- 
isfactory leg  covering. 

3D7727    $2.25 


Fox  spiral  English  puttee 
made    of    camel's   hair  cloth. 

Price  $3.50 


MEN'S  LEATHER  PUTTEE 
LEGGINS 

Cut  from  right  and  left  patterns 
and  fit  low  under  inside  of  knee. 
They  are  all  hand  shaped  and  fin- 
ished over  improved  forms.  This 
is  a  very  superior  and  perfect- 
fitting  riding  leggin. 

Sizes  (calf  measure)  12  to  18 
inches. 

4D10871  Maee  of  tan  or  black 

cowhide,  weight,  1  lb.  8  oz. 

$6.00 

4D10872  Made  of  tan  English 
pigskin,  weight,  1  lb.  9  oz. 

%  $8.50 

ARMY  STYLE  PUTTEE  LEGGINS 

Made  same  as  above  except  the  fastening  method. 
The  top  is  fastened  by  a  staple  fastening  which 
makes  it  absolutely  secure  and  the  bottom  is  fastened 
by  a  strap  which  is  sewed  to  the  middle  of  the  leggin 
and  turns  around  the  leggin  once,  and  is  adjusted 
to  a  buckle  on  the  bottom.  Sizes,  12  to  18  calf 
measure. 

4D10873    Made   of   tan   English  pigskin, 

weight,  1  lb.  9  oz   $8.50 


160 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  W.  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


'SNAKE-PROOF"  LEGGINS 

We  guarantee  this  leggin  to  be 
perfectly  snake-proof.  Made  of 
heavy  Pantasote  double  duck  with  a 
lining  of  khaki,  and  an  interlining 
of  specially  woven  wire  cloth.  All 
seams  and  edges  bound  with  soft 
waterproof  leather.  Made  to  order 
only  in  two  styles.  When  ordering 
give  size  of  ankle  and  calf  and 
specify  style. 

3D10901    Comes  just  below  knee. 
Weight,  per  pair,  34  ozs...^£  $8.50 
3D10902    With  stiff  knee  protec- 
tor. Weight,  per  pair,  38  ozs.*£  $12.00 

CANVAS  LEGGINS 

Same  style  as  cut  shown  above.    Made  of  a  fine' 

  $1.00 


quality  of  canvas  khaki  shade. 
3D10907    Weight,    12l/2  ozs 


PUTTEE  LEGGINS 

As  adopted  by  the  U.  S.  Army  for 
regular  service.  Made  of  heavy  can- 
vas, shaped  to  fit  the  leg,  and  fast- 
ened with  spiral  puttee-strap,  also  of 
canvas,  patent  buckle  at  knee.  An 
excellent  leggin  for  rough  wear  and 
hard  service.  Reinforced  with  steel 
stays  and  keeps  in  shape. 

3D10903  Length,  11  inches. 
Weight,  16  oz  $1.50 

3D10904  Same  as  above  but  made 
of  lighter  weight  canvas.  Weight, 
11  oz  $1.00 


ENGLISH  FISHING  WADERS 

The  light-weight  styles 
are  so  soft  and  flexible  they 
may  be  rolled  up  and  tucked 
away  like  a  piece  of  cloth, 
and  can  be  worn  under  the 
trousers,  if  de- 
sired, to  avoid 
friction  on  the 
waders.  The 
heavy  waders  are 
made  for  serv- 
ice, and  the  cloth 
facing  with 
which  they  are 
made  is  one  of 
the  most  durable 
fabrics  known. 
Waders  made 
with  stocking 
feet  are  for  wear 
with  regular  wa- 
ding shoes. 

3D10912  "Fairy" 
light  wading 

stockings.    Weight,  15  ozs  %  $10.00 

3D10913  "Fairv"  light  wading  trousers...^  15.00 
3D10914    "Service"  heavy  wading  stockings. 

Weight,  23  ozs  3£  15.00 

3D10915    "Service"  heavy  wading  trousers. 3g  22.00 
3D10916    Repair  kits  for  mending  waders, 
containing  rubber  cement  and  piece 
of  same  material  


3g  1.00 


Be  sure  to  give  calf  measure  when  ordering 
puttees  and  leggins 


AMERICAN  WADERS 

Best  American  make.    Mackintosh  finish. 
With  Stocking  Feet 

3D10917    Stockings.   Weight,  2^  lbs   $8.00 

3D10918    Trousers.     Weight,  4^  lbs  %  12.00 

With  Rubber  Boot  Feet 

3D10919    Stockings.   Weight,  5    lbs  %  $10.00 

3D10920    Trousers.     Weight,  6^4  lbs  %  14.00 

WADING  SHOES 

For  use  in  combination  with  the  regular  fishing 
waders.  They  are  of  our  own 
special  design.  Made  of  best 
quality  of  heavy  brown  canvas. 
Strongly  reinforced  with 
chrome  tanned  leather,  heavy 
oak  soles,  studded  with 
imported  hobnails. 

3D10841    Men's,  6  in. 
high;  sizes,  5  to  12; 
weight,  3  lbs.  3  ozs. 

f$  $5.50 

3D10841^  Wom- 
en's, 6  inches  high; 
sizes  4  to  8  ;  weight, 
2}4  lbs  $5.50 

WADING  SHOES  WITH  FELT  SOLES  AND 
HEELS 

Made  same  as  above,  but  with  felt  soles  and 
heels.  The  felt  clings  to  rocks  much  better  than 
leather,  and  it  also  wears  very  well.  This  is  really 
a  very  practical  model,  and  is  getting  very  popular 
with  the  fisherman.  It  is  a  great  deal  lighter  than 
the  shoe  with  the  leather  soles  and  hobnails. 
3D10963K  Sizes  5  to  12.    Weight,  2J/2  lbs.^g  $6.00 

RUBBER  BOOTS 

It  is  the  best  sportsman's 
model  on  the  market.  Has  a 
good  strong  sole,  medium 
weight  foot  and  ankle,  and 
very  light,  elastic  tops.  The 
foot  part  of  the  boot  is  cut 
amply  full,  so  that  two  pairs 
of  woolen  socks  can  be  worn. 

3D10838  Men's  hip  boots. 
Sizes,  6  to  12.  Weight,  4  lbs. 

$7.50 

3D10738  Women's  thigh 
boots.  Sizes,  3  to  7.  Weight, 
3  lbs  3£  $5.50 

B-VER  OIL 

We  recommend  this  as  the  best  oil  made  for  use 
on  boots  and  shoes.  It  soaks  into  the  leather  and 
fills  up  the  pores,  keeping  the  leather  soft.  It  pro- 
longs the  life  of  leather  and  is  more  water-repellant 
than  any  other  oil  made.  To  make  boots  water- 
proof it  should  be  used  in  connection  with  Touradif 
boot  grease,  described  below,  which  is  a  surface 
dressing. 

3D10931    4  oz.  can  $  .30 

3D10932    8  oz.  can  .50 

"TOURADIF"  INDIAN  BOOT  GREASE 

This  is  a  heavy,  plastic  grease,  and  is  the  very 
best  dressing  on  the  market  for  the  quick  water- 
proofing of  shoes  and  moccasins.  It  is  especially 
desirable  for  use  with  moccasins,  shoe  packs,  etc.,  as 
its  thick  body  helps  to  fill  up  seams,  stitches,  etc. 
Put  up  in  specially  stamped  friction-top  tins  con- 
taining 4^2  ozs. 

3D10934  $  .15 


INDEX 


161 


PAGE 

Air  Cushions    18 

Air  Mattresses    W 

Air  Pillows    17 

Air  Rifles    ™ 

Alarm  Watches    50 

Alcohol  Stoves    27 

Alforjas    46 

Alpine    Stocks    47 

Aluminol   Cooking   Outfits  29,  30 

Aluminum   Folding   Bakers   32 

Ammunition   Bags    47 

Anglers'   Repair   Kit   140 

Anglers'    Tools — Sundries   140 

Army  Bread    41 

Artificial    Insects   126-132 

Automobile  Camping^   4 

Automobile  Lunch  Kits   34-35 

Automobile  Refrigerators    36 

Automobile  Tea  Baskets    34 

Automobile  Tents    9 

Awl,  Lock  Stitch   47 

Axes   24,  47 

Axe  Sheaths    25 

Axe  Stone    24 

Bags,  Ammunition    47 

Bags,  Duffle   44,  45 

Bags,  for  Fish    139 

Bags,  Fish  and  Game   136 

Bags,  Food    45 

Bags,  Leather,  for  Reels  .103 

Bags,  Sleeping   15,  16 

Bait  Boxes    123 

Bait  Pails   137,  138 

Bakers,  Aluminum  Folding   32 

Barometers    48 

Barrel   Reflector    70 

Basins,  Collapsible  Wash.   21 

Basin  and  Tub  Combination   21 

Baskets,  Auto  Lunch  and  Tea  34,  35 

Baskets,  Fish— Lunch   136,  137,  141 

Baskets,  Pack    44 

Baskets,  Pack  and  Fishing   141 

Bath  Tubs,  Folding   21 

Bathing  Caps,  Women    155 

Bathing  Slippers    155 

Bathing  Suits,  Women    155 

Batteries,  Electric  Light   23 

Beds   18,  19 

Bed  Warmers    50 

Beef  Cubes    41 

Belts    47 

Belt  Axes    25 

Belts,  Cartridge   68,  79 

Belt,   Fishermen's  Carryall   139 

Belts,  Women    154 

Binoculars,  Fitch  Prism   50 

Bird  Traps    84 

Black  Fly  Head  Nets   141 

Black  Fly  Lotion   141 

Blankets   17,  20 

Blanket  Pins    19 

Bloomers,  Women    154 

Books — Camp    Cookery   36 

Books — Camping  and  Woodcraft...  36 

Books  for  Flies— Hooks  115,  116 

Boots,  Hunting   156,  157 

Books  for  Tackle   116 

Books — Weather    4  9 

Boots,  Rubber    160 

Bottle — for  Fly  Oil   113 

Bowie  Knives    25 

Bowls  30,  31 

Boxes — for  Bait — Insects   123 

Boxes— Fishing  Tackle  116,  117,  118 

Boxes  for  Flies  115,  116 

Boxes— Leader   110,  111 

Boxes  for  Minnows   118 

Boxes  for  Spinners   118 

Boy  Scout  Axe   22 

Boy  Scout  Cooking  Outfits   32 

Breeches,  Riding  and  Hunting   154 

Broilers — Revolving    28 

Broilers — Wire    28 

Brush   Knives    25 

Brushes,  Varnish    95 

Buckets,  Canoe  and  Auto   21 

Buckets,  Collapsible  Water   21 

Butt  Rests  for  Rods  90,  94,  141 

Butterfly  Carrier  or  Vasculum   139 

Butterfly  Net    139 

Cake  Turner   '.   31 

Calls,  Crow    82 

Calls,  Duck    82 

Calls,  Snipe    82 

Calls,  Turkey    82 

Cemp  Rolls    18 

Camp  Stoves    27 

Camping,  General    3 


PAGE 

Candles    22 


Candles,  Electric  . 
Candle  Lanterns  .  . 
Candlestick — Army 
Cannon  Saluting  .  . 

Canoes   

Canoe  Cruising  .  .  . 
Canoe  Enamels  .  . . 

Canoe,  Knife   

Canoe  Yoke 


  23 

  23 

  23 

  70 

  53 

  4 

  53 

  25 

  53 

Cans,  Friction  Top   33 

Canteens    47 

Caps,  Men's    148 

Carryall    45 

Carry-all  Bed    18 

Cartridge  Belts   68,  79 

Cartridge  Loops    79 

Cartridges,  Rifle   76,  77,  78 

Cases,  Gun    68 

Case,  Mills  Despatch   79 

Cases,  Rifle    68 

Cases — for  Rods    97 

Cases,  Shell    79 

Casting  Plugs    119 

Cement  for  Rods,  etc   95 

Chain  Lock    41 

Chairs,  Folding    28 

Chamber  Rubber    21 

Cheesecloth  Tent  Linings   13 

Chumming  Machine    135 

Clay  Bird  Traps   66 

Clay  Pigeons    66 

Cleaners  and  Cleaning  Rods  SO,  81 

Cloths   14,  46 

Coats,   Proofed,    Women   152 

Coffee — Concentrated    41 

Color  Preservative    95 

Combination  Lock    47 

Compasses    48 

Cooking  Outfits  29,  30,  31,  32 

Cooking  Outfit  Cases   30 

Cooking  Receipts  37,  38,  39,  40,  41 

Corkscrew — Folded    Pocket   51 

Cots,  Folding    19 

Crampons    47 

Cups  31,  32,  47 

Cushions,  Air    17 


Dart's  Air  Rifle   70 

Decoys,  Crow    64 

Decoys,  Duck  and  Snipe   82 

Devil  Fish  Lance   133 

Dog  Crate    63 

Dog  Whistles  .v.   76 

Dogskin  Coat — Women    151 

Dogskin  Garments    146 

Drags  for  Lines   103 

Dressing — Line   106,  107 

Dry  Fly  Bottle   113 

Dry  Fly  Vaporizer   113 

Dryers,'  Fishing  Line   106 

Duffle  Bags   44,  45 

Dutch   Ovens    33 

Ear  Protector,  Elliott's   66 

Egg  Powder    41 

Electric  Candles   23 

Electric  Flash  Lights   23 

Electric  Light  Batteries   23 

Electric  Light   Bulbs   23 

Enameled  Ware    31 

Files    140 

Filters    47 

Finger  Hooks  and  Reel  Lock   140 

Fish  Bags    139 

Fish  Chumming  Machine    135 

Fish  and  Game  Bags   136 

Fish  Knife    140 

Fish  Lance    133 

Fish  and  Lunch  Refrigerette   139 

Fish  Nets   134,  135 

Fish  Scaler    141 

Fish  Scales — Weighing    95 

Fish  Spears    133 

Fish  Stringers    139 

Fisherman's  Carryall  Belt   139 

Fishing  Bait    132 

Fishing  Baskets,  Creels  136,  137,  141 

Fishing  Coat   143,  146 

Fishing  Flies   112,  114 

Fishing  Floats    136 

Fishing  Gaffs    133 

Fishing  Gloves    141 

Fishing  Lines   104,  108 

Fishing  and  Pack  Basket   141 

Fishing  Records    139 

Fishing  Reels   97-103,  108 

F'shing  Rods   S5-95 

Fishing  Shirts    147 


PAGE 

Fishing  Squids    124 

Fishing  Tackle   Repairs   85 

Fishing  Tackle  Trunk   117 

Flasks,  Pocket    49 

Flies,  Fishing   112-114 

Flint  and  Steel  Lighters   50 

Floats  for  Fishing   137 

Floatum  Fly  Oil   113 

Fly  Books— Boxes  115-118 

Fly  Dope    141 

Fly  Oil— Dry  Flies   113 

Food  Bags    45 

Foot  Warmers    49 

Foot  Warmers,  Fuel   49 

Forceps — Gut  Cutters    140 

Forest  Cruising    4 

Forks   30-31 

Frog  Carrier    137 

Fruits,  Evaporated    41 

Gaff  Hooks— Fishing   133 

Game  Bags— Fish   136 

Game  Calls    82 

Game  Carriers    80 

Gangs    121-124 

Girls'  Khaki  Suit   154 

Gloves,  Fishing    141 

Gloves,  Men's    149 

Gloves,  Women's    155 

Goggles    49 

Graphite  for  Fish  Lines   106 

Grasshopper  Nets    139 

Grates    28 

Grease,  Boot,  Touradif   160 

Grease,  Gun    81 

Ground  Cloths    13 

Guides  for  Fishing  Rods   96 

Gun  Club  Supplies    79 

Gun  Grease    81 

Gun  Oil    81 

Gun  Shell  Extractors   70,  76 

Gut    ill 

Gut  Ends  or  Tippetts   Ill 

Hand  Protectors    80 

Hand  Traps    66 

Hand  Warmers    49 

Harpoons    133 

Hatchets    24 

Hats,  Men's    148 

Hats,  Women's    155 

Head  Nets    141 

Helmets,    Men's    148 

Hob   Nails    158 

Holsters,  Pistol    69 

Hook  Book   115 

Hook  Disgorgers    122 

Hooks— For  Fishing   120-124 

Hook  Releaser    136 

Hooks — Shapes  of    120 

Hook  Stones    122 

Hooks,  Weedless,  etc   124 

Hot  Water  Bottle   18 

Hot  Water  Plate   33 

Hunting  Boots   156,  157 

Hunting  Boots,  Women's   159 

Hunting  Breeches,  Women's   154 

Hunting  Coats   142,  144 

Hunting  Horns    70 

Hunting  Knives    26 

Ice  Axes    47 

Insects  for  Fishing   126 

Kerosene  Lanterns    22 

Kerosene  Stoves    28 

Khaki    Suit — Girls'    154 

Kit  Knives    26 

Knickerbockers — Women    153 

Knife  and  Fork  Combinations   32 

Knives   25,  32 

Knots— Fishing   109 

Knots — Line  and  Leader   109 

Kyacks    46 

Landing  Nets — Fishing  134,  135 

Lanterns   22,  23 

Lariats    46 

Lead   Sinkers — Fishing    119 

Leader  Case— Boxes   110-111 

Leaders  or  Casts  110,  111 

Leather  Shirt    151 

Leggins   159,  160 

Leggins,  Snakeproof    160 

Life  Belts    47 

Life  Preserver,  Rubber   53 

Life  Saving  Garments   147 

Lighters,  Flint  and  Steel   50 

Line  Dressing   106,  107 

Line  Dryers    100 


162 


INDEX 


PACE 

Lines,  Fishing   104-109 

Line  Greasers    106 

Line  and  Leader  Knots   109 

Line  Keels    108 

Line  Releaser    136 

Locks,  Duffle  Bag  and  Chain   46 

Lock  Stitch  Awl   47 

Loops,  Cartridge    79 

Lunch,  Fish  or  Refrigerette   139 

Lunch  Kits,  Automobile  34-35 

• 

Machetes    25 

Mackinaw  Coats — Children's    152 

Mackinaw  Coats — Men's    145 

Mackinaw  Trousers    145 

Mattresses,  Air    17 

Meat  Safe,  Collapsible   33 

Medicine  Cases    50 

Mess  Kits    32 

Middy  Blouses    154 

Military  Supplies    70 

Milk,  Evaporated    41 

Milk  Powder    41 

Minnow  or  Bait  Pails  137,  138 

Minnow  Nets   -  134,  135 

Minnow  Pails   134-138 

Minnows,  Spinners,  etc  126,  132 

Minnow  Traps — Seines   137 

Mirror    51 

Mittens,  Men's    149 

Moccasin  Shoes   157,  158 

Money  Belts    48 

Mops,  Dish    31 

Mosquito  Bars   20 

Mosquito  Dope  and  Nets   141 

Mosquito  Foe    141 

Mosquito  Proof  Bobb,  Fronts   12 

Mountings — Fish  rods   95,  96 

Muzzle  Protectors    81 

Nets— Fish   134,  135 

Nets,  Grasshopper  or  Butterfly   139 

Nets,  Head    141 

Oil,  B-Ver    160 

Oil  to  float  flies   113 

Oil,  Gun    81 

Oil  for  reels,  etc   140 

Oiler — Non-leaking    140 

Oilskins    147 

Oilskins,  Women    152 

One  Drop  Oiler   140 

Outing  Suits,  Women  151-152 

Pack  Baskets    44 

Pack  Cloths    45 

Pack  Harness    42 

Pack  Saddle    46 

Pack  Strap    44 

Packs   42,  43,  44 

Paddles    53 

Panniers,  Fibre    45 

Pans    30 

Pedometer    50 

Pemmican    41 

Pepper  Mills    33 

Percolator  Camp  Coffee   32 

Pickerel  Traps    139 

Pigeons,  Clay   66 

Pillows   18,  20 

Pillow  Covers    19 

Pins,  Blanket    19 

Pistols   67,  76 

Pistol  Cartridges    78 

Pistol  Holsters    69 

Plates   30,  31,  34 

Pliers    140 

Pocket  Knives    26 

Pocket  Kook  Kit   32 

Pockets  for  Trout  Baskets   137 

Poker  Set,  Traveling   50 

Ponchos    147 

Pork  Bags    46 

Pork  Rind  Bait   132 

Pots,  Cooking   30,  31 

Pot  Holders,  Asbestos   31 

Pot  Hooks    28 

Powder  Solvent    81 

Preston  Mess  Kit   32 

Pumps,  Air  Mattress   18 

Puttees,  Spiral    159 

Puttees,  Waterproof    159 

Quilts    19 

Raincoats,  Children's    154 

Recoil  Pads    71 

Records — Fishing    139 

Reel  Boxes    103 


PAGE 

Reel  Drags    103 

Reel  Oil    140 

Reel  Thumb  Brakes   103 

Reflector   Barrel    70 

Refrigerette  for  Lunch  and  Fish...  139 

Repair   Kit — Fishermen's    140 

Revolvers   73,  74,  75,  76 

Revolver  Cleaners    80 

Riding  Breeches— Men  143,  144 

Riding  Breeches — Women    154 

Riding  Habit— Children    151 

Riding  Habit — Women   151 

Rifles   54-60 

Rifles,  Air    70 

Rifle,  Boy  Scout   66 

Rifle  Cartridges   77,  78 

Rifle  Cleaners    80 

Rifle  Sights   71,  72 

Rod  Cases — Trunks    97 

Rod,  Cement    95 

Rods,  Fishing   85-95 

Rod  Grips    92 

Rod  Guides    96 

Rod  Harness    94 

Rod  Holders    94 

Rod  Mountings   95,  96 

Rod  Rests   90,  94,  141 

Rod  Tops    95 

Rods,  Various  Types  86-95 

Rod  Varnish    95 

Rope   12,  47 

Rubber   Boots    160 

Rubber  Drinking  Cup   48 

Rubber  Life   Preserver   53 

Rubber  Shoes,  Leather  Top   158 

Rubber  Wash  Basins   21 

Ruck  Sack    43 

Saddle  Bags    46 

Saddles,  Pack    46 

Salmon  Fly  Cases   116 

Salt   Shaker,   Wood   33 

Scaler,  Fish    141 

Scales,  Weighing  Fish  23,  95 

Screwdrivers    140 

Seats,  Sportsman's    80 

Seines,  Minnow    135 

Sharpening  Stones    24 

Sheaths,  Axe    24 

Sheaths,  Machete    25 

Sheepskin  Garments    146 

Shell  Cases    79 

Shell  Extractors,  Marble  70-76 

Shell  Pocket,  Trapshooters'   79 

Shells,  Shotgun    78 

Shelves,  Folding    20 

Shirts,  Men's    148 

Shirts,  Women's    153 

Shooting  Goggles    49 

Shooting  Suit,  Women's   152 

Shotguns  61,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66,  67 

Shotgun  Cleaners    80 

Shotgun  Shells    78 

Shovel    24 

Sights,  Rifle   71,  72 

Sjlk  Color  Preservative   95 

Silkworm  Gut    Ill 

Sinkers,  Fishing    119 

Skates,  Ice    52 

Skis    51 

Ski  Bob    52 

Ski  Bindings    51 

Ski  Moccasin    51 

Ski  Poles    51 

Ski  Wax    51 

Skinning  Knives    25 

Skinning  Sets    25 

Skirts,  Women's    153 

Sleeping  Bags,  Fitch    15 

Sleeping  Bags,  Johnson    16 

Sleeping  Bags,  Kenwood    16 

Sleeping  Bags,  Knitted    16 

Sleeping  Bags,  Pussyfoot    16 

Sleeping  Pockets    16 

Sleeping  Suits    15 

Slippers,  Sheepskin    158 

Slugs,  Air  Rifle   70 

Snakeproof  Leggins    160 

Snow  Goggles    50 

Snow  Shoes    51 

Socks,  Men's   145,  149 

Socks,  Women's    153 

Solvent  Powder    81 

Soups    41 

Spears,  Fish    133 

Spinners  Spoons   124,  126,  132 

Spoons   31,  32 

Squids,  Fishing    124 


pace 

Steamer  Bags    20 

Steamer  Roll,  Shattuck   19 

Steel  Fishing  Rods  93,  94 

Stockings,  Men's   145,  149 

Stockings,  W  omen's    155 

Stools,  Folding  19,  20 

Stoves  27,  28 

Stove  Pipe  Ring,  Asbestos   14 

Stretcher  Beds   19,  20 

Stringers,  Fish    139 

Sweaters,  Men's    145 

Sweaters,  Women's    155 

Swimming  Suits,  Women's   1",.: 

Swivels,  Links,  etc   125 

Tables,  Folding  Camp   20 

Table,  Rolling  Top   20 

Tackle  Books    116 

Tackle  Boxes   117,  118 

Targets,  Paper    70 

Tea  Tablets    41 

Tents   6,  13 

Tents,  "A"    8 

Tents,  Amazon    7 

Tents,  Automobile    9 

Tents,  Baker    7 

Tents,  Canoe   9,  12 

Tent  Door    13 

Tent  Flies   6 

Tents,  Foresters'    10 

Tents,  Hudson  Bay   10 

Tents,  Leanto    10 

Tents,  Mastigouche  Trappers   8 

Tent  Material  and  Construe  5,  12 

Tents,  Miners'    11 

Tents,  Ratliffe    11 

Tents,  Tooman    11 

Tent  Slides,  Metal   13 

Tent  Stoves    2  7 

Tents,  Tarpaulin   10 

Tents,  Toilet    12 

Tents,  Wall    6 

Tent  Windows    13 

Thermos  Bottle    23 

Thumb  Brakes  for  Reels   103 

Thumb  Harness  and  Protectors....  108 

Tins,  Friction  Top   33 

Tip  Tops  for  Rods   95 

Tippets  or  Gut  Ends   Ill 

Tool  Kits    27 

Tools,  Anglers'    140 

Tournament  Casting  Plugs   119 

Tramping    4 

Traps   66,  84 

Trap  Clamps    84 

Traps,  Clay  Bird   66 

Traps,  Fish    137 

Traps,  Rifle  Ball   66 

Trapshooters'  Coat    142 

Trolling  and  Casting  Baits  126,  132 

Trunks — Fishing  Tackle    117 

Trunks  for   Rods   97 

Tump  Lines    43 

Tweezers    140 

Valise  Pack    44 

Vaporizer  for  Flies..-   113 

Varnish  Rods    95 

Vasculum    139 

Vegetables,  Evaporated    41 

Waders,  Fishing    160 

Wall  Pocket,  Khaki   21 

Warmers    49 

Wash  Stands    22 

Watches    50 

Waterproof  Match   Box   22 

Weedless  Hooks,  etc   124 

Whistles    76 

Winding  Silk  for  Rods   95 

Windows,  Tent    14 

Wire  for  Leaders   Ill 

Wood  Minnows   126,  132 

Women's  Bathing  Suits    155 

Women's  Belts    153 

Women's  Bloomers    154 

Women's  Boots    159 

Women's  Knickerbockers    153 

Women's  Moccasins    159 

Women's  Oilskins   ■   152 

Women's  Shirts    153 

Women's  Shooting  Suits   152 

Women's  Socks    153 

Women's  Stockings    153 

Women's  Sweaters    155 

Women's  Swimming  Suits   155 

Wrist  Watches    50 

Yacht  Stoves  27,  28 


CHARLES  FRANCIS  PRESS,  NEW  YORK 


1 

1 

< 

Price  Each  or 
Per  Dozen 

u 

! 

St.,  New 

eel  Pos 

! 

•a 

36th : 

CLE 

1  order  acci 

OF  AH 

>  we  car 

r- 
u 

u 

1 

m 

DESCRIPTIO 

e,  color,  quality,  etc. 

o 

H 

[TCH  C 

3 

<i  n 

• 

o 

u 

►» 

MBIE 

■ 

State 

Express 

Quantil 

z: 

o 
cc 

c* 

ArticI. 

•  - 

r  i 

en 

& 

BER< 

State 

Strei 

lifferent  from  post  ol 

Ma 

© 

1 

£ 

• 

L  Box  No — 

hipping  point  below 
nina  Point 

i 

i 

A 

i 

L 

i 

oad  Co. 

Ship 
Nam 

Post 

R.F 

P.O 

Ship] 

j 

i 

MEASUREMENT  BLANK  FOR  CLOTHING 


i 

... JL-i  \ 

>              A  L 

IV I  A 

Hi 

/  /  V  •* 

V    Z  \\ 
i       \«    \  l 

i 

> 

o 

Fig.  B 


J\  ^ 
oi  

4 — ,  j 

5 

1 

 jw  

1 

Fig.  C 


Fig.  A 


In  these  diagrams  we  have  shown 
exactly  where  the  tape  measure  should 
be  placed  to  get  good  fit.  If  the  meas- 
urements are  taken  in  the  wrong  place 
they  will  mislead  us  and  the  size  we 
send  will  be  a  disappointment. 

Always  take  measurements  over  the 
clothes  that  will  be  worn  underneath 
the  garments  you  are  ordering. 


Fig.  D 


WOMEN'S  COATS— Fig.  A 


Around   Bust  at   C  entirely 
around  body  over  the  fullest 
part  and  well  up  under  the 

Length  in  back  (full  len 
from  neck  seam  to  length 

gth) 
de- 

Length   of  sleeve — along 
side  seam  of  sleeve  from 

in- 
arm- 

SKIRTS- 

-Fig 

A 

Around  Waist  at  E 



Arnnnd  Hins  at  E. 

Length  in  front  (from  waist- 
line down  the  front  to  length 
desired).  Length  in  back  from 

waist  line  to  length  desired.. 

WOMEN'S  VESTS  AND 
SWEATERS— Fig.  A 


WOMEN'S  OVERCOATS  OR 

RAINCOATS— Fig.  A 
Take  Measure  Over  a  Coat 

Around  Bust  close  under  the 

Length  of  sleeve  along  inside 
seam  of  sleeve  from  armhole 

MEN'S  AND  WOMEN'S 
KNICKERBOCKERS— Fig.  D 


Outseam  from  W  to  smallest 
part  below  Knee  Cap  at  K 
Inseam  from   C  to  K  


Around  Waist  at  W. 
Around  Hips  at  H.. 


Around  smallest  part  below 
Knee  Cap  at  K  


Around  Calf  at  largest  part, 


BLOOMERS 

Take  the  measures  the  same  as  for 
Knickerbockers. 

MEN'S  AND  WOMEN'S  RIDING 
BREECHES- Fig.  D 


Outseam  from  W  to  smallest 
part  below  Knee  Cap  at  K.  . 

Inseam  from  C  to  K  

Around  Waist  at  W  

Around  Hips  at  H  


Around  smallest  part  below 
Knee  Cap  at  K  


Around  Calf  at  largest  part. 

Around  Ankle  6  inches  below' 
Calf  measure   


Samples  of  any 
of  our  materials 
for  men,  women, 
or  children, 
gladly  sent  on 
request 


MEN'S  COATS— Fig.  C 
Take  measure  over  vest 


Around  Chest  close  under  the 
arms  at  "C"  


Around  Waist  at  "W"  

Length  of  Coat  from  A  to  G 

Length  of  Sleeve  from  D  to  E 

to  S  


LONG  PANTS -Fig.  D 


Inseam  from  C  to  B.., 
Outseam  from  W  to  B, 
Around  Hips  at  H..., 
Around  Waist  at  W... 


MEN'S  VESTS  AND  SWEATERS 
—Fig.  B 
Take  measure  over  Shirt 


Length  from  A  over  shoulder 
to   bottom  of  vest   in  front 

MEN'S  OVERCOATS,  ULSTERS 
AND  RAINCOATS— Fig.  G 
Take  measure  over  Coat 


Aro 

und  Chest  close  under  the 

Around  Waist  at 
Length  of  Sleeve 

from  E 

to  E 

CAPE 

-Fig. 

A 

Around  Bust  at  C. 
Around  Hips  at  E. 


Length  from  "A"  down  center 
of  back  to  total  length  desired 


LEGGINS— Calf  measurements  taken  over  clothing  worn  with  leggins  v  ••••• 


5m 

o 

0> 


CO 
CO 

CO 


o 


0) 

</5 


C 

ty  o 
J3  « 


sg..5  .i 
wig1 

.§•  s  o  J  .S 

oo  2    ft*    cc    flu  6  oo 


o 


S 


o 


CO 

ft* 

U 


o 

CO 

c- 

a- 


6 

A3 
O 


•C  « 


-J  o 

pa 


z". 

O  u 

8? 


«<  5 

*s<2 


MEASUREMENT  BLANK  FOR  CLOTHING 


Fig.  B 


Fig.  A 


In  these  diagrams  we  have  shown 
exactly  where  the  tape  measure  should 
be  placed  to  get  good  fit.  If  the  meas- 
urements are  taken  in  the  wrong  place 
they  will  mislead  us  and  the  size  we 
send  will  be  a  disappointment. 

Always  take  measurements  over  the 
clothes  that  will  be  worn  underneath 
the  garments  you  are  ordering. 


WOMEN'S  COATS— Fig.  A 


Around  Bust  at  C  entirely 
around  body  over  the  fullest 
part  and  well  up  under  the 
arms   


Around  Waist  at  D. 
Around  Hips  at  E. . 


Length  in  back  (full  length) 
from  neck  seam  to  length  de- 
tired   


Length  of  sleeve — along  in- 
side seam  of  sleeve  from  arm 
hole  to  end  of  sleeve  


SKIRTS— Fig.  A 


Around 

Length  in  front  (from  waist- 
line down  the  front  to  length 
desired).  Length  in  back  from 
waist  line  to  length  desired.. 

WOMEN'S  VESTS  AND 
SWEATERS- Fig.  A 


Around  Bust  at  C  

WOMEN'S  OVERCOATS  OR 

RAINCOATS— Fig.  A 
Take  Measure  Over  a  Coat 


Around  Bust  close  under  the 

Length  of  sleeve  along  inside 
seam  of  sleeve  from  armhole 

MEN'S  AND  WOMEN'S 
KNICKERBOCKERS— Fig.  D 


Outseam  from  W  to  smallest 
part  below  Knee  Cap  at  K 
Inseam  from  C  to  K  


Around  Waist  at  W. 
Around  Hips  at  H.. 


Around  smallest  part  below 
Knee  Cap  at  K  


Around  Calf  at  largest  part. 


BLOOMERS 

Take   the   measures  the   same  as  for 

Knickerbockers. 

MEN'S  AND  WOMEN'S  RIDING 
BREECHES-Fig.  D 


Outseam  from  W  to  smallest 
part  below  Knee  Cap  at  K.. 

Inseam  from  C  to  K  

Around  Waist  at  W  

Around  Hips  at  H  


Around  smallest  part  below 
Knee  Cap  at  K  


Around  Calf  at  largest  part. 

Around  Ankle  6  inches  below 
Calf  measure   


Samples  of  any 
of  our  materials 
for  men,  women, 
or  children, 
gladly  sent  on 
request 


MEN'S  COATS— Fig.  C 
Take  measure  over  vest 


Around  Chest  close  under  the 

Length  of  Coat  from  A  to  G 
Length  of  Sleeve  from  D  to  E 

LONG  PANTS-Fig.  D 


Inseam  from  C  to  B... 
Outseam  from  W  to  B. 
Around  Hips  at  H.... 
Around  Waist  at  W... 


MEN'S  VESTS  AND  SWEATERS 
—Fig.  B 
Take  measure  over  Shirt 


Length  from  A  over  shoulder 
to  bottom  of  vest  in  front 

MEN'S  OVERCOATS,  ULSTERS  ! 
AND  RAINCOATS— Fig.  C 
Take  measure  over  Coat  1 


Around  Chest  close  under  the 
arms  at  "C"  


Around  Waist  at  "W 


Length  of  Sleeve  from  D  to  E 

to  S  


CAPE— Fig.  A 


Around  Bust  at  C. 
Around  Hips  at  E. 


Length  from  "A"  down  centei 
of  back  to  total  length  desired 


LEGGINS— Calf  measurements  taken  over  clothing  worn  with  leggins 


Instructions  about  Ordering 


How  to  Order 

Use  our  regular  order  blank,  which  you  will 
find  in  the  back  of  this  book  (we  supply  new 
ones  each  time  you  order),  and  will  mail  a 
supply  to  any  address  upon  request.  Sign  your 
full  name  (Christian  name  and  surname). 
Please  write  your  name  and  address  very 
plainly.  Give  your  Post  Office,  County  and 
State.  If  you  have  a  local  address,  such  as  a 
Rural  Route,  Street  and  Number  or  Post  Office 
Box  Number,  be  sure  to  give  it.  If  your  Ship- 
ping Point  is  different  from  your  Post  Office, 
be  sure  to  mention  the  Shipping  Point,  as  well 
as  the  Post  Office.  (Space  is  provided  on  the 
order  blank  for  this  purpose.) 

Order  by  Our  Stock  Number  and  in  ad- 
dition, give  quantity  desired,  name  of  article, 
size,  color,  etc.,  and  the  price.  The  proper 
spaces  for  these  have  been  provided  on  our 
order  blank  and  you  will  find  it  much  easier  to 
use  this  blank  than  to  write  on  your  own  paper. 

How  to  Send  Money 

You  can  send  money  by  Post  Office  Money 
Order,  Express  Money  Order,  Bank  Draft,  or 
Cash  by  Registered  Mail. 

C.  O.  D.  Shipments 

We  will  ship  goods  C.  O.  D.  when  desired, 
but  you  will  find  it  a  most  inconvenient  method. 
Nearly  all  our  customers,  who  formerly  bought 
C.  O.  D.,  now  send  cash  in  full  with  their  or- 
ders, knowing  that  we  guarantee  the  goods,  will 
make  them  right  if  anything  is  wrong  and  will 
accept  their  return  if  they  are  not  exactly  what 
is  wanted.  Sending  payment  in  full  saves  the 
annoyance  of  going  to  the  bank  or  an  express 
office  to  pay  the  balance  due  on  shipment  and 
also  saves  the  cost  of  returning  the  money  to 
us.  Still,  if  for  any  reason  you  prefer  to  see  and 
examine  goods  before  paying  for  them  in  full, 
we  will  make  shipments  upon  receipt  of  suffi- 
cient deposit  to  pay  express  charges  both  ways. 

We  do  not  prepay  charges  on  goods  ordered 
C.  O.  D. 

Freight  Shipments 

Freight  is  the  preferable  method  of  shipping 
all  heavy  or  bulky  merchandise.  If  you  have 
no  freight  agent  at  your  shipping  point,  the 
freight  charges  must  be  prepaid  from  here  and 
if  you  do  not  know  what  these  freight  charges 
will  amount  to,  be  sure  to  send  enough  money 
extra  to  cover  them. 

Throughout  our  catalog  weights  are  quite 
universally  specified  and  by  making  application 


through  the  railroad  you  can  get  the  freight 
rate. 

In  estimating  freight  charges  it  is  well  to 
make  a  fair  allowance  for  packing  box.  If 
you  send  more  money  than  is  necessary  we  will 
at  once  return  the  balance. 

If  you  have  an  agent  at  your  station  it  is  not 
necessary  to  prepay  the  freight  charges.  In 
fact  it  is  better  not  to  have  them  prepaid.  The 
charges  are  exactly  the  same  no  matter  wheth- 
er you  pay  them  or  we  pay  them. 

Safe  Delivery  Guaranteed 

We  guarantee  everything  we  ship  to  reach 
you  in  perfect  condition.  If  you  ever  receive 
any  package  from  us  in  a  damaged  condition, 
have  your  freight  or  express  agent  make  a 
notation  of  the  damage  on  the  face  of  the  re- 
ceipt he  gives  you  when  you  pay  the  charges 
An  express  agent  will  give  you  such  a  receipt 
upon  request.  Send  this  receipt  to  us,  de- 
scribing the  damaged  matter,  and  we  will  make 
it  right. 

Methods  of  Shipment 

If  you  do  not  specify  how  goods  are  to  be 
shipped,  but  leave  the  shipping  of  your  order 
to  our  judgment,  we  will,  in  all  cases,  use  the 
method  that  will  cost  the  least  money.  Through- 
out our  catalog  we  have  specified  many  goods 
that  will  be  shipped  free  anywhere  in  the 
United  States.  These  are  principally  goods 
that  can  be  shipped  by  Parcels  Post,  but  we 
reserve  the  right  on  our  free  delivery  offer  to 
ship  by  the  most  economical  method. 

How  to  Return  Goods 

If  you  ever  find  it  necessary  to  return  goods 
to  us  for  any  reason,  first  write  us,  telling  what 
the  trouble  is  and  we  will  advise  you  how  to 
send  the  goods  back.  Be  sure  to  address  the 
package,  box  or  tag  plainly,  and  also  be  sure  to 
write  your  name  and  address  plainly  on  the 
package,  box  or  tag,  so  that  we  will  know 
who  the  sender  is. 

Do  not  seal  a  mail  package.  Wrap  it  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  Postmaster  can  open  it  and 
examine  without  disturbing  the  wrapper.  Do 
not  make  the  mistake  of  pasting  stamps  over 
the  string  of  a  package  of  merchandise  that 
you  are  sending  by  mail,  because  that  is  the 
same  as  sealing  it  and  will  cost  you  double 
postage.  Do  not  fail  to  register  mail  packages 
worth  $2.00  or  more.  A  package  can  be  reg- 
istered for  10c,  and  if  it  does  not  reach  us 
promptly  it  can  be  traced. 


Read  our  Free  Delivery  Offers  and  how  we  GUARANTEE  your  satisfaction 
(See  first  page  of  this  catalogue) 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO.,  53-55-57  West  36th  St.,  New  York 


OUTFITTING  CATALOGUE 


SPECIAL  SPORTING  SUBJECTS 

are  completely  covered  in  separate  pamphlets  is- 
sued at  seasonable  times  by  the  ABERCROMBIE 
&  FITCH  CO.,  which  will  be  mailed  to  you  free  on 
request.  These  include  booklets  on  Golf,  Tennis, 
and  other  outdoor  games,  Automobile  Touring 
and  Camping,  Kennel  Requisites,  etc.,  etc.  Write 
for  the  pamphlets  in  which  you  are  interested. 


ABERCROMBIE  &  FITCH  CO. 

THE  GREATEST  SPORTING  GOODS  STORE  IN  THE  WORLD 

53-55-57  WEST  36th  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


